Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2023-06-05 City Council Agenda Packet
CITY COUNCIL Special Meeting Monday, June 05, 2023 Council Chambers & Hybrid 5:30 PM Palo Alto City Council meetings will be held as “hybrid” meetings with the option to attend by teleconference/video conference or in person. To maximize public safety while still maintaining transparency and public access, members of the public can choose to participate from home or attend in person. Information on how the public may observe and participate in the meeting is located at the end of the agenda. Masks are strongly encouraged if attending in person. The m e e t i n g w i l l b e b r o a d c a s t o n C a b l e T V C h a n n e l 2 6 , l i v e o n YouTube https://www.youtube.com/c/cityofpaloalto, a n d s t r e a m e d t o M i d p e n M e d i a Center https://midpenmedia.org. VIRTUAL PARTICIPATION CLICK HERE TO JOIN (https://cityofpaloalto.zoom.us/j/362027238) Meeting ID: 362 027 238 Phone:1(669)900‐6833 PUBLIC COMMENTS Public comments will be accepted both in person and via Zoom for up to three minutes or an amount of time determined by the Chair. All requests to speak will be taken until 5 minutes after the staff’s presentation. Written public comments can be submitted in advance to city.council@CityofPaloAlto.org and will be provided to the Council and available for inspection on the City’s website. Please clearly indicate which agenda item you are referencing in your subject line. PowerPoints, videos, or other media to be presented during public comment are accepted only by email to city.clerk@CityofPaloAlto.org at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Once received, the Clerk will have them shared at public comment for the specified item. To uphold strong cybersecurity management practices, USB’s or other physical electronic storage devices are not accepted. TIME ESTIMATES Listed times are estimates only and are subject to change at any time, including while the meeting is in progress. The Council reserves the right to use more or less time on any item, to change the order of items and/or to continue items to another meeting. Particular items may be heard before or after the time estimated on the agenda. This may occur in order to best manage the time at a meeting or to adapt to the participation of the public. CALL TO ORDER This meeting will be called to order in honor of LGBTQ+ Pride Month. AGENDA CHANGES, ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS PUBLIC COMMENT (5:35 ‐ 5:50 PM) Members of the public may speak to any item NOT on the agenda. Council reserves the right to limit the duration of Oral Communications period to 30 minutes. COUNCIL MEMBER QUESTIONS, COMMENTS, ANNOUNCEMENTS (5:50 ‐ 6:05 PM) Members of the public may not speak to the item(s). STUDY SESSION (6:05 ‐ 7:05 PM) 1.1237 San Antonio Road: Regional Water Purification Facility. Request for Pre‐screening by Santa Clara Valley Water to Amend the Comprehensive Plan Land Use Designation and map for a Portion of the Subject Property From Public Conservation Land (CL) to Major Institution/Special Facility (MISP). Environmental Analysis: This Study Session is Not a Project in Accordance With CEQA. CONSENT CALENDAR (7:05 ‐ 7:10 PM) Items will be voted in one motion unless removed from the calendar by three Council Members. 2.Approval of Minutes from May 15, 2023 Meeting 3.Approval of Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement for the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority, CEQA: Not a Project 4.Approval of Construction Contract with O’Grady Paving, Inc. (C23187512) for the Churchill Avenue/Alma Street Railroad Crossing Safety Improvements Project, Capital Improvement Program Project PL‐20000 in the amount of $2,265,340 and Authorization for the City Manager to Execute Change Orders up to $226,534; and CEQA status – exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(c) 5.Adoption of a Resolution for Senate Bill 1, the Road Repair and Accountability Act, for Fiscal Year 2024, Providing the Project List for the Street Maintenance Project, Capital Improvement Program Project PE‐86070; CEQA Status – Not a Project 6.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ 4.08 Public Safety Building‐ Construction Audit, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee. 7.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ FY23‐05 Various Reporting & City Hotline, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee. 8.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ 4.20 Procurement, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee. 9.Adoption of an Ordinance Amending Section 2.04.010 (Regular Meeting) of Chapter 2.04 (Council Organization and Procedure) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Change the City Council Meeting Start Time from Six p.m. to Five‐ Thirty p.m. 10.Adoption of a Resolution to Appoint Mahealani Ah Yun as Interim City Clerk Through December 1, 2023 at the annual salary of $121,285 ‐ CEQA exempt 11.SECOND READING: Amending Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (FIRST READING: May 15, 2023, PASSED 7‐0) 12.SECOND READING: Amendment to Palo Alto Municipal Code Title 18 Chapter 18.42, Standards for Special Uses, to Codify Firearms Sales Limitations Ordinance; CEQA status —exempt under CEQA Guidelines section 15061(c)(3) (FIRST READING: May 22, 2023 PASSED 7‐0) CITY MANAGER COMMENTS (7:10 ‐ 7:30 pm) BREAK ACTION ITEMS (Item 13: 7:30 ‐ 9:00 PM, Item 14: 9:00 ‐ 11:00 PM) Include: Report of Committees/Commissions, Ordinances and Resolutions, Public Hearings, Report of Officials, Unfinished Business and Council Matters. 13.PUBLIC HEARING: Adoption of an Ordinance Amending Section Palo Alto Municipal Code Chapter 9.68, Rental Housing Stabilization, to Clarify the Definitions of At‐Fault and No‐ Fault Just Cause for Evictions, Extend Just Cause Eviction Protections and Tenant Relocation Assistance to More Rental Units in Palo Alto than Offered by State Law, and Adopt a Security Deposit Limit for Unfurnished Rental Units in Palo Alto. Environmental Assessment: Exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3). 14.Adoption of a Resolution Approving an Addendum to the 2017 Comprehensive Plan Environmental Impact Report and Adopting the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP); Approval of the 2023‐2025 S/CAP Workplan; and Review of the 2023 Earth Day Report ADJOURNMENT INFORMATION REPORTS Information reports are provided for informational purposes only to the Council and the public but are not listed for action during this meeting’s agenda. 15.Fiscal Year 2023 Third Quarter Financial Status Report 16.Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 and Police Department Use of Force Report for July ‐ December 2022 OTHER INFORMATION Standing Committee Meetings this week Finance Committee May 30, 2023 Finance Committee June 6, 2023 – Canceled Public Comment Letters Schedule of Meetings PUBLIC COMMENT INSTRUCTIONS Members of the Public may provide public comments to teleconference meetings via email, teleconference, or by phone. 1. Written public comments may be submitted by email to city.council@cityofpaloalto.org. 2. For in person public comments please complete a speaker request card located on the table at the entrance to the Council Chambers and deliver it to the Clerk prior to discussion of the item. 3. Spoken public comments using a computer or smart phone will be accepted through the teleconference meeting. To address the Council, click on the link below to access a Zoom‐based meeting. Please read the following instructions carefully. You may download the Zoom client or connect to the meeting in‐ browser. If using your browser, make sure you are using a current, up‐to‐date browser: Chrome 30 , Firefox 27 , Microsoft Edge 12 , Safari 7 . Certain functionality may be disabled in older browsers including Internet Explorer. Or download the Zoom application onto your smart phone from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store and enter in the Meeting ID below. You may be asked to enter an email address and name. We request that you identify yourself by name as this will be visible online and will be used to notify you that it is your turn to speak. When you wish to speak on an Agenda Item, click on “raise hand.” The Clerk will activate and unmute speakers in turn. Speakers will be notified shortly before they are called to speak. When called, please limit your remarks to the time limit allotted. A timer will be shown on the computer to help keep track of your comments. 4. Spoken public comments using a phone use the telephone number listed below. When you wish to speak on an agenda item hit *9 on your phone so we know that you wish to speak. You will be asked to provide your first and last name before addressing the Council. You will be advised how long you have to speak. When called please limit your remarks to the agenda item and time limit allotted. CLICK HERE TO JOIN Meeting ID: 362‐027‐238 Phone: 1‐669‐900‐6833 Americans with Disability Act (ADA) It is the policy of the City of Palo Alto to offer its public programs, services and meetings in a manner that is readily accessible to all. Persons with disabilities who require materials in an appropriate alternative format or who require auxiliary aids to access City meetings, programs, or services may contact the City’s ADA Coordinator at (650) 329‐2550 (voice) or by emailing ada@cityofpaloalto.org. Requests for assistance or accommodations must be submitted at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, program, or service. 1 Special Meeting June 05, 2023 Materials submitted after distribution are available for public inspection at www.CityofPaloAlto.org. CITY COUNCILSpecial MeetingMonday, June 05, 2023Council Chambers & Hybrid5:30 PMPalo Alto City Council meetings will be held as “hybrid” meetings with the option to attend byteleconference/video conference or in person. To maximize public safety while still maintainingtransparency and public access, members of the public can choose to participate from home orattend in person. Information on how the public may observe and participate in the meeting islocated at the end of the agenda. Masks are strongly encouraged if attending in person. Them e e t i n g w i l l b e b r o a d c a s t o n C a b l e T V C h a n n e l 2 6 , l i v e o nYouTube https://www.youtube.com/c/cityofpaloalto, a n d s t r e a m e d t o M i d p e n M e d i aCenter https://midpenmedia.org.VIRTUAL PARTICIPATION CLICK HERE TO JOIN (https://cityofpaloalto.zoom.us/j/362027238) Meeting ID: 362 027 238 Phone:1(669)900‐6833PUBLIC COMMENTSPublic comments will be accepted both in person and via Zoom for up to three minutes or anamount of time determined by the Chair. All requests to speak will be taken until 5 minutesafter the staff’s presentation. Written public comments can be submitted in advance tocity.council@CityofPaloAlto.org and will be provided to the Council and available for inspectionon the City’s website. Please clearly indicate which agenda item you are referencing in yoursubject line.PowerPoints, videos, or other media to be presented during public comment are accepted onlyby email to city.clerk@CityofPaloAlto.org at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Once received,the Clerk will have them shared at public comment for the specified item. To uphold strongcybersecurity management practices, USB’s or other physical electronic storage devices are notaccepted.TIME ESTIMATES Listed times are estimates only and are subject to change at any time, including while the meeting is in progress. The Council reserves the right to use more or less time on any item, to change the order of items and/or to continue items to another meeting. Particular items may be heard before or after the time estimated on the agenda. This may occur in order to best manage the time at a meeting or to adapt to the participation of the public. CALL TO ORDER This meeting will be called to order in honor of LGBTQ+ Pride Month. AGENDA CHANGES, ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS PUBLIC COMMENT (5:35 ‐ 5:50 PM) Members of the public may speak to any item NOT on the agenda. Council reserves the right to limit the duration of Oral Communications period to 30 minutes. COUNCIL MEMBER QUESTIONS, COMMENTS, ANNOUNCEMENTS (5:50 ‐ 6:05 PM) Members of the public may not speak to the item(s). STUDY SESSION (6:05 ‐ 7:05 PM) 1.1237 San Antonio Road: Regional Water Purification Facility. Request for Pre‐screening by Santa Clara Valley Water to Amend the Comprehensive Plan Land Use Designation and map for a Portion of the Subject Property From Public Conservation Land (CL) to Major Institution/Special Facility (MISP). Environmental Analysis: This Study Session is Not a Project in Accordance With CEQA. CONSENT CALENDAR (7:05 ‐ 7:10 PM) Items will be voted in one motion unless removed from the calendar by three Council Members. 2.Approval of Minutes from May 15, 2023 Meeting 3.Approval of Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement for the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority, CEQA: Not a Project 4.Approval of Construction Contract with O’Grady Paving, Inc. (C23187512) for the Churchill Avenue/Alma Street Railroad Crossing Safety Improvements Project, Capital Improvement Program Project PL‐20000 in the amount of $2,265,340 and Authorization for the City Manager to Execute Change Orders up to $226,534; and CEQA status – exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(c) 5.Adoption of a Resolution for Senate Bill 1, the Road Repair and Accountability Act, for Fiscal Year 2024, Providing the Project List for the Street Maintenance Project, Capital Improvement Program Project PE‐86070; CEQA Status – Not a Project 6.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ 4.08 Public Safety Building‐ Construction Audit, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee. 7.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ FY23‐05 Various Reporting & City Hotline, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee. 8.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ 4.20 Procurement, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee. 9.Adoption of an Ordinance Amending Section 2.04.010 (Regular Meeting) of Chapter 2.04 (Council Organization and Procedure) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Change the City Council Meeting Start Time from Six p.m. to Five‐ Thirty p.m. 10.Adoption of a Resolution to Appoint Mahealani Ah Yun as Interim City Clerk Through December 1, 2023 at the annual salary of $121,285 ‐ CEQA exempt 11.SECOND READING: Amending Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (FIRST READING: May 15, 2023, PASSED 7‐0) 12.SECOND READING: Amendment to Palo Alto Municipal Code Title 18 Chapter 18.42, Standards for Special Uses, to Codify Firearms Sales Limitations Ordinance; CEQA status —exempt under CEQA Guidelines section 15061(c)(3) (FIRST READING: May 22, 2023 PASSED 7‐0) CITY MANAGER COMMENTS (7:10 ‐ 7:30 pm) BREAK ACTION ITEMS (Item 13: 7:30 ‐ 9:00 PM, Item 14: 9:00 ‐ 11:00 PM) Include: Report of Committees/Commissions, Ordinances and Resolutions, Public Hearings, Report of Officials, Unfinished Business and Council Matters. 13.PUBLIC HEARING: Adoption of an Ordinance Amending Section Palo Alto Municipal Code Chapter 9.68, Rental Housing Stabilization, to Clarify the Definitions of At‐Fault and No‐ Fault Just Cause for Evictions, Extend Just Cause Eviction Protections and Tenant Relocation Assistance to More Rental Units in Palo Alto than Offered by State Law, and Adopt a Security Deposit Limit for Unfurnished Rental Units in Palo Alto. Environmental Assessment: Exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3). 14.Adoption of a Resolution Approving an Addendum to the 2017 Comprehensive Plan Environmental Impact Report and Adopting the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP); Approval of the 2023‐2025 S/CAP Workplan; and Review of the 2023 Earth Day Report ADJOURNMENT INFORMATION REPORTS Information reports are provided for informational purposes only to the Council and the public but are not listed for action during this meeting’s agenda. 15.Fiscal Year 2023 Third Quarter Financial Status Report 16.Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 and Police Department Use of Force Report for July ‐ December 2022 OTHER INFORMATION Standing Committee Meetings this week Finance Committee May 30, 2023 Finance Committee June 6, 2023 – Canceled Public Comment Letters Schedule of Meetings PUBLIC COMMENT INSTRUCTIONS Members of the Public may provide public comments to teleconference meetings via email, teleconference, or by phone. 1. Written public comments may be submitted by email to city.council@cityofpaloalto.org. 2. For in person public comments please complete a speaker request card located on the table at the entrance to the Council Chambers and deliver it to the Clerk prior to discussion of the item. 3. Spoken public comments using a computer or smart phone will be accepted through the teleconference meeting. To address the Council, click on the link below to access a Zoom‐based meeting. Please read the following instructions carefully. You may download the Zoom client or connect to the meeting in‐ browser. If using your browser, make sure you are using a current, up‐to‐date browser: Chrome 30 , Firefox 27 , Microsoft Edge 12 , Safari 7 . Certain functionality may be disabled in older browsers including Internet Explorer. Or download the Zoom application onto your smart phone from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store and enter in the Meeting ID below. You may be asked to enter an email address and name. We request that you identify yourself by name as this will be visible online and will be used to notify you that it is your turn to speak. When you wish to speak on an Agenda Item, click on “raise hand.” The Clerk will activate and unmute speakers in turn. Speakers will be notified shortly before they are called to speak. When called, please limit your remarks to the time limit allotted. A timer will be shown on the computer to help keep track of your comments. 4. Spoken public comments using a phone use the telephone number listed below. When you wish to speak on an agenda item hit *9 on your phone so we know that you wish to speak. You will be asked to provide your first and last name before addressing the Council. You will be advised how long you have to speak. When called please limit your remarks to the agenda item and time limit allotted. CLICK HERE TO JOIN Meeting ID: 362‐027‐238 Phone: 1‐669‐900‐6833 Americans with Disability Act (ADA) It is the policy of the City of Palo Alto to offer its public programs, services and meetings in a manner that is readily accessible to all. Persons with disabilities who require materials in an appropriate alternative format or who require auxiliary aids to access City meetings, programs, or services may contact the City’s ADA Coordinator at (650) 329‐2550 (voice) or by emailing ada@cityofpaloalto.org. Requests for assistance or accommodations must be submitted at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, program, or service. 2 Special Meeting June 05, 2023 Materials submitted after distribution are available for public inspection at www.CityofPaloAlto.org. CITY COUNCILSpecial MeetingMonday, June 05, 2023Council Chambers & Hybrid5:30 PMPalo Alto City Council meetings will be held as “hybrid” meetings with the option to attend byteleconference/video conference or in person. To maximize public safety while still maintainingtransparency and public access, members of the public can choose to participate from home orattend in person. Information on how the public may observe and participate in the meeting islocated at the end of the agenda. Masks are strongly encouraged if attending in person. Them e e t i n g w i l l b e b r o a d c a s t o n C a b l e T V C h a n n e l 2 6 , l i v e o nYouTube https://www.youtube.com/c/cityofpaloalto, a n d s t r e a m e d t o M i d p e n M e d i aCenter https://midpenmedia.org.VIRTUAL PARTICIPATION CLICK HERE TO JOIN (https://cityofpaloalto.zoom.us/j/362027238) Meeting ID: 362 027 238 Phone:1(669)900‐6833PUBLIC COMMENTSPublic comments will be accepted both in person and via Zoom for up to three minutes or anamount of time determined by the Chair. All requests to speak will be taken until 5 minutesafter the staff’s presentation. Written public comments can be submitted in advance tocity.council@CityofPaloAlto.org and will be provided to the Council and available for inspectionon the City’s website. Please clearly indicate which agenda item you are referencing in yoursubject line.PowerPoints, videos, or other media to be presented during public comment are accepted onlyby email to city.clerk@CityofPaloAlto.org at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Once received,the Clerk will have them shared at public comment for the specified item. To uphold strongcybersecurity management practices, USB’s or other physical electronic storage devices are notaccepted.TIME ESTIMATESListed times are estimates only and are subject to change at any time, including while themeeting is in progress. The Council reserves the right to use more or less time on any item, tochange the order of items and/or to continue items to another meeting. Particular items may beheard before or after the time estimated on the agenda. This may occur in order to best managethe time at a meeting or to adapt to the participation of the public.CALL TO ORDERThis meeting will be called to order in honor of LGBTQ+ Pride Month.AGENDA CHANGES, ADDITIONS AND DELETIONSPUBLIC COMMENT (5:35 ‐ 5:50 PM)Members of the public may speak to any item NOT on the agenda. Council reserves the right to limit the duration of OralCommunications period to 30 minutes.COUNCIL MEMBER QUESTIONS, COMMENTS, ANNOUNCEMENTS (5:50 ‐ 6:05 PM)Members of the public may not speak to the item(s).STUDY SESSION (6:05 ‐ 7:05 PM)1.1237 San Antonio Road: Regional Water Purification Facility. Request for Pre‐screeningby Santa Clara Valley Water to Amend the Comprehensive Plan Land Use Designationand map for a Portion of the Subject Property From Public Conservation Land (CL) toMajor Institution/Special Facility (MISP). Environmental Analysis: This Study Session isNot a Project in Accordance With CEQA.CONSENT CALENDAR (7:05 ‐ 7:10 PM)Items will be voted in one motion unless removed from the calendar by three Council Members.2.Approval of Minutes from May 15, 2023 Meeting3.Approval of Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement for the SanFrancisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority, CEQA: Not a Project4.Approval of Construction Contract with O’Grady Paving, Inc. (C23187512) for theChurchill Avenue/Alma Street Railroad Crossing Safety Improvements Project, CapitalImprovement Program Project PL‐20000 in the amount of $2,265,340 and Authorizationfor the City Manager to Execute Change Orders up to $226,534; and CEQA status –exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(c)5.Adoption of a Resolution for Senate Bill 1, the Road Repair and Accountability Act, for Fiscal Year 2024, Providing the Project List for the Street Maintenance Project, Capital Improvement Program Project PE‐86070; CEQA Status – Not a Project 6.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ 4.08 Public Safety Building‐ Construction Audit, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee. 7.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ FY23‐05 Various Reporting & City Hotline, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee. 8.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ 4.20 Procurement, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee. 9.Adoption of an Ordinance Amending Section 2.04.010 (Regular Meeting) of Chapter 2.04 (Council Organization and Procedure) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Change the City Council Meeting Start Time from Six p.m. to Five‐ Thirty p.m. 10.Adoption of a Resolution to Appoint Mahealani Ah Yun as Interim City Clerk Through December 1, 2023 at the annual salary of $121,285 ‐ CEQA exempt 11.SECOND READING: Amending Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (FIRST READING: May 15, 2023, PASSED 7‐0) 12.SECOND READING: Amendment to Palo Alto Municipal Code Title 18 Chapter 18.42, Standards for Special Uses, to Codify Firearms Sales Limitations Ordinance; CEQA status —exempt under CEQA Guidelines section 15061(c)(3) (FIRST READING: May 22, 2023 PASSED 7‐0) CITY MANAGER COMMENTS (7:10 ‐ 7:30 pm) BREAK ACTION ITEMS (Item 13: 7:30 ‐ 9:00 PM, Item 14: 9:00 ‐ 11:00 PM) Include: Report of Committees/Commissions, Ordinances and Resolutions, Public Hearings, Report of Officials, Unfinished Business and Council Matters. 13.PUBLIC HEARING: Adoption of an Ordinance Amending Section Palo Alto Municipal Code Chapter 9.68, Rental Housing Stabilization, to Clarify the Definitions of At‐Fault and No‐ Fault Just Cause for Evictions, Extend Just Cause Eviction Protections and Tenant Relocation Assistance to More Rental Units in Palo Alto than Offered by State Law, and Adopt a Security Deposit Limit for Unfurnished Rental Units in Palo Alto. Environmental Assessment: Exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3). 14.Adoption of a Resolution Approving an Addendum to the 2017 Comprehensive Plan Environmental Impact Report and Adopting the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP); Approval of the 2023‐2025 S/CAP Workplan; and Review of the 2023 Earth Day Report ADJOURNMENT INFORMATION REPORTS Information reports are provided for informational purposes only to the Council and the public but are not listed for action during this meeting’s agenda. 15.Fiscal Year 2023 Third Quarter Financial Status Report 16.Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 and Police Department Use of Force Report for July ‐ December 2022 OTHER INFORMATION Standing Committee Meetings this week Finance Committee May 30, 2023 Finance Committee June 6, 2023 – Canceled Public Comment Letters Schedule of Meetings PUBLIC COMMENT INSTRUCTIONS Members of the Public may provide public comments to teleconference meetings via email, teleconference, or by phone. 1. Written public comments may be submitted by email to city.council@cityofpaloalto.org. 2. For in person public comments please complete a speaker request card located on the table at the entrance to the Council Chambers and deliver it to the Clerk prior to discussion of the item. 3. Spoken public comments using a computer or smart phone will be accepted through the teleconference meeting. To address the Council, click on the link below to access a Zoom‐based meeting. Please read the following instructions carefully. You may download the Zoom client or connect to the meeting in‐ browser. If using your browser, make sure you are using a current, up‐to‐date browser: Chrome 30 , Firefox 27 , Microsoft Edge 12 , Safari 7 . Certain functionality may be disabled in older browsers including Internet Explorer. Or download the Zoom application onto your smart phone from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store and enter in the Meeting ID below. You may be asked to enter an email address and name. We request that you identify yourself by name as this will be visible online and will be used to notify you that it is your turn to speak. When you wish to speak on an Agenda Item, click on “raise hand.” The Clerk will activate and unmute speakers in turn. Speakers will be notified shortly before they are called to speak. When called, please limit your remarks to the time limit allotted. A timer will be shown on the computer to help keep track of your comments. 4. Spoken public comments using a phone use the telephone number listed below. When you wish to speak on an agenda item hit *9 on your phone so we know that you wish to speak. You will be asked to provide your first and last name before addressing the Council. You will be advised how long you have to speak. When called please limit your remarks to the agenda item and time limit allotted. CLICK HERE TO JOIN Meeting ID: 362‐027‐238 Phone: 1‐669‐900‐6833 Americans with Disability Act (ADA) It is the policy of the City of Palo Alto to offer its public programs, services and meetings in a manner that is readily accessible to all. Persons with disabilities who require materials in an appropriate alternative format or who require auxiliary aids to access City meetings, programs, or services may contact the City’s ADA Coordinator at (650) 329‐2550 (voice) or by emailing ada@cityofpaloalto.org. Requests for assistance or accommodations must be submitted at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, program, or service. 3 Special Meeting June 05, 2023 Materials submitted after distribution are available for public inspection at www.CityofPaloAlto.org. CITY COUNCILSpecial MeetingMonday, June 05, 2023Council Chambers & Hybrid5:30 PMPalo Alto City Council meetings will be held as “hybrid” meetings with the option to attend byteleconference/video conference or in person. To maximize public safety while still maintainingtransparency and public access, members of the public can choose to participate from home orattend in person. Information on how the public may observe and participate in the meeting islocated at the end of the agenda. Masks are strongly encouraged if attending in person. Them e e t i n g w i l l b e b r o a d c a s t o n C a b l e T V C h a n n e l 2 6 , l i v e o nYouTube https://www.youtube.com/c/cityofpaloalto, a n d s t r e a m e d t o M i d p e n M e d i aCenter https://midpenmedia.org.VIRTUAL PARTICIPATION CLICK HERE TO JOIN (https://cityofpaloalto.zoom.us/j/362027238) Meeting ID: 362 027 238 Phone:1(669)900‐6833PUBLIC COMMENTSPublic comments will be accepted both in person and via Zoom for up to three minutes or anamount of time determined by the Chair. All requests to speak will be taken until 5 minutesafter the staff’s presentation. Written public comments can be submitted in advance tocity.council@CityofPaloAlto.org and will be provided to the Council and available for inspectionon the City’s website. Please clearly indicate which agenda item you are referencing in yoursubject line.PowerPoints, videos, or other media to be presented during public comment are accepted onlyby email to city.clerk@CityofPaloAlto.org at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Once received,the Clerk will have them shared at public comment for the specified item. To uphold strongcybersecurity management practices, USB’s or other physical electronic storage devices are notaccepted.TIME ESTIMATESListed times are estimates only and are subject to change at any time, including while themeeting is in progress. The Council reserves the right to use more or less time on any item, tochange the order of items and/or to continue items to another meeting. Particular items may beheard before or after the time estimated on the agenda. This may occur in order to best managethe time at a meeting or to adapt to the participation of the public.CALL TO ORDERThis meeting will be called to order in honor of LGBTQ+ Pride Month.AGENDA CHANGES, ADDITIONS AND DELETIONSPUBLIC COMMENT (5:35 ‐ 5:50 PM)Members of the public may speak to any item NOT on the agenda. Council reserves the right to limit the duration of OralCommunications period to 30 minutes.COUNCIL MEMBER QUESTIONS, COMMENTS, ANNOUNCEMENTS (5:50 ‐ 6:05 PM)Members of the public may not speak to the item(s).STUDY SESSION (6:05 ‐ 7:05 PM)1.1237 San Antonio Road: Regional Water Purification Facility. Request for Pre‐screeningby Santa Clara Valley Water to Amend the Comprehensive Plan Land Use Designationand map for a Portion of the Subject Property From Public Conservation Land (CL) toMajor Institution/Special Facility (MISP). Environmental Analysis: This Study Session isNot a Project in Accordance With CEQA.CONSENT CALENDAR (7:05 ‐ 7:10 PM)Items will be voted in one motion unless removed from the calendar by three Council Members.2.Approval of Minutes from May 15, 2023 Meeting3.Approval of Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement for the SanFrancisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority, CEQA: Not a Project4.Approval of Construction Contract with O’Grady Paving, Inc. (C23187512) for theChurchill Avenue/Alma Street Railroad Crossing Safety Improvements Project, CapitalImprovement Program Project PL‐20000 in the amount of $2,265,340 and Authorizationfor the City Manager to Execute Change Orders up to $226,534; and CEQA status –exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(c)5.Adoption of a Resolution for Senate Bill 1, the Road Repair and Accountability Act, forFiscal Year 2024, Providing the Project List for the Street Maintenance Project, CapitalImprovement Program Project PE‐86070; CEQA Status – Not a Project6.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ 4.08 Public Safety Building‐Construction Audit, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee.7.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ FY23‐05 Various Reporting & CityHotline, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee.8.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ 4.20 Procurement, asrecommended by the Policy and Services Committee.9.Adoption of an Ordinance Amending Section 2.04.010 (Regular Meeting) of Chapter 2.04(Council Organization and Procedure) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Change the CityCouncil Meeting Start Time from Six p.m. to Five‐ Thirty p.m.10.Adoption of a Resolution to Appoint Mahealani Ah Yun as Interim City Clerk ThroughDecember 1, 2023 at the annual salary of $121,285 ‐ CEQA exempt11.SECOND READING: Amending Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code toAmend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior AccessoryDwelling Units (FIRST READING: May 15, 2023, PASSED 7‐0)12.SECOND READING: Amendment to Palo Alto Municipal Code Title 18 Chapter 18.42,Standards for Special Uses, to Codify Firearms Sales Limitations Ordinance; CEQA status—exempt under CEQA Guidelines section 15061(c)(3) (FIRST READING: May 22, 2023PASSED 7‐0)CITY MANAGER COMMENTS (7:10 ‐ 7:30 pm)BREAKACTION ITEMS (Item 13: 7:30 ‐ 9:00 PM, Item 14: 9:00 ‐ 11:00 PM)Include: Report of Committees/Commissions, Ordinances and Resolutions, Public Hearings, Report of Officials, UnfinishedBusiness and Council Matters.13.PUBLIC HEARING: Adoption of an Ordinance Amending Section Palo Alto Municipal CodeChapter 9.68, Rental Housing Stabilization, to Clarify the Definitions of At‐Fault and No‐Fault Just Cause for Evictions, Extend Just Cause Eviction Protections and TenantRelocation Assistance to More Rental Units in Palo Alto than Offered by State Law, andAdopt a Security Deposit Limit for Unfurnished Rental Units in Palo Alto. EnvironmentalAssessment: Exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3).14.Adoption of a Resolution Approving an Addendum to the 2017 Comprehensive Plan Environmental Impact Report and Adopting the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP); Approval of the 2023‐2025 S/CAP Workplan; and Review of the 2023 Earth Day Report ADJOURNMENT INFORMATION REPORTS Information reports are provided for informational purposes only to the Council and the public but are not listed for action during this meeting’s agenda. 15.Fiscal Year 2023 Third Quarter Financial Status Report 16.Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 and Police Department Use of Force Report for July ‐ December 2022 OTHER INFORMATION Standing Committee Meetings this week Finance Committee May 30, 2023 Finance Committee June 6, 2023 – Canceled Public Comment Letters Schedule of Meetings PUBLIC COMMENT INSTRUCTIONS Members of the Public may provide public comments to teleconference meetings via email, teleconference, or by phone. 1. Written public comments may be submitted by email to city.council@cityofpaloalto.org. 2. For in person public comments please complete a speaker request card located on the table at the entrance to the Council Chambers and deliver it to the Clerk prior to discussion of the item. 3. Spoken public comments using a computer or smart phone will be accepted through the teleconference meeting. To address the Council, click on the link below to access a Zoom‐based meeting. Please read the following instructions carefully. You may download the Zoom client or connect to the meeting in‐ browser. If using your browser, make sure you are using a current, up‐to‐date browser: Chrome 30 , Firefox 27 , Microsoft Edge 12 , Safari 7 . Certain functionality may be disabled in older browsers including Internet Explorer. Or download the Zoom application onto your smart phone from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store and enter in the Meeting ID below. You may be asked to enter an email address and name. We request that you identify yourself by name as this will be visible online and will be used to notify you that it is your turn to speak. When you wish to speak on an Agenda Item, click on “raise hand.” The Clerk will activate and unmute speakers in turn. Speakers will be notified shortly before they are called to speak. When called, please limit your remarks to the time limit allotted. A timer will be shown on the computer to help keep track of your comments. 4. Spoken public comments using a phone use the telephone number listed below. When you wish to speak on an agenda item hit *9 on your phone so we know that you wish to speak. You will be asked to provide your first and last name before addressing the Council. You will be advised how long you have to speak. When called please limit your remarks to the agenda item and time limit allotted. CLICK HERE TO JOIN Meeting ID: 362‐027‐238 Phone: 1‐669‐900‐6833 Americans with Disability Act (ADA) It is the policy of the City of Palo Alto to offer its public programs, services and meetings in a manner that is readily accessible to all. Persons with disabilities who require materials in an appropriate alternative format or who require auxiliary aids to access City meetings, programs, or services may contact the City’s ADA Coordinator at (650) 329‐2550 (voice) or by emailing ada@cityofpaloalto.org. Requests for assistance or accommodations must be submitted at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, program, or service. 4 Special Meeting June 05, 2023 Materials submitted after distribution are available for public inspection at www.CityofPaloAlto.org. CITY COUNCILSpecial MeetingMonday, June 05, 2023Council Chambers & Hybrid5:30 PMPalo Alto City Council meetings will be held as “hybrid” meetings with the option to attend byteleconference/video conference or in person. To maximize public safety while still maintainingtransparency and public access, members of the public can choose to participate from home orattend in person. Information on how the public may observe and participate in the meeting islocated at the end of the agenda. Masks are strongly encouraged if attending in person. Them e e t i n g w i l l b e b r o a d c a s t o n C a b l e T V C h a n n e l 2 6 , l i v e o nYouTube https://www.youtube.com/c/cityofpaloalto, a n d s t r e a m e d t o M i d p e n M e d i aCenter https://midpenmedia.org.VIRTUAL PARTICIPATION CLICK HERE TO JOIN (https://cityofpaloalto.zoom.us/j/362027238) Meeting ID: 362 027 238 Phone:1(669)900‐6833PUBLIC COMMENTSPublic comments will be accepted both in person and via Zoom for up to three minutes or anamount of time determined by the Chair. All requests to speak will be taken until 5 minutesafter the staff’s presentation. Written public comments can be submitted in advance tocity.council@CityofPaloAlto.org and will be provided to the Council and available for inspectionon the City’s website. Please clearly indicate which agenda item you are referencing in yoursubject line.PowerPoints, videos, or other media to be presented during public comment are accepted onlyby email to city.clerk@CityofPaloAlto.org at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Once received,the Clerk will have them shared at public comment for the specified item. To uphold strongcybersecurity management practices, USB’s or other physical electronic storage devices are notaccepted.TIME ESTIMATESListed times are estimates only and are subject to change at any time, including while themeeting is in progress. The Council reserves the right to use more or less time on any item, tochange the order of items and/or to continue items to another meeting. Particular items may beheard before or after the time estimated on the agenda. This may occur in order to best managethe time at a meeting or to adapt to the participation of the public.CALL TO ORDERThis meeting will be called to order in honor of LGBTQ+ Pride Month.AGENDA CHANGES, ADDITIONS AND DELETIONSPUBLIC COMMENT (5:35 ‐ 5:50 PM)Members of the public may speak to any item NOT on the agenda. Council reserves the right to limit the duration of OralCommunications period to 30 minutes.COUNCIL MEMBER QUESTIONS, COMMENTS, ANNOUNCEMENTS (5:50 ‐ 6:05 PM)Members of the public may not speak to the item(s).STUDY SESSION (6:05 ‐ 7:05 PM)1.1237 San Antonio Road: Regional Water Purification Facility. Request for Pre‐screeningby Santa Clara Valley Water to Amend the Comprehensive Plan Land Use Designationand map for a Portion of the Subject Property From Public Conservation Land (CL) toMajor Institution/Special Facility (MISP). Environmental Analysis: This Study Session isNot a Project in Accordance With CEQA.CONSENT CALENDAR (7:05 ‐ 7:10 PM)Items will be voted in one motion unless removed from the calendar by three Council Members.2.Approval of Minutes from May 15, 2023 Meeting3.Approval of Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement for the SanFrancisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority, CEQA: Not a Project4.Approval of Construction Contract with O’Grady Paving, Inc. (C23187512) for theChurchill Avenue/Alma Street Railroad Crossing Safety Improvements Project, CapitalImprovement Program Project PL‐20000 in the amount of $2,265,340 and Authorizationfor the City Manager to Execute Change Orders up to $226,534; and CEQA status –exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(c)5.Adoption of a Resolution for Senate Bill 1, the Road Repair and Accountability Act, forFiscal Year 2024, Providing the Project List for the Street Maintenance Project, CapitalImprovement Program Project PE‐86070; CEQA Status – Not a Project6.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ 4.08 Public Safety Building‐Construction Audit, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee.7.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ FY23‐05 Various Reporting & CityHotline, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee.8.Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change ‐ 4.20 Procurement, asrecommended by the Policy and Services Committee.9.Adoption of an Ordinance Amending Section 2.04.010 (Regular Meeting) of Chapter 2.04(Council Organization and Procedure) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Change the CityCouncil Meeting Start Time from Six p.m. to Five‐ Thirty p.m.10.Adoption of a Resolution to Appoint Mahealani Ah Yun as Interim City Clerk ThroughDecember 1, 2023 at the annual salary of $121,285 ‐ CEQA exempt11.SECOND READING: Amending Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code toAmend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior AccessoryDwelling Units (FIRST READING: May 15, 2023, PASSED 7‐0)12.SECOND READING: Amendment to Palo Alto Municipal Code Title 18 Chapter 18.42,Standards for Special Uses, to Codify Firearms Sales Limitations Ordinance; CEQA status—exempt under CEQA Guidelines section 15061(c)(3) (FIRST READING: May 22, 2023PASSED 7‐0)CITY MANAGER COMMENTS (7:10 ‐ 7:30 pm)BREAKACTION ITEMS (Item 13: 7:30 ‐ 9:00 PM, Item 14: 9:00 ‐ 11:00 PM)Include: Report of Committees/Commissions, Ordinances and Resolutions, Public Hearings, Report of Officials, UnfinishedBusiness and Council Matters.13.PUBLIC HEARING: Adoption of an Ordinance Amending Section Palo Alto Municipal CodeChapter 9.68, Rental Housing Stabilization, to Clarify the Definitions of At‐Fault and No‐Fault Just Cause for Evictions, Extend Just Cause Eviction Protections and TenantRelocation Assistance to More Rental Units in Palo Alto than Offered by State Law, andAdopt a Security Deposit Limit for Unfurnished Rental Units in Palo Alto. EnvironmentalAssessment: Exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3).14.Adoption of a Resolution Approving an Addendum to the 2017 Comprehensive PlanEnvironmental Impact Report and Adopting the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan(S/CAP); Approval of the 2023‐2025 S/CAP Workplan; and Review of the 2023 Earth DayReportADJOURNMENTINFORMATION REPORTSInformation reports are provided for informational purposes only to the Council and the public but are not listed for actionduring this meeting’s agenda.15.Fiscal Year 2023 Third Quarter Financial Status Report16.Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July andDecember 2022 and Police Department Use of Force Report for July ‐ December 2022OTHER INFORMATIONStanding Committee Meetings this week Finance Committee May 30, 2023 Finance Committee June 6, 2023 – Canceled Public Comment Letters Schedule of Meetings PUBLIC COMMENT INSTRUCTIONS Members of the Public may provide public comments to teleconference meetings via email, teleconference, or by phone. 1. Written public comments may be submitted by email to city.council@cityofpaloalto.org. 2. For in person public comments please complete a speaker request card located on the table at the entrance to the Council Chambers and deliver it to the Clerk prior to discussion of the item. 3. Spoken public comments using a computer or smart phone will be accepted through the teleconference meeting. To address the Council, click on the link below to access a Zoom‐based meeting. Please read the following instructions carefully. You may download the Zoom client or connect to the meeting in‐ browser. If using your browser, make sure you are using a current, up‐to‐date browser: Chrome 30 , Firefox 27 , Microsoft Edge 12 , Safari 7 . Certain functionality may be disabled in older browsers including Internet Explorer. Or download the Zoom application onto your smart phone from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store and enter in the Meeting ID below. You may be asked to enter an email address and name. We request that you identify yourself by name as this will be visible online and will be used to notify you that it is your turn to speak. When you wish to speak on an Agenda Item, click on “raise hand.” The Clerk will activate and unmute speakers in turn. Speakers will be notified shortly before they are called to speak. When called, please limit your remarks to the time limit allotted. A timer will be shown on the computer to help keep track of your comments. 4. Spoken public comments using a phone use the telephone number listed below. When you wish to speak on an agenda item hit *9 on your phone so we know that you wish to speak. You will be asked to provide your first and last name before addressing the Council. You will be advised how long you have to speak. When called please limit your remarks to the agenda item and time limit allotted. CLICK HERE TO JOIN Meeting ID: 362‐027‐238 Phone: 1‐669‐900‐6833 Americans with Disability Act (ADA) It is the policy of the City of Palo Alto to offer its public programs, services and meetings in a manner that is readily accessible to all. Persons with disabilities who require materials in an appropriate alternative format or who require auxiliary aids to access City meetings, programs, or services may contact the City’s ADA Coordinator at (650) 329‐2550 (voice) or by emailing ada@cityofpaloalto.org. Requests for assistance or accommodations must be submitted at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, program, or service. 5 Special Meeting June 05, 2023 Materials submitted after distribution are available for public inspection at www.CityofPaloAlto.org. 2 2 7 8 City Council Staff Report From: City Manager Report Type: STUDY SESSION Lead Department: Planning and Development Services Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2305-1513 TITLE 1237 San Antonio Road: Regional Water Purification Facility. Request for Pre-screening by Santa Clara Valley Water to Amend the Comprehensive Plan Land Use Designation and map for a Portion of the Subject Property From Public Conservation Land (CL) to Major Institution/Special Facility (MISP). Environmental Analysis: This Study Session is Not a Project in Accordance With CEQA. RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that Council conduct a prescreening and provide comments regarding the applicant’s proposal. No formal Council action may be taken during a prescreening and comments provided during a prescreening are not binding on the City or the applicant. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The Santa Clara Valley Water District (Valley Water) proposes the construction of a new Regional Water Purification Facility (RWPF), pipelines, and associated facilities as part of the Purified Water Program in Santa Clara County. The proposed project would be located in northern Santa Clara County, in portions of Palo Alto, Mountain View, Sunnyvale, San José, Santa Clara, and Campbell. The Palo Alto portions of the proposal would include development of an RWPF at the Los Altos Treatment Plant (LATP) site located at 1237 San Antonio Road, an effluent pump station at the Palo Alto Regional Water Quality Control Plant (RWQCP) located at 2501 Embarcadero Road and connection pipelines between the LATP and RWQCP sites that would be routed along San Antonio, East Bayshore and Embarcadero Roads. See Attachment A, Project Overview. Additional pipeline outside of City limits will be required to connect the facility to the Los Gatos Recharge System Complex in the City of Campbell. The proposed RWPF is intended to establish greater water supply reliability for Santa Clara County and help ensure continued groundwater sustainability and the avoidance of land subsidence. The proposal would require a Comprehensive Plan Amendment to amend the land use Item 1 Item 1 Staff Report Item 1: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 6 of 406 2 2 7 8 designation and map for a portion of the LATP site from Public Conservation Land (CL) to Major Institution/Special Facilities (MISP) as well as a subdivision of the site from one parcel into three separate parcels. BACKGROUND 1. One component of the Partnership Agreement is that Valley Water would purify water from the City’s Regional Water Quality Control Plant to provide a reliable water supply for Santa Clara County. Staff presented to Council regarding the RWPF and the partnership agreement in September 20222. Valley Water and the City signed a funding agreement to ensure that Valley Water is paying for Palo Alto’s staff and consultant time on the project3. Since that time staff and Valley Water are coordinating on term sheets to develop a lease agreement for LATP. 1 City Council, November, 18, 2019, ID 10627. https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas- minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports-cmrs/year-archive/2019/id-10627-mini-packet-11182019.pdf 2 City Council, September 12, 2022, Item 3, ID 14650; https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas- minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city-council-agendas-minutes/2022/20220912/20220912pccsm-amended- v2.pdf 3 City Council, April 10, 2023, Item 12, ID 2302-1026 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas- minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports-cmrs/year-archive/2019/id-10627-mini-packet-11182019.pdf Item 1 Item 1 Staff Report Item 1: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 7 of 406 2 2 7 8 previously noted to the City Council, contractor activities and storage for Green Waste currently occur on an adjacent portion of the site. •Area A consists of the northernmost portion of the site •Area B is located in the central portion of the site •Area C consists of the southernmost portion of the site. Item 1 Item 1 Staff Report Item 1: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 8 of 406 2 2 7 8 ANALYSIS The purpose of the prescreening is for the applicant to assess whether there is sufficient Council interest to proceed with a formal application. Typically, staff does not conduct a detailed review of prescreening applications for code compliance. Comprehensive Plan The Public Conservation Land (CL) designation is applied to lands where the primary purpose is the preservation and enhancement of the natural state of the land and its plants and animals. The Major Institution/Special Facilities (MISP) designation is applied to lands where institutional, academic, governmental, and community service uses and lands are either publicly owned or operated as non-profit organizations. The proposed project would be consistent with the MISP designation since the City of Palo Alto owns the LATP site and would lease a portion of the land (Area B) to Valley Water for the purposes of the RWPF. While the proposed project would not be consistent with the existing CL designation, the proposal includes a Comprehensive Plan Amendment to amend portions of Area B from CL to MISP. Area C was already amended from CL to MISP in December 2022. With the approval of the Comprehensive Plan Amendment, the proposal would be consistent with the plan. Proposed Valley Water Comprehensive Plan Amendment layout Zoning As noted, the project site is zoned Public Facility (PF) with a Site Design Review (D) combining district. Surrounding zoning designations include PF(D) to the north of the LATP site, Research, Office and Limited Manufacturing (ROLM) with Site and Design Review (D) and Automobile Item 1 Item 1 Staff Report Item 1: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 9 of 406 2 2 7 8 Dealership (AD) provisions (ROLM (D)(AD)) located to the south and west of the project site and the City of Mountain View to the east across San Antonio Road. Baylands Master Plan PAF Goal 3: Identify alternatives for land uses at the former Los Altos Treatment Plant site. PAF Objective 3.1: Identify locations for potential restoration opportunities and actions at the Los Altos Treatment Plant site. Develop priorities and recommendations for actions to improve the site’s ecological health. Palo Alto Airport Comprehensive Land Use Plan NEXT STEPS Item 1 Item 1 Staff Report Item 1: Staff Report Pg. 5 Packet Pg. 10 of 406 2 2 7 8 RESOURCE IMPACT This item is a pre-screening and therefore does not have resource impacts beyond the staff work to support the discussion. The cost Palo Alto’s staff and consultant time supporting Valley Water’s purification of water from the City’s Regional Water Quality Control Plant to provide a reliable water supply for Santa Clara County project is funded by Valley Water. Staff in Public Works is working with Valley Water and partner departments to support this project including but not limited to coordinating on term sheets to develop a lease agreement for the LATP site. This prescreening is a preliminary review process in which Councilmembers may provide comment, but no formal action will be taken. Therefore, no review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) is required at this time. A formal review under CEQA would be initiated with the formal filing of Comprehensive Plan Amendment, Site and Design and Subdivision applications. Attachment A: Project Overview Exhibit Attachment B: Location Map Attachment C: Conceptual Site Layout : Jonathan Lait, Planning and Development Services Director Item 1 Item 1 Staff Report Item 1: Staff Report Pg. 6 Packet Pg. 11 of 406 Sa n A n t o n i o R d £¤101 Eas t B a y s h o r e R d Ea s t B a y s h o r e R d Emb a r c a d e r o R d Em b a r c a d e r o W y Palo Alto RWQCP Palo Alto AWPF Palo Alto Pa t h : Z : \ S h a r e d \ P r o j e c t s \ 2 0 1 5 \ D 1 5 0 2 7 0 . 0 0 - S C V W D E x p e d i t e d R e c y c l e d - P u r i f i e d W a t e r \ 0 5 G r a p h i c s - G I S - M o d e l i n g \ 0 5 G r a p h i c s - G I S - M o d el i n g \ F i g 2 - 7 _ C o n n e c t i o n P i p e l i n e t o R W Q C P . m x d , W M c C u l l o u g h 5 / 2 4 / 2 0 2 2 Valley Water Purified Water Project Figure 2-7 Connection Pipelines between the Palo Alto Advanced Water Purification Facility and the Palo Alto Regional Water Quality Control Plant N 0 1,000 Feet SOURCE: ESA, 202+'50 Effluent Pump Station Proposed Connection Pipelines (Source Water and ROC Pipelines) Palo Alto Purified Water Pipeline Alignment Source WaterPum Station Item 1 Attachment A - Project Overview Exhibit Item 1: Staff Report Pg. 7 Packet Pg. 12 of 406 223.7' 94.2' 26.9' 225.8' 214.6' 201.1' 215.4' 36.0' 201.1' 236.0' 156.1' 31.1' 54.7' 166.7' 246.8' 134.0' 120.5' 156.1' 255.5' 237.9' 196.7' 214.6' 56.6' 75.8' 134.0' 214.6' 215.0' 214.6' 215.0' 95.0' 98.4' 70.1' 32.5' 16.8' 173.7' 162.1' 150.3' 234.8' 173.7' 119.5' .0' 32.5' 82.6' 37.0' 199.7' 119.5' 50.0' 214.6' 219.8' 214.6' 55.8' 98.4' 95.0' 200.8' 109.9' 581.0' 464.2' 104.6' 312.1' 109.9' 280.0' 1133.1' 205.6' 62.0' 91.2' 401.7' 30.3' 663.2' 209.9' 391.5' 454.0' 1020 1029 1135 1129 1137 1052 1054 1056 1058 1047 1049 1131 1133 1261 1221 1151 1237 1000 1007 1005 1003 3801 1032 1015 1023 1001 3905 AN ANTONIO ROAD ELW ELL COURT This map is a product of the City of Palo Alto GIS This document is a graphic representation only of best available sources. Legend LATP Site Advanced Water Purification Facility Site 0' 242' Attachment B: Aerial Map LATP Site CITYOF PALOALTO I NC O R P O R A TE D CALI FORNIA P a l o A l t o T h e C i t y o f APRI L 1 6 189 4 The City of Palo Alto assumes no responsibility for any errors ©1989 to 2016 City of Palo Alto chodgki, 2023-05-23 14:58:34 (\\cc-maps\Encompass\Admin\Personal\Planning.mdb) .PVOUBJO7JFX 1BMP"MUP Item 1 Attachment B - Location Map Item 1: Staff Report Pg. 8 Packet Pg. 13 of 406 1 2 3 4 5 6 TRUE NORTH D D Area B of City of Palo Alto Sanitary Sewer and Public PROPOSED SITE &B:6J:ÑEFK:ÑK=6KÑGIFGFJ:9Ñ 40’ SETBACK DRIVEWAY PARCEL #:TREATMENT UNIT BUILDING ZONING: PF (D) ꢀ>KQÑ>JÑ8LII:EKBQÑI:M >:O>E<ÑK=:ÑI:8FEJKIL8K>FEÑF;ÑK=:ÑCLBK>ꢁLJ:ÑG6K=Ñ6GGB>86K>FEÑ;FIÑK=:Ñ ¤¤Ã Á Ñ) 6EÑꢂ EKFE>FÑ(9ÑJ>K:Ñꢂ GGB>86EKÑJ=6BBÑGIFM >9:Ñ:6J:C:EKÑ6E9Ñ8FEJKIL8KÑ6Ñ CLBK>ꢁLJ:ÑG6K=ÑFEÑK=:Ѥ Ñ) 6EÑꢂ EKFE>FÑ(9ÑJ>K:ÑKFÑGIFM >9:Ñ6ÑC>JJ>E<Ñ8FEE:8K>FEѽ à Á 7:KO::EÑꢂ 9F7:Ñ" FFGÑ*I6>BÑ6E9ÑK=:Ñ) 6EÑꢂ EKFE>FÑ(9ÑJ>K:Ñ*=>JÑOFLB9Ñ7:Ñ6ÑJ6;:IÑ ꢃ FC:@:QÑI:J>9:EKJÑ6E9Ñ$ FIK=Ñꢄ 6QJ=FI:Ñ8FCCLK:IJÑꢅEÑ ꢆÑK=>JÑO>BBÑGIFM >9:Ñ6ÑJ6;:Ñ6E9ÑJ=FIKÑ7>@:Ñ6E9ÑG:9:JKI>6EÑ8FEE:8K>FEÑKFÑꢃ OQÑ ¤ ÑG:9:JKI>6EÑ6E9Ñ7>@:Ñ7I>9<:Ñꢇ :J><EÑF;ÑK=:Ѥ ¤ à Á Ñ) 6EÑꢂ EKFE>FÑCLBK>ꢁLJ:ÑG6K=ÑO>BBÑ >9:9Ñ7QÑK=:Ñ%;;>8:ÑF;Ñ*I6EJGFIK6K>FEÑJK6;;Ñꢇ :J><EꢁJG:8>;>8Ñ8FCC:EKJÑJ=6BBÑ7:Ñ >9:9Ñ6JÑG6IKÑF;ÑK=:Ñ;FIC6BÑ6GGB>86K>FEÑ;FIÑK=>JÑGIF?:8K REVISIONS REV DATE DESCRIPTION LINE IS 2 INCHES 10’ SETBACK DESIGNED: CHECKED: FILENAME BC PROJECT NUMBER CLIENT PROJECT NUMBER Notes: 297,086 (SITE B) TOTAL LOT AREA = 390,460 SQ. FTSCVWD EASEMEN R 247)FT PRELIMINARYPT VALLEY WATER PURIFIED WATER PROJECT PALO ALTO ADVANCED WATER PURIFICATION FACILITY – SITE PLAN DRAWING NUMBER L NTS SHEET NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 Item 1 Attachment C - Conceptual Site Layout Item 1: Staff Report Pg. 9 Packet Pg. 14 of 406 City Council Staff Report Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR Lead Department: City Clerk Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2305-1458 TITLE Approval of Minutes from May 15, 2023 Meeting RECOMMENDATION That the minutes be reviewed and approved. ATTACHMENTS Attachment A: May 15, 2023 Draft Minutes APPROVED BY: Mahealani Ah Yun Item 2 Item 2 Staff Report Item 2: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 15 of 406 CITY COUNCIL DRAFT ACTION MINUTES Page 1 of 6 Special Meeting May 15, 2023 The City Council of the City of Palo Alto met on this date in the Council Chambers and by virtual teleconference at 5:30 P.M. Present In Person: Burt, Kou, Lauing, Lythcott-Haims, Stone, Tanaka, Veenker Present Remotely: None Absent: None Special Orders of the Day 1. Proclamation Recognizing National Police Week – May 14-20, 2023 and National Peace Officers’ Memorial Day – May 15, 2023 Agenda Changes, Additions and Deletions None Public Comment Council Member Questions, Comments and Announcements None Study Session 2. Study Session to Discuss Next Steps Following Letter Received on March 13, 2023 from Palo Alto Unified School District titled “Invitation for Cubberley Development Proposals” No action taken Item 2 Attachment A - May 15, 2023 Draft Action Minutes Item 2: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 16 of 406 DRAFT ACTION MINUTES Page 2 of 6 (Sp.) City Council Meeting Draft Action Minutes: 5/15/2023 Consent Calendar Council Member Tanaka registered a no vote on Agenda Item Number 6, 8, 10, 11 Council Members Tanaka and Lythcott-Haims requested to pull Item 8. MOTION: Council Member Burt moved, seconded by Council Member Kou to approve Agenda Item Numbers 3-11 MOTION PASSED Items 3, 5, 7, 9: 7-0 MOTION PASSED Items 6, 10, 11: 6-1, Tanaka no MOTION PASSED Items 8: 5-2, Tanaka, Lythcott-Haims no 3. Approval of Minutes from May 1, 2023 Meeting 4. Approval of a three-year General Services contract with Johnson Controls Fire Protection, totaling $423,830, for Automatic Fire Extinguishing Systems Inspection, Testing, and Repair Services; and Approval of a Budget Amendment in the General Fund. 5. QUASI-JUDICIAL. 151 S California Avenue {22PLN-00363}: Ratification of Director's Approval of Waiver from the Retail Preservation Ordinance for an Alternative Viable Use to Allow for a Medical Office Use to Occupy a 3,500 Square Foot Tenant Space. Zone District: CC(2). Environmental Assessment: Exempt from CEQA in Accordance with Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3) and 15301. 6. Approval of a Design-Build Contract with Parking Guidance Systems, LLC in the Amount of $4,180,217 with Authorization for the City Manager to Negotiate and Execute Change Orders up to a Not-to-Exceed Amount of $418,022 for the Downtown Automated Parking Guidance System, Access Controls & Revenue Collection Equipment Project, Capital Improvement Program Project PL-15002; and Approval of a Budget Amendment in the Capital Improvement Fund; CEQA status – exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(c) 7. Adoption of Resolution 10108 Authorizing the City Manager or their Designee to sign Grant- Related Documents with Caltrans for the Newell Road/San Francisquito Creek Bridge Replacement Capital Improvement Program Project PE-12011; CEQA: Environmental Impact Report for the Newell Road Bridge (Resolution No. 9889) 8. Approval of Amendment No. 3 with RossDrulisCusenbery Architecture, Inc. (Contract No. C17165953) to add $687,500, increasing the not to exceed amount to $9,725,108, for additional Professional Services for the Public Safety Building Capital Improvement Program Project (PE- Item 2 Attachment A - May 15, 2023 Draft Action Minutes Item 2: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 17 of 406 DRAFT ACTION MINUTES Page 3 of 6 (Sp.) City Council Meeting Draft Action Minutes: 5/15/2023 15001); CEQA: Environmental Impact Report for the PSB and New California Avenue Area Parking Garage (Resolution No. 9772) 9. Amendment No. 5 to the Agreement between the City of Palo Alto and the Friends of the Junior Museum and Zoo for Mutual Cooperation and Support to Extend the Agreement through June 2024 and Accept a $75,000 Grant for a Community Engagement Specialist; CEQA status – not a project 10. Approval of Professional Services Agreement Contract Number S23184570 with Foster & Foster Consulting Actuaries, Inc. in an Amount Not to Exceed $147,180 to Provide Actuary Services for a Period of Five Years: CEQA Status – Not a Project 11. Authorization for approval of a Blanket Purchase Order with Granite Rock Company in the Amount of $500,000 Annually for a Three-Year Term, beginning July 1, 2023 through June 30, 2026, for a Total Not-to-Exceed Amount of $1,500,000 for Hot Mix Asphalt Materials for Public Works and Utilities Departments; CEQA Status – Not a Project City Manager Comments Action Items 12. PUBLIC HEARING: Adoption of a Resolution Providing that the City will Not Levy Assessments for the Downtown Business Improvement District for FY 2024. MOTION: Vice Mayor Stone moved, seconded by Council Member Veenker to adopt a Resolution 10109 declining to levy assessments for Fiscal Year 2024 for the Downtown Business Improvement District (BID). MOTION PASSED: 7-0 13. Update, Discussion, and Potential Direction regarding State and Federal Legislation MOTION: Council Member Veenker moved, seconded by Council Member Lythcott-Haims to direct staff to take direction on the following bills: Support • AB 1598 (Berman) • SB 2 (Portantino) Oppose • AB 1637 (Irwin) Item 2 Attachment A - May 15, 2023 Draft Action Minutes Item 2: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 18 of 406 DRAFT ACTION MINUTES Page 4 of 6 (Sp.) City Council Meeting Draft Action Minutes: 5/15/2023 MOTION PASSED: 7-0 MOTION: Council Member Kou moved, seconded by Council Member Burt to direct staff to take direction on the following bills: Oppose • SB 423 MOTION PASSED: 4-3, Lythcott-Haims, Tanaka, Veenker no SUBSTITUTE MOTION: Council Member Tanaka moved, seconded by Council Member Veenker to vote “no position” on SB 423. MOTION FAILED: 3-4 Burt, Kou, Lauing, Stone no MOTION: Council Member Lythcott-Haims moved, seconded by Council Member Tanaka that if there is not a unanimous position on a legislative item then the vote be recorded on any resulting letter to contain the vote count. MOTION PASSED: 7-0 MOTION: Vice Mayor Stone moved, seconded by Council Member Burt to support AB 12. MOTION PASSED: 6-1, Tanaka no SUBSTITUTE MOTION: Mayor Kou moved, seconded by Council Member Tanaka to add AB 12 to the Monitor position. MOTION FAILED: 2-5 Burt, Lauing, Lythcott-Haims, Stone, Veenker no MOTION: Council Member Lauing moved, seconded by Council Member Veenker support ACA 1. MOTION PASSED: 5-2, Tanaka, Kou no Item 2 Attachment A - May 15, 2023 Draft Action Minutes Item 2: Staff Report Pg. 5 Packet Pg. 19 of 406 DRAFT ACTION MINUTES Page 5 of 6 (Sp.) City Council Meeting Draft Action Minutes: 5/15/2023 MOTION: Mayor Kou moved, seconded by Council Member Lythcott-Haims to support SB 634. MOTION PASSED: 7-0 14. PUBLIC HEA2RING/LEGISLATIVE: Adopt an Ordinance That Changes Palo Alto Municipal Code Chapters 18.04, 18.09, 18.10, 18.12, and 18.40 related to Accessory Dwelling Units and Accessory Structures. Environmental Assessment: Exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21080.17 and CEQA Guidelines sections 15061(b)(3), 15301, 15302 and 15305. MOTION: Council Member Lauing moved, seconded by Mayor Kou to approve section A and modify language in section 18.09.040(k)(1) Except on corner lots where feasible. MOTION PASSED: 7-0 MOTION: Vice Mayor Stone moved, seconded by Council Member Burt to approve sections B, C, D and E and adopt the draft ordinance amending Palo Alto Municipal Code Title 18 (Zoning) to amend regulations for Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs), Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (JADUs), and Accessory Structures, including provision to respond to direction from the department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) and refer D back to the PTC for further refinement and discussion the following: • Create incentives including exempting or reducing impact fees and plan review fees from affordable units • Develop incentives for ADUs to be used for housing MOTION PASSED: 7-0 AMENDMENT TO MOTION: Council Member Tanaka, seconded by Council Member Lythcott- Haims moved to add to the motion: exempt basement floor area from ADUs and JADUs MOTION FAILED: 2-5 Lauing, Veenker, Stone, Burt, Kou no Item 2 Attachment A - May 15, 2023 Draft Action Minutes Item 2: Staff Report Pg. 6 Packet Pg. 20 of 406 DRAFT ACTION MINUTES Page 6 of 6 (Sp.) City Council Meeting Draft Action Minutes: 5/15/2023 Adjournment: The meeting was adjourned at 11:44 P.M. ATTEST: APPROVED: ____________________ ____________________ City Clerk Mayor NOTE: Action minutes are prepared in accordance with Palo Alto Municipal Code (PAMC) 2.04.160(a) and (b). Summary minutes (sense) are prepared in accordance with PAMC Section 2.04.160(c). Beginning in January 2018, in accordance with Ordinance No. 5423, the City Council found action minutes and the video/audio recordings of Council proceedings to be the official records of both Council and committee proceedings. These recordings are available on the City’s website. Item 2 Attachment A - May 15, 2023 Draft Action Minutes Item 2: Staff Report Pg. 7 Packet Pg. 21 of 406 City Council Staff Report From: City Manager Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR Lead Department: Public Works Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2304-1239 TITLE Approval of Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement for the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority, CEQA: Not a Project RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that Council approve and authorize the City Manager or their designee to execute the Second Amendment and Restated Joint Powers Agreement (Attachment A) among the cities of Palo Alto, Menlo Park, and East Palo Alto; the Santa Clara Valley Water District; and the San Mateo County Flood and Sea Level Rise Resiliency District, for the primary purpose of restating the terms of the agreement forming the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority, managing the joint contribution of services, and providing policy direction on issues of mutual concern relating to San Francisquito Creek. BACKGROUND On May 18, 1999, the City Council approved the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Agreement ).1 This agreement was made by and among the City of Menlo Park, the City of Palo Alto, the City of East Palo Alto, the Santa Clara Valley Water District, and the San Mateo Flood Control District (“Member Entities”), all of which are public entities organized and operating under the laws of the State of California and each of which is a public agency as defined in California Government Code section 6500, to create the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority (SFCJPA). On April 20, 2020, the City Council approved the Joint Powers Agreement for the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2020.2 The Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement contained minor procedural updates and 1 City Council, May 18, 1999, Agenda Item #14, SR #214:99 https://recordsportal.paloalto.gov/Weblink/DocView.aspx?id=66475 2 City Council, April 20, 2020, Agenda Item #7, SR #11204 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/year-archive/2020/id.-11204-amended-and-restated-agreement-for-the-san-francisquito-creek-joint- powers-authority.pdf?t=58443.4 Item 3 Item 3 Staff Report Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 22 of 406 other agreement language modifications including San Mateo County Flood and Sea Level Rise Resiliency District (OneShoreline) assuming revenues and responsibility of its San Mateo County Flood Control District predecessor. Many of these updates involved minor language changes to reflect current practices of the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority (SFCJPA) or updates to State law related to JPAs. However, there remained outstanding substantive policy- oriented updates. ANALYSIS •Reconciliation of original document text to actual practice (for example: hiring of SFCJPA staff, and board roles). •Clarification of SFCJPA authority for and decision-making process regarding land acquisition. •Addition of language establishing that the SFCJPA shall not exercise the power of eminent domain in the jurisdiction of a Member Entity unless the Member Entity adopts a resolution consenting to the use of eminent domain within its jurisdiction. •Clarification of OneShoreline representation on the SFCJPA Board to prevent duplicative representation from one member organization. •Clarification of SFCJPA scope regarding shoreline projects and watershed stewardship. •Modernization and simplification of language including sections names as they appear on the Table of Contents for clarity. •Addition of now-standard clauses common to local government agreements. •Format reconciliation. Item 3 Item 3 Staff Report Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 23 of 406 FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW ATTACHMENTS APPROVED BY: Item 3 Item 3 Staff Report Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 24 of 406 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT FOR THE SAN FRANCISQUITO CREEK JOINT POWERS AUTHORITY AMENDED AND RESTATED as of __________________, 2023 Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 25 of 406 i SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT FOR THE SAN FRANCISQUITO CREEK JOINT POWERS AUTHORITY TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1. CREATION OF THE SAN FRANCISQUITO CREEK JOINT POWERS AUTHORITY ......... 1 2. PURPOSES ........................................................................................................................ 2 3. PARTIES TO AGREEMENT ............................................................................................... 2 4. TERM OF AGREEMENT .................................................................................................... 2 5. POWERS OF THE AUTHORITY ......................................................................................... 2 6. MEMBER ENTITY APPROVALS AND RESPONSIBILITIES .............................................. 3 7. CAPITAL PROJECT PARTICIPATION ............................................................................... 4 8. MEMBERSHIP .................................................................................................................... 4 9. BOARD OF DIRECTORS ................................................................................................... 4 10. OFFICERS .......................................................................................................................... 5 11. FISCAL YEAR ..................................................................................................................... 5 12. OPERATING BUDGET ....................................................................................................... 5 13. ANNUAL AUDIT AND AUDIT REPORTS ............................................................................ 6 14. ESTABLISHMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF FUNDS.................................................... 6 15. WITHDRAWAL ................................................................................................................... 6 16. EXPULSION ....................................................................................................................... 7 17. TERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION ................................................................................. 7 18. PROHIBITION AGAINST ASSIGNMENT ............................................................................ 8 19. AMENDMENTS .................................................................................................................. 8 20. SEVERABILITY .................................................................................................................. 8 21. INDEMNIFICATION ............................................................................................................ 8 22. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE .......................................................................................... 8 23. COUNTERPARTS .............................................................................................................. 9 24. AGREEMENT COMPLETE ................................................................................................. 9 25. NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES .................................................................................. 9 26. NONWAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................. 9 27. AGREEMENT EXECUTION ................................................................................................ 9 28. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY ..................................................................................................... 9 29. NOTICES ...........................................................................................................................10 Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 5 Packet Pg. 26 of 406 Page 1 of 15 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT FOR THE SAN FRANCISQUITO CREEK JOINT POWERS AUTHORITY This Second Amended and Restated Agreement Joint Powers Agreement for the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority (Agreement) is made by and among the City of East Palo Alto, the City of Menlo Park, the City of Palo Alto, the San Mateo County Flood and Sea Level Rise Resiliency District, and the Santa Clara Valley Water District (each a Member Entity and collectively, the Member Entities), all of which are public entities organized and operating under the laws of the State of California, and each of which is a public agency as defined in California Government Code section 6500. This Agreement is effective upon full execution by all Member Entities (Effective Date). RECITALS A. The Joint Exercise of Powers Act, Government Code sections 6500 et seq. (JPA Law), permits two or more local public entities by agreement to jointly exercise any power common to them. B. Following years of effort to address environmental and flooding concerns related to the watershed and floodplain of San Francisquito Creek (encompassing approximately 50 square miles from the Santa Cruz Mountains to San Francisco Bay), and soon after the flood of record in 1998 damaged approximately 1,700 properties, the Member Entities established the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority (Authority) pursuant to that certain “Joint Powers Agreement Creating the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority,” dated as of May 18, 1999, to collectively contribute resources and implement policies and projects of mutual interest relating to the primary natural features that unite them, including the San Francisquito Creek. C. The Joint Powers Agreement Creating the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority, dated as of May 18, 1999, was thereafter revised pursuant to the Joint Powers Agreement for the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority, Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2020. D. Each Member Entity agrees to contribute resources and funding towards implementation of projects of mutual interest and benefit relating to San Francisquito Creek and San Francisco Bay shoreline. E. The governing body of each Member Entity has determined that it is in the Member Entity’s best interest and the public interest that this Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement for the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority be executed. NOW, THEREFORE, the Member Entities, by, between and among themselves, in consideration of the mutual benefits, promises, and agreements set forth below, hereby agree as follows: 1. Creation of the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority Pursuant to the JPA Law, the Member Entities create a public agency, separate and apart from the Member Entities to be known as the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority (Authority). Pursuant to Government Code section 6508.1, the debts, liabilities, Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 6 Packet Pg. 27 of 406 Page 2 of 15 and obligations of the Authority shall not constitute debts, liabilities, or obligations of any party to this Agreement. A Member Entity may separately contract for or assume responsibility for specific debts, liabilities, or obligations of the Authority. For purposes of, and to the extent required by, Government Code section 6509, in exercising its powers, the Authority shall be subject to the restrictions upon the manner of exercising the powers of the City of Menlo Park, except as otherwise authorized or permitted by the JPA Law. 2. Purposes This Agreement is entered into by Member Entities under the JPA Law for the following purposes: a. Develop and maintain projects to reduce the risk of flooding in and around San Francisquito Creek. b. Develop and maintain projects to reduce the risk of coastal flooding from along the San Francisco Bay shoreline. c. Maintain, restore, enhance the environment, and create recreational opportunities, where possible, in implementing the other purposes stated herein. d. Provide regional information related to flood preparedness and emergency response agencies and others to enhance their ability to communicate about and respond to flood risks. e. Secure and administer funding for the benefit of the Authority’s operations, capital projects, and related work. 3. Parties to Agreement Withdrawal or expulsion of any Member Entity from this Agreement does not affect this Agreement nor each Member Entity’s intent to contract with the Member Entities then remaining. Pursuant to Assembly Bill 825 (Chapter 292, Statutes of 2019), which amended the San Mateo County Flood Control District Act to provide for the San Mateo County Flood and Sea Level Rise Resiliency District, the Member Entities agree that the San Mateo County Flood and Sea Level Rise Resiliency District (OneShoreline) is the entity formerly known as the San Mateo County Flood Control District, and as such is subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 4. Term of Agreement This Agreement continues in full force until terminated in accordance with paragraph 17. Termination and Distribution. 5. Powers of the Authority The Authority shall have all powers common to the Member Entities, and such additional powers granted to it by law, necessary to fulfill the purposes of this Agreement. The Authority, through its Board of Directors, is authorized to do all acts necessary to fulfill Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 7 Packet Pg. 28 of 406 Page 3 of 15 the purposes of this Agreement referred to in paragraph 2. Purposes including, but not limited to, each of the following: a. Make and enter into contracts; b. Incur debts, liabilities, and obligations, provided that no debt, liability, or obligation of the Authority shall be a debt, liability, or obligation of a Member Entity except as separately agreed to by a Member Entity; c. Receive contributions and donations of property, funds, services, and other forms of assistance from any source; d. Acquire, hold, and dispose of real property, including, without limitation, the power to convey real property to a Member Entity, as deemed appropriate by the Authority’s Board of Directors, and as accepted by the Member Entity, provided, however, that the Authority shall not exercise the power of eminent domain in the jurisdiction of a Member Entity unless the Member Entity adopts a resolution consenting to the Authority’s exercise of eminent domain within its jurisdiction. e. Sue and be sued in its own name; f. Contract with independent consultants and contractors; g. Receive, collect, and disburse monies; h. Hire staff in conformance with an approved operating budget; i. Assign, delegate, or contract with a Member Entity or third party to perform any of the Authority’s duties including, but not limited to, acting as administrator for the Authority; and j. Exercise all other powers and carry out other duties as necessary and proper to fulfill the provisions of this Agreement. 6. Member Entity Approvals and Responsibilities Each Member Entity has the approval authority, obligations, and responsibilities set forth in this Agreement. The Member Entities retain the following powers: a. The designation of each Member Entity’s Director and alternate as specified in paragraph 9. Board of Directors; b. Approval of an amendment to this Agreement as specified in paragraph 19. Amendments; c. Approval of the Member Entity’s funding or other contribution for a capital project as specified in paragraph 7. Capital Project Participation; and d. Approval of the Member Entity’s contribution to the annual budget of the Authority as specified in paragraph 12. Operating Budget. Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 8 Packet Pg. 29 of 406 Page 4 of 15 7. Capital Project Participation The Authority may approve a contract for a capital project or any discrete phase of a capital project in accordance with the following conditions: a. The Authority’s Board of Directors has determined that the Authority will have the funds necessary to pay for that capital project or that discrete phase of the project being approved; and b. Any funding or other contribution from a Member Entity to that capital project or to that discrete phase of the capital project has been approved by the Member Entity’s governing body or designee. Each Member Entity shall have the right to determine independently whether to participate in any capital project. 8. Membership Member Entities may be added to the Authority by amending this Agreement, as described in paragraph 19. Amendments, and Member Entities may withdraw or be expelled, as described in paragraph 15. Withdrawal and paragraph 16. Expulsion. 9. Board of Directors a. Directors. There shall be a Board of Directors to govern the Authority. The Board of Directors shall be comprised of one Director designated by each Member Entity. Each Director shall have one vote on the Board of Directors. Each Director shall have an alternate designated by the governing body of each Member Entity. No two Directors and no two Alternate Directors shall be from the same governing body of any Member Entity. b. Alternates. All references in this Agreement to a Director refer to and include the Director’s alternate, when acting in place of a Director. c. Compensation. Directors are not entitled to compensation by the Authority. The Board of Directors may authorize reimbursement of expenses incurred by Directors in connection with serving as a Director. d. Term. The term of office of a Director shall terminate when such person ceases to be a member of the governing body of the Member Entity or the Member Entity designates another Director and/or alternate to serve. e. Powers. The powers of the Board of Directors are each of the powers of the Authority not specifically reserved to the Member Entities by this Agreement. No Action of the Authority shall be effective or binding unless and until such action has been authorized by the Board of Directors and either 1) is consistent with the budget approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to paragraph 12. Operating Budget, or 2) complies with paragraph 7. Capital Project Participation. f. Meetings. The Board of Directors shall hold at least one regular meeting each year, at which time the Board of Directors shall elect its officers pursuant to paragraph 10. Officers. The Board of Directors shall fix the date, hour, and place at which each regular meeting is to be held. To the extent practicable, each Board of Directors meeting shall be held in Northern Santa Clara County or Southern San Mateo County. The Chair presides at all meetings. A special Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 9 Packet Pg. 30 of 406 Page 5 of 15 meeting may be called upon written request by the Chair or at least two Directors. g. Brown Act. Each regular, adjourned regular, or special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be called, noticed, held, and conducted in accordance with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code §54950, et seq.). h. Notices, Agendas, Minutes. The Board of Directors shall appoint or hire a Clerk of the Board of Directors who shall be responsible for preparing minutes of each regular and special meeting of the Board of Directors, and issuing notices and agendas in accordance with the law. i. Quorum. No business may be transacted by the Board of Directors without a quorum of members of the Board of Directors being present except that less than a quorum may adjourn from time to time. A quorum consists of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors. j. Action of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, or required by law, any action of the Board of Directors shall require a vote of a majority of the Directors. 10. Officers a. The officers of the Authority are the Chair, and Vice-Chair. b. The officers shall be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors at its first meeting of the calendar year unless delayed by an action of the Board of Directors. c. The term of office for Chair and Vice Chair shall be determined by a vote of the Board of Directors. The officers shall assume the duties of their offices upon being elected or appointed, as appropriate. d. If the Chair or Vice Chair ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors shall elect or appoint a new officer at the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors held after the vacancy occurs. 11. Fiscal Year Each fiscal year of the Authority shall begin on July 1 of a calendar year and end on June 30 of the next following calendar year. 12. Operating Budget a. The Board of Directors shall adopt an annual operating budget, which shall be separate from the budget for any capital project of the Authority. The operating budget shall include the proposed contribution from each Member Entity and other sources of income for the fiscal year. b. The operating budget shall not be effective unless and until the governing body of each Member Entity approves that Member Entity’s contribution to the operating budget. c. A Member Entity’s contribution shall become due and payable to the Authority upon adoption of the annual operating budget by the Board of Directors and Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 10 Packet Pg. 31 of 406 Page 6 of 15 approval of the Member Entity’s contribution to the budget by that Member Entity’s governing body. 13. Annual Audit and Audit Reports The Board of Directors shall cause an annual financial audit to be made by an independent certified public accountant with respect to all Authority receipts, disbursements, other transactions, and entries into the books. A report of the financial audit shall be filed as a public record with each Member Entity. The audit shall be filed no later than as required by State law. The Authority shall pay the cost of the financial audit from its annual operating budget in the same manner as other administrative costs. 14. Establishment and Administration of Funds a. Accountability. The Authority is responsible for the strict accountability of all funds and reports of all receipts and disbursements. It shall comply with every provision of law relating to the establishment and administration of funds, in particular, Government Code §6505. The funds shall be accounted for on a full accrual basis. b. Investment/Disbursement. The Authority shall receive and disburse funds only in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors and in conformity with applicable law. c. Insurance/Bonds. The Authority shall procure, carry and maintain, in full force and effect, at all times during the term of this Agreement, such insurance and bonds to protect the Authority and the Board of Directors, officers, employees, agents, and Member Entities, as deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors. d. Depository and Auditor Controller. The Board of Directors shall designate one of its officers, employees or a third party to perform all acts required by Government Code §6505 (regarding an annual audit), §6505.1 (regarding charge of and access to property), §6505.5 (regarding the depository and custodian of money), and §6505.6 (regarding independent audit where an officer or employee acts as treasurer, auditor, or both), as such laws are amended from time to time. 15. Withdrawal a. Member Entities may withdraw from the Authority for subsequent fiscal years by providing written notice to the Authority and each Member Entity on or before May 1 of any fiscal year. Withdrawal shall be effective on July 1 of the next fiscal year. This shall be the exclusive means by which a Member Entity may withdraw from the Authority. b. Any Member Entity that withdraws shall remain liable for any budget contributions or capital project participation approved before withdrawal. c. Any Member Entity that withdraws shall remain liable for any and all demands, claims, or liabilities of any nature, including death or injury to any person, property damage, or any other loss caused by or arising out of that Member Entity’s performance or failure to perform the obligations assumed before the Member Entity withdraws from this Agreement. Any Member Entity that withdraws shall remain subject to the provisions of paragraph 21. Indemnification Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 11 Packet Pg. 32 of 406 Page 7 of 15 with respect to any event or occurrence taking place before the Member Entity withdraws. 16. Expulsion a. The Authority may expel a Member Entity from the Authority by a four-fifths (4/5) vote of the Authority Board of Directors for a breach of this Agreement determined by the Board of Directors to be a material breach. b. Any Member Entity that has been expelled pursuant to this paragraph shall have no further liability or obligation pursuant to this Agreement after the effective date of such expulsion; except such Member Entity shall remain liable for any and all demands, claims, or liabilities of any nature, including death or injury to any person, property damage, or any other loss caused by or arising out of that party’s performance or failure to perform the obligations assumed before the Member Entity was expelled, including any budget contributions or capital project participation approved before expulsion. c. Any Member Entity that has been expelled shall remain subject to the provisions of paragraph 21. Indemnification with respect to any event or occurrence taking place before the Member Entity was expelled. 17. Termination and Distribution a. Termination. This Agreement shall continue until terminated. This Agreement may be terminated by the written consent of four-fifths (4/5) of the Member Entities. The Agreement may only be terminated after disposing of all claims, distribution of assets, and performance of all other functions necessary to conclude the obligations and affairs of the Authority. b. Concluding Affairs. The Board of Directors is vested with all powers of the Authority for the purpose of concluding and dissolving the business affairs of the Authority, including for the disposition, division, or distribution of any property acquired as a result of the joint exercise of powers. c. Surplus. In the event that the Authority is terminated, any surplus money on deposit in any fund or account of the Authority shall be returned to Member Entities in proportion to the contributions made to that fund or account, as required by Government Code §6512. d. Property. All real property and any improvements thereon, that were owned by a Member Entity and contributed to the Authority shall be returned to the Member Entity, upon its approval, that contributed such property. e. Member Entity Obligations. In no event shall any funds or assets be distributed, divided or returned to a Member Entity until such Member Entity has either paid their share of all outstanding debts and obligations that were incurred while they were a Member Entity, or executed a contract with the Authority to pay for all outstanding debts and obligations that were incurred while they were a Member Entity. Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 12 Packet Pg. 33 of 406 Page 8 of 15 18. Prohibition Against Assignment No Member Entity may assign a right, claim, or interest it may have under this Agreement, and any such assignment shall be void. No creditor, assignee, or third-party beneficiary of a Member Entity has a right, claim, or title to any part, share, interest, fund, or asset of the Authority. 19. Amendments This Agreement may only be amended by approval by the governing body for each and every Member Entity. A proposed amendment must be submitted to each Member Entity at least thirty (30) days in advance of the date on which it will be considered. An amendment is effective upon full execution by all Member Entities. 20. Severability If a court of competent jurisdiction holds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, unenforceable, or invalid in whole or in part for any reason, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions, or portions of them, will not be affected, unless an essential purpose of this Agreement would be defeated by the loss of the illegal, unenforceable, or invalid provision. 21. Indemnification a. Funds of the Authority may be used to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Authority, any Member Entity, any member of the Board of Directors, and each officer, employee and agent of the Authority or Member Entities, for their actions taken within the scope of their duties while acting on behalf of the Authority. b. In lieu of and notwithstanding the pro rata risk allocation, which might otherwise be imposed between the Member Entities pursuant to Government Code Section 895.6, the Member Entities agree that all losses or liabilities incurred by a Member Entity shall not be shared pro rata but, instead, the Member Entities agree that, pursuant to Government Code Section 895.4, each Member Entity hereto shall fully indemnify and hold each of the other Member Entities, their officers, board members, employees, and agents, harmless from any claim, expense or cost, damage or liability imposed for injury (as defined in Government Code 810.8) occurring by reason of the negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of the indemnifying Member Entity, its officers, employees, or agents, under or in connection with or arising out of any work, authority, or jurisdiction delegated to such Member Entity pursuant to this Agreement. No Member Entity, nor any officer, board member, employees, or agent thereof shall be responsible for any damage or liability occurring by reason of the negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of the other Member Entity hereto, its officers, board members, employees, or agents, under or in connection with or arising out of any work, authority, or jurisdiction delegated to such other Member Entity pursuant to this Agreement. The rights, duties, and obligations of the Member Entities as set forth above in this paragraph 21. Indemnification, survive completion, termination, expiration, and suspension of this Agreement. 22. Choice of Law and Venue The Parties agree that this Agreement is to be governed, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The Parties also agree that the Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 13 Packet Pg. 34 of 406 Page 9 of 15 venue of any litigation arising out of or connected with this Agreement will lie exclusively in the state trial court or Federal District Court located in Santa Clara County or San Mateo County in the State of California. The Parties consent to jurisdiction over their persons and over the subject matter of any such litigation in such courts, and consent to service of process issued by such courts. 23. Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one instrument. 24. Agreement Complete The foregoing constitutes the full and complete Agreement of the Member Entities. There are no oral understandings or agreements not set forth in writing herein. 25. No Third-Party Beneficiaries Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to give any person or entity, other than the Parties hereto, any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants, conditions, or provisions contained herein. 26. Nonwaiver of Rights The failure of either Party to this Agreement to object to or to take affirmative action with respect to any conduct of the other Party that is in violation of the terms of this Agreement will not be construed as a waiver thereof, or as waiver of any future breach or subsequent wrongful conduct. 27. Agreement Execution Unless otherwise prohibited by law or policy of any Member Entity, the Member Entities agree that an electronic copy of a signed agreement, or an electronically signed agreement, has the same force and legal effect as an agreement executed with an original ink signature. The term “electronic copy of a signed agreement” refers to a transmission by facsimile, electronic mail, or other electronic means of a copy of an original signed agreement in a portable document format. The term “electronically signed agreement” means an agreement that is executed by applying an electronic signature using technology in compliance with the Electronic Signature Act (California Civil Code §1633). 28. Equal Opportunity a. Equal Opportunity Employer Each of the Member Entities is an equal opportunity employer and requires their contractors to have and adhere to a policy of equal opportunity and non- discrimination, including that such contractors will comply with all applicable federal, state, local laws and regulations, and will not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee, or applicant for employment in the recruitment, hiring, employment, utilization, promotion, classification or reclassification, transfer, recruitment advertising, evaluation, treatment, demotion, layoff, termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for professional Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 14 Packet Pg. 35 of 406 Page 10 of 15 development training (including apprenticeship), or against any other person, on the basis of sex (which includes pregnancy, childbirth, breastfeeding and medical conditions related to pregnancy, childbirth or breastfeeding), race, religion, color, national origin (including language use restrictions), ancestry, religious creed (including religious dress and grooming practices), political affiliation, disability (mental and physical, including HIV or AIDS), medical condition (cancer and genetic characteristics), genetic information, marital status, parental status, gender, age (40 and over), pregnancy, military and veteran status, sexual orientation, gender identity and gender expression, the exercise of family and medical care leave, the exercise of pregnancy disability leave, or the request, exercise, or need for reasonable accommodation. b. Compliance with Applicable Equal Opportunity Laws All equal opportunity and non-discrimination policies of Member Entity contractors must be in conformance with applicable state and federal guidelines including the Federal Equal Opportunity Clause, 41 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 60-1, §60-1.4; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (§503 and §504); the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C. §6101 et seq.); the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (Government Code §12900 et. seq.); and California Labor Code §1101 and §1102. c. Investigation of Claims Member Entity contractors must designate a specific position within its organization to be responsible for investigating allegations of non-compliance with the anti-discrimination and anti-harassment provisions of this Section 28. Contractors must conduct a fair, prompt, and thorough investigation of all allegations directed to the contractor by any Member Entity. In cases where such investigation results in a finding of discrimination, harassment, or hostile work environment, the contractor must take prompt, effective action against the offender. 29. Notices Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, all requests for written approval or legal notices must be sent to the representatives’ addresses on file with the Authority. All notices are deemed to have been given when made in writing and when delivered or mailed to the representatives at their respective addresses. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Member Entities hereto have executed this Agreement on the dates as set for the below. (SIGNATURES TO FOLLOW ON SEPARATE PAGES) (REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 15 Packet Pg. 36 of 406 Page 11 of 15 DATED: , 2023 CITY OF MENLO PARK By: Name Mayor ATTEST: By: Name City Clerk APPROVE AS TO FORM: City Attorney (REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 16 Packet Pg. 37 of 406 Page 12 of 15 DATED: , 2023 CITY OF PALO ALTO By: Name Mayor ATTEST: By: Name City Clerk APPROVE AS TO FORM: City Attorney (REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 17 Packet Pg. 38 of 406 Page 13 of 15 DATED: , 2023 CITY OF EAST PALO ALTO By: Name Mayor ATTEST: By: Name City Clerk APPROVE AS TO FORM: City Attorney (REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 18 Packet Pg. 39 of 406 Page 14 of 15 DATED: , 2023 SANTA CLARA VALLEY WATER DISTRICT By: John L. Varela Chair, Board of Directors ATTEST: By: Michele L. King, CMC Clerk, Board of Directors APPROVE AS TO FORM: District Counsel J. Carlos Orellana (REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 19 Packet Pg. 40 of 406 Page 15 of 15 DATED: , 2023 SAN MATEO COUNTY FLOOD AND SEA LEVEL RISE RESILIENCY DISTRICT By: Name Chair, Board of Directors ATTEST: By: Name Clerk, Board of Directors APPROVE AS TO FORM: Brian Kulich Lead Deputy County Counsel General Counsel (REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Item 3 Attachment A - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 20 Packet Pg. 41 of 406 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT FOR THE SAN FRANCISQUITO CREEK JOINT POWERS AGREEMENTAUTHORITY AMENDED AND RESTATED as of __________________, 2023 Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 21 Packet Pg. 42 of 406 San 2 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT FOR THE SAN FRANCISQUITO CREEK JOINT POWERS AUTHORITY TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 22 Packet Pg. 43 of 406 Page 3 of 21 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT FOR THE SAN FRANCISQUITO CREEK JOINT POWERS AUTHORITY This Second Amended and Restated Agreement Joint Powers Agreement for the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority (“Agreement”) is made by and among the City of East Palo Alto, the City of Menlo Park, the City of Palo Alto, the City of East Palo Alto, the Santa Clara Valley Water District, and the San Mateo County Flood and Sea Level Rise Resiliency District (“, and the Santa Clara Valley Water District (each a Member Entity and collectively, the Member Entities”), all of which are public entities organized and operating under the laws of the State of California, and each of which is a public agency as defined in California Government Code section 6500. This Agreement is effective upon full execution by all Member Entities (Effective Date). RECITALS A. The Joint Exercise of Powers Act, being Government Code sections 6500 et seq. (the “JPA Law”), permits two or more local public entities by agreement to jointly exercise any power common to them. B. Following years of effort to address environmental and flooding concerns related to the watershed and floodplain of San Francisquito Creek (encompassing approximately 50 square miles from the Santa Cruz Mountains to San Francisco Bay), and soon after the flood of record in 1998 damaged approximately 1,700 properties, the Member Entities established the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority (Authority) pursuant to that certain “Joint ExercisePowers Agreement Creating the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority,” dated as of May 18, 1999, to collectively contribute resources and implement policies and projects of mutual interest relating to the primary natural features that unite them, including the San Francisquito Creek (“Creek”). C. The Joint Powers Agreement Creating the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority, dated as of May 18, 1999, was thereafter revised pursuant to the Joint Powers Agreement for the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority, Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2020. D. Each Member Entity agrees to contribute resources and funding towards implementation of projects of mutual interest and benefit relating to San Francisquito Creek and San Francisco Bay shoreline. C.E. The governing body of each Member Entity has determined that it is in the Member Entity’s best interest and in the public interest that this Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement for the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority be executed to make minor procedural updates, including the change on January 1, 2020 of the San Mateo County Flood Control District to the San Mateo County Flood and Sea Level Rise Resiliency District. NOW, THEREFORE, the Member Entities, by, between and among themselves, in Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 23 Packet Pg. 44 of 406 Page 4 of 21 consideration of the mutual benefits, promises, and agreements set forth below, hereby agree as follows: 1. CREATION OF THE SAN FRANCISQUITO CREEK JOINT POWERS AUTHORITY. 1. Creation of the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority Pursuant to the JPA Law, the Member Entities create a public agency, separate and apart from the Member Entities to be known as the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority (the “Authority”). Pursuant to Government Code section 6508.1, the debts, liabilities, and obligations of the Authority shall not constitute debts, liabilities, or obligations of any party to this Agreement. A Member Entity may separately contract for or assume responsibility for specific debts, liabilities, or obligations of the Authority. For purposes of, and to the extent required by, Government Code section 6509, in exercising its powers, the Authority shall be subject to the restrictions upon the manner of exercising the powers of the City of Menlo Park, Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 24 Packet Pg. 45 of 406 Page 5 of 21 except as otherwise authorized or permitted by the JPA Law. 2. Purposes 2. PURPOSES. This Agreement is entered into by Member Entities under the JPA Law for the following purposes: a. To facilitate and perform bank stabilization, channel clearing and other Creek maintenance. b. To plan flood control measures for the a. Develop and maintain projects to reduce the risk of flooding in and around San Francisquito Creek watershed. b. Develop and maintain projects to reduce the risk of coastal flooding from along the San Francisco Bay shoreline. c.a. To take actions necessary to preserve and enhance environmental values and instream uses of San Francisquito Creek.Maintain, restore, enhance the environment, and create recreational opportunities, where possible, in implementing the other purposes stated herein. d.b. To coordinate emergency mitigation and response activities relating to San Francisquito Creek.Provide regional information related to flood preparedness and emergency response agencies and others to enhance their ability to communicate about and respond to flood risks. e. To make recommendations to Member Entities for funding and alternatives for long term flood control for Member Entity consideration.Secure and administer funding for the benefit of the Authority’s operations, capital projects, and related work. 3. PARTIES TO AGREEMENT. c. Each Member Entity certifies that it intends to and does contract with every other Member Entity which is a signatory to this Agreement. Each Member Entity also certifies that the deletion 3. Parties to Agreement Withdrawal or expulsion of any Member Entity from this Agreement does not affect this Agreement nor each Member Entity’s intent to contract with the Member Entities then remaining. Pursuant to Assembly Bill 825 (Chapter 292, Statutes of 2019), which amended the San Mateo County Flood Control District Act to provide for the San Mateo County Flood and Sea Level Rise Resiliency District, the Member Entities agree that the San Mateo County Flood and Sea Level Rise Resiliency District (OneShoreline) is the entity formerly known as the San Mateo County Flood Control District, and as such is subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 4. TERM OF AGREEMENT. 4. Term of Agreement This Agreement became effective as of May 18, 1999 and continues in full force until terminated in accordance with Paragraph 18paragraph 17. (Termination and Distribution). 5. POWERS OF THE AUTHORITY. 5. Powers of the Authority The Authority shall have all powers common to the Member Entities, and such additional powers granted to it by law, necessary to fulfill the purposes of this Agreement. The Authority, through its Board of Directors, is authorized, in its own name and subject to the limitations set forth below, to do all acts necessary to fulfill the purposes of this Agreement referred to in Paragraphparagraph 2. (Purposes) including, but not limited to, each of the following: Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 25 Packet Pg. 46 of 406 Page 6 of 21 a. Make and enter into contracts; b. Incur debts, liabilities, and obligations, provided that no debt, liability, or obligation of the Authority shall be a debt, liability, or obligation of a Member Entity except as separately agreed to by a Member Entity; c. Receive contributions and donations of property, funds, services, and other forms of assistance from any source; a. Acquire, hold, and dispose of real property, including, without limitation, the power to convey real property to a Member Entity, as deemed appropriate by the Authority’s Board of Directors, and as accepted by the Member Entity, provided, however, that the Authority shall not exercise the power of eminent domain in the jurisdiction of a Member Entity unless the Member Entity adopts a resolution consenting to the Authority’s exercise of eminent domain within its jurisdiction. d.b. Sue and be sued in its own name; e.c. Contract with independent consultants and/or contractors; f. Receive, collect, and disburse monies; g.d. Carry out other duties as required to accomplish other responsibilities as set forth in this Agreement; e. Hire staff in conformance with an approved operating budget; h.f. Assign, delegate, or contract with a Member Entity or third party to perform any of the Authority’s duties of the Board including, but not limited to, acting as administrator for the Authority; and Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 26 Packet Pg. 47 of 406 Page 7 of 21 i. Exercise all other powers and carry out other duties as necessary and proper to carry outfulfill the provisions of this Agreement. These powers shall be exercised in the manner provided by applicable law and as expressly set forth in this Agreement. 6. MEMBER ENTITY APPROVALS AND RESPONSIBILITIES.Member Entity Approvals and Responsibilities Each Member Entity has the approval authority, obligations, and responsibilities set forth in this Agreement. No action of the Authority shall be effective or binding unless and until such action has been approved in accordance with Subparagraph “e.” (Action of the Board) of Paragraph 10. (Board Members) by theThe Member Entities retain the following powers: g. The designation of each Member Entity’s Director and alternate as specified in paragraph 9. Board of Directors consistent with a budget; h. Approval of an amendment to this Agreement as specified in paragraph 19. Amendments; i. Approval of the Member Entity’s funding or other contribution for a capital project as specified in paragraph 7. Capital Project Participation; and j. Approval of the Member Entity’s contribution to the annual budget of the Authority as specified in paragraph 12. Operating Budget. 6. Capital Project Participation The Authority may approve a contract for a capital project or any discrete phase of a capital project in accordance with the following conditions: a. The Authority’s Board of Directors has determined that the Authority will have the funds necessary to pay for that capital project or that discrete phase of the project being approved; and Any funding or other contribution from a Member Entity to that capital project or to that discrete phase of the capital project has been approved by independent action of eachthe Member Entity’s governing body. 7. PROJECT PARTICIPATION APPROVAL AUTHORITY. b. or designee. Each Member EntitiesEntity shall have the right to determine independently whether to participate in any capital improvement project. No capital improvement project shall be approved by the Authority unless and until Member Entities sufficient to fund the project fully have approved the project by independent action of each such funding Member Entity’s governing body. 8.7. MEMBERSHIP.Membership New Member Entities may be added to the Authority by amending this Agreement, as described in Paragraph 21paragraph 19. (Amendments), and Member Entities may withdraw or be expelled, as described in Paragraph 16paragraph 15. (Withdrawal) and Paragraph 17paragraph 16. (Expulsion). 9.8. BOARD OF DIRECTORS.Board of Directors a. Directors. There shall be a Board of Directors (the “Board”) to govern the a. affairs of the Authority. The Board of Directors shall be comprised of one director, and one alternate director, fromDirector designated by each Member Entity. Each director hasDirector shall have one vote. An alternate director may cast a vote as a member of on the Board of Directors only in the absence of the director from that same Member Entity. Each director andDirector shall have an alternate director shall be a member of the governing body of the Member Entity and shall be designated by itsthe governing body; provided, however, that no of each Member Entity. Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 27 Packet Pg. 48 of 406 Page 8 of 21 No two directorsDirectors and no two alternate directorsAlternate Directors shall be from the same governing body of any Member Entity. c. Alternates. All references in this Agreement to a Director refer to and include the Director’s alternate, when acting in place of a Director. b.d. Compensation. Directors and alternate directors are not entitled to compensation by the Authority. The Board of Directors may authorize reimbursement of expenses incurred by Directors in connection with serving as a Director. by directors or alternate directors. e. Term. The term of office of a Director shall terminate when such person ceases to be a member of the governing body of the Member Entity or the Member Entity designates another Director and/or alternate to serve. c.f. Powers. The powers of the Board of Directors are each of the powers of the Authority not specifically reserved to the Member Entities by this Agreement. The Member Entities retainNo Action of the Authority shall be effective or binding unless and until such action has been authorized by the Board of Directors and either 1) is consistent with the budget approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to paragraph 12. Operating Budget, or 2) complies with paragraph 7. Capital Project Participation. the following powers: (1) The designation of the Board as specified in Subparagraph “a.” of Paragraph 9. (Board of Directors); (2) Approval of an amendment to this Agreement as specified in Paragraph 21. (Amendments); Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 28 Packet Pg. 49 of 406 Page 9 of 21 (3) Approval of actions pursuant to Paragraph 6. (Member Entity Approvals and Responsibilities); (4) Approval of project participation as specified in paragraph 7. (Project Participation Approval Authority); and (5) Approval of the annual budget of the Authority as specified in Paragraph 13. (Budget). 10. BOARD MEMBERS. a.g. Meetings. The Board of Directors shall hold at least one regular meeting each year, at which time the Board of Directors shall elect its officers as appropriate to comply with Paragraph 11pursuant to paragraph 10. (Officers). The Board of Directors shall fix the date, hour, and place at which each regular meeting is to be held. To the extent practicable, each Board of Directors meeting shall be held in Northern Santa Clara County or Southern San Mateo County. The Chair presides at all meetings. A special meeting may be called upon written request by the Chair or at least two directorsDirectors. b.h. Brown Act. Each regular, adjourned regular, or special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be called, noticed, held, and conducted in accordance with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Sections 54950, et seq., of the Government Code §54950, et seq.). c.i. Notices, Agendas, Minutes. The Board of Directors shall appoint or hire a Clerk of the Board of Directors who shall draftbe responsible for preparing minutes of each regular and special meeting of the Board, which shall be considered for approval by the Board at a subsequent regular meeting of Directors, and issuing notices and agendas in accordance with the law. d.j. Quorum. No business may be transacted by the Board of Directors without a quorum of members of the Board of Directors being present except that less than a quorum may adjourn from time to time. A quorum consists of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors. e. Action of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, or required by law, any action of the Board of Directors shall require a vote of a majority of the Board. k. 11. OFFICERSDirectors. 7. Officers. The officers of the Authority are the Chair, and Vice-Chair, and Secretary. a. Election/Term/Duties. b. The officers shall be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors at its first meeting of the calendar year, unless that is delayed by an action of the Board of Directors. c. The term of office for Chair, and Vice-Chair, and Secretary is one year shall be determined by a vote of the Board of Directors. The officers shall assume the duties of their offices upon being elected or appointed, as appropriate. If any of the Chair, or Vice-Chair, or Secretary ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors shall elect or appoint a new officer at the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors held after the vacancy occurs. b. Compensation. Officers are not entitled to compensation by the Authority. The Board may authorize reimbursement of expenses incurred by officers. c. Appointment/Contract. The Board may appoint such officers and may Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 29 Packet Pg. 50 of 406 Page 10 of 21 hire or contract with such persons or firms as it considers necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. 12. FISCAL YEAR. The first fiscal year of the Authority is July 1, 1999 through d. June 30, 2000. 8. Fiscal Year Each subsequent fiscal year of the Authority shall begin on July 1st of a calendar year and end on June 30th of the next following calendar year. Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 30 Packet Pg. 51 of 406 Page 11 of 21 13 9. Operating Budget a. BUDGET. The Board of Directors shall adopt an annual operating budget, which shall be separate from the budget for any capital project of the Authority’s capital projects budget. The operating budget shall include the proposed contribution from each Member Entity for the fiscal year and other sources of income for the fiscal year. b. The operating budget shall not be effective unless and until the governing body of each Member Entity has approvedapproves that Member Entity’s contribution to the operating budget. c. A Member Entity contributions’s contribution shall become immediately due and payable to the Authority upon adoption of the annual operating budget, unless expressly provided otherwise in by the Board of Directors and approval of the Member Entity’s contribution to the budget by that Member Entity’s governing body. 10. Annual Audit and Audit Reports 14. ANNUAL AUDIT AND AUDIT REPORTS. The Board of Directors shall cause an annual financial audit to be made by an independent certified public accountant with respect to all Authority receipts, disbursements, other transactions, and entries into the books. A report of the financial audit shall be filed as a public record with each Member Entity. The audit shall be filed no later than as required by State law. The Authority shall pay the cost of the financial audit from its annual operating budget in the same manner as other administrative costs. 15. ESTABLISHMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF FUNDS. 11. Establishment and Administration of Funds a. Accountability. The Authority is responsible for the strict accountability of all funds and reports of all receipts and disbursements. It shall comply with every provision of law relating to the establishment and administration of funds, particularly Section 6505 of the Californiain particular, Government Code §6505. The funds shall be accounted for on a full accrual basis. b. Investment/Disbursement. The Authority shall receive and disburse funds only in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors and in conformity with applicable law. c. Insurance/BondBonds. The Authority shall procure, carry and maintain, in full force and effect, at all times during the term of this Agreement, such insurance and bonds to protect the Authority and its members of the Board of Directors, officers, employees, agents, and Member Entities, as deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors. d. Depository and Auditor Controller. The Board of Directors shall designate one of its officers, employees or a third party to perform all acts required by Government Code Sections §6505 (regarding an annual audit), §6505.1 (regarding charge of and access to property), §6505.5 (regarding the depository and custodian of money), and §6505.6 (regarding independent audit where an officer or employee acts as treasurer, auditor, or both), as such laws are amended from time to time. 16 12. Withdrawal a. WITHDRAWAL. Member Entities may withdraw from the Authority for Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 31 Packet Pg. 52 of 406 Page 12 of 21 subsequent fiscal years by providing written notice to the Authority and each Member Entity on or before May 1 of any fiscal year. Withdrawal shall be effective on July 1 of the next fiscal year. This shall be the exclusive means by which a Member Entity may withdraw from the Authority. b. Any Member Entity that withdraws shall remain liable for any budget contributions or capital improvement project participation approved before withdrawal. c. Any Member Entity that withdraws shall remain liable for any and all demands, claims, or liabilities of any nature, including death or injury to any person, property damage, or any other loss caused by or arising out of that partyMember Entity’s performance or failure to perform the obligations assumed before the Member Entity withdraws from this Agreement. Any Member Entity that withdraws shall remain subject to the provisions of Paragraph 23. (Liability of the Authority; Release and Indemnity) paragraph 21. Indemnification with Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 32 Packet Pg. 53 of 406 Page 13 of 21 respect to any event or occurrence taking place before the Member Entity withdraws. 17 13. Expulsion a. EXPULSION. The Authority may expel a Member Entity from the Authority by a four-fifths (4/5) vote of the Authority Board of Directors for a breach of this Agreement determined by the Board of Directors to be a material breach. b. Any Member Entity that has been expelled pursuant to this paragraph shall have no further liability or obligation pursuant to this Agreement after the effective date of such expulsion; except such Member Entity shall remain liable for any and all demands, claims, or liabilities of any nature, including death or injury to any person, property damage, or any other loss caused by or arising out of that party’s performance or failure to perform the obligations assumed before the Member Entity was expelled, including any budget contributions or c apital improvement project participation approved before expulsion. c. Any Member Entity that has been expelled shall remain subject to the provisions of Paragraph 23. (Liability of the Authority; Release and Indemnity)paragraph 21. Indemnification with respect to any event or occurrence taking place before the Member Entity was expelled. 18. TERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION. 14. Termination and Distribution a. Termination. This Agreement shall continue until terminated. This Agreement may be terminated by the written consent of four-fifths (4/5) of the Member Entities; provided, however, this. The Agreement and the Authority shall continue to exist after termination for the purpose ofmay only be terminated after disposing of all claims, distribution of assets, and performance of all other functions necessary to conclude the obligationobligations and affairs of the Authority. b. Surplus. In the event that the Authority is terminated, any surplus money on deposit in any fund or account of the Authority shall be returned in proportion to the contributions made as required by Section 6512 of the California Government Code Concluding Affairs. The Board of Directors is vested with all powers of the Authority for the purpose of concluding and dissolving the business affairs of the Authority, including for the disposition, division, or distribution of any property acquired as a result of t he joint exercise of powers. 19. NOTICES. Notices to each Member Entity under this Agreement are sufficient if mailed to its respective address on file with the Authority. b. 20. PROHIBITION AGAINST ASSIGNMENT. a. Surplus. In the event that the Authority is terminated, any surplus money on deposit in any fund or account of the Authority shall be returned to Member Entities in proportion to the contributions made to that fund or account, as required by Government Code §6512. b. Property. All real property and any improvements thereon, that were owned by a Member Entity and contributed to the Authority shall be returned to the Member Entity, upon its approval, that contributed such property. c. Member Entity Obligations. In no event shall any funds or assets be distributed, divided or returned to a Member Entity until such Member Entity has either paid their share of all outstanding debts and obligations that were incurred while they were a Member Entity, or executed a contract with the Authority to pay for all outstanding debts and obligations that were incurred while they were a Member Entity. Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 33 Packet Pg. 54 of 406 Page 14 of 21 15. Prohibition Against Assignment No Member Entity may assign a right, claim, or interest it may have under this Agreement, and any such assignment shall be void. No creditor, assignee, or third-party beneficiary of a Member Entity has a right, claim, or title to any part, share, interest, fund, or asset of the Authority. 16. Amendments 21. AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may only be amended by approval by the governing body for each and every Member Entity. A proposed amendment must be submitted to each Member Entity at least thirty (30) days in advance of the date when the Member Entity considers iton which it will be considered. An amendment is to be effective immediately unless otherwise designatedupon full execution by all Member Entities. 22. SEVERABILITY. If a portion, term, condition, or 17. Severability If a court of competent jurisdiction holds any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court to be illegal or in conflict with the law of the State of California, or is otherwise rendered, unenforceable or ineffectual, or invalid in whole or in part for any reason, the validity and enforceability of the remaining portions, terms, conditions, and provisions is, or portions of them, will not be affected. Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 34 Packet Pg. 55 of 406 Page 15 of 21 23. LIABILITY OF THE AUTHORITY; RELEASE AND INDEMNITY, unless an essential purpose of this Agreement would be defeated by the loss of the illegal, unenforceable, or invalid provision. 18. Indemnification a. Funds of the Authority may be used to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Authority, any Member Entity, any member of the Board of Directors, and each officer, employee and agent of the Authority or Member Entities, for their actions taken within the scope of their duties while acting on behalf of the Authority. The parties to this Agreement release each other and agree to hold each other harmless, as well as their officers and employees, for any loss or liability arising from their respective activities pursuant to this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, each party agrees to indemnity, defend b. In lieu of and notwithstanding the pro rata risk allocation, which might otherwise be imposed between the Member Entities pursuant to Government Code Section 895.6, the Member Entities agree that all losses or liabilities incurred by a Member Entity shall not be shared pro rata but, instead, the Member Entities agree that, pursuant to Government Code Section 895.4, each Member Entity hereto shall fully indemnify and hold harmlesseach of the other partiesMember Entities, their officers, agentsboard members, and employees, and agents, harmless from any and all demands, claims, or liabilities of any nature, including death or injury to any person, property damage, or any other loss caused by or arising out of that party’s performance or failure to perform the obligations assumed underclaim, expense or cost, damage or liability imposed for injury (as defined in Government Code 810.8) occurring by reason of the negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of the indemnifying Member Entity, its officers, employees, or agents, under or in connection with or arising out of any work, authority, or jurisdiction delegated to such Member Entity pursuant to this Agreement. EachNo Member Entity agrees that legal counsel for any Member Entity may be designated by the Board to represent the Authority by performing legal services, including litigation, and that any potential conflict of interest arising from such representation shall be deemed waived, nor any officer, board member, employees, or agent thereof shall be responsible for any damage or liability occurring by reason of the Authority andnegligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of the other Member Entity hereto, unless an actual adverse relationship exists between the Member Entity and the Authority with respect to the particular matter. The designation of legal counsel from a Member Entity shall be with the approval of that Member Entityits officers, board members, employees, or agents, under or in connection with or arising out of any work, authority, or jurisdiction delegated to such other Member Entity pursuant to this Agreement. The rights, duties, and obligations of the Member Entities as set forth above in this paragraph 21. Indemnification, survive completion, termination, expiration, and suspension of this Agreement. 19. Choice of Law and Venue 24. GOVERNING LAW. ThisThe Parties agree that this Agreement shallis to be governed by and, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 35 Packet Pg. 56 of 406 Page 16 of 21 25. COUNTERPART The Parties also agree that the venue of any litigation arising out of or connected with this Agreement will lie exclusively in the state trial court or Federal District Court located in Santa Clara County or San Mateo County in the State of California. The Parties consent to jurisdiction over their persons and over the subject matter of any such litigation in such courts, and consent to service of process issued by such courts. 20. Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one instrument. 21. Agreement Complete 26. AGREEMENT COMPLETE. The foregoing constitutes the full and complete Agreement of the Member Entities. There are no oral understandings or agreements not set forth in writing herein. 22. No Third-Party Beneficiaries 27. NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to give any person or entity, other than the partiesParties hereto, any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants, conditions, or provisions contained herein. 23. Nonwaiver of Rights The failure of either Party to this Agreement to object to or to take affirmative action with respect to any conduct of the other Party that is in violation of the terms of this Agreement will not be construed as a waiver thereof, or as waiver of any future breach or subsequent wrongful conduct. 24. Agreement Execution Unless otherwise prohibited by law or policy of any Member Entity, the Member Entities agree that an electronic copy of a signed agreement, or an electronically signed agreement, has the same force and legal effect as an agreement executed with an original ink signature. The term “electronic copy of a signed agreement” refers to a transmission by facsimile, electronic mail, or other electronic means of a copy of an original signed agreement in a portable document format. The term “electronically signed agreement” means an agreement that is executed by applying an electronic signature using technology in compliance with the Electronic Signature Act (California Civil Code §1633). 25. Equal Opportunity a. Equal Opportunity Employer Each of the Member Entities is an equal opportunity employer and requires their contractors to have and adhere to a policy of equal opportunity and non-discrimination, including that such contractors will comply with all applicable federal, state, local laws and regulations, and will not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee, or applicant for employment in the recruitment, hiring, employment, utilization, promotion, classification or reclassification, transfer, recruitment advertising, evaluation, treatment, demotion, layoff, termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for professional development training (including apprenticeship), or against any other person, on the basis of sex (which includes pregnancy, childbirth, breastfeeding and medical conditions related to pregnancy, childbirth or breastfeeding), race, religion, color, national origin (including language use restrictions), ancestry, religious creed (including religious dress and grooming practices), political affiliation, disability (mental and physical, including HIV or AIDS), medical condition (cancer and genetic characteristics), genetic Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 36 Packet Pg. 57 of 406 Page 17 of 21 information, marital status, parental status, gender, age (40 and over), pregnancy, military and veteran status, sexual orientation, gender identity and gender expression, the exercise of family and medical care leave, the exercise of pregnancy disability leave, or the request, exercise, or need for reasonable accommodation. b. Compliance with Applicable Equal Opportunity Laws All equal opportunity and non-discrimination policies of Member Entity contractors must be in conformance with applicable state and federal guidelines including the Federal Equal Opportunity Clause, 41 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 60-1, §60-1.4; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (§503 and §504); the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C. §6101 et seq.); the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (Government Code §12900 et. seq.); and California Labor Code §1101 and §1102. c. Investigation of Claims Member Entity contractors must designate a specific position within its organization to be responsible for investigating allegations of non-compliance with the anti-discrimination and anti-harassment provisions of this Section 28. Contractors must conduct a fair, prompt, and thorough investigation of all allegations directed to the contractor by any Member Entity. In cases where such investigation results in a finding of discrimination, harassment, or hostile work environment, the contractor must take prompt, effective action against the offender. 26. Notices Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, all requests for written approval or legal notices must be sent to the representatives’ addresses on file with the Authority. All notices are deemed to have been given when made in writing and when delivered or mailed to the representatives at their respective addresses. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the partiesMember Entities hereto have executed this Agreement on the dates as set forthfor the below. [(SIGNATURES TO FOLLOW ON SEPARATE PAGES]) 04/02/20 9 DATED: , 2020 CITY OF MENLO PARK By: Cecilia Taylor, Mayor ATTEST: By: Judi Herren, City Clerk APPROVE AS TO FORM: Cara E. Silver Interim City Attorney Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 37 Packet Pg. 58 of 406 Page 18 of 21 04/02/20 10 DATED: , 2020 CITY OF PALO ALTO By: Adrian Fine, Mayor ATTEST: By: Beth Minor, City Clerk APPROVE AS TO FORM: Cassie Coleman Assistant City Attorney 04/02/20 11 DATED: , 2020 CITY OF EAST PALO ALTO By: Regina Wallace-Jones, Mayor ATTEST: By: Walfred Solorzano, City Clerk APPROVE AS TO FORM: Rafael Alvarado City Attorney 04/02/20 12 DATED: , 2020 SANTA CLARA VALLEY WATER DISTRICT By: Nai Hsueh, Chair ATTEST: By: Michele L. King, CMC, Board Clerk APPROVE AS TO FORM: District Counsel By Leslie Orta Senior Assistant District Counsel 04/02/20 13(REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 38 Packet Pg. 59 of 406 Page 19 of 21 DATED: , 2023 CITY OF MENLO PARK By: Name Mayor ATTEST: By: Name City Clerk APPROVE AS TO FORM: City Attorney (REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 39 Packet Pg. 60 of 406 Page 20 of 21 DATED: , 2023 CITY OF PALO ALTO By: Name Mayor ATTEST: By: Name City Clerk APPROVE AS TO FORM: City Attorney (REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 40 Packet Pg. 61 of 406 Page 21 of 21 DATED: , 2023 CITY OF EAST PALO ALTO By: Name Mayor ATTEST: By: Name City Clerk APPROVE AS TO FORM: City Attorney (REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 41 Packet Pg. 62 of 406 Page 22 of 21 DATED: , 2023 SANTA CLARA VALLEY WATER DISTRICT By: John L. Varela Chair, Board of Directors ATTEST: By: Michele L. King, CMC Clerk, Board of Directors APPROVE AS TO FORM: District Counsel J. Carlos Orellana (REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 42 Packet Pg. 63 of 406 Page 23 of 21 DATED: , 2023 SAN MATEO COUNTY FLOOD AND SEA LEVEL RISE RESILIENCY DISTRICT By: Name Chair, Board of Directors ATTEST: By: Name Clerk, Board of Directors APPROVE AS TO FORM: Brian Kulich Lead Deputy County Counsel General Counsel (REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Item 3 Attachment B - Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement - tracked changes Item 3: Staff Report Pg. 43 Packet Pg. 64 of 406 City Council Staff Report From: City Manager Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR Lead Department: Public Works Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2304-1277 TITLE Approval of Construction Contract with O’Grady Paving, Inc. (C23187512) for the Churchill Avenue/Alma Street Railroad Crossing Safety Improvements Project, Capital Improvement Program Project PL-20000 in the amount of $2,265,340 and Authorization for the City Manager to Execute Change Orders up to $226,534; and CEQA status – exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(c) RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that Council: 1. Approve and authorize the City Manager, or their designee to execute construction contract C23187512 with O’Grady Paving, Inc. in the amount of $2,265,340 for the Churchill Avenue/Alma Street Railroad Crossing Safety Improvements Project, Capital Improvement Program Project (PL-20000); and 2. Authorize the City Manager or their designee to negotiate and execute change orders to contract C23187512 with O’Grady Paving, Inc., the total value of which shall not exceed $226,534 for related, additional but unforeseen work that may arise. BACKGROUND The California Department of Transportation Division of Rail, in cooperation with the Peninsula Corridor Joint Power Board (also known as Caltrain or JPB) and the City of Palo Alto, proposed a railroad crossing improvement project at Churchill Avenue in Palo Alto. The intersection was identified by California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) for safety improvements as part of Section 130 federal funding for hazard elimination on the railroad crossing. The final recommendations of the CPUC Rail Crossing Engineering Section staff for purposes of itemizing the safety improvements for the above noted at-grade railroad crossing, were developed by a diagnostic team. The diagnostic team analyzed the existing situation with respect to vehicular travel, bicycle travel, pedestrian pathways, and rail traffic, and determined that the identified improvements will improve safety and are eligible to be 100% funded by the Section 130 Program. The Railway-Highway Crossings (Section 130) Program overseen by The US Department of Item 4 Item 4 Staff Report Item 4: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 65 of 406 Transportation Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) provides funds for the elimination of hazards at railway-highway crossings. The Section 130 Program has been correlated with a significant decrease in collisions and fatalities at railway-highway grade crossings. In August 2019, the California Department of Transportation’s (Caltrans) Division of Rail and Mass Transportation executed a Service Contract with the City of Palo Alto. This was regarded as a Notice to Proceed for the City to complete the work as outlined in the Service Contract. 1 for the design of the Churchill Avenue and Alma Street Railroad Crossing Safety Improvement Plan, which includes preparation of concept plans, final design plans, and construction documents for intersection improvements at Churchill Avenue and Alma Street. Improvements include, but are not limited to, traffic signal modifications, sidewalk widening, high-visibility crosswalks, signing and striping, and pedestrian railroad crossing improvements. Concurrently with the above- described City project, JPB developed project plans for improvements within their right-of-way at this intersection. JPB and the City are coordinating the improvements at the intersection to ensure that each entity’s respective work items are compatible. JPB will be responsible for the majority of the construction and improvements within their right of way, and the City will manage the construction and improvements within the City’s right-of-way. 2, Council reviewed the two concept plan alternatives for the near-term safety improvements to the Alma Street and Churchill Avenue intersection and recommended alternative #1 as a preferred alternative and directed staff to complete final design plans, environmental analysis, specifications, and estimates for construction. ANALYSIS Project Description 3 This scope of work includes installation of a pre-signal for eastbound traffic on Churchill, installation of new traffic signals at the intersection, modifications to the signal timing, and pedestrian and bicyclist improvements including enlarged pedestrian queuing areas, a widened pedestrian railroad 1 City Council, September 28, 2020, Agenda Item #4, SR #11497 2 City Council, May 3, 2021, Agenda Item #10, SR #12062 3 Contract No. C23187512: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/public-works/engineering- services/cip-contracts/c23187512-ogrady-paving-contract.pdf Item 4 Item 4 Staff Report Item 4: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 66 of 406 crossing area, advanced stop bars, improved bike lane markings, and high visibility crosswalks. A project map can be seen in Attachment A. Procurement Process Summary of Procurement Process Bid Name/Number Churchill Avenue/Alma Street Railroad Crossing Improvements Project IFB #187512 Proposed Length of Project # of Bid Packages Downloaded by Builder’s Exchanges # of Bid Packages Downloaded by Contractors Total Days to Respond to Bid Pre-Bid Meeting? # of Bids Received Bid Price Range Public Link to Solicitation City-approved Change Order. Item 4 Item 4 Staff Report Item 4: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 67 of 406 FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT Item 4 Item 4 Staff Report Item 4: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 68 of 406 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW ATTACHMENTS APPROVED BY: Item 4 Item 4 Staff Report Item 4: Staff Report Pg. 5 Packet Pg. 69 of 406 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 3 1 1 2 0 -2 9 -0 4 1 1 2 0 -2 0 -0 1 0 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 2 5 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 51 2 0 -3 0 -0 2 1 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 2 4 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 4 5 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 6 01 2 0 -3 0 -0 0 9 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 3 9 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 0 2 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 2 3 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 3 2 1 2 0 -2 0 -0 1 5 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 0 4 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 3 81 2 0 -3 0 -0 2 0 1 2 0 -2 9 -0 5 5 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 2 3 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 3 9 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 5 6 1 2 0 -2 0 -0 1 1 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 3 3 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 1 0 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 4 3 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 3 4 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 2 41 2 4 -1 2 -0 0 5 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 0 1 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 5 71 2 4 -1 2 -0 3 6 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 0 1 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 3 4 1 2 0 -2 0 -0 1 2 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 0 6 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 2 6 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 3 81 2 0 -3 0 -0 1 9 1 2 0 -2 9 -0 5 4 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 4 2 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 1 1 1 2 0 -2 0 -0 1 3 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 6 1 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 5 83 0 -0 4 8 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 3 5 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 4 1 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 1 8 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 3 7 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 0 7 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 4 41 2 0 -3 0 -0 1 2 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 1 1 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 0 2 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 2 51 2 0 -3 0 -0 4 7 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 3 6 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 3 0 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 3 71 2 0 -3 0 -0 1 7 1 2 0 -2 0 -0 1 4 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 3 0 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 2 7 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 6 2 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 5 11 2 0 -3 0 -0 4 6 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 1 0 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 0 8 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 6 31 2 0 -3 0 -0 1 6 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 2 9 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 0 11 2 4 -0 7 -0 1 6 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 0 3 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 2 9 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 3 6 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 5 2 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 6 4 61 2 0 -3 0 -0 4 5 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 3 7 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 2 8 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 8 3 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 4 9 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 3 8 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 1 4 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 0 9 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 1 5 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 2 7 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 8 5 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 2 8 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 1 5 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 3 4 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 6 51 2 4 -0 7 -0 0 4 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 3 9 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 1 6 T h e C i t y o f1 2 4 -0 8 -0 2 4 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 4 4 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 4 0 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 3 3 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 6 6 P a l o A l t o1 2 4 -0 7 -0 2 3 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 2 6 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 6 3 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 6 7 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 2 6 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 4 3 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 4 1 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 0 1 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 3 1 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 1 4 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 3 21 2 4 -0 8 -0 2 3 1 2 0 -3 0 -0 4 2 1 2 4 -1 2 -0 3 4 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 5 3 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 0 5 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 6 8 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 2 5 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 4 2 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 0 2 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 2 4 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 3 1 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 7 41 2 4 -1 2 -0 3 3 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 1 3 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 6 4 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 6 9 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 2 4 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 4 3 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 2 2 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 6 8 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 7 3 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 2 3 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 4 1 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 2 51 2 4 -1 5 -0 0 3 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 0 4 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 2 5 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 7 0 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 4 4 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 4 0 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 1 8 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 5 2 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 7 2 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 2 2 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 0 5 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 2 1 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 0 6 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 6 7 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 6 2 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 3 9 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 3 8 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 1 7 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 0 8 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 6 1 1 2 4 -0 2 -0 7 1 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 2 1 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 1 9 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 2 0 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 7 11 2 4 -1 5 -0 2 6 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 0 5 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 3 7 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 1 6 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 2 1 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 6 0 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 7 0 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 4 5 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 2 6 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 2 8 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 1 91 2 4 -1 5 -0 2 7 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 0 6 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 3 6 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 1 1 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 2 1 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 3 5 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 4 6 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 1 5 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 2 3 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 0 7 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 5 9 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 1 81 2 4 -1 5 -0 2 8 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 2 0 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 2 2 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 2 9 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 1 0 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 0 7 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 6 9 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 3 01 2 4 -1 6 -0 1 4 1 2 4 -0 7 -0 0 9 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 1 71 2 4 -1 5 -0 3 4 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 2 5 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 5 8 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 7 0 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 1 31 2 4 -1 5 -0 2 9 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 2 0 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 5 7 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 3 1 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 2 4 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 0 7 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 2 4 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 1 5 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 3 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 1 21 2 4 -1 5 -0 3 0 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 5 6 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 3 21 2 4 -1 5 -0 0 9 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 6 21 2 4 -1 5 -0 0 8 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 0 1 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 3 51 2 4 -0 7 -0 0 8 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 3 3 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 3 1 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 4 8 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 1 0 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 2 5 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 8 1 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 5 51 2 4 -1 6 -0 1 1 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 6 61 2 4 -1 6 -0 6 3 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 1 9 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 1 0 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 3 4 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 0 21 2 4 -1 5 -0 3 2 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 4 7 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 1 1 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 4 0 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 2 2 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 1 2 1 2 4 -1 6 -1 0 4 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 4 1 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 4 2 1 2 4 -0 6 -0 6 7 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 2 9 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 2 6 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 6 1 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 1 8 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 3 9 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 3 5 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 2 1 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 1 3 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 1 0 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 4 51 2 4 -1 6 -0 6 0 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 6 4 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 1 1 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 5 2 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 2 7 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 6 5 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 1 7 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 3 6 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 2 0 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 7 1 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 0 9 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 8 3 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 4 4 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 5 1 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 0 41 2 4 -1 5 -0 5 3 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 3 8 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 1 9 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 5 4 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 3 2 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 5 9 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 6 6 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 1 6 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 8 4 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 4 6 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 2 81 2 4 -1 5 -0 5 0 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 8 21 2 4 -1 5 -0 7 2 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 0 8 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 1 5 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 3 71 2 4 -1 5 -0 4 9 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 5 5 ALMA CHURCHILL PROJECT LIMITS 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 5 8 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 6 7 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 3 8 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 5 6 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 0 7 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 4 2 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 2 71 2 4 -1 5 -0 5 7 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 3 7 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 1 6 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 9 4 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 3 3 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 5 7 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 6 8 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 7 4 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 2 8 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 0 51 2 4 -1 5 -0 5 8 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 9 8 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 3 4 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 5 3 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 7 5 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 3 61 2 4 -1 5 -0 6 1 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 8 0 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 9 3 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 7 1 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 3 5 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 2 9 1 2 4 -1 5 -0 6 0 1 2 4 -1 6 -1 0 5 1 2 4 -1 6 -1 0 6 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 0 6 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 0 4 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 3 5 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 7 6 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 3 41 2 4 -1 6 -0 9 7 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 7 31 2 4 -1 6 -0 9 1 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 3 8 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 3 0 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 0 3 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 3 6 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 2 51 2 4 -1 6 -0 5 6 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 4 6 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 1 4 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 0 1 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 3 1 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 0 2 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 7 2 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 4 7 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 1 8 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 7 2 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 2 61 2 4 -1 6 -0 0 1 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 3 7 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 9 2 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 3 3 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 7 3 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 7 8 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 4 8 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 0 2 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 4 6 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 5 51 2 4 -1 6 -0 4 7 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 1 3 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 1 7 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 4 7 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 3 21 2 4 -1 6 -0 7 4 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 2 41 2 4 -1 6 -0 4 0 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 4 91 2 4 -1 6 -0 5 4 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 1 9 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 7 71 2 4 -1 6 -0 7 6 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 4 6 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 0 3 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 0 40 0 0 -0 0 -0 0 0 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 4 1 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 2 3 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 5 01 2 4 -1 6 -0 7 71 2 4 -1 6 -0 4 4 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 1 2 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 5 3 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 0 51 2 4 -1 6 -0 5 3 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 7 5 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 2 2 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 4 2 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 4 51 2 4 -1 6 -0 7 8 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 2 0 1 2 4 -0 8 -0 5 1 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 2 11 2 4 -1 6 -0 5 2 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 5 1 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 0 6 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 4 3 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 5 1 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 7 9 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 2 0 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 5 2 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 1 91 2 4 -2 1 -0 0 1 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 2 2 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 4 41 2 4 -1 6 -0 5 0 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 8 0 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 5 0 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 4 9 1 2 4 -1 6 -1 0 9 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 8 1 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 1 1 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 2 1 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 5 4 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 0 7 1 2 4 -0 9 -0 1 8 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 9 6 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 3 8 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 4 8 1 2 4 -1 6 -1 0 8 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 1 0 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 5 1 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 5 5 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 4 3 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 3 61 2 4 -1 6 -0 8 8 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 3 9 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 9 0 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 0 81 2 4 -1 6 -0 9 5 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 0 9 1 2 4 -1 6 -1 0 7 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 5 0 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 8 3 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 5 6 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 4 0 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 0 91 2 4 -1 7 -0 0 8 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 3 50 0 0 -0 0 -0 0 0 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 8 7 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 9 0 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 4 91 2 4 -1 6 -0 8 4 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 2 3 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 5 7 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 5 5 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 2 5 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 5 8 1 2 4 -1 8 -1 0 6 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 1 1 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 8 6 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 0 7 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 5 4 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 3 4 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 0 5 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 4 8 1 2 4 -1 8 -1 0 71 2 4 -1 7 -0 2 6 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 5 9 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 4 8 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 1 3 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 4 3 1 2 4 -1 6 -0 8 5 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 9 1 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 6 3 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 1 8 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 1 01 2 4 -1 7 -0 0 4 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 3 31 2 4 -1 7 -0 0 6 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 4 9 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 1 21 2 4 -1 7 -0 6 0 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 4 2 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 0 3 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 3 0 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 2 8 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 1 7 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 2 0 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 0 2 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 8 4 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 8 2 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 2 2 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 1 51 2 4 -1 7 -0 8 7 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 2 1 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 3 2 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 5 31 2 4 -2 2 -0 4 1 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 0 1 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 2 9 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 8 3 1 2 4 -1 8 -1 0 5 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 1 6 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 2 31 2 4 -2 2 -0 2 1 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 8 51 2 4 -2 2 -0 4 0 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 3 7 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 3 1 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 1 6 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 3 8 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 6 21 2 4 -1 7 -0 8 6 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 8 9 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 6 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 2 41 2 4 -2 2 -0 2 0 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 3 01 2 4 -2 2 -0 2 2 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 3 9 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 3 2 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 2 91 2 4 -1 7 -0 3 6 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 8 8 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 6 7 1 2 4 -1 8 -1 0 4 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 1 7 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 1 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 2 51 2 4 -2 2 -0 2 3 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 3 8 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 3 3 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 4 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 6 81 2 4 -2 2 -0 1 9 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 6 81 2 4 -1 7 -0 6 5 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 1 3 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 5 2 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 1 8 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 2 4 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 3 7 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 3 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 6 7 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 6 6 1 2 4 -1 8 -1 1 1 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 2 71 2 4 -1 7 -0 4 5 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 6 9 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 6 9 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 1 7 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 2 5 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 3 6 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 4 3 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 3 4 1 2 4 -1 3 - 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 3 3 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 3 5 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 4 2 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 7 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 3 3 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 6 6 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 3 5 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 3 2 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 2 7 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 2 11 2 4 -2 2 -0 1 6 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 2 6 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 2 61 2 4 -1 7 -0 4 1 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 7 1 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 6 5 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 1 2 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 5 8 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 0 1 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 1 5 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 2 7 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 3 4 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 7 2 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 2 8 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 7 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 7 1 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 3 2 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 4 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 3 11 2 4 -1 8 -0 1 1 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 6 4 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 5 9 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 1 4 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 2 8 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 3 3 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 7 3 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 7 2 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 0 2 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 2 91 2 4 -1 7 -0 3 9 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 3 5 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 2 9 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 3 2 1 2 4 -3 4 -0 0 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 1 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -1 1 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 7 3 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 2 51 2 4 -2 4 -0 3 1 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 0 3 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 1 3 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 7 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 3 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 7 4 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 0 1 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 7 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 0 8 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 3 6 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 1 2 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 3 0 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 7 8 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 3 0 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 0 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 0 6 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 3 7 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 6 2 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 7 5 1 2 4 -1 3 -0 2 4 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 0 8 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 6 9 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 7 5 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 1 91 2 4 -2 2 -0 1 1 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 3 8 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 6 1 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 7 61 2 4 -2 2 -0 3 1 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 0 2 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 6 8 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 7 6 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 0 4 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 1 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 0 9 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 6 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 7 7 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 2 01 2 4 -2 4 -0 0 5 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 0 7 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 3 9 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 3 4 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 6 7 1 2 4 -1 7 -0 7 7 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 8 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 8 3 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 2 9 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 0 7 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 0 9 1 2 4 -1 9 -1 1 3 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 0 3 1 2 4 -1 8 -1 1 3 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 0 5 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 4 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 8 2 1 2 4 -1 0 -0 2 5 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 6 6 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 7 81 2 4 -2 3 -0 4 0 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 3 5 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 4 1 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 1 7 1 2 4 -1 9 -1 1 41 2 4 -2 4 -0 2 8 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 5 9 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 0 6 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 4 5 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 0 6 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 4 1 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 6 5 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 0 2 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 4 2 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 7 9 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 2 2 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 2 3 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 0 41 2 4 -2 4 -0 3 6 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 5 7 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 5 8 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 8 1 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 1 61 2 4 -2 4 -0 2 7 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 2 41 2 4 -2 3 -0 4 2 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 6 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 4 3 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 0 7 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 4 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 0 1 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 8 5 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 3 7 1 2 4 -2 2 -0 0 5 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 5 6 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 1 5 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 2 51 2 4 -2 4 -0 2 6 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 4 3 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 6 3 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 4 8 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 5 7 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 8 0 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 1 4 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 2 61 2 4 -2 4 -0 4 3 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 5 5 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 4 4 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 0 8 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 3 8 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 4 4 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 6 2 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 5 61 2 4 -2 4 -0 2 5 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 2 6 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 8 6 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 1 31 2 4 -2 4 -0 4 6 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 2 71 2 4 -1 8 -0 4 51 2 4 -2 4 -0 4 2 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 5 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -1 1 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 8 8 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 0 9 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 3 9 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 4 5 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 6 1 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 8 7 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 1 2 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 2 8 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 4 7 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 3 9 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 2 7 0 0 0 -0 0 -0 0 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 5 3 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 5 5 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 8 9 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 7 3 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 5 31 2 4 -2 4 -0 4 1 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 4 6 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 1 1 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 2 9 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 6 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 4 7 1 2 4 -1 8 -1 1 5 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 9 0 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 3 61 2 4 -2 4 -0 5 6 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 4 8 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 2 8 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 5 2 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 3 71 2 4 -2 4 -0 2 4 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 1 0 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 4 0 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 4 7 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 5 2 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 9 1 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 7 21 2 4 -2 3 -0 3 8 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 5 4 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 3 51 2 4 -2 4 -0 4 9 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 2 9 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 5 1 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 3 0 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 5 5 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 1 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 5 1 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 7 11 2 4 -2 3 -0 4 8 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 5 9 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 9 2 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 1 0 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 1 1 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 5 0 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 3 7 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 3 0 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 5 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 9 3 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 3 1 This map is a product of the1 2 4 -2 4 -0 5 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 5 0 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 0 9 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 3 41 2 4 -2 3 -0 1 51 2 4 -2 4 -0 2 3 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 2 5 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 3 6 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 3 11 2 4 -2 4 -0 1 2 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 5 1 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 4 9 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 9 4 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 3 2 1 2 4 -1 9 -1 1 51 2 4 -1 9 -0 3 8 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 5 3 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 1 6 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 5 8 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 4 9 1 2 4 -1 8 -1 0 11 2 4 -2 4 -0 2 2 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 1 3 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 2 4 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 3 5 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 3 2 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 0 8 1 2 4 -1 9 -1 1 2 1 2 4 -1 8 -1 0 0 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 9 5 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 3 3 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 6 8 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 2 1 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 5 2 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 1 71 2 4 -2 4 -0 1 4 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 2 3 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 3 4 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 0 7 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 6 71 2 4 -2 3 -0 0 1 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 9 61 2 4 -2 4 -0 2 0 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 1 81 2 4 -2 4 -0 1 5 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 3 3 1 2 4 -1 9 -1 1 1 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 4 0 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 7 4 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 2 3 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 9 9 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 4 1 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 6 6 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 1 9 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 0 2 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 2 2 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 0 5 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 4 2 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 6 51 2 4 -2 3 -0 1 9 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 9 7 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 8 71 2 4 -2 4 -0 1 6 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 1 3 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 0 61 2 4 -2 3 -0 7 3 1 2 4 -1 9 -1 1 6 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 4 31 2 4 -2 4 -0 1 8 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 0 3 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 2 1 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 2 4 1 2 4 -1 8 -0 9 81 2 4 -2 3 -0 2 0 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 8 8 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 8 6 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 1 2 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 0 4 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 7 1 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 2 0 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 2 5 1 2 4 -2 6 -0 2 5 1 2 4 -1 9 -1 1 7 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 4 4 1 2 4 -1 9 - 1 2 4 -2 4 -0 1 7 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 2 6 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 0 3 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 4 51 2 4 -2 5 -0 1 9 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 0 5 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 2 1 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 2 7 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 0 2 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 6 4 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 8 2 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 0 1 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 1 1 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 1 8 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 4 6 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 8 5 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 0 6 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 2 8 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 0 1 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 4 7 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 6 31 2 4 -2 5 -0 0 2 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 1 0 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 1 7 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 5 3 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 8 3 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 2 9 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 5 5 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 6 2 0'308'1 2 4 -2 5 -0 5 1 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 1 6 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 8 9 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 0 9 1 2 4 -2 3 -0 0 7 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 8 4 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 0 3 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 3 0 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 4 81 2 4 -2 5 -0 1 5 1 2 4 -2 6 -0 0 5 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 5 41 2 4 -2 5 -0 5 0 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 0 4 1 2 4 -2 5 -0 3 1 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 6 1 1 2 4 -1 9 -0 9 01 2 4 -2 7 -0 5 0 tbotkin, 2023-04-11 08:46:59 This document is a graphic representation only of best available sources. The City of Palo Alto assumes no responsibility for any errors. ©1989 to 2016 City of Palo Alto Item 4 Attachment A - Project Map Item 4: Staff Report Pg. 6 Packet Pg. 70 of 406 CHURCHILL AVENUE/ALMA STREET RAILROAD CROSSING SAFETY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Bid Summary UNIT COST TOTAL COST UNIT COST TOTAL COST 1 Mobolization:1 LS $ 300,000.00 300,000.00$ $ 255,000.00 255,000.00$ 2 Caltrain ROW Coordination: 1 LS $ 50,000.00 50,000.00$ $ 60,000.00 60,000.00$ 3 Traffic Control:1 LS $ 175,000.00 175,000.00$ $ 225,000.00 225,000.00$ 4 Demolition:1 LS $ 75,000.00 75,000.00$ $ 200,000.00 200,000.00$ 5 Clear and Grubbing: 1 LS $ 5,000.00 5,000.00$ $ 50,000.00 50,000.00$ 6 Erosion Control:1 LS $ 15,000.00 15,000.00$ $ 30,000.00 30,000.00$ 7 Tree Preservation:1 LS $ 2,500.00 2,500.00$ $ 12,000.00 12,000.00$ 8 Handrail:80 LF $ 150.00 12,000.00$ $ 200.00 16,000.00$ 9 2" Grind and Overlay: 26,840 SF $ 10.00 268,400.00$ $ 8.00 214,720.00$ 10 Asphalt Deeplift:200 SF $ 8.50 1,700.00$ $ 50.00 10,000.00$ 11 Inert Recycle Construction Materials: 400 TON $ 20.00 8,000.00$ $ 30.00 12,000.00$ 12 6" Vertical Curb and Gutter: 180 LF $ 80.00 14,400.00$ $ 250.00 45,000.00$ 13 6" Vertical Curb:20 LF $ 60.00 1,200.00$ $ 100.00 2,000.00$ 14 Sidewalk Concrete: 1,950 SF $ 20.00 39,000.00$ $ 70.00 136,500.00$ 15 Curb Ramp:6 EA $ 8,000.00 48,000.00$ $ 13,000.00 78,000.00$ 16 Relocate Backflow Preventer: 1 EA $ 4,500.00 4,500.00$ $ 9,000.00 9,000.00$ 17 Utility Box Adjustment: 1 EA $ 2,500.00 2,500.00$ $ 1,500.00 1,500.00$ 18 Storm Drain Catch Basin" 1 EA $ 5,000.00 5,000.00$ $ 10,000.00 10,000.00$ 19 8" PVC Storm Drain Line: 9 LF $ 175.00 1,575.00$ $ 500.00 4,500.00$ 20 Sign Adjustment:1 EA $ 150.00 150.00$ $ 750.00 750.00$ 21 New Regulator Signage: 1 EA $ 350.00 350.00$ $ 600.00 600.00$ 22 Striping - Caltrans Detail 1 125 LF $ 5.00 625.00$ $ 3.00 375.00$ 23 Striping - Caltrans Detail 8 370 LF $ 5.00 1,850.00$ $ 3.00 1,110.00$ 24 Striping - Caltrans Detail 21: 80 LF $ 8.00 640.00$ $ 10.00 800.00$ 25 Striping - Caltrans Detail 22: 230 LF $ 10.00 2,300.00$ $ 12.00 2,760.00$ 26 Striping - Caltrans Detail 27B: 70 LF $ 5.00 350.00$ $ 5.00 350.00$ 27 Striping - Caltrans Detail 38: 70 LF $ 8.00 560.00$ $ 7.00 490.00$ 28 Striping - Caltrans Detail 38A: 50 LF $ 8.00 400.00$ $ 7.00 350.00$ 29 Striping - Caltrans Detail 39: 710 LF $ 5.00 3,550.00$ $ 5.00 3,550.00$ 30 12" Yellow Crosswalk Stripe: 280 LF $ 10.00 2,800.00$ $ 10.00 2,800.00$ 31 24" Yellow Ladder Crosswalk: 450 LF $ 15.00 6,750.00$ $ 20.00 9,000.00$ 32 24" White Stop Line: 40 LF $ 15.00 600.00$ $ 20.00 800.00$ 33 12" White Stop Line: 80 LF $ 10.00 800.00$ $ 10.00 800.00$ 34 4" White Stripe:45 LF $ 3.00 135.00$ $ 3.00 135.00$ 35 6" White Stripe:250 LF $ 5.00 1,250.00$ $ 5.00 1,250.00$ 36 Thermoplastic Pavement Marking: 1,010 SF $ 8.00 8,080.00$ $ 20.00 20,200.00$ 37 Green Thermoplastic Bike Lane: 1,100 SF $ 20.00 22,000.00$ $ 30.00 33,000.00$ 38 Traffic Signal:1 LS $ 500,000.00 500,000.00$ $ 400,000.00 400,000.00$ 39 Traffic Control Assembly: 1 LS $ 30,000.00 30,000.00$ $ 100,000.00 100,000.00$ 40 Service Equipment: 1 LS $ 10,000.00 10,000.00$ $ 15,000.00 15,000.00$ 41 Push Button Assembly Post: 2 EA $ 5,000.00 10,000.00$ $ 5,000.00 10,000.00$ 42 Traffic Signal Box: 12 EA $ 500.00 6,000.00$ $ 2,500.00 30,000.00$ 43 Traffic Signal Conduit and Conductors: 1 LS $ 100,000.00 100,000.00$ $ 240,000.00 240,000.00$ 44 Loop Detector Replacement: 1 LS $ 15,000.00 15,000.00$ $ 20,000.00 20,000.00$ 1,752,965.00$ 2,265,340.00$ % Over/Under Engineer's estimate 29% O'Grady Paving, Inc. Base Bid Total (Items 001 through 044) BID ITEM BASE - DESCRIPTION APPROX. QTY UNIT ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE Item 4 Attachment B - Bid Summary Item 4: Staff Report Pg. 7 Packet Pg. 71 of 406 City Council Staff Report From: City Manager Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR Lead Department: Public Works Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2304-1382 TITLE Adoption of a Resolution for Senate Bill 1, the Road Repair and Accountability Act, for Fiscal Year 2024, Providing the Project List for the Street Maintenance Project, Capital Improvement Program Project PE-86070; CEQA Status – Not a Project RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that Council adopt the attached resolution (Attachment A) for Fiscal Year 2024, providing a project list funded by Senate Bill 1, the Road Repair and Accountability Act. BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS Senate Bill 1 (SB 1) established the Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account (RMRA) in 2017 to address deferred maintenance on the state highway and local streets and roads systems, with funding to be approved annually. Palo Alto's RMRA funding estimate for Fiscal Year 2023-2024 is $1,693,336. SB 1 funding requires that Council approve a resolution providing a project list that includes four components: •Project description; •The locations of each proposed project; •Schedule for completion; and •Estimated useful life of improvement. The adopted resolution must be sent to the California Transportation Commission by July 1, 2023. Staff recommends the RMRA funding for Fiscal Year 2024 be recognized in the Gas Tax Fund and transferred to the Capital Improvement Fund to be added to the Street Maintenance Project, Capital Improvement Program project PE-86070. This funding recommendation is included in the Fiscal Year 2024 Proposed Capital Budget. The SB 1 funding supported the City's goal of achieving an average citywide Pavement Condition Index (PCI) of 85 by 2019 with no street having a PCI less than 60. The City reached the 85 PCI goal in December 2018, and the additional funding helps enable the City to address streets that still have PCI scores less than 60. The funding will be used on the Fiscal Year 2024 Item 5 Item 5 Staff Report Item 5: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 72 of 406 Asphalt Paving Project for the streets shown in Attachment B. Work on this project is anticipated to be completed by summer 2024. An award of construction contract is anticipated to be brought to Council for approval in fall 2023. The estimated useful life of a street overlay is 30 years. FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT Item 5 Item 5 Staff Report Item 5: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 73 of 406 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW ATTACHMENTS APPROVED BY: Item 5 Item 5 Staff Report Item 5: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 74 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* Attachment A 1 0007_20230519_mv30 Resolution No. ______ Resolution of the Council of the City of Palo Alto to Adopt a List of Projects for Fiscal Year 2023-2024 Funded by SB 1: The Road Repair and Accountability Act of 2017 R E C I T A L S A. Senate Bill 1 (SB 1), the Road Repair and Accountability Act of 2017 (Chapter 5, Statutes of 2017) was passed by the Legislature and Signed into law by the Governor in April 2017 in order to address the significant multi-modal transportation funding shortfalls statewide; and B. SB 1 includes accountability and transparency provisions that will ensure the residents of the City of Palo Alto (City) are aware of the projects proposed for funding in our community and which projects have been completed each fiscal year; and C. The City must adopt a list of all projects proposed to receive funding from the Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account (RMRA), created by SB 1 by resolution, which must include a description and the location of each proposed project, a proposed schedule for the project’s completion, and the estimated useful life of the improvement; and D. The City, will receive an estimated $1,693,336 in RMRA funding in Fiscal Year 2023-2024 from SB 1; and E. This is the sixth year in which the City is receiving SB 1 funding which enables the City to continue essential road maintenance and rehabilitation projects, safety improvements, repairing and replacing aging bridges, and increasing access and mobility options for the traveling public that would not have otherwise been possible without SB 1; and F. The City used a Pavement Management System to develop the SB 1 project list to ensure revenues are being used on the most high-priority and cost-effective projects that also meet the community’s priorities for transportation investment; and G. The funding from SB 1 will help the City maintain and rehabilitate various streets throughout the City this year and many similar projects into the future; and H. The 2018 California Statewide Local Streets and Roads Needs Assessment found that the City’s streets and roads are in “excellent” condition and this revenue will help us maintain the overall quality of our road system and implement complete streets projects over the next decade; and I. The SB 1 project list and overall investment in our local streets and roads infrastructure with a focus on basic maintenance and safety, investing in complete streets infrastructure, and using cutting-edge technology, materials and practices, will have significant positive co-benefits statewide. NOW, THEREFORE, the Council of the City of Palo Alto RESOLVES as follows: Item 5 Attachment A - SB1 FY2024 Resolution Item 5: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 75 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* Attachment A 2 0007_20230519_mv30 SECTION 1. The foregoing recitals are true and correct. SECTION 2. The City of Palo Alto hereby adopts the following list of streets planned to be funded in-part or solely with fiscal year 2023-2024 with Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account revenues: FY 2024 Street Resurfacing Project includes pavement repair, sidewalk, curb and gutter replacement, upgraded curb ramps, and street paving. The following streets are included in the FY2024 Street Resurfacing Project: Acacia Avenue (El Camino Real to Angle), Barron Avenue (Whitsell Avenue to La Donna Avenue), Cowper Street (Churchill Avenue to Coleridge Avenue), Fielding Drive (Fielding Drive to End), Fielding Drive (Moreno Avenue to Fielding Cul-de-Sac), James Road (El Camino Way to Wilkie Way), Lane 6 East (High Street to Emerson Street), Leland Avenue (Birch Street to Park Blvd), Morris Drive (Maddux Drive to Greer Road), Ramona Street (Everett Street to Lytton Avenue), Ramona Street (Lytton Avenue to University Avenue), San Antonio Road (Narrow to Divider), San Antonio Road (Divider to East Bayshore Road), San Antonio Road (East Bayshore Road to Metering Station), San Antonio Avenue (San Antonio Avenue to Transport Street), Un-named Lane (Cedar Street to Newell Road), University Avenue (Middlefield Road to Fulton Street), University Avenue (Fulton Street to Guinda Street), University Avenue (Guinda Street to Seneca Street), University Avenue (Seneca Street to Hale Street), University Avenue (Hale Street to Chaucer Street), Washington Avenue (Waverley Street to Cowper Street, Washington Avenue (Cowper Street to End), Waverley Street (Lytton Avenue to University Avenue), and Waverley Street (Hawthorne Avenue to Everett Avenue) . The estimated useful life is 30 years. Construction of FY2024 Street Resurfacing Project will start in Fall 2023 and be completed in Summer 2024. // // // // // // // // // // Item 5 Attachment A - SB1 FY2024 Resolution Item 5: Staff Report Pg. 5 Packet Pg. 76 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* Attachment A 3 0007_20230519_mv30 SECTION 3. The Council finds that the adoption of this resolution does not meet the definition of a project under Public Resources Code Section 21065, thus no environmental assessment under the California Environmental Quality Act is required. INTRODUCED AND PASSED: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTENTIONS: ATTEST: __________________________ _____________________________ City Clerk Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED: __________________________ _____________________________ Assistant City Attorney City Manager _____________________________ Director of Public Works _____________________________ Director of Administrative Services Item 5 Attachment A - SB1 FY2024 Resolution Item 5: Staff Report Pg. 6 Packet Pg. 77 of 406 FY2024 OVERLAY LIST Street From Street To Street PCI Acacia Avenue El Camino Real Angle 53 Barron Avenue Whitsell Avenue La Donna Avenue Cowper Street Churchill Avenue Coleridge Avenue 30 Fielding Drive Fielding Drive End 47 Fielding Drive Moreno Avenue Fielding Cul‐de‐Sac 50 James Road El Camino Way Narrow 38 James Road Narrow Wilkie Way 45 Lane 6 East High Street Emerson Street 36 Leland Avenue Birch Street Park Boulevard 55 Morris Drive Maddux Drive Greer Road 49 Ramona Street Everett Street Lytton Avenue 58 Ramona Street Lytton Avenue University Avenue 33 San Antonio Road Narrow Divider 7 San Antonio Road Divider E.Bayshore Road 10 San Antonio Road E.Bayshore Road Metering Station 30 San Anonio Avenue San Antonio Avenue Transport Street 45 Un Named Lane Cedar Street Newell Road University Avenue Middlefield Road Fulton Street 30 University Avenue Fulton Street Guinda Street 50 University Avenue Guinda Street Seneca Street 35 University Avenue Seneca Street Hale Street 35 University Avenue Hale Street Chaucer Street 59 Washington Avenue Waverley Street Cowper Street 38 Washington Avenue Cowper Street End 37 Waverley Street Lytton Avenue University Avenue 56 Waverley Street Hawthorne Avenue Everett Avenue 52 Average PCI: 40 FY 2024 Overlay (July 2023 ‐ June 2024) 1 of 1 ATTACHMENT BItem 5 Attachment B - FY2024 Project Street List Item 5: Staff Report Pg. 7 Packet Pg. 78 of 406 2 1 5 7 City Council Staff Report From: City Manager Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR Lead Department: City Auditor Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2305-1429 TITLE Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change - 4.08 Public Safety Building-Construction Audit, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee. RECOMMENDATION The City Auditor and the Policy & Services Committee recommend that the Policy & Services Committee recommend City Council approve the change to the Task Order 4.08 Public Sector Building-Construction Audit. DISCUSSION Task Order FY21-4.8 was to perform monthly construction audit testing for the General Contractor, Construction Manager, Architect and Waterproofing Inspector through project closeout. The original audit project schedule did not extend through the entire construction process, and anticipated completion of the audit prior to June 30, 2023. Construction completion is currently anticipated during December 2023. The current task order expires on June 30, 2023. There are currently several minor audit issues which need to be resolved prior to closeout. In addition, the proposed closeout testing includes a final reconciliation of the contract values for each of the contractors under that scope of this audit to confirm those contract values are calculated correctly and in accordance with the respective contract documents. The current amendment is for the additional hours required to complete this testing. Based on anticipated construction completion in December 2023, the audit is expected to conclude by March 2024. This allows time for the City and the respective contractors to provide any billings and applicable audit documentation subsequent to project completion. Item 6 Item 6 Staff Report Item 6: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 79 of 406 2 1 5 7 Amendment Estimate: The OCA estimated that the additional time required to complete the audit of the Public Safety Building through project completion would be 87 hours, which would cost $19,734. The total revised audit hours and budget are 507 hours and $102,234, respectively. The additional budget of $19,734 will be supplemented from the budgets for one of the remaining audits, Long Range Planning, listed in the approved FY23 Audit Plan. The updated information is included in the attached modified Task Order 4.08. The change is within both the approved scope and compensation of the contract with Baker Tilly and funding levels in the FY 2023 Operating Budget for the Office of the City Auditor. The OCA coordinated with the Public Works Department to determine the appropriate timeline for completing the audit procedures based on the estimated completion of the Public Safety Building project. Council action on this item is not a project as defined by CEQA because the audit activities do not involve any commitment to any specific project which may result in a potentially significant physical impact on the environment. CEQA Guidelines section 15378(b)(4). Attachment A: TASK ORDER FY21-24-04.08 Public Safety Bldg (Modified) : Adriane D. McCoy, City Auditor Item 6 Item 6 Staff Report Item 6: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 80 of 406 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TASK ORDER TASK ORDER 04.08 Public Safety Building-Construction Audit (Modified) Consultant shall perform the Services detailed below in accordance with all the terms and conditions of the Agreement referenced in Item 1A below. All exhibits referenced in Item 8 below are incorporated into this Task Order by this reference. The Consultant shall furnish the necessary facilities, professional, technical and supporting personnel required by this Task Order as described below. CONTRACT NO. C21179340 OR PURCHASE ORDER REQUISITION NO. (AS APPLICABLE) 1A. MASTER AGREEMENT NO. (MAY BE SAME AS CONTRACT / P.O. NO. ABOVE): C21179340 1B. TASK O RDER NO.: FY21-001 2. CONSULTANT NAME: Baker Tilly US, LLP 3. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE: START: March 1, 2021 COMPLETION: June 30, 2023 March 31, 2024 4 TOTAL TASK ORDER PRICE: $82,500 102,234 BALANCE REMAINING IN MASTER AGREEMENT/CONTRACT TBD 5. BUDGET CODE_______________ COST CENTER________________ COST ELEMENT______________ WBS/CIP__________ PHASE__________ 6. CITY PROJECT MANAGER’S NAME & DEPARTMENT: Greg Tanaka, Chair of the City Council’s Policy and Services Committee 7. DESCRIPTION OF SCOPE OF SERVICES (Attachment A) MUST INCLUDE: SERVICES AND DELIVERABLES TO BE PROVIDED SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE MAXIMUM COMPENSATION AMOUNT AND RATE SCHEDULE (as applicable) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES, if any (with “not to exceed” amount) 8. ATTACHMENTS: A: Task Order Scope of Services B (if any): N/A I hereby authorize the performance of the work described in this Task Order. APPROVED: CITY OF PALO ALTO BY:____________________________________ Name __________________________________ Title___________________________________ Date ___________________________________ I hereby acknowledge receipt and acceptance of this Task Order and warrant that I have authority to sign on behalf of Consultant. APPROVED: COMPANY NAME: ______________________ BY:____________________________________ Name __________________________________ Title___________________________________ Date ___________________________________ Item 6 Attachment A - TASK ORDER FY21-24-04.08 Public Safety Bldg (Modified) Item 6: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 81 of 406 Attachment A DESCRIPTION OF SCOPE OF SERVICES Introduction Attachment A, the Description of Scope of Services, contains the following four (4) elements: Services and Deliverables To Be Provided Schedule of Performance Maximum Compensation Amount and Rate Schedule (As Applicable) Reimbursable Expenses, if any (With “Not To Exceed” Amount) Services & Deliverables Baker Tilly’s approach to conducting the Public Safety Building construction audit involves three (3) primary steps: Step 1: Project Planning & Management Step 2: Monthly Monitoring Step 3: Reporting Step 1 – Project Planning & Management This step includes those tasks necessary to solidify mutual understanding of the construction audit scope, objectives, deliverables, and timing as well as ensuring that appropriate client and consultant resources are available and well-coordinated. Tasks include: Conduct a formal kick off meetings with the City, the Construction Manager, Architect and Waterproofing Inspector. Formalize the communication plan, reporting formats, status update schedule and deliverable milestone schedule Distribute initial document request and check list Review the contract documents related to each provider to identify key terms and develop a specific testing program for each contract Step 2 – Monthly monitoring During this step we will review monthly invoices from the Construction Manager, Architect and Waterproofing Inspector. We will focus on the following areas: Monthly invoice review Change order testing Contingency and allowance testing Lien waiver control Item 6 Attachment A - TASK ORDER FY21-24-04.08 Public Safety Bldg (Modified) Item 6: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 82 of 406 Compliance with insurance requirements Closeout testing Verify the City’s implementation and adherence to documented project controls Step 3 – Reporting We will prepare a monthly status update reflecting the testing performed during the current period and planned testing for the subsequent period(s). The monthly status update will also reflect any current audit issues, the status of any previously identified issues and any open requests for documentation. At the completion of the project, we will provide a final report detailing all procedures performed along with any observations and the applicable resolutions or recommendations. Deliverables: The following deliverable will be prepared as part of this engagement: Written monthly status updates as described in Step 3 Final report as described in Step 3 Schedule of Performance Anticipated Start Date: March 1, 2021 Anticipated End Date: June 30, 2023 March 31, 2024 Maximum Compensation Amount and Rate Schedule The not-to-exceed maximum for this Task is $102,234 82,500. The not-to-exceed budget is based on an estimate of 420 507 total project hours to be completed by Baker Tilly. Reimbursable Expenses We plan to complete the majority of the work remote including all required meetings and documentation review. If conditions allow, Baker Tilly will perform site visits once per year around key project milestones. Our travel expenses will be billed separately at actual cost. We will submit an estimate of our reimbursable expenses for the City’s approval prior to traveling to Palo Alto. Item 6 Attachment A - TASK ORDER FY21-24-04.08 Public Safety Bldg (Modified) Item 6: Staff Report Pg. 5 Packet Pg. 83 of 406 2 1 5 8 City Council Staff Report From: City Manager Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR Lead Department: City Auditor Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2305-1430 TITLE Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change - FY23-05 Various Reporting & City Hotline, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee. RECOMMENDATION The City Auditor and the Policy & Services Committee recommend that the Policy & Services Committee recommend City Council approve the change to the Task Order FY23-05 Various Reporting & City Hotline. DISCUSSION In accordance with our agreement with the City, Baker Tilly is required to conduct recurring activities each year. Task 5 is one of those recurring activities and described in our agreement as follows: Task 5. Preparation of Quarterly Reports, Annual Status Report, Provision of City Hotline, and Other Ongoing Office Administrative Functions The current contract, Amendment NO.1, includes the budget schedule for FY2022-23, FY2023- 24 and FY2024-25 that shows a budget amount of $60,000 each year for Task 5. The main activities related to this task have been meetings with management and City Council members and preparing staff reports for City Council and Committee meetings. However, Baker Tilly needs to perform other activities normally performed by the Internal Audit function, namely, engagement project management and annual audit plan monitoring. Additionally, in recent months, Baker Tilly started spending more time on the City Hotline-related activities. It is expected to have more activities at least for the next few months. To cover the hours and costs that will occur for the next few months, the budget allocated to the remaining two audits listed in the approved FY23 Audit Plan, Long Range Planning and ADA Compliance, need to be applied to Task 5. Baker Tilly proposed some of the budget for Long Range Planning to be applied to Task Order 4.20 Procurement Process Review ($19,350) and Item 7 Item 7 Staff Report Item 7: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 84 of 406 2 1 5 8 Task Order 4.08 Public Safety Building ($19,734). The remaining amount of $43,416 for Long Range Planning and the budgeted amount of $61,500 for ADA Compliance, totaling $104,916, can be applied to Task 5. This will result in the total task order amount of $164,916 for the 621 project hours. FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW ATTACHMENTS APPROVED BY: Item 7 Item 7 Staff Report Item 7: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 85 of 406 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TASK ORDER TASK ORDER FY23-05 Various Reporting & City Hotline (Modified) Consultant shall perform the Services detailed below in accordance with all the terms and conditions of the Agreement referenced in Item 1A below. All exhibits referenced in Item 8 below are incorporated into this Task Order by this reference. The Consultant shall furnish the necessary facilities, professional, technical and supporting personnel required by this Task Order as described below. CONTRACT NO. C21179340 OR PURCHASE ORDER REQUISITION NO. (AS APPLICABLE) 1A. MASTER AGREEMENT NO. (MAY BE SAME AS CONTRACT / P.O. NO. ABOVE): C21179340 1B. TASK O RDER NO.: FY23-005 2. CONSULTANT NAME: Baker Tilly US, LLP 3. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE: START: July 1, 2022 COMPLETION: June 30, 2023 4 TOTAL TASK ORDER PRICE: $60,000 164,916 BALANCE REMAINING IN MASTER AGREEMENT/CONTRACT TBD 5. BUDGET CODE_______________ COST CENTER________________ COST ELEMENT______________ WBS/CIP__________ PHASE__________ 6. CITY PROJECT MANAGER’S NAME & DEPARTMENT: Greg Tanaka, Chair of the City Council’s Policy and Services Committee 7. DESCRIPTION OF SCOPE OF SERVICES (Attachment A) MUST INCLUDE: SERVICES AND DELIVERABLES TO BE PROVIDED SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE MAXIMUM COMPENSATION AMOUNT AND RATE SCHEDULE (as applicable) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES, if any (with “not to exceed” amount) 8. ATTACHMENTS: A: Task Order Scope of Services B (if any): N/A I hereby authorize the performance of the work described in this Task Order. APPROVED: CITY OF PALO ALTO BY:____________________________________ Name __________________________________ Title___________________________________ Date ___________________________________ I hereby acknowledge receipt and acceptance of this Task Order and warrant that I have authority to sign on behalf of Consultant. APPROVED: COMPANY NAME: ______________________ BY:____________________________________ Name __________________________________ Title___________________________________ Date ___________________________________ Item 7 Attachment A - TASK ORDER FY23-05 Various Reporting & City Hotline (Modified) Item 7: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 86 of 406 Attachment A DESCRIPTION OF SCOPE OF SERVICES Introduction Attachment A, the Description of Scope of Services, contains the following four (4) elements: Services and Deliverables To Be Provided Schedule of Performance Maximum Compensation Amount and Rate Schedule (As Applicable) Reimbursable Expenses, if any (With “Not To Exceed” Amount) Services & Deliverables Baker Tilly will provide the following services in Task 5: Quarterly Reports Annual Status Report Provision of the City Hotline Office Administrative Functions Engagement project management Annual audit plan monitoring Deliverables: Legislative documents will be prepared to present the financial statements and reports prepared by an external auditor to the Finance Committee Quarterly Reports (4 in FY23) Annual Status Report Schedule of Performance Anticipated Start Date: July 1, 2022 Anticipated End Date: June 30, 2023 Maximum Compensation Amount and Rate Schedule The not-to-exceed maximum, inclusive of reimbursable expenses (as summarized below) for this Task is $164,916 60,000. The not-to-exceed budget is based on an estimate of 185 621 total project hours, of which 135 376 are estimated to be completed by the City Auditor. Reimbursable Expenses Baker Tilly anticipates planning one on-site fieldwork week. Given this possibility, Baker Tilly Item 7 Attachment A - TASK ORDER FY23-05 Various Reporting & City Hotline (Modified) Item 7: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 87 of 406 could incur reimbursable expenses for this Task. The not-to-exceed maximum for reimbursable expenses for this Task is $28,400. The following summarizes anticipated reimbursable expenses: Round-trip Airfare – $6,700 (10 round trip flights) Ground Transportation (car rental or Uber/taxi) - $6,700 Hotel accommodation - $10,000 (40 nights) Food and incidentals – $5,000 Item 7 Attachment A - TASK ORDER FY23-05 Various Reporting & City Hotline (Modified) Item 7: Staff Report Pg. 5 Packet Pg. 88 of 406 2 1 5 6 City Council Staff Report From: City Manager Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR Lead Department: City Auditor Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2305-1428 TITLE Approval of Office of City Auditor Task Order Change - 4.20 Procurement, as recommended by the Policy and Services Committee. RECOMMENDATION The City Auditor and the Policy & Services Committee recommend that the City Council approve the change to the Task Order 4.20 Procurement Process Review. ANALYSIS The Office of the City Auditor (OCA) presented Task Order 4.20 – Procurement Process Review and the task order was approved by the Policy and Services Committee on February 28, 2023 and accepted by the City Council during the City Council meeting on March 13, 2023. During the Policy and Services Committee meeting on February 28, 2023, the Policy and Services Committee (Committee) wanted to make sure the concerns in the following areas are covered by the Procurement Process Review proposed by the OCA: •Efficiency of the procurement process •Competition in the bidding process •Gifts and gratuities from the vendors •Information provided to the City Council in the contract approval process The Committee approved the motion to reevaluate if there is sufficient budget to address these areas for Task Order 4.20. The approved Task Order 4.20 listed the following preliminary audit objectives: 1. Determine whether adequate controls are in place and working effectively to ensure that the appropriate vendors are selected properly to achieve desired objectives. Item 8 Item 8 Staff Report Item 8: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 89 of 406 2 1 5 6 2. Identify the opportunities to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the procurement process. The OCA updated the preliminary objectives to clarify them to address the Committee’s specific concerns. The updated objectives that are included in the modified Task Order 4.20 are as follows: 1. Determine whether needs assessment, budgeting, solicitation, and vendor selection processes are efficient, effective, and transparent to ensure value for money and fair competition. 2. Determine whether the procurement process is valid through proper approvals, adequate segregation of duties, and compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and the City's policies. 3. Determine whether technology is used appropriately and effectively to enhance integrity, efficiency, transparency of the procurement process and to ensure consistency and validity of the relevant information and data. 4. Identify the opportunities to improve the efficiency and effectiveness in the procurement process. The OCA estimated that the audit procedures to achieve the updated audit objectives would take additional 100 hours and $19,350. The total revised audit hours and budget are 450 hours and $80,900, respectively. The additional budget of $19,350 will be supplemented from the budgets for one of the remaining audits, Long Range Planning, listed in the approved FY23 Audit Plan. Due to the fiscal year-end schedule of the Procurement team in June 2023, the OCA’s fieldwork phase of this audit will need to start in July 2023 although the planning phase can start in June 2023. Therefore, the period of performance is to be changed to start in June 2023 and end in December 2023. The updated information is included in the attached modified Task Order 4.20. FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT The change is within both the approved scope and compensation of the contract with Baker Tilly and funding levels in the FY 2023 Operating Budget for the Office of the City Auditor. Item 8 Item 8 Staff Report Item 8: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 90 of 406 2 1 5 6 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT The OCA coordinated with the procurement team in the Administrative Services Department to determine the appropriate timeline for planning and executing the audit procedures for the associated audit report. Council action on this item is not a project as defined by CEQA because the audit activities do not involve any commitment to any specific project which may result in a potentially significant physical impact on the environment. CEQA Guidelines section 15378(b)(4). Attachment A: TASK ORDER FY23-4.20 Procurement Process Review (Modified) : Adriane D. McCoy, City Auditor Item 8 Item 8 Staff Report Item 8: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 91 of 406 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TASK ORDER TASK ORDER FY23-4.20 Procurement Process Review Consultant shall perform the Services detailed below in accordance with all the terms and conditions of the Agreement referenced in Item 1A below. All exhibits referenced in Item 8 below are incorporated into this Task Order by this reference. The Consultant shall furnish the necessary facilities, professional, technical and supporting personnel required by this Task Order as described below. CONTRACT NO. C21179340 OR PURCHASE ORDER REQUISITION NO. (AS APPLICABLE) 1A. MASTER AGREEMENT NO. (MAY BE SAME AS CONTRACT / P.O. NO. ABOVE): C21179340 1B. TASK O RDER NO.: FY23-4.20 2. CONSULTANT NAME: Baker Tilly US, LLP 3. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE: START: March 1, 2023 June 1, 2023 COMPLETION: September 30, 2023 December 31, 2023 4 TOTAL TASK ORDER PRICE: $61,550 80,900 BALANCE REMAINING IN MASTER AGREEMENT/CONTRACT TBD 5. BUDGET CODE_______________ COST CENTER________________ COST ELEMENT______________ WBS/CIP__________ PHASE__________ 6. CITY PROJECT MANAGER’S NAME & DEPARTMENT: Greg Tanaka, Chair of the City Council’s Policy and Services Committee 7. DESCRIPTION OF SCOPE OF SERVICES (Attachment A) MUST INCLUDE: SERVICES AND DELIVERABLES TO BE PROVIDED SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE MAXIMUM COMPENSATION AMOUNT AND RATE SCHEDULE (as applicable) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES, if any (with “not to exceed” amount) 8. ATTACHMENTS: A: Task Order Scope of Services B (if any): N/A I hereby authorize the performance of the work described in this Task Order. APPROVED: CITY OF PALO ALTO BY:____________________________________ Name __________________________________ Title___________________________________ Date ___________________________________ I hereby acknowledge receipt and acceptance of this Task Order and warrant that I have authority to sign on behalf of Consultant. APPROVED: COMPANY NAME: ______________________ BY:____________________________________ Name __________________________________ Title___________________________________ Date ___________________________________ Item 8 Attachment A - TASK ORDER FY23-4.20 Procurement Process Review (Modified) Item 8: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 92 of 406 Attachment A DESCRIPTION OF SCOPE OF SERVICES Introduction Attachment A, the Description of Scope of Services, contains the following four (4) elements: Services and Deliverables To Be Provided Schedule of Performance Maximum Compensation Amount and Rate Schedule (As Applicable) Reimbursable Expenses, if any (With “Not To Exceed” Amount) Services & Deliverables Baker Tilly’s approach to conducting an internal audit of Procurement Process involves three (3) primary steps: Step 1: Audit Planning Step 2: Control Review and Testing Step 3: Reporting Step 1 – Audit Planning This step consists of the tasks performed to adequately plan the work necessary to address the overall audit objective and to solidify mutual understanding of the audit scope, objectives, audit process, and timing between stakeholders and auditors. Tasks include: Gather information to understand the environment under review o Understand the organizational structure and objectives o Review the City code, regulations, and other standards and expectations o Review prior audit results, as applicable o Review additional documentation and conduct interviews as necessary Assess the audit risk Write an audit planning memo and audit program o Refine audit objectives and scope o Identify the audit procedures to be performed and the evidence to be obtained and examined Announce the initiation of the audit and conduct kick-off meeting with key stakeholders o Discuss audit objectives, scope, audit process, timing, resources, and expectations o Discuss documentation and interview requests for the audit Item 8 Attachment A - TASK ORDER FY23-4.20 Procurement Process Review (Modified) Item 8: Staff Report Pg. 5 Packet Pg. 93 of 406 Step 2 – Control Review and Testing This step involves executing the procedures in the audit program to gather information, interview individuals, and analyze the data and information to obtain sufficient evidence to address the audit objectives. The preliminary audit objective is to: (1) Determine whether adequate controls are in place and working effectively to ensure that the appropriate vendors are selected properly to achieve desired objectives. Determine whether needs assessment, budgeting, solicitation, and vendor selection processes are efficient, effective, and transparent to ensure value for money and fair competition. (2) Determine whether the procurement process is valid through proper approvals, adequate segregation of duties, and compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and the City's policies. (3) Determine whether technology is used appropriately and effectively to enhance integrity, efficiency, transparency of the procurement process and ensure consistency and validity of the relevant information and data. (4) (2) Identify the opportunities to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the procurement process. Procedures include, but not limited to: Interview the appropriate individuals to gain an understanding of the organizational structure, processes, and controls related to procurement processes from the need assessment and market analysis to contract awarding and administration. Review policies and procedures, including Code of Conduct, as well as the legislative and regulatory requirements to identify the criteria to be used for evaluation of control design and effectiveness. Review the documents (such as contracts and related procurement files, staff reports to the City Council, and performance reviews) for the selected contracts. Analyze the data and information related to procurement, as appropriate. Compare the process and controls against the best practices. Step 3 – Reporting In Step 3, the project team will perform tasks necessary to finalize audit working papers, prepare and review a draft report with the stakeholders, and submit a final audit report. Tasks include: Develop findings, conclusions, and recommendations based on the supporting evidence gathered Validate findings with the appropriate individuals and discuss the root cause of the identified findings Complete supervisory review of working papers and a draft audit report Distribute a draft audit report and conduct a closing meeting with key stakeholders o Discuss the audit results, finings, conclusions, and recommendations o Discuss management responses Obtain written management responses and finalize a report Item 8 Attachment A - TASK ORDER FY23-4.20 Procurement Process Review (Modified) Item 8: Staff Report Pg. 6 Packet Pg. 94 of 406 Review report with members of City Council and/or the appropriate Council Committee Deliverables: The following deliverable will be prepared as part of this engagement: Audit Report Schedule of Performance Anticipated Start Date: March 1, 2023 June 1, 2023 Anticipated End Date: September 30, 2023 December 31, 2023 Maximum Compensation Amount and Rate Schedule The not-to-exceed maximum, inclusive of reimbursable expenses (as summarized below) for this Task is $80,900 61,550. The not-to-exceed budget is based on an estimate of 350 450 total project hours, of which 20 are estimated to be completed by the City Auditor. Reimbursable Expenses We plan to complete all work remote including all interviews and documentation review. If at any point the City and Baker Tilly mutually determine it will be beneficial to perform a portion of the work on-site, we will submit an estimate of our reimbursable expenses for the City’s approval prior to traveling to Palo Alto. Item 8 Attachment A - TASK ORDER FY23-4.20 Procurement Process Review (Modified) Item 8: Staff Report Pg. 7 Packet Pg. 95 of 406 City Council Staff Report From: City Attorney Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR Lead Department: City Attorney Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2305-1456 TITLE Adoption of an Ordinance Amending Section 2.04.010 (Regular Meeting) of Chapter 2.04 (Council Organization and Procedure) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Change the City Council Meeting Start Time from Six p.m. to Five- Thirty p.m. RECOMMENDATION Adopt the attached ordinance to amend the Municipal Code to change the City Council meeting start time from six p.m. to five-thirty p.m. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS The Palo Alto Charter states that the Council shall set a time and place for its regular meetings. (Charter, Art. III, Section 5.) Since 2014, the Municipal Code has provided that the regular meeting time is the first three Mondays of each month beginning at six p.m. (Palo Alto Municipal Code section 2.04.010.) In recent years, it has been common for Council meetings to begin at five p.m. Such meetings are noticed as “special meetings” as required by state and local law. (Cal. Govt. Code sections 54954, 54956; PAMC section 2.04.020.) Frequent use of special meetings has led to some public uncertainty about the Council’s procedures. As part of a comprehensive rewrite of Council’s Procedures and Protocols Handbook, Council decided to change its regular meeting time to the first three Mondays of each month at five-thirty p.m. Council directed staff to prepare an ordinance amending the Municipal Code to reflect the five-thirty p.m. start time. FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT None. STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT Council discussed meeting start time at several public meetings and selected a start time to maximize effective public participation in Council meetings while allowing sufficient time to accomplish Council’s work. Item 9 Item 9 Staff Report Item 9: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 96 of 406 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW Council action on this item is not a project as defined by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) because it is an organizational or administrative matter that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment. (CEQA Guidelines 15378(b)(5).) Attachment A: Ordinance Amending Section 2.04.010 (Regular Meeting) of Chapter 2.04 (Council Organization and Procedure) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Change the City Council Meeting Start Time from Six p.m. to Five- Thirty p.m. - redlined : Molly Stump, City Attorney Item 9 Item 9 Staff Report Item 9: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 97 of 406 1 NOT YET APPROVED Ordinance No. 2.04.010 Definitions Item 9 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Section 2.04.010 (Regular Meeting) to Change the Council Meeting Start Time - redlined Item 9: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 98 of 406 2 NOT YET APPROVED (b) Each year, no later than the third meeting in February, the council shall by resolution schedule its vacation for that year. The resolution shall designate the dates of this scheduled vacation and the city clerk will give notice thereof by whatever means are deemed appropriate. During said scheduled annual vacation, there shall be no regular meetings of the council nor of the council standing committees, unless it is an adjourned regular meeting. The mayor or a majority of the council may call a special meeting during the scheduled vacation if necessary. SECTION 3. Council action on this item is not a project as defined by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) because it is an organizational or administrative matter that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment. (CEQA Guidelines 15378(b)(5).) SECTION 4. This ordinance shall be effective on the thirty-first day after the date of its adoption. INTRODUCED: PASSED: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTENTIONS: ATTEST: ____________________________ ____________________________ City Clerk Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED: ____________________________ ____________________________ City Attorney City Manager ____________________________ Director of Administrative Services Item 9 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Section 2.04.010 (Regular Meeting) to Change the Council Meeting Start Time - redlined Item 9: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 99 of 406 City Council Staff Report From: CAO Committee Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR Lead Department: Human Resources Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2305-1561 TITLE Adoption of a Resolution to Appoint Mahealani Ah Yun as Interim City Clerk Through December 1, 2023 at the annual salary of $121,285 - CEQA exempt RECOMMENDATION The Council Appointed Officers Committee recommends the City Council appoint Mahealani Ah Yun as Palo Alto’s Interim City Clerk through December 1, 2023 at the annual salary of $121,285 BACKGROUND The Palo Alto City Charter provides that the City Council appoint a City Clerk who serves at the Council’s will. The duties of the City Clerk are set forth in the Charter of the City of Palo Alto and in Palo Alto Municipal Code section 2.08.110. City Clerk Lesley Milton provided the City Council notice that she was resigning effective May 19, 2023 to take a new opportunity at another California city. Clerk Milton served as City Clerk approximately 2 years. On May 1, 2023, the Council Appointed Officers (CAO) Committee met to discuss a recommendation to the City Council regarding the City Clerk vacancy. The CAO Committee motion which passed 3-0 recommended that Council authorize the following: A. Invite letters of interest and a resume from interested internal applicants for the interim City Clerk position, have HR review for qualifications and schedule a closed session interview of candidates with the full Council pending a full recruitment process. B. Contract with the recruitment firm Peckham & McKinney who conducted the previous City Clerk recruitment, and the literature previously used be included in a late packet report on the next meeting agenda. The City Council approved the CAO Committee recommendation on May 8, 2023 (Report #2305-1405) Item 10 Item 10 Staff Report Item 10: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 100 of 406 ANALYSIS In accordance with City Council’s direction, the Human Resources Department posted the internal recruitment for the Interim City Clerk on May 11 and all City Clerk staff was notified to submit their resume if interested. On May 22, 2023 the City Council interviewed one candidate followed by request to HR Director to take next steps to have Mahealani Ah Yun appointed as the Interim City Clerk through December 1, 2023 or until the formal executive recruitment is completed. Mahealani Ah Yun has served as Deputy City Clerk for the City of Palo Alto since November 2021. Under the direction of former Clerk Milton, Mahealani closely supported Council members and assisted in supporting five Council standing committees and nine boards and commissions, preparing minutes, and facilitating the agenda production process. In addition, Mahealani administered public records requests and played a key role in launching the new agenda management system. Prior to this, Mahealani worked for over 5 years for a non-profit agency, The Service League of San Mateo, working closely with the Sheriff’s Office staff overseeing correctional programs and services. Mahealani holds a Master’s Degree of Public Administration from Notre Dame de Namur University and a Bachelor of Science Degree in Psychology, Community & Criminal Justice, Political Science. She is a Notary Public and holds several other industry certifications and related Clerk training. The City Clerk position is budgeted within the City Clerk’s Office and is included in the FY 23 Annual Budget and FY24 proposed budget. Mahealani will be paid annual salary of $121,285 prorated during this interim assignment and will continue to receive standard management benefits consistent with the Compensation Plan for Unrepresented Management and Professional employees. Staff, in coordination with the Council Appointed Officers Committee and City Council, completed the interview to bring forward this action. Further discussion and engagement is expected with the CAO Committee to complete the next steps to fill the Clerk position for the long term. Attachment A: Resolution Appointment of Interim City Clerk Mahealani Ah Yun : Sandra Blanch, Human Resources Director Item 10 Item 10 Staff Report Item 10: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 101 of 406 NOT YET APPROVED Resolution No. A Resolution of the City Council for the City of Palo Alto Appointing Mahealani Ah Yun as the Palo Alto Interim City Clerk. R E C I T A L S A. The Palo Alto City Charter specifies the duties and functions of the City Clerk for the City of Palo Alto; B. The Charter further specifies that the City Council shall appoint the City Clerk; C. The Council received notification that City Clerk Lesley Milton was resigning effective May 19, 2023; D. The Council Appointed Officers Committee directed staff to initiate an internal recruitment for interim City Clerk and interviewed all applicants; NOW, THEREFORE, the Council of the City of Palo Alto RESOLVES as follows: SECTION 1. The Council hereby appoints Mahealani Ah Yun as interim City Clerk for the City of Palo Alto; SECTION 2. Mahealani Ah Yun shall serve as interim City Clerk at the will of the Council as provided by the Charter, and shall further serve according to all of the terms and provisions of the Charter and the Municipal Code; and SECTION 3. This resolution shall be effective immediately. The appointment of Mahealani Ah Yun as interim City Clerk shall end on December 1, 2023 or on the completion of the formal executive recruitment, including any amendment, extension or termination approved by the Council, whichever is sooner. INTRODUCED AND PASSED: June 5, 2023 AYES: BURT, KOU, LAUING, LYTHCOTT-HAIMS, STONE, TANAKA, VEENKER NOES: ABSENT: ABSTENTIONS: ATTEST: Item 10 Attachment A - Resolution Appointment of Interim City Clerk Mahealani Ah Yun Item 10: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 102 of 406 City Clerk Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED: Assistant City Attorney City Manager Item 10 Attachment A - Resolution Appointment of Interim City Clerk Mahealani Ah Yun Item 10: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 103 of 406 City Council Staff Report Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR Lead Department: City Clerk Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2305-1508 TITLE SECOND READING: Amending Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (FIRST READING: May 15, 2023, PASSED 7-0) BACKGROUND This was heard by the City Council on May 15, 2023, for a first reading and was approved 7-0. It is now before you for a second reading. In preparing the ordinance for second reading, staff identified a few typos and minor revisions regarding the preparation of tree disclosure reports that were discussed in the May 15, 2023, staff report but left out of the ordinance as a result of a technical error. These have been corrected in the attached ordinance. In addition, staff have added a series of findings and declarations in response to an informal conversation with HCD MOTION: Council Member Lauing moved, seconded by Mayor Kou to approve section A and modify language in section 18.09.040(k)(1) Except on corner lots where feasible. MOTION PASSED: 7-0 MOTION: Vice Mayor Stone moved, seconded by Council Member Burt to approve sections B, C, D and E and adopt the draft ordinance amending Palo Alto Municipal Code Title 18 (Zoning) to amend regulations for Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs), Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (JADUs), and Accessory Structures, including provision to respond to direction from the department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) and refer D back to the PTC for further refinement and discussion the following: • Create incentives including exempting or reducing impact fees and plan review fees from affordable units • Develop incentives for ADUs to be used for housing MOTION PASSED: 7-0 Item 11 Item 11 Staff Report Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 104 of 406 AMENDMENT TO MOTION: Council Member Tanaka, seconded by Council Member LythcottHaims moved to add to the motion: exempt basement floor area from ADUs and JADUs ATTACHMENTS APPROVED BY: Item 11 Item 11 Staff Report Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 105 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 1 0160107_20230525_ay16 Ordinance No. _____ Ordinance of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Amending Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units The Council of the City of Palo Alto does ORDAIN as follows: SECTION 1. Findings and Declarations. A. The City of Palo Alto has been a leader in promoting the construction of JADUs, including an allowance for reduced setbacks and additional floor area for existing or proposed single family homes to accommodate a proposed JADU. B. The City's efforts to promote JADU production using these incentives have been extremely effective. In 2020, the City received one permit application and issued one permit for a JADU. Following adoption of these incentives, in 2021, the City received 25 permit applications and issued nine permits for JADUs. In 2022, the City received 27 permit applications and issued 24 permits for JADUs. In the first five months of 2023, the City has received 15 permit applications and issued nine permits for JADUs. C. California Government Code Section 65852.22 defines a JADU as a dwelling unit that is "contained entirely within a single-family residence." D. Consistent with this provision of the Government Code, where this ordinance refers to the setback "for a JADU," this refers to the setback that applies to the portion of a single family home that contains or will contain a JADU. Where this ordinance provides a square footage exemption "for a JADU," this refers to a square footage exemption for the portion of a single family home that contains or will contain a JADU. SECTION 2. Chapter 18.09 (Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (“PAMC”) is amended to read as follows (additions underlined and deletions struck-through): 18.09.010 Purpose The intent of this Chapter is to provide regulations to accommodate accessory and junior accessory dwelling units (ADU/JADU), in order to provide for variety to the city's housing stock and additional affordable housing opportunities. These units shall be separate, self-contained living units, with separate entrances from the main residence, whether attached or detached. The standards below are provided to minimize the impacts of units on nearby residents and throughout the city, and to assure that the size and location of such dwellings is compatible with the existing or proposed Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 106 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 2 0160107_20230525_ay16 residence(s) on the site and with other structures in the area. 18.09.020 Applicable Zoning Districts The establishment of an accessory dwelling unit is permitted in zoning districts when single-family or multi-family residential is a permitted land use. The development of a single-family home, ADU, and/or a JADU on a lot that allows for single-family development shall not be considered a multifamily development pursuant to PAMC Section 18.04.030, nor shall they require Architectural Review pursuant to other sections of Chapter 18. 18.09.030 Units Exempt from Generally Applicable Local Regulations (a) Government Code section 65852.2, subdivision (e) provides that certain units shall be approved notwithstanding state or local regulations that may otherwise apply. The following types of units shall be governed by the standards in this section. In the event of a conflict between this section and Government Code section 65852.2, subdivision (e), the Government Code shall prevail. i. An ADU and JADU within the existing space of a single-family dwelling or an ADU within the existing space of an accessory structure (i.e. conversion without substantial addition). ii. An ADU and JADU within the proposed space of a single-family dwelling. iii. A detached, new construction ADU on a lot with a proposed or existing single-family dwelling, provided the ADU does not exceed 800 square feet, sixteen feet in height, or four-foot side and rear (i.e. interior) setbacks. iv. ADUs created by conversion of portions of existing multi-family dwellings not used as livable space. v. Up to two detached ADUs on a lot with an existing multi-family dwelling. (b) The Development Standards for units governed by this section are summarized in Table 1. Regulations set forth in section 18.09.040 do not apply to units created under 18.09.030. The minimum and maximum sizes indicated in Table 1 do not prohibit units that are greater than 800 square feet. These sizes simply serve to distinguish when a unit transitions from regulations set forth in Table 1 and section 18.09.030 to regulations set forth in Table 2 and section 18.09.040. // Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 107 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 3 0160107_20230525_ay16 Table 1: Development Standards for Units Described in Government Code Section 65852.2(e) Space Within the Existing Space of a Single-Family Home or Accessory Attached ADU Within the Proposed Space of a Single- Family Home Construction of Detached ADU Non-Habitable Space Within Existing Multi- family Dwelling Structure Construction of Detached(4) ADU Units 1 ADU and 1 JADU existing units 2 (1) 150 sf (1) N/A2 800 sf N/A Setbacks N/A, if condition is sufficient for fire and safety zone standard for Single Family Home (ADU must be within allowable space of Single-Family and rear lot lines; underlying zoning for front N/A side and rear lot lines; underlying zoning for front N/A N/A (3) N/A 16(5) N/A 16(5)(6) 65852.2(e)(1)(A) (1) Lofts where the height from the floor level to the underside of the rafter or finished roof surface is 5' or greater shall count towards the unit’s floor area. (2) New construction must be consistent with allowable space (e.g. FAR, Lot Coverage) of a single family residence, except that up to 150 sf may be added for the purpose of ingress and egress only, without regard to underlying zone standards. (3) Units built in a flood zone are not entitled to any height extensions granted to the primary dwelling. (4) Units must be detached from existing primary dwellings but may be attached to each other. (5) A height of 18 feet for a detached ADU on a lot with an existing or proposed single family or multifamily dwelling unit that is within one-half of one mile walking distance of a major transit stop or a high-quality transit corridor, as those terms are defined in Section 21155 of the Public Resources Code. An additional two feet in height shall be provided to accommodate a roof pitch on an ADU that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit. Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 5 Packet Pg. 108 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 4 0160107_20230525_ay16 (6) A height of 18 feet for a detached ADU on a lot with an existing or proposed multifamily, multistory dwelling. (c) Development standards stated elsewhere in this Section or Title 18, including standards related to FAR, lot coverage, and privacy, are not applicable to ADUs or JADUs that qualify for approval under this section. When there is an ADU or JADU attached to an existing or proposed primary dwelling, the shared wall between these units shall contribute to the maximum allowable Floor Area, Lot Coverage, and Maximum House Size of the primary unit. For a single-family home, this measurement shall be taken to the outside stud wall in accordance with Section 18.04.030(a)(65)(D). For a multi-family dwelling, this measurement shall be taken to the outside surface of exterior walls in accordance with Section 18.04.030(a)(65)(B) and (C). (d) The establishment of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units pursuant to this section shall not be conditioned on the correction of non- conforming zoning conditions; provided, however, that nothing in this section shall limit the authority of the Chief Building Official to require correction of building standards relating to health and safety. (e) The installation of fire sprinklers shall not be required in an accessory dwelling unit if sprinklers are not required for the primary residence. Nothing in this section shall preclude the Fire Marshal from accepting fire sprinklers as an alternative means of compliance with generally applicable fire protection requirements. (f) Rental of any unit created pursuant to this section shall be for a term of 30 days or more. (g) Attached units shall have independent exterior access from a proposed or existing single-family dwelling. Except for JADUs, attached units shall not have an interior access point to the primary dwelling (e.g. hotel door or other similar feature/appurtenance). (h) Conversion of an existing accessory structure pursuant to Government Code section 65852.2(e)(1)(A) may include reconstruction in-place of a non-conforming structure, so long as the renovation of reconstruction does not increase the degree of non- compliance, such as increased height, envelope, or further intrusion into required setbacks. Any portion of an ADU that exceeds the envelope of the existing accessory structure shall be subject to Section 18.09.040. (i) Street addresses shall be assigned to all units prior to building permit final to assist in emergency response. (j) The unit shall not be sold separately from the primary residence. Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 6 Packet Pg. 109 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 5 0160107_20230525_ay16 (k) Replacement parking is not required when a garage, carport, or covered parking structure is converted to, or demolished in conjunction with the construction of, an ADU. (l) JADUs shall comply with the requirements of Section 18.09.050. (m) Notwithstanding any contrary provision of Chapter 8.10, to the extent the City’s application checklist requires a tree disclosure statement, it may be completed by the property owner. 18.09.040 Units Subject to Local Standards (a) This section shall govern applications for ADUs and JADUs that do not qualify for approval under section 18.09.030 and for which the City may impose local standards pursuant to Government Code section 65852.2, subdivisions (a) through (d). Nothing in this section shall be interpreted to prohibit an ADU of up to 800 square feet, at the heights stated in Table 2, with a four foot side and rear setbacks. (b) The Development Standards for units governed by this section are provided in Table 2. These regulations do not limit the height of existing structures converted into ADU/JADUs unless the envelope of the building is proposed to be modified beyond any existing legal, non-conforming condition. Table 2: All other Units Attached Detached JADU Number of Units Allowed1 1 1 Maximum size or more bedrooms); no more than 50% of the size of the single- 900 sf (1,000 sf for two or more bedrooms) 500 sf Setbacks 4 feet from side and rear lot lines; underlying zone standard for front setback Daylight Plane standard per N/A Underlying zone standard Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 7 Packet Pg. 110 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 6 0160107_20230525_ay16 16 feet(5)(6)(7) Exemption when in conjunction with a (4) Up to 800 sf(4) Up to 500 sf(4) (1) An attached or detached ADU may be built in conjunction with a JADU on a lot with an existing or proposed single family home. One attached or detached ADU may be built in conjunction with an existing or proposed multifamily building. (2) Lofts where the height from the floor level to the underside of the rafter or finished roof surface is 5' or greater shall count towards the unit’s floor area. (3) Units built in a flood zone are not entitled to any height extensions granted to the primary dwelling. (4) Lots with both an ADU and a JADU may exempt a maximum combined total of 800 square feet of the ADU and JADU from FAR, Lot Coverage, and Maximum House Size calculations. Any square footage that exceeds this exemption shall contribute to the FAR, Lot Coverage, and (if attached) Maximum House Size calculations for the subject property. This exemption is not afforded to lots with existing or proposed multifamily dwellings. (5) A height of 18 feet for a detached ADU on a lot with an existing or proposed single family or multifamily dwelling unit that is within one-half of one mile walking distance of a major transit stop or a high-quality transit corridor, as those terms are defined in Section 21155 of the Public Resources Code. An additional two feet in height shall be provided to accommodate a roof pitch on an ADU that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit. (6) A height of 18 feet for a detached ADU on a lot with an existing or proposed multifamily, multistory dwelling. (7) A height of 25 feet or the height limitation in the underlying zone district that applies to the primary dwelling, whichever is lower, for an ADU that is attached to a primary dwelling. These ADUs shall not exceed two stories in height. (c) A single-family dwelling shall exist on the lot or shall be constructed on the lot in conjunction with the construction of an ADU/JADU. (d) ADU and/or JADU square footage shall not be included in FAR, Lot Coverage, and Maximum House Size calculations for a lot with an existing or proposed single family home, up to the amounts stated in Table 2. ADU and/or JADU square footage in excess of the exemptions provided in Table 2 shall be included in FAR, Lot Coverage, and Maximum House Size calculations for the lot. (d)(e) When there is an ADU or JADU attached to an existing or proposed primary dwelling, the shared wall between these units shall contribute to the maximum allowable Floor Area, Lot Coverage, and Maximum House Size of the primary unit. Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 8 Packet Pg. 111 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 7 0160107_20230525_ay16 For a single-family home, this measurement shall be taken to the outside stud wall in accordance with Section 18.04.030(a)(65)(D). For a multi-family dwelling, this measurement shall be taken to the outside surface of exterior walls in accordance with Section 18.04.030(a)(65)(B) and (C). (e)(f) Attached units shall have independent exterior access from a proposed or existing single-family dwelling. Except for JADUs, attached units shall not have an interior access point to the primary dwelling (e.g. hotel door or other similar feature/appurtenance). (f)(g) No protected tree shall be removed for the purpose of establishing an accessory dwelling unit except in accordance with Chapter 8.10. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of Chapter 8.10, to the extent the City’s application checklist requires a tree disclosure statement, it may be completed by the property owner. (g)(h) For properties listed in the Palo Alto Historic Inventory, the California Register of Historical Resources, the National Register of Historic Places, or considered a historic resource after completion of a historic resource evaluation, compliance with the appropriate Secretary of Interior’s Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties shall be required. (h)(i) Noise-producing equipment such as air conditioners, water heaters, and similar service equipment that exclusively serves an ADU/JADU may be located anywhere on the site, provided they maintain the underlying front yard setback requirements of the property and, if the property is a corner lot, a 10-foot street-side setback. shall be located outside of the setbacks for the ADU/JADU. All such equipment shall be insulated and housed, except that the Director may permit installation without housing and insulation, provided that a combination of technical noise specifications, location of equipment, and/or other screening or buffering will assure compliance with the city’s Noise Ordinance at the nearest property line. All service equipment must meet the city’s Noise Ordinance in Chapter 9.10 of the Municipal Code. (i)(j) Setbacks (1) Detached units shall maintain a minimum three-foot distance from the primary unit, measured from the exterior walls of structures. (2) No A basement or other subterranean portion that serves of an ADU/JADU shall may encroach into a setback required for the primary dwelling provided the following conditions are met:. (A) Newly constructed basement walls are no closer than four feet to an adjacent interior side or rear property line. Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 9 Packet Pg. 112 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 8 0160107_20230525_ay16 (B) A new lightwell associated with a basement shall not be placed closer than four feet to an adjacent interior property line. When visible from the right of way, these facilities shall be screened from view with vegetation. (C) The new basement shall not negatively impact tree roots on the subject property or on adjacent lots such that it would require a protected tree to be removed or cause the protected tree to die. (D) Habitable ADU/JADU basements shall contribute toward the unit’s total allowable floor area. Any floor area in excess of the exemptions provided in this Section shall contribute to the total allowable limits for the site. (3) Projections, including but not limited to windows, doors, mechanical equipment, venting or exhaust systems, are not permitted to encroach into the required setbacks, with the exception of a roof eave of up to 2 feet. (3)(4) For corner lots developed as a single-family home only, when an existing or proposed primary dwelling unit is expanded or constructed simultaneously with the construction of a new ADU/JADU, all structures may be built to a 10- foot street-side setback and a 16-foot front yard setback, regardless of the presence of a special setback, unless a fire or life-safety regulation requires a greater setback. (4)(5) When an existing, legal, nonconforming structure is converted or reconstructed to create an ADU/JADU, any portion of the ADU/JADU that is in the same location and falls within the building envelope of the original structure shall not be subject to the development standards stated in this Section. Any portion of the ADU/JADU that is in a different location or exceeds the envelope of the original structure shall comply with the development standards stated in this Section. (5)(6) Notwithstanding the development standards stated in Table 2 and paragraph (5) above, when an existing, legal, non-conforming structure is converted in-place to an ADU/JADU, the envelope of the structure may be modified to encroach further into a setback or daylight plane as follows: (A) The height of the existing structure may be increased by no more than one linear foot in height commensurate to the existing roofline of the structure provided the height of the addition does not exceed 12 feet from grade. The roofline shall not be changed to a style other than what currently exists on the structure. (B) Each non-conforming wall may be expanded by no more than six inches in thickness based on its existing location and configuration, as Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 10 Packet Pg. 113 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 9 0160107_20230525_ay16 measured to exterior surface of the material, to provide for greater insulation and energy requirements provided that a minimum of one foot is maintained between the addition and an adjacent interior property line. An existing wall of a structure that does not currently have a separation of one foot from a parallel property line shall not be expanded outward. (C) All other additions not specified here shall follow the standard setbacks for the ADU/JADU identified in Table 2. (j)(k) Design (1) Except on corner lots, it shall be encouraged but not required that where feasible, the unit shall not have an entranceway facing the same lot line (property line) as the entranceway to the main dwelling unit unless the entranceway to the accessory unit is located in the rear half of the lot. Exterior staircases to second floor units shall be located toward the interior side or rear yard of the property. (2) Privacy (A) Second story doors and decks shall not face a neighboring dwelling unit property line. Second story decks and balconies shall utilize screening barriers to prevent views into towards an adjacent interior property lineies. These barriers shall provide be a minimum five-foot, six-inch height, screen wall from the floor level of the deck or balcony and shall not include perforations of any kind that would allow visibility between properties. (B) Second story w Windows on a second floor, loft, or equivalent elevated space, excluding those required for egress, shall have a five- foot sill height as measured from the second-finished floor level, or utilize obscured opaque glazing on the entirety of the window when facing any window that faces an adjacent interior property lineies. Second story e Egress windows shall utilize obscured opaque glazing on the entirety of the windows which face that face adjacent interior properties. (C) Second story w Windows on a second finished floor, loft, or equivalent elevated space, shall be offset from neighbor’s windows to maximize privacy. (D) Where feasible, egress windows on the first and second finished floor of an ADU or JADU shall not face towards an adjacent interior property line. If this is not feasible, then these windows shall utilize opaque glazing on the whole window. (E) If the first finished floor of an ADU or JADU is two feet or more above grade, then first floor windows shall include the following: Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 11 Packet Pg. 114 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 10 0160107_20230525_ay16 i. Non-egress, operable windows facing an adjacent interior property line shall have a windowsill(s) that start five feet above the first finished floor for the unit; ii. Non-egress, non-operable windows facing an adjacent interior property line shall have the lower half of window(s) (minimum of five feet above the first finished floor) utilize opaque glazing. (F) Where feasible, the use of skylights (whether operable or not) shall be used in lieu of operable windows that face adjacent interior properties (G) No exterior lighting shall be mounted above seven feet. All lighting mounted on walls shall be directed downwards and shall not direct light towards adjacent interior property lines. Any ground lighting shall not direct light upwards to the building or sky. (k)(l) Parking (1) Replacement parking is not required when a garage, carport, or covered parking structure is converted to, or demolished in conjunction with the construction of, an ADU. (2) Replacement parking is required when an existing attached garage, carport, or covered parking structure is converted to a JADU or when a required, existing, uncovered parking space is expanded into an ADU/JADU. These replacement spaces may be provided as uncovered spaces in any configuration on the lot including within the front or street side yard setback for the property. (A) The Director shall have the authority to modify required replacement parking spaces by up to one foot in width and length upon finding that the reduction is necessary to accommodate parking in a location otherwise allowed under this code and is not detrimental to public health, safety or the general welfare. (B) Existing front and street side yard driveways may be enlarged to the minimum extent necessary to comply with the replacement parking requirement above. Existing curb cuts shall not be altered except when necessary to promote public health, safety or the general welfare. (3) When parking is provided, the unit shall have street access from a driveway in common with the main residence in order to prevent new curb cuts, excessive paving, and elimination of street trees, unless separate driveway Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 12 Packet Pg. 115 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 11 0160107_20230525_ay16 access will result in fewer environmental impacts such as paving, grading or tree removal. (3)(4) When a single-family dwelling unit is permitted simultaneously with the construction of new ADU/JADUs, the primary unit’s covered parking requirements identified in Chapter 18.10 and 18.12 do not need to be provided. Two uncovered parking spaces shall be provided in any configuration on the lot including within the front or street-side setback for the property. (4)(5) If covered parking for a unit is provided in any district, the maximum size of the covered parking area for the accessory dwelling unit is 220 square feet. This space shall count towards the total floor area for the site but does not contribute to the maximum size of the unit unless attached to the unit. Any attached garage shall not have an interior access point to the ADU/JADU (e.g. hotel door or other similar feature/appurtenance). (l)(m) Miscellaneous requirements (1) Street addresses shall be assigned to all units prior to building permit final to assist in emergency response. (2) The unit shall not be sold separately from the primary residence. (3) Rental of any unit created pursuant to this section shall be for a term of 30 days or more. (4) The installation of fire sprinklers shall not be required in an accessory dwelling unit if sprinklers are not required for the primary residence. Nothing in this section shall preclude the Fire Marshal from accepting fire sprinklers as an alternative means of compliance with generally applicable fire protection requirements. 18.09.050 Additional Requirements for JADUs (a) A junior accessory dwelling unit may only be created on a lot in a single-family residential zone with an existing or proposed single family residence. A junior accessory dwelling unit shall be attached to or created within the walls of an existing or proposed primary dwelling. (b) The junior accessory dwelling unit shall include an efficiency kitchen, requiring the following components: A cooking facility with appliances, and; food preparation counter and storage cabinets that are of reasonable size in relation to the size of the junior accessory dwelling unit. Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 13 Packet Pg. 116 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 12 0160107_20230525_ay16 i. A cooking facility with appliances shall mean, at minimum a one burner installed range, an oven or convection microwave, a 10 cubic foot refrigerator and freezer combination unit, and a sink that facilitates hot and cold water. ii. A food preparation counter and storage cabinets shall be of reasonable size in relation to a JADU if they provide counter space equal to a minimum 24-inch depth and 36-inch length. ii.iii. JADUs may share sanitation facilities (bathrooms, laundry facilities, etc.) with the primary unit. In this instance, the floor area and lot coverage associated with shared space shall count towards the primary unit’s maximum allowances only. The combined sanitation facilities between the units shall include shower, toilet, and sink fixtures at a minimum and shall conform to the minimum requirements specified in the Building Code (c) For the purposes of any fire or life protection ordinance or regulation or for the purposes of providing service for water, sewer, or power, a junior accessory dwelling unit shall not be considered a separate or new unit. (d) The owner of a parcel proposed for a junior accessory dwelling unit shall occupy as a primary residence either the primary dwelling or the junior accessory dwelling. Owner-occupancy is not required if the owner is a governmental agency, land trust, or housing organization. (e) Prior to the issuance of a building permit for a junior accessory dwelling unit, the owner shall record a deed restriction in a form approved by the city that includes a prohibition on the sale of the junior accessory dwelling unit separate from the sale of the single-family residence, requires owner-occupancy consistent with subsection (d) above, does not permit short-term rentals, and restricts the size and attributes of the junior dwelling unit to those that conform with this section. 18.09.060 Affordable ADU/JADU Pilot Program (a) This section shall govern applications for ADUs and JADUs that will be deed restricted for a minimum of 8 years to provide affordable rental units for households earning up to 80% of area median income. These units shall be exempt from all development impact fees, regardless of size, up to a maximum of $50,000 unit and a Citywide total of $400,000 per calendar year. To participate in this program, units shall follow the development standards in section 18.09.040 unless otherwise stated here. (b) The City’s affordable housing administrator shall income qualify potential tenants prior to issuing a permit for an affordable ADU/JADU. The property owner shall be responsible for Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 14 Packet Pg. 117 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 13 0160107_20230525_ay16 paying the City’s housing administrator to cover the cost associated with documenting a potential tenants income level as well as annually recertifying the tenant’s income. SECTION 3. Subsections (a)(4) and (a)(65) of Section 18.04.030 (Definitions) of Chapter 18.04 (Definitions) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (“PAMC”) is amended to read: [. . .] (4) “Accessory dwelling unit” means an attached or a detached residential dwelling unit which provides complete independent living facilities for one or more persons. It shall include permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation on the same parcel as the single-family dwelling is situated. An ADU bathroom shall include a shower, toilet, and sink fixture at a minimum and shall conform to the minimum requirements specified in the Building Code. An accessory dwelling unit also includes the following: [. . .] (65) “Gross Floor Area” is defined as follows: [. . .] (D) Low Density Residential Exclusions: In the RE and R-1 single-family residence districts and in the R-2 and RMD two-family residence districts, “gross floor area” shall not include the following: [. . .] (ix) Accessory structures equal to or less than one hundred and twenty square feet in area shall not contribute to floor area provided that any attached porches, patios, or similar features are substantially open; (E) In all districts, gross floor area shall be calculated to the nearest 1000th decimal point and represented and rounded on plans to the nearest 100th decimal point (e.g. 123.456 sf shall be rounded to 123.46 sf). Standard rounding shall apply such that a number of four or less shall be rounded down and a number of five or more shall be rounded up. SECTION 4. Subsections (b)(5) of Section 18.10.080 (Accessory Uses and Facilities) of Chapter 18.10 (Low-Density Residential) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (“PAMC”) is amended to read: [. . .] Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 15 Packet Pg. 118 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 14 0160107_20230525_ay16 (5) When located within a required interior yard as permitted by this section, no such No accessory building shall have more than two plumbing fixtures. Accessory buildings shall not be allowed to be turned into habitable space nor shall these structures be allowed to have showers (indoor or outdoor), gas lines, washer/dryers, and/or cooking facilities to be provided inside or attached to the structure, unless the structure is proposed as an ADU/JADU that satisfies all requirements of the Palo Alto Municipal Code. [. . .] SECTION 5. Subsections (b)(5) of Section 18.12.080 (Accessory Uses and Facilities) of Chapter 18.12 (Single-Family Residential District) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (“PAMC”) is amended to read: [. . .] (5) No such accessory building greater than 200 square feet in size shall have more than two plumbing fixtures. Accessory buildings shall not be allowed to be turned into habitable space nor shall these structures be allowed to have showers (indoor or outdoor), gas lines, washer/dryers, and/or cooking facilities to be provided inside or attached to the structure, unless the structure is proposed as an ADU/JADU that satisfies all requirements of the Palo Alto Municipal Code. [. . .] SECTION 6. Subsection (b)(5) of 18.40.050 (Location and Use of Accessory Buildings) of Chapter 18.40 (General Standards and Exceptions) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (“PAMC”) is amended to read: [. . .] (5) No such accessory building shall have more than two plumbing fixtures. Accessory buildings shall not be allowed to be turned into habitable space nor shall these structures be allowed to have showers (indoor or outdoor), gas lines, washer/dryers, and/or cooking facilities to be provided inside or attached to the structure, unless the structure is proposed as an ADU/JADU that satisfies all requirements of the Palo Alto Municipal Code. [. . .] SECTION 7. Subsection (a) of Section 18.10.090 (Basements) of Chapter 18.10 (Low Density Residential) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (“PAMC”) is amended to read: [. . .] Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 16 Packet Pg. 119 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 15 0160107_20230525_ay16 (a) Permitted Basement Area Basements may not extend beyond the building footprint and basements are not allowed below any portion of a structure that extends into required setbacks, except to the extent that the main residence is permitted to extend into the rear yard setback by other provisions of this code. Basements which serve the primary unit may not extend under an attached ADU or JADU to the extent those secondary units utilize the bonus floor area, lot coverage, and/or maximum house size exemptions identified in Section 18.09. [. . .] SECTION 8. Subsection (a) of Section 18.12.090 (Basements) of Chapter 18.13 (Single-Family Residential District) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (“PAMC”) is amended to read: [. . .] (a) Permitted Basement Area Basements may not extend beyond the building footprint and basements are not allowed below any portion of a structure that extends into required setbacks, except to the extent that the main residence is permitted to extend into the rear yard setback by other provisions of this code. Basements which serve the primary unit may not extend under an attached ADU or JADU to the extent those secondary units utilize the bonus floor area, lot coverage, and/or maximum house size exemptions identified in Section 18.09. [. . .] SECTION 9. Any provision of the Palo Alto Municipal Code or appendices thereto inconsistent with the provisions of this Ordinance, to the extent of such inconsistencies and no further, is hereby repealed or modified to that extent necessary to affect the provisions of this Ordinance. SECTION 10. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council hereby declares that it would have passed this Ordinance and each and every section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase not declared invalid or unconstitutional without regard to whether any portion of the ordinance would be subsequently declared invalid or unconstitutional. SECTION 11. The Council finds that the adoption of this Ordinance is exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21080.17 and CEQA Guidelines sections 15061(b)(3), 15301, 15302 and 15305 because it constitutes minor adjustments to the City’s zoning ordinance to implement State law requirements related to accessory dwelling units as established in Government Code Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 17 Packet Pg. 120 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 16 0160107_20230525_ay16 Section 65852.2, and these changes are also likely to result in few additional dwelling units dispersed throughout the City. As such, it can be seen with certainty that the proposed action will not have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. SECTION 12. This ordinance shall be effective on the thirty-first date after the date of its adoption. INTRODUCED: PASSED: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTENTIONS: ATTEST: ____________________________ ____________________________ City Clerk Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED: ____________________________ ____________________________ Assistant City Attorney City Manager ____________________________ Director of Planning and Development Services Item 11 Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Title 18 of the PAMC to Amend Requirements Relating to Accessory Dwelling Units and Jr Accessory Dwelling Units Item 11: Staff Report Pg. 18 Packet Pg. 121 of 406 City Council Staff Report Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR Lead Department: City Clerk Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2305-1571 TITLE SECOND READING: Amendment to Palo Alto Municipal Code Title 18 Chapter 18.42, Standards for Special Uses, to Codify Firearms Sales Limitations Ordinance; CEQA status—exempt under CEQA Guidelines section 15061(c)(3) (FIRST READING: May 22, 2023 PASSED 7-0) BACKGROUND This was heard by the City Council on May 22, 2023 for a first reading and was approved 7-0. No changes were made to the ordinance; it is now before you for a second reading. ATTACHMENTS Attachment A: Ordinance Firearms CUP Recommended by PTC APPROVED BY: Mahealani Ah Yun Item 12 Item 12 Staff Report Item 12: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 122 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 0160105_20230511_ay16 1 Ordinance No. _____ Ordinance of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Amending Chapter 18.42 (Standards for Special Uses) to Require a Conditional Use Permit for Firearms Dealers The Council of the City of Palo Alto does ORDAIN as follows: SECTION 1. Findings and Declarations. The City Council finds and declares as follows: A. On June 21, 2022, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 5559 on an interim, urgency basis. Ordinance No. 5559 was adopted pursuant to Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 2.04.270 based on the need to protect the public safety, health, and welfare, as set forth in the findings and declarations of that ordinance. Ordinance No. 5559 was also adopted in compliance with Government Code Section 65858, to the extent that section was applicable, as an interim urgency measure to address a current and immediate threat to the public health, safety, or welfare, for the reasons forth in the findings and declarations in that ordinance. B. On August 1, 2022 the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 5560, extending Ordinance No. 5559 for a period of 10 months and 15 days. C. The conditions that gave rise to the need for Ordinance No. 5559 still exist and the City Council now wishes to adopt a permanent ordinance to amend the zoning code in accordance with section 18.80.080 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code. SECTION 2. Section 18.42.210 (Firearms Dealers) is added to Chapter 18.42 (Standards for Special Uses) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code as follows: 18.42.210 Firearms Dealers (a) Purpose The purpose of this section is to protect the public health, safety, and welfare by imposing reasonable land use regulations on the sale of firearms within the city. (b) Definitions In addition to the definitions in section 18.04.030 of this code, the definitions in section 4.57.010 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code, as may be amended from time to time, shall apply to this section, unless the context indicates otherwise. (c) Conditional Use Permit Required in Tandem with Firearms Dealer Permit A conditional use permit shall be required to operate a firearms dealer business in any district where such use is permitted. This requirement shall apply in addition to the Item 12 Attachment A - Ordinance Firearms CUP Recommended by PTC Item 12: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 123 of 406 *NOT YET APPROVED* 0160105_20230511_ay16 2 requirement for a firearms dealer permit issued by the chief of police in accordance with Chapter 4.57 (Firearms Dealers). SECTION 3. If any section, subsection, clause or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portion or sections of the Ordinance. The Council hereby declares that it should have adopted the Ordinance and each section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase thereof irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses or phrases be declared invalid. SECTION 4. The Council finds that this project is exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”), pursuant to Section 15061 of the CEQA Guidelines, because it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the ordinance will have a significant effect on the environment. SECTION 5. This extension ordinance shall take on the thirty first (31st) day following its adoption. INTRODUCED: PASSED: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTENTIONS: ATTEST: ____________________________ ____________________________ City Clerk Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED: ____________________________ ____________________________ Assistant City Attorney City Manager ____________________________ Director of Planning and Developmental Services ____________________________ Director of Administrative Services Item 12 Attachment A - Ordinance Firearms CUP Recommended by PTC Item 12: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 124 of 406 City Council Staff Report From: City Manager Report Type: ACTION ITEMS Lead Department: Planning and Development Services Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2303-1133 TITLE PUBLIC HEARING: Adoption of an Ordinance Amending Section Palo Alto Municipal Code Chapter 9.68, Rental Housing Stabilization, to Clarify the Definitions of At-Fault and No-Fault Just Cause for Evictions, Extend Just Cause Eviction Protections and Tenant Relocation Assistance to More Rental Units in Palo Alto than Offered by State Law, and Adopt a Security Deposit Limit for Unfurnished Rental Units in Palo Alto. Environmental Assessment: Exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3). RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that the City Council: 1. Adopt the attached Ordinance (Attachment A) amending Palo Alto Municipal Code (PAMC) Chapter 9.68, Rental Housing Stabilization, to clarify the definitions of at-fault and no-fault just cause for evictions, extend just cause eviction protections and tenant relocation assistance to more rental units in Palo Alto than offered by state law, and adopt a security deposit limit for unfurnished rental units in Palo Alto. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY At its November 29, 2021 meeting, City Council endorsed for implementation a package of rental protection policies. These policies add more certainty, stability, and fairness in the Palo Alto rental market for both renters and landlords. Within that larger package of rental focused policies, Council directed staff to return with the following: •An ordinance to establish a local limit to the amount of a security deposit charged for unfurnished rental units in Palo Alto to one and a half times (1.5x) the monthly rent; and •An ordinance to extend just cause eviction protections to more rental units in Palo Alto by including protections to rental units that received a Building Department certificate of occupancy within the past 15 years. Given that both ordinances relate to rental housing stabilization, staff proposes reorganizing the existing PAMC Chapter 9.68, Rental Housing Stabilization, to include both policy changes in a Item 13 Item 13 Staff Report Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 125 of 406 single ordinance (Attachment A). The incorporation of these policy changes would make Palo Alto consistent with and more protective of renters in some rental circumstances than what is offered by state law. BACKGROUND 1 Within that larger package of rental protection policies, Council included direction to staff to return to Council with ordinances pertaining to security deposit limits and just cause eviction protections. City Council prioritized staff returning with the just cause eviction protections, and staff used this opportunity to also bring forward the security deposit limit changes. For the current status of the other Council directed rental package policy work, please see Attachment B. 2 Security Deposit Limit 3 City Council directed staff to return with an ordinance that applied a local limit to the amount of a security deposit that can be charged for unfurnished rental units in Palo Alto to one and a half times (1.5x) the monthly rent, which is lower than the limit of two times (2x) the monthly rent in current state law. Just Cause Eviction Protections 4 regulates the lawful reasons for evictions for many rental units in California. These reasons are referred to as “just cause” protections and are broken into two categories. One type of just cause eviction is where the renter is “at-fault” for non-compliance with their rental agreement; the other is a “no-fault” eviction that is based on things not within the renter’s control. For those rental circumstances 1 City Council Meeting Minutes, 11/29/21: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes- reports/agendas-minutes/city-council-agendas-minutes/2021/11-november/20211129/20211129amccs.pdf City Council City Manager Report ID # 13786, 11/29/21: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city-council- agendas-minutes/2021/11-november/20211129/20211129pccs.pdf City Renter Protection Policy Development Webpage: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/Departments/Planning- Development-Services/Long-Range-Planning/Renter-Protection-Policy-Development 2 The summary provided is for general informational purposes only and does not constitute legal advice. Contact an attorney to obtain advice on any particular legal matter. 3 California Civil Code section 1950.5: https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/codes_displaySection.xhtml?lawCode=CIV§ionNum=1950.5. 4 California Assembly Bill 1482 (2019): https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/billTextClient.xhtml?bill_id=201920200AB1482. Item 13 Item 13 Staff Report Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 126 of 406 covered by AB 1482, as codified and amended in section 1946.2 of the California Civil Code,5 landlords can only evict renters with "just cause". Human Relations Commission (HRC) Recommendations 6 HRC representatives and the City’s Human Services staff will present the HRC’s full recommendations to City Council later in the year for Council direction. The proposed draft ordinance follows Council’s direction in 2021 and does not currently incorporate the HRC recommendations. DISCUSSION 7 The draft ordinance (Attachment A) includes the entire PAMC Chapter 9.68, Rental Housing Stabilization as proposed to be codified. To assist with draft ordinance 5 California Civil Code section 1946.2: https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/codes_displaySection.xhtml?sectionNum=1946.2.&lawCode=CIV 6 For more specifics, refer to the HRC February 9, 2023 meeting minutes and the April 27, 2023 meeting minutes whereby one February 9, 2023 HRC motion was clarified: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/Departments/Community-Services/Other-Services/Commissions/Human- Relations-Commission/HRC-Current-Year-Agendas-and-Minutes 7 Palo Alto Municipal Code Chapter 9.68, Rental Housing Stabilization: https://codelibrary.amlegal.com/codes/paloalto/latest/paloalto_ca/0-0-0-66765 Item 13 Item 13 Staff Report Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 127 of 406 review, the draft ordinance includes underlines (for text that is new or moved) and strikeouts (for text to be removed or that was moved). The highlights of the revised ordinance include: •Revised purpose statement section; •Revised definition section with new terms and clarifications to existing terms; •Relocation of the non-applicability (exemption) language in the existing “residential rental unit” definition to the sections on one-year lease and existing relocation assistance for 10 units or more; •Renumbering of several sections; •Addition of new just cause evictions section consistent with state law; •Addition of a new relocation assistance section that is consistent with state law, and •Addition of a new security deposit limit section. Security Deposit Limit Just Cause Eviction Protections •Amendments to definitions, including adding the definitions of “at-fault” and “no-fault” just cause eviction from AB 1482 and removing the former definition of “no-fault,” Item 13 Item 13 Staff Report Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 128 of 406 •Amendments to the purpose section to clarify that the ordinance restates and expands AB 1482 to make the eviction protections in AB 1482 permanent in Palo Alto and extend them to all renters in Palo Alto not otherwise exempted by AB 1482 and living in rental units that were built and received Building Department occupancy approval within the past 15 years, and •Findings that the ordinance would be more protective than AB 1482, as required by AB 1482. The following existing exemptions in AB 1482 are replicated in the draft ordinance: 1. A unit occupied for less than 12 months; 2. Certain single family homes not owned by a corporation or trust; and 3. A duplex where one of the units is the owner’s principal residence from the beginning of tenancy. While the eviction protections in AB 1482 are already in effect for many rental units in Palo Alto, creating a local version helps to provide local transparency of rental unit policy. If adopted, the just cause eviction protections in AB 1482 would be in effect under local ordinance for all applicable renters in Palo Alto with the added inclusion of renters in rental units that were built and received Building Department occupancy approval within the past 15 years. AB 1482 Carry-over Provisions for Just Cause Evictions The preparation of a local just cause eviction ordinance requires the inclusion of some existing provisions from AB 1482. In addition to making refinements to the definitions in the revised PAMC chapter, the other notable additions made for consistency with state law include: •Notice of Rights – landlords must provide notice to renters of their right to receive a statement of the just cause for terminating a tenancy in the future, which may take the form of a lease provision or an addendum to the lease, •Notices to Terminate Tenancy – actual termination notices for a just cause eviction must include the specific just cause reason for terminating the tenancy, •Opportunity to Resolve Issue – landlords need to give the opportunity for renters to cure any curable lease violation prior to issuing a notice to terminate tenancy for just cause, and •Relocation Assistance - landlord shall provide relocation assistance or rent waiver, both equivalent to one month’s rent, for a no-fault just cause eviction. Community Outreach Staff initiated a Renter and Landlord Survey – Fall 2022/Winter 2023, which remains open beyond the publication of this report. This short survey is oriented toward learning more about renters Item 13 Item 13 Staff Report Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 5 Packet Pg. 129 of 406 and landlords in Palo Alto, publicizing overall rental unit policy development work, and asking a few questions that will help with future community outreach efforts for rental policy work.8 Implementation/Enforcement 8 City of Palo Alto Renter and Landlord Survey – Fall 2022/Winter 2023: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/RENTERLANDLORD2022. Item 13 Item 13 Staff Report Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 6 Packet Pg. 130 of 406 TIMELINE If City Council takes action to approve the proposed ordinance, the second reading is tentatively scheduled for June 19, 2023. The ordinance would become effective 30 days after the second reading, tentatively July 20, 2023. The draft ordinance was prepared using existing City staffing resources. No additional staff or budget resources are necessary to adopt and codify the ordinance. If adopted, staff would conduct community outreach regarding the new regulatory requirements for landlords and protections for tenants; this too could be absorbed in the department’s budget. It is anticipated that City staff would not be involved in the enforcement of this ordinance. If the City Council were interested in directing staff to enforce this or other local renter protection ordinances, additional fiscal impact analysis would be required. It is anticipated city enforcement would substantially impact the City’s Code Enforcement program, require additional managerial support in planning and have resource impacts to the City Attorney’s office. Pursuing renter protection policy work is consistent with the goals in the City’s 2030 Comprehensive Plan to provide adequate housing for all. Additionally, the renter protection policy work is consistent with the policies and programs in the Council adopted 2023-2031 Housing Element. Therefore, it is anticipated that this action would support the implementation of the Housing Element. These topics are considered a means to affirmatively further fair housing within Palo Alto, as well as a means by which to promote certainty, stability, and fairness in the rental market. While preparing this report, staff sent email notifications to identified stakeholders informing them of this draft ordinance and encouraged them to participate. Staff included a brief promotion of the City’s overall rental unit policy development work in the November 2022 and in the May 2023 Utility & Community Announcements.9 Staff placed an ad in the Daily Post newspaper on May 26, 2023, 10 days in advance of the hearing. Public comments were received at the February 9, 2023 HRC meeting. The public comments did not directly pertain to Council’s specific direction to prepare the security deposit limit and just cause eviction protection ordinance provisions. However, the comments did reflect the broader community sentiments in favor or against implementing specific renter protection policies. 9 Utilities Department Utility & Community Announcements (UCAs) are short promotional blurbs included in monthly residential bills. The November 2022 and May 2023 Utility & Community Announcements are online: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/utilities/bill-inserts/nov-2022-uca.pdf and https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/utilities/bill-inserts/may-2023-uca.pdf. Item 13 Item 13 Staff Report Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 7 Packet Pg. 131 of 406 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW ATTACHMENTS APPROVED BY: Item 13 Item 13 Staff Report Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 8 Packet Pg. 132 of 406 Not Yet Approved Ordinance No. _____ Ordinance of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Amending Chapter 9.68 (Rental Housing Stabilization) to Clarify the Definitions of At-Fault and No-Fault Just Cause for Evictions, Extend Just Cause Eviction Protections to More Rental Units in Palo Alto than Offered by State Law, and to Enact a Security Deposit Limit for Unfurnished Rental Units in Palo Alto The Council of the City of Palo Alto ORDAINS as follows: SECTION 1. Findings and Declarations. The City Council finds and declares as follows: A. Renters represent a significant percentage of Palo Alto’s population; B. Landlords provide a significant community service by providing rental housing in the City of Palo Alto; C. Palo Alto has great diversity in residential rental property and rental unit types, ranging from single-family homes, accessory and junior accessory dwelling units, to properties with multi-family apartment buildings containing a variety of rental units; D. There is a need to ensure that housing is provided for people of all income levels, and affirmatively further fair housing; E. The Palo Alto rental market is one of the most expensive in the country, which is one factor that can lead to potential renters being unable to afford standard rental unit move - in costs; F. The Palo Alto rental market is one of the most expensive in the country, which is one factor that can lead to renters at risk of displacement; G. The city desires to implement policies for certainty, stability, and fairness in the rental market for renters and landlords; H. A significant number of renters in Palo Alto are low-income and cost-burdened; I. Move-in costs for unfurnished residential rental units commonly include first and last month's rent plus a security deposit of up to two months’ rent, leading to high initial move in costs , J. The State of California created eviction protections for some rental units in Palo Alto but not others through the enactment of California Assembly Bill 1482 (2019), which currently automatically sunsets in 2030, Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 9 Packet Pg. 133 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 2 K. The city is making significant investments on an ongoin g basis regarding rental unit protection, preservation, and production and will also soon need to implement the 6 th Cycle Housing Element policies and programs; and L. On November 29, 2021, the City Council held a public meeting to discuss a variety of renter protection measures and directed staff to draft a Security Deposit Limit ordinance that caps the maximum allowed security deposit for unfurnished rental units in Palo Alto to one and one half times (1.5x) the monthly rent, whereas California Civil Code se ction 1950.5 allows for the maximum security deposit for unfurnished units to be two times (2x) the monthly rent, M. On November 29, 2021, the City Council held a public meeting to discuss a variety of renter protection measures and directed staff to draft a response to California Assembly Bill 1482 (2019) by preparing an Eviction Reduction/Just Cause ordinance for Palo Alto to extend state eviction protections to properties built and receiving occupancy within the last fifteen (15) years, but does not include rental units occupied less than a year or single family homes not owned by a corporation or renters who live in a duplex when one unit is owner occupied, N. On February 9, 2023, the Human Relations Commission held a public meeting to discuss the effectiveness of existing renter protections in Palo Alto and recommended that the City Council adopt the extensions described by the City Council on November 29, 2021 in addition to several other extensions, O. The city, while still retaining local definitions in some cases, adjusted the previous Palo Alto definitions of at-fault and no-fault just cause eviction in order to be consistent with California Assembly Bill 1482 (2019) for the purposes of consistency, transparency, legal clarity, P. The city finds that the Eviction Reduction/Just Cause and Security Deposit Limit ordinance is not in conflict with and is more protective than California Assembly Bill 1482 (2019) in regard to the number of rental units receiving eviction protections and relocation assistance, the limitations on security deposits for unfurnished residential rental units, and, in some circumstances, in regard to the Tenant Relocation Assistance (TRA) dollar amount required if a tenant received a no-fault just cause eviction, and because the ordinance is permanent and does not contain the California Assembly Bill 1482 (2019) automatic sunset in 2030, Q. The City Council finds and determines that the Eviction Reduction/Just Cause and Security Deposit Limit ordinance codified in Palo Alto Municipal Code Chapter 9.68 (Rental Housing Stabilization) is adopted pursuant to the city’s authority to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. SECTION 2. Chapter 9.68 (Rental Housing Stabilization) of Title 9 (Public Peace, Morals and Safety) is hereby amended as follows: Commented [Staff1]: Required finding per Civ Code 1946.2(g)(1)(B). Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 10 Packet Pg. 134 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 3 9.68.010. Purpose. (a) It is found and declared that there is a growing shortage of, but increasing demand for, housing in the city of Palo Alto. Such shortage and increased demand, coupled with increasing inflation, have placed substantial pressure on those residents of Palo Alto seeking rental housing. This council finds that tenantrenters are entitled to a contractual relationship with a landlord that offers some assurance of stability and fair treatment under the terms of a written lease so as toto minimize displacement of tenantrenters into a rental housing market which affords them few and expensive options. (b) Council further finds that the provisions of California Assembly Bill 1482 (2019), as codified and later expanded in the Civil Code of the state of California, offers important protections from instability and displacement to renters. The provisions of that bill as they relate to eviction reduction are restated and expanded below, to make the protections permanent in the city of Palo Alto and extend them to renters living in qualified residential rental units that received a certificate of occupancy within the last fifteen years. 9.68.020. Definitions. For purposes of this chapter, the following terms are defined as follows: (a) “Landlord” means an owner, lessor, or sublessor, or the agent, representative, or successor of any of the foregoing persons who receives, or is entitled to receive, rent for the use and occupancy of any rental unit or portion thereo f the owner or property manager exercising effective control over the terms and conditions of the tenancy of a residential rental unit, including a person with such control delegated through a durable power of attorney. (b) "Rent" means the consideration, including any bonus, benefit, or gratuity demanded or received by a landlord, for or in connection with the use or occupancy of a residential rental unit. (c) "Rent increase" means any additional rent demanded of or paid by a renter for a residential rental unit. (d) "Residential rental unit" means any housing structure occupied as a dwelling or offered for rent or lease as a dwelling, whether attached, detached, single or multiple-family."Rental unit" means a dwelling unit in the city of Palo Alto with the land and appurtenant buildings thereto and all housing services, privileges, and facilities supplied in connection with the use or occupancy thereof, which unit is in a multiple-family dwelling (including a duplex), boardinghouse, lodginghouse, or mobilehome park. The term "rental unit" shall not include: (1) A single-family dwelling; (0) Rooms or accommodations in hotels, boardinghouses, or lodginghouses which are rented to transient guests for a period of less than thirty days; Commented [Staff2]: This definition is adopted from Chapter 9.72 (Mandatory Response to Request for Discussion of Disputes between Landlords and Tenants). Commented [Staff3]: This definition is also adopted from Chapter 9.72. Commented [Staff4]: These exceptions have been removed from the "Definitions" section because each section below now states its specific exemptions. This ensures that the exceptions in preexisting local protections remain largely unaffected by the addition of new exceptions in state protections. Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 11 Packet Pg. 135 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 4 (0) Dwelling units in a condominium, community apartment, planned development or stock cooperative as defined in Chapter 21.40, or in a limited equity stock cooperative as defined in the California Business and Professions Code; (0) Dwelling units in which housing accommodations are shared by landlord and tenant; (0) Housing accommodations in any hospital, extended care facility, asylum, nonprofit home for the aged, or in dormitories owned and operated by an institution of higher education, a high school or an elementary school; (0) Housing accommodations rented by a medical institution which are then subleased to a patient or patient's family; (0) Dwelling units whose rents are controlled or regulated by any government unit, agency, or authority, or whose rent is subsidized by any government unit, agency, or authority; or (0) Dwelling units acquired by the city of Palo Alto or any other governmental unit, agency or authority and intended to be used for a public purpose. (l)(e) “Tenant” "Renter" means a person or entity entitled by written or oral agreement to occupy a residential rental unit to the exclusion of others. (f) “Just cause” to terminate a tenancy means either of the following: (1) “At-fault just cause”, which means any of the following: (A) Default in the payment of rent. (B) A breach of a material term of the lease, as described in paragraph (3) of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, including, but not limited to, violation of a provision of the lease after being issued a written notice to correct the viola tion. (C) Maintaining, committing, or permitting the maintenance or commission of a nuisance as described in paragraph (4) of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. (D) Committing waste as described in paragraph (4) of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. (E) The renter had a written lease that terminated on or after July 1, 2023, and after a written request or demand from the landlord, the renter has refused to execute a written extension or renewal of the lease for an additional term of similar duration with similar provisions, provided that those terms do not violate this chapter or any other provision of law. (F) Criminal activity by the renter on the residential rental unit, including any common areas, or any criminal activity or criminal threat, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 422 of the California Penal Code, on or off the residential rental unit, that is directed at any landlord or agent of the landlord. Commented [Staff5]: This definitions of "just cause" come directly from state law. Section 1956.2 (g)(1)(B)(i) of the Civil Code requires our local definition of "just cause" to be consistent with state law. Commented [Staff6]: To be replaced with effective date. Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 12 Packet Pg. 136 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 5 (G) Assigning or subletting the premises in violation of the renter’s lease, as described in paragraph (4) of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. (H) The renter’s refusal to allow the landlord to enter the residential rental unit as authorized by Sections 1101.5 and 1954 of the California Civil Code, and Sections 13113.7 and 17926.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. (I) Using the premises for an unlawful purpose as described in paragraph (4) of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. (J) The employee, agent, or licensee’s failure to vacate after their termination as an employee, agent, or a licensee as described in paragraph (1) of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. (K) When the renter fails to deliver possession of the residential rental unit after providing the landlord written notice as provided in Section 1946 of the California Civil Code of the renter’s intention to terminate the hiring of the real property, or makes a written offer to surrender that is accepted in writing by the landlord, but fails to deliver possession at the time specified in that written notice as described in paragraph (5) of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. (2) “No-fault just cause,” which means any of the following: (A) Intent to occupy the residential rental unit by the landlord or their sibling, spouse, domestic partner, children, grandchildren, parents, grandparents, father-in-law, mother-in-law, son-in-law, or daughter-in-law, provided the landlord is a natural person . (B) Permanent withdrawal of the residential rental unit from offer for rent or lease pursuant to California Government Code sections 7060-7060.7. (C) The landlord complying with any of the following: (i) An order issued by a government agency or court relating to habitability that necessitates vacating the residential rental unit. (ii) An order issued by a government agency or court to vacate the residential rental unit. (iii) A local ordinance that necessitates vacating the residential rental unit. (D) Intent to demolish or to substantially remodel the residential rental unit. “Substantially remodel” means the replacement or substantial modification of any structural, electrical, plumbing, or mechanical system that requires a permit from a governmental agency, or the abatement of hazardous materials, including lead- based paint, mold, or asbestos, in accordance with applicable Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 13 Packet Pg. 137 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 6 federal, state, and local laws, that cannot be reasonably accomplished in a safe manner with the renter in place and that requires the renter to vacate the residential rental unit for at least 30 days. Cosmetic improvements alone, including painting, decorating, and minor repairs, or other work that can be performed safely without having the residential rental unit vacated, do not qualify as substantial rehabilitation. (g) “Security” means any payment, fee, deposit, or charge, including, but not limited to, any payment, fee, deposit, or charge, except as provided in Section 1950.6 of the California Civil Code, that is imposed at the beginning of the tenancy to be used to reimburse the landlord for costs associated with processing a new renter or that is imposed as an advance payment of rent, used or to be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to, any of the following: (1) The compensation of a landlord for a renter’s default in the payment of rent. (2) The repair of damages to the premises, exclusive of ordinary wear and tear, caused by the renter or by a guest or licensee of the renter. (3) The cleaning of the premises upon termination of the tenancy necessary to return the unit to the same level of cleanliness it was in at the inception of the tenancy. (1)(4) To remedy future defaults by the renter in any obligation under the rental agreement to restore, replace, or return personal property or appurtenances, exclusive of ordinary wear and tear, if the security deposit is authorized to be applied thereto by the rental agreement. 9.68.030. Requirement of offering one-year written leases. (a) Offer. If a tenant renter or prospective tenant renter wishes to rent a residential rental unit from a landlord and if said landlord wishes to rent said residential rental unit to said renter tenant or prospective rentertenant, the landlord must offer to the renter tenant or prospective renter tenant a written lease which has a minimum term of one year. Such offer must be made in writing. Signing of a lease which has a minimum term of one year shall be considered an offer in writing. (b) Acceptance. If the renter tenant or prospective renter tenant accepts the offer of a written lease which has a minimum term of one year, this acceptance must be in writing. Signing a lease which has a minimum term of one year will be considered an acceptance. (c) Rejection. If the renter tenant or prospective renter tenant rejects the offer for a written lease which has a minimum term of one year, this rejection must be in writing, and the landlord and renter tenant or prospective renter tenant may then enter into an agreement, oral or written, that provides for a rental term of less than one year. Commented [Staff7]: This definition of "security" comes directly from state law. Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 14 Packet Pg. 138 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 7 (d) Rent. If the landlord and renter tenant enter into a written lease which has a minimum term of one year, such lease must set the rent for the residential rental unit at a rate or rates certain and these rates shall not be otherwise modified during the term of such lease. (e) Renewal of Leases. If both the landlord and the renter tenant wish to continue the rental relationship, upon the expiration of the initial written lease which has a minimum term of one year, a lease shall be offered again in accordance with the procedures of Section 9.68.030(a) through (d): (1) Leases with a term of one year shall be offered annually. (2) Leases with a term longer than one year shall be renewable at the expiration of each lease period for a minimum term of one year. (3) A landlord shall offer annually a written lease with a minimum term of one year to a renter tenant who rejected an initial offer of a written lease with a minimum term of one year but who has rented a unit from the landlord for a period of at least twelve months. (f) Applicability. This section shall not apply to: (1) A residential rental unit which is rented on the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter, provided, that (A) if the unit is rented subject to a written lease, when the lease in effect for such a unit expires, the ordinance codified in this chapter shall then apply; and (B) if the unit is rented without a written lease, within thirty days after the effective date of this section, the landlord shall offer a written lease to the renter tenant in accordance with this section; (2) An owner-occupied unit that is rented to a renter tenant for less than one year; (3) A residential rental unit occupied by a renter tenant who subleases that unit to another renter tenant for less than one year; (3)(4) A single-family dwelling; (5) Rooms or accommodations in hotels, boardinghouses, or lodginghouses which are rented to transient guests for a period of less than thirty days; (6) Dwelling units in a condominium, community apartment, planned development or stock cooperative as defined in Chapter 21.40, or in a limited equity stock cooperative as defined in the California Business and Professions Code; (7) Dwelling units in which housing accommodations are shared by landlord and tenant; (8) Housing accommodations in any hospital, extended care facility, asylum, nonprofit home for the aged, or in dormitories owned and operated by an institution of higher education, a high school or an elementary school; (9) Housing accommodations rented by a medical institution which are then subleased to a patient or patient's family; (10) Dwelling units whose rents are controlled or regulated by any government unit, agency, or authority, or whose rent is subsidized by any government unit, agency, or authority; Commented [Staff8]: The previous definition of "rental unit" in Chapter 9.68 contained the exceptions in paragraphs (4)-(11). To keep the applicability of this section consistent, the exceptions from the previous definition are added here. Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 15 Packet Pg. 139 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 8 (11) Dwelling units acquired by the city of Palo Alto or any other governmental unit, agency or authority and intended to be used for a public purpose ; (4)(12) A residential rental unit where tenancy is an express condition of, or consideration for employment under a written rental agreement or contract. 9.68.040. Just-cause evictions required. (a) Applicability to residential rental units. This section shall apply to all residential rental units, except not any of the following: (1) Transient and tourist hotel occupancy as defined in in subdivision (b) of Section 1940 of the California Civil Code. (2) Housing accommodations in a nonprofit hospital, religious facility, extended care facility, licensed residential care facility for the elderly, as defined in Section 1569.2 of the California Health and Safety Code, or an adult residential facility, as defined in Chapter 6 of Division 6 of Title 22 of the Manual of Policies and Procedures published by California’s State Department of Social Services. (3) Dormitories owned and operated by an institution of higher education or a kindergarten and grades 1 to 12, inclusive, school. (4) Housing accommodations in which the renter shares bathroom or kitchen facilities with the owner who maintains their principal residence at the residential rental unit. (5) Single-family owner-occupied residences. (6) A property containing two separate dwelling units within a single structure in which the owner occupied one of the units as the owner ’s principal place of residence at the beginning of the tenancy, so long as the owner continues in occupancy, and neither unit is an accessory dwelling unit or a junior accessory dwelling unit. (7) A residential rental unit that is alienable separate from the title to any other dwelling unit, provided that both subparagraphs (A) and (B) below apply: (A) The owner is not any of the following: (i) A real estate investment trust, as defined in Section 856 of the California Internal Revenue Code. (ii) A corporation. (iii) A limited liability company in which at least one member is a corporation. (iv) Management of a mobilehome park, as defined in Section 798.2 of the California Civil Code. (B) The renters have been provided written notice that the residential property is exempt from this section. (i) Notice must be given using the following statement: “This property is not subject to the just cause eviction requirements of Chapter 9.68 of the Palo Alto Commented [Staff9]: This entire section is largely a direct adaptation of state law. A few procedural elements have been simplified. Commented [Staff10]: The language in this subdivision comes directly from state law, but excludes the state's exemption for buildings receiving a certificate of occupancy in the last 15 years. Commented [Staff11]: Council requested that eviction protections only apply to a single family residence if it is owned by a corporation. State law's similar limitation is restated here. Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 16 Packet Pg. 140 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 9 Municipal Code. This property meets the requirements of Section 9.68.040 (a)(7) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code and the owner is not any of the following: (1) a real estate investment trust, as defined by Section 856 of the California Internal Revenue Code; (2) a corporation; (3) a limited liability company in which at least one member is a corporation; or (4) management of a mobilehome park, as defined in Section 798.2 of the California Civil Code.” (ii) The notice required under clause (i) may, but is not required to, be provided in the rental agreement. (8) Housing restricted by deed, regulatory restriction contained in an agreement with a government agency, or other recorded document as affordable housing for persons and families of very low, low, or moderate income, as defined in Section 50093 of the California Health and Safety Code, or subject to an agreement that provides housing subsidies for affordable housing for persons and families of very low, low, or moderate income, as defined in Section 50093 of the California Health and Safety Code or comparable federal statutes. (b) Protection for renters. Notwithstanding any other law, after a renter has continuously and lawfully occupied a residential rental unit for 12 months, the landlord of the residential rental unit shall not terminate the tenancy without just cause, which shall be stated with specificity in the written notice to terminate tenancy. If any additional adult renters are added to the lease before an existing renter has continuously and lawfully occupied the residential rental unit for 24 months, then this subdivision shall only apply if either of the following are satisfied: (1) All of the renters have continuously and lawfully occupied the residential rental unit for 12 months or more. (2) One or more renters have continuously and lawfully occupied the residential rental unit for 24 months or more. (c) Opportunity to cure. Before a landlord issues a notice to terminate a tenancy for just cause that is a curable lease violation, the landlord shall first give notice of the violation to the renter with an opportunity to cure the violation pursuant to paragraph (3) of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. If the violation is not cured within the time period set forth in the notice, a three-day notice to quit without an opportunity to cure may thereafter be served to terminate the tenancy. (d) Notice. A landlord subject to this section shall provide notice to the tenant, which may take the form of a lease provision or an addendum to a lease, and which shall include the following, in no less than 12 -point type: “California law limits the amount your rent can be increased. See Section 1947.12 of the Civil Code for more information. Local law also provides that after Commented [Staff12]: Subdivisions (b)-(d) are adapted from state law. Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 17 Packet Pg. 141 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 10 all of the tenants have continuously and lawfully occupied the property for 12 months or more or at least one of the tenants has cont inuously and lawfully occupied the property for 24 months or more, a landlord must provide a statement of cause in any notice to terminate a tenancy. See Chapter 9.68 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code for more information.” (e) Dispute resolution. Nothing in this chapter abrogates the responsibility of landlords to comply with the requirements of Chapter 9.72 (Mandatory Response to Request for Discussion of Disputes between Landlords and Tenants) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code. As applicable, a renter may request mandatory discussion of rental housing disputes by filing a written request for dispute resolution according to section 9.72.040 (Dispute Resolution Process). 9.68.050. General relocation assistance or rent waiver for no-fault eviction. (a) Applicability. This section shall be applicable only to tenancies for which just cause is required to terminate the tenancy under section 9.68.040 (Just-cause evictions required), except it shall not apply to a tenancy when relocation assistance payment is available to the renter through section 9.68.060 (Relocation assistance for evictions without at-fault just cause in structures or lots containing 10 or more residential rental units) and the assistance available through section 9.68.060 is greater in value than the assistance available through this section. (b) Relocation assistance for renters. (1) Form of assistance. If a landlord issues a termination notice based on a no- fault just cause described in section 9.68.020 (f)(2), the landlord shall, regardless of the renter’s income, at the landlord’s option, do one of the following: (A) Assist the renter to relocate by providing a direct payment to the tenant as described in section 9.68.050 (b)(3). (B) Waive in writing the payment of rent for the final month of the tenancy, prior to the rent becoming due. (2) Notice required. If a landlord issues a notice to terminate a tenancy for no- fault just cause, the landlord shall notify the renter of the renter’s right to relocation assistance or rent waiver pursuant to this chapter. If the landlord elects to waive the rent for the final month of the tenancy as provided in section 9.68.050 (b)(1), the notice shall state the amount of rent waived and that no rent is due for the final month of the tenancy. (3) Amount. (A) The amount of relocation assistance or rent waiver shall be equal to one month of the renter’s rent that was in effect when the landlord issued the notice to terminate the tenancy. Any relocation assistance shall be provided within 15 calendar days of service of the notice. Commented [Staff13]: This section largely restates the tenant relocation assistance available in section 1946.2 of the Civil Code. Commented [Staff14R13]: Section 1946.2(g)(2) of the Civil Code provides that units "shall not be subject to both a local ordinance requiring just cause for termination of a residential tenancy and this section." In order to ensure that both the city's and the state's relocation assistance options are available to tenants, the city must restate the state's relocation assistance. Commented [Staff15]: This means that this section will cover buildings receiving a certificate of occupancy in the last 15 years, unlike state law. Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 18 Packet Pg. 142 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 11 (B) If a renter fails to vacate after the expiration of the notice to terminate the tenancy, the actual amount of any relocation assistance or rent waiver provided pursuant to this section shall be recoverable as damages in an action to recover possession. (C) The relocation assistance or rent waiver required by this section shall be credited against any other relocation assistance required by any other law. (4) Effect of noncompliance. A landlord’s failure to strictly comply with this subdivision shall render the notice of termination void. 9.68.035 9.68.060 Relocation assistance for no-fault evictions without at-fault just cause in structures or lots containing 10 or more residential rental units. (a) Applicability. This section shall be applicable only to structures or lots containing 10 or more residential rental units. This section shall not apply to any of the following: (1) A single-family dwelling; (2) Rooms or accommodations in hotels, boardinghouses, or lodginghouses which are rented to transient guests for a period of less than thirty days; (3) Dwelling units in a condominium, community apartment, planned development or stock cooperative as defined in Chapter 21.40, or in a limited equity stock cooperative as defined in the California Business and Professions Code; (4) Dwelling units in which housing accommodations are shared by landlord and tenant; (5) Housing accommodations in any hospital, extended care facility, asylum, nonprofit home for the aged, or in dormitories owned and operated by an institution of higher education, a high school or an elementary school; (6) Housing accommodations rented by a medical institution which are then subleased to a patient or patient's family; (7) Dwelling units whose rents are controlled or regulated by any government unit, agency, or authority, or whose rent is subsidized by any government unit, agency, or authority; or (8) Dwelling units acquired by the city of Palo Alto or any other governmental unit, agency or authority and intended to be used for a public purpose. (b) For purposes of this section , a "no-fault eviction" means an action by a landlord to recover possession of a rental unit for any reason other than the following: (1) The tenant has failed to pay rent to which the landlord is legally entitled. (2) The tenant has violated a lawful obligation or covenant of the tenancy. (3) The tenant has refused the landlord reasonable access to the unit for the purposes of making repairs or improvements, for any reasonable purpose Commented [Staff16]: The previous definition of "rental unit" in Chapter 9.68 contained the exceptions in paragraphs (1) through (8). To keep the applicability of this section consistent, the exceptions from the previous definition are added here. Commented [Staff17]: The city is required to make our "no-fault" definition consistent with state law. Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 19 Packet Pg. 143 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 12 as permitted by law, or for the purpose of showing the rental unit to any prospective purchaser or tenant. (4) The tenant is permitting a nuisance to exist in, or is causing damage to, the rental unit. (5) The tenant is using or permitting a rental unit to be used for any illegal purpose. (6) The landlord seeks in good faith to recover possession of the rental unit in order to comply with regulations relating to the qualifications of tenancy established by a governmental entity, where the tenant is no longer qualified. No fault evictions shall include, without limit ation, actions in which the landlord seeks in good faith to recover possession of the rental unit: (7) To demolish or otherwise permanently withdraw the rental unit from offer for rent or lease pursuant to California Government Code sections 7060-7060.7. (8) To perform work on the building or buildings housing the rental unit that will render the rentable unit uninhabitable; (9) For use and occupancy by the landlord or the landlord's spouse, grandparents, brother, sister, father-in-law, mother-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, children, or parents provided the landlord is a natural person. (10) For no specified cause. (c)(b) Amount required. Whenever a landlord seeks an eviction for any reason other than to comply with regulations relating to t he qualifications of tenancy established by a governmental entity or at-fault just cause, as defined in this Chapter, other than temporary displacement of 31 days or fewer, the landlord shall provide a relocation assistance payment as follows: (1) Unit Type Amount 0 bedrooms $7,000 1 bedroom $9,000 2 bedrooms $13,000 3 or more bedrooms $17,000 If the residential rental unit is occupied by two or more tenantrenters, the landlord shall provide each tenantrenter with a proportional share of the required payment. One half of the payment shall be paid at the time that the landlord provides notice of its intent to seek no-fault a qualifying eviction; the remainder of the payment shall be paid to each tenantrenter when that tenantrenter vacates the unit. (2) Notwithstanding subsection (dc)(1), each residential rental unit that, at the time the landlord provides notice of its intent to seek no-faultan eviction subject to this section, is occupied by a low-income household as defined in Chapter 16.65, a tenantrenter who is 60 years of age or older, a tenantrenter who is disabled within the meaning of Government Code section 12955.3, or a Commented [Staff18]: Preexisting section 9.68.035 (Relocation assistance for no-fault eviction) has its own definition of "at-fault just cause." There is only one preexisting, local at-fault just cause with no mirror in the new definition: 9.68.035(b)(6). That has been added as an exception here to keep the coverage of this section consistent. Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 20 Packet Pg. 144 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 13 tenantrenter who is a minor, shall be entitled to a single additional relocation payment of $3,000. This amount shall be divided equally among the qualifying (i.e. low-income, elderly, disabled, or minor) tenantrenters. In order to receive this additional payment a qualifying tenantrenter must provide written notice to the landlord of his or her eligibility along with supporting evidence within 15 days of receiving the landlord's notice. The entirety of this additional payment shall be paid within 15 days of the tenantrenter's written notice to the landlord. (d)(c) Notice. Prior to or at the same time that the landlord provides notice of its intent to seek no-faultan eviction subject to this section, the landlord shall serve on the tenantrenter a written notice describing the rights described in this section. The failure to provide this notice shall not ope rate as a substantive defense to an eviction pursuant to California Government Code sections 7060- 7060.7. (e)(d) Annual adjustment. Commencing July 1, 2019, the relocation payments specified in this section shall increase annually at the rate of increase in the "rent of primary residence" expenditure category of the Consumer Price Index (CPI) for all urban consumers in the San Francisco-Oakland-San JoseHayward Region, not seasonally adjusted, for the preceding calendar year. Current rates shall be published on the city's website. (f)(e) Request for waiver. A landlord may request a waiver or adjustment of the relocation assistance payment required by this section only upon a showing that strict application of its requirements would effectuate an unconstitutional taking of property or otherwise have an unconstitutional application to the property. Requests for waiver or adjustment must be submitted in writing to the director of planning and development services together with supporting documentation at least 90 days before the proposed termination of tenancy. Requests shall be acted on by the city council. (g)(f) Authority to regulate. The director of planning and development services may issue regulations implementing this section. 9.68.070. Security deposit limit. (a) Applicability. This section applies to security for leases of all residential rental units. (b) Limits. A landlord may not demand or receive security, however denominated, in an amount or value in excess of an amount equal to one and a half months’ rent, in the case of unfurnished rental units, in addition to any rent for the first month paid on or before initial occupancy. (c) Security deposit purposes. The landlord may claim of the security only those amounts as are reasonably necessary for the purposes specified in subdivision 9.68.020 (g). The landlord may not assert a claim against the renter or the security for damages to the premises or any defective conditions that preexisted the tenancy, for ordinary wear and tear or the effects thereof, whether the wear and tear preexisted the tenancy or occurred during the tenancy, or for the Commented [Staff19]: These updates reflect the methodology currently used by staff. Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 21 Packet Pg. 145 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 14 cumulative effects of ordinary wear and tear occurring during any one or more tenancies. 9.68.040 9.68.080 TenantRenter's remedies. (a) Defense to Action to Recover Possession. Failure of a landlord to comply with any of the provisions of this chapter shall provide the tenantrenter with a defense in any legal action brought by the landlord to recover possession of the residential rental unit. (b) Defense to Action to Collect Rent. Failure of a landlord to comply with any of the provisions of this chapter shall provide the tenant renter with a defense in any legal action brought by the landlord to collect rent. (c) Injunctive Relief. A tenant renter may seek injunctive relief on his or her own behalf and on behalf of other affected tenants renters to enjoin the landlord's violation of this chapter. (d) Remedies are Nonexclusive. Remedies provided in this section are in addition to any other existing legal remedies and are not intended to be exclusive. 9.68.050 9.68.090 Nonwaiver. Any waiver or purported waiver by a tenantrenter of rights under this chapter prior to the time when such rights may be exercised, except a rejection of a one -year lease offered in accordance with Section 9.68.030, shall be void as contrary to public policy. SECTION 3. If any section, subsection, clause or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portion or sections of the Ordinance. The Council hereby declares that it should have adopted the Ordinance and each section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase thereof irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses or phrases be declared invalid. SECTION 4. The Council finds that this project is exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”), pursuant to Section 15061 of the CEQA Guidelines, because it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the ordinance will have a significant effect on the environment. SECTION 5. This ordinance shall be effective on the thirty-first day after the date of its adoption. INTRODUCED: PASSED: Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 22 Packet Pg. 146 of 406 Not Yet Approved 230516 sm 010 15 AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTENTIONS: ATTEST: ____________________________ ____________________________ City Clerk Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED: ____________________________ ____________________________ City Attorney City Manager ____________________________ Director of Planning and Development Services ____________________________ Director of Community Services ____________________________ Director of Administrative Services Item 13 Attachment A - Draft Ordinance - Just Cause Eviction and Security Deposit (Strikeout, Underlined, Annotated Version) Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 23 Packet Pg. 147 of 406 May 11, 2023 Page 1 of 4 Renter Protection Policy Work Status Update (dated May 11, 2023) On November 29, 2021, the City Council adopted a package of rental protection policies.1 The policies are summarized below. Since that Council meeting, staff have focused primarily on the three policies identified by Council as priorities. Some policies are also identified for incorporation into Housing Element programs. Policy Brief Description Work Status 1 Rental Registry Program (RRP) (CC Motion #E) HIGH PRIORITY Establish a program that gathers information on rental units in City for purposes identified by Council. In progress. Council referred the design and implementation to the Policy & Services Committee, including proposed fees, resources, and timeline. P&S Committee provided feedback in September 2022.2 RRP Program Development Phase I - RFP released March 2023. Proposals received April 2023 and are currently under review. Community meeting in March 2023. Draft enabling ordinance prepared. Ordinance public hearings in Spring/Summer/Fall 2023. RRP Program Development Phase II – This future phase will include community outreach, City budgeting and staffing, and RRP software development. RRP Program Implementation Phase I – This future phase will include 1 City Council Meeting Minutes, 11/29/21: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes- reports/agendas-minutes/city-council-agendas-minutes/2021/11-november/20211129/20211129amccs.pdf City Council City Manager Report ID # 13786, 11/29/21: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city-council- agendas-minutes/2021/11-november/20211129/20211129pccs.pdf City Renter Protection Policy Development Webpage: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/Departments/Planning- Development-Services/Long-Range-Planning/Renter-Protection-Policy-Development 2 Policy & Services Committee Meeting City Manager Report ID # 14139, 09/13/22: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/policy-and- services-committee/2022/20220913/20220913ppsr.pdf Item 13 Attachment B - Renter Protection Policy Work Status Update Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 24 Packet Pg. 148 of 406 May 11, 2023 Page 2 of 4 Policy Brief Description Work Status community outreach, RRP launch, and rental unit initial registrations. RRP Program Implementation Phase II – This future phase will include community outreach and RRP reporting. HRC discussed the RRP at their February 2023 meeting as part of their Motion I Council referral, see Item 8 below. 2 Expand Tenant Relocation Assistance (CC Motion #B) HIGH PRIORITY Update existing local ordinance to extend tenant relocation assistance requirements to properties with ten units or more Completed. Updated ordinance that expanded Tenant Relocation Assistance codified in the Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 9.68.035.3 HRC discussed Tenant Relocation Assistance at their February 2023 meeting as part of their Motion I Council referral, see Item 8 below. 3 Eviction Reduction (CC Motion #C) PRIORITY Create local ordinance to expand eviction protections in AB 1482 to include rental units receiving occupancy within the last 15 years. In progress. Preparation of draft local ordinance underway. Ordinance first reading and second reading Spring/Summer 2023. HRC discussed Eviction Reduction at their February 2023 meeting as part of their Motion I Council referral, see Item 8 below. 4 Anti-Rent-gouging (CC Motion #D) Consider preparation of a local ordinance to expand the number of units covered by AB 1482 rent increase limitations. Not started. Council referred the anti-rent gouging topic to the Policy & Services Committee, including the review and discussion of measures to address loopholes. This work is incorporated 3 Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 9.68.035 Relocation assistance for no-fault eviction: https://codelibrary.amlegal.com/codes/paloalto/latest/paloalto_ca/0-0-0-66806. Item 13 Attachment B - Renter Protection Policy Work Status Update Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 25 Packet Pg. 149 of 406 May 11, 2023 Page 3 of 4 Policy Brief Description Work Status into the Housing Element workplan. Staff anticipates work on this topic starting Summer 2023. HRC discussed Rent Increases at their February 2023 meeting as part of their Motion I Council referral, see Item 8 below. 5 Security Deposit Limit (CC Motion #F) Create a local ordinance that limits the locally allowable amount of security deposit charged for unfurnished rental units to 1.5 times the monthly rent. In progress. Preparation of draft local ordinance underway. Ordinance first reading and second reading Spring/Summer 2023. 6 Fair Chance Ordinance (CC Motion #H) Consider preparation of a local ordinance that supports fair chance policies. Not started. Council referred the fair chance policy topic to the Policy & Services Committee, including a staff analysis of consequences and unintended consequences. This work is incorporated into the Housing Element workplan. Staff anticipates work on this topic starting Summer 2023. HRC discussed Fair Chance at their February 2023 meeting as part of their Motion I Council referral, see Item 8 below. 7 Right to Counsel (CC Motion #G) Provide tenants with legal assistance in housing-related cases. Ongoing. Ongoing to identify ways to support County efforts on right to counsel. Santa Clara County recently won a grant in Spring 2023 to investigate the Right to Counsel topic. City staff will coordinate with the County regarding investigation findings. Item 13 Attachment B - Renter Protection Policy Work Status Update Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 26 Packet Pg. 150 of 406 May 11, 2023 Page 4 of 4 Policy Brief Description Work Status City staff met with the recently formed Bay Area Housing Finance Authority in Spring 2023, which is preparing a Bay Area Eviction Study, the results of which will likely explore the Right to Counsel topic. City staff will coordinate with BAFHA regarding the study findings. City staff joined the Santa Clara County Eviction, Tenant/Landlord Disputes, & Rent Relief Collaborative that meets monthly and discusses the Right to Counsel topic. 8 Improving Implementation of Existing Renter Protection Policies (CC Motion #I) City review and assessment of the implementation of existing renter protection policies. In progress. Council referred this implementation review and assessment to the Human Relations Commission. HRC discussed many existing and new Renter Policies at their February 2023 meeting as part of their Motion I Council referral.4 HRC recommendations will be brought to City Council for direction in 2023. 4 For more specifics, refer to the Human Relations Commission February 9, 2023 meeting minutes and the April 27, 2023 meeting minutes whereby one February 9, 2023 HRC motion was clarified: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/Departments/Community-Services/Other-Services/Commissions/Human- Relations-Commission/HRC-Current-Year-Agendas-and-Minutes. Item 13 Attachment B - Renter Protection Policy Work Status Update Item 13: Staff Report Pg. 27 Packet Pg. 151 of 406 City Council Staff Report From: City Manager Report Type: ACTION ITEMS Lead Department: Public Works Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2303-1158 TITLE Adoption of a Resolution Approving an Addendum to the 2017 Comprehensive Plan Environmental Impact Report and Adopting the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP); Approval of the 2023-2025 S/CAP Workplan; and Review of the 2023 Earth Day Report RECOMMENDATION Staff and the Council Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP) Ad Hoc Committee recommend that Council: 1. Certify the Comprehensive Plan Environmental Impact Report Addendum: Update to the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan 2. Adopt a Resolution Approving an Addendum to the Comprehensive Plan Environmental Impact Report and Adopting the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (Attachment C) 3. Approve the 2023-2025 S/CAP Work Plan (Attachment D) 4. Review the 2023 Earth Day Report (Attachment E) EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Consistent with Council’s adoption of “Climate Change & Natural Environment: Protection and Adaptation” as one of the four priorities for calendar year 2023, staff updated the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP) to help the City meet its sustainability goals, including its goals of reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 80 percent below 1990 levels by 2030 (the “80 x 30” goal) and achieving carbon neutrality by 2030. On October 3, 2022, City Council accepted Goals and Key Actions for the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP)1. Staff commenced California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) evaluation of the S/CAP, including the Work Plan elements described in this staff report, shortly 1 City Council, October 3, 2022; Agenda Item #9; SR #14720 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city-council- agendas-minutes/2022/20221003/20221003accsm-amended-presentations.pdf#page=131 Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 152 of 406 thereafter. Attachment A provides a detailed history of the S/CAP development to date. The S/CAP is an ambitious plan to reduce the City and community’s GHG emissions, while also guiding how we use our land and natural resources in ways that ensure quality of life for future generations. The full S/CAP report can be found in Attachment B. The Resolution Approving an Addendum to the Comprehensive Plan Environmental Impact Report and Adopting the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan can be found in Attachment C. 2 but does not provide guidance on task prioritization or implementation timeline. The 2023-2025 S/CAP Work Plan is meant to guide staff efforts on the S/CAP over the next three years by prioritizing and providing more detail on implementation of the Key Actions accepted by Council on October 3, 2022. 3. In 2021, Palo Alto emitted an estimated 359,312 metric tons (MT) of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) from the residential, commercial, industrial, transportation, waste, water, and municipal sectors.4 In comparison to the 1990 base year emissions (which were about 780,000 metric tons), that is a 53.9 percent decrease in total community emissions, despite a population increase of 19.5 percent during that same time period. For our progress towards carbon neutrality, if we include natural gas (methane) carbon offsets, then we are at 71.3% emissions reductions. BACKGROUND 5 (the “80 x 30” goal), and in October 2022 Council adopted the ambitious goal of 2 Achieving 80% reductions in greenhouse gas emissions from 1990 levels by 2030. 3 UN Environment Programme, Cities and Climate Change; https://www.unep.org/explore-topics/resource- efficiency/what-we-do/cities/cities-and-climate-change 4 Carbon dioxide equivalent is a unit of measure that normalizes the varying climate warming potencies of all six GHG emissions, which are carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), and sulfur hexafluoride (SF6). For example, one metric ton of nitrous oxide is 210 metric tons of CO2e. 5 City Council, April 18, 2016; Agenda Item #10; SR #6754, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/year-archive/2016/id-6754.pdf Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 153 of 406 achieving carbon neutrality by 20306. In November 2016, Council adopted the S/CAP Framework7, which has served as the road map for achieving Palo Alto’s sustainability goals. In December 2017, Council accepted the 2018-2020 Sustainability Implementation Plan “Key Actions” as a summary of the City’s work program8. ANALYSIS 9 in order to evaluate the 6 City Council, October 3, 2022; Agenda Item #9; SR #14720 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city-council- agendas-minutes/2022/20221003/20221003accsm-amended-presentations.pdf#page=131 7 City Council, November 28, 2016; Agenda Item #9; SR 7304 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/year-archive/2016/id-7304.pdf 8 2018-2020 Sustainability Implementation Plan, 2017; https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/sustainability/policies-and-plans/2018-2020-sustainability- implementation-plan-with-council-amendments.pdf 9 Comprehensive Plan Environmental Impact Report Addendum: Update to the SCAP, May 2023; https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city-council- agendas-minutes/2023/2023comprehensive-plan-environmental-impact-report-addendum-update-to-the- scap.pdf Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 154 of 406 impacts of the proposed S/CAP. The Comprehensive Plan EIR considered the environmental impacts of implementing the Comprehensive Plan by 2030 and can serve as the CEQA document for future projects that align with the Comprehensive Plan. As the Comprehensive Plan EIR has been certified, the environmental impacts of subsequent activities proposed under the Comprehensive Plan, including the S/CAP, which is an implementation program of the Comprehensive Plan, must be examined in light of the impact analysis in the certified Comprehensive Plan EIR to determine whether additional CEQA documentation must be prepared. AECOM found that the S/CAP meets the substantive and procedural recommendations for a GHG reduction plan per CEQA guidelines. By incorporating the goals and measures of the S/CAP into the Comprehensive Plan EIR through the EIR Addendum, the City is ensuring future development and planning activities within the city conform to the objectives of the S/CAP and climate change legislation adopted by the State of California. Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 155 of 406 The Climate Action section focuses on launching higher potential, lower cost emissions reduction programs, building community confidence in the S/CAP, and laying the foundation for post-2025 work. The Sustainability section focuses on reducing waste, creating a sustainable and holistically managed water system, adapting to a changing climate, and enhancing the City’s thriving urban canopy. The climate action section has five priorities: Climate Action P1.Complete grid modernization plan and begin construction to increase reliability and transformer capacity for electrification P2.Launch effective programs for emissions reductions with highest impact and lowest cost: single-family electrification, strategic promotion of EVs, commercial rooftop HVAC, and expanded transportation alternatives P3.Build community awareness and confidence in electrification through engagement, addressing concerns, and program results P4.Identify an additional 9% in emissions reduction opportunities to achieve the 80x30 goal P5.By 2024 identify funding needed and potential funding sources for full scale implementation of highest impact emissions reductions Table 1 below summarizes how these priorities are implemented in 2023-2025. Staff will focus on increasing electric grid capacity while launching high potential, lower cost programs focused on residential heat pump water heaters (HPWH), commercial packaged rooftop heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC), and previously funded transportation programs. Funding needs and sources for these high potential programs will be evaluated. Studies on accelerating EV charger penetration in multi-family buildings (including affordable housing) and providing EV chargers in workplaces and business districts will be completed. Publicly-owned EV charging may also be part of the solution; and the Bicycle/Pedestrian Plan will be updated. A study of potential multi-family and non-residential electrification opportunities will be completed. This work will be performed with the intent of building community confidence in the City’s emissions reduction efforts, which will require results, engagement, and some focus on electric system reliability and resiliency. Table 1: Climate Action Priorities: Summary of Work Items and Timeline Priority 2023 2024 2025 P1 (Modernize grid) •Grid modernization study completion, hire contractor •Reliability/Resiliency Strategic Plan •Begin a 5-7 year construction effort to increase reliability and transformer capacity •Implement Reliability and Resiliency Strategic Plan Design and launch programs:P2 (Launch programs)•Full-scale HPWH program •Pilot commercial HVAC •Single-family whole home •Full-scale commercial HVAC Design and launch additional programs based on the 2024 studies (See Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 5 Packet Pg. 156 of 406 Priority 2023 2024 2025 •Municipal electrification •Downtown parking management program •On-demand transit pilot •Full-scale multi-family EV charger program (tentative) Studies to guide program launches: •EV Strategic Plan •Multi-family and income-qualified EV work plan •Bicycle Plan update •Work plan for commuter and visitor EV charging and EV promotion •Vision Zero program (tentative) P4 for other studies that may result in new programs) and the EV Strategic Plan Build awareness of the need for climate action and the City’s services and achievements. Drive community actions to achieve S/CAP goals. Build confidence in the City’s electric infrastructure. Report results from new and existing programs: P3 (Build awareness and confidence) •New program: HPWH pilot •Existing programs: •Existing Mobility programs •Multi-family EV charger •New programs: Full-scale HPWH program, commercial HVAC pilot •Continuation of existing programs •New programs; Full- scale HVAC, multi- family EV charger •Continuation of programs •Evaluate new programs based on studies P4 (Additional emissions reductions) •Seek ideas from community members and other experts •Monitor technologies and medium term opportunities •Multi-family and non- residential electrification study •Study highest potential community ideas/technologies P5 (Funding needs and sources) •Evaluate implementation cost for full scale high impact / lower cost programs •Preliminary evaluations of potential funding sources •Decisions on how to fund priority electrification areas •Develop financial and operational plan for gas utility •Implement follow up from prior-year studies During the Finance Committee’s May 9, 2023 meeting, Committee members inquired about the potential to waive or reduce permit fees for electrification projects to further incentivize climate action. Multiple work items in the 2023-2025 S/CAP Work Plan include the potential for waived or reduced fees. Staff will evaluate waiving or reducing fees through development of pilot programs for whole home electrification, affordable housing EV charging and electrification, and commercial rooftop HVAC electrification. Additionally, the work item for single-family Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 6 Packet Pg. 157 of 406 electrification rebates implicitly includes permit fees, as rebates and fee waivers are both options for using other funding sources to reduce the cost of electrification projects for permittees. As a first step, staff will contact other cities that have implemented electrification fee waivers to learn about the structure of their programs. Sustainability •Reducing water consumption while exploring ways to capture and store water, and increase the availability and use of recycled water •Developing and adopting a multi-year Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan •Minimizing wildland fire hazards through Foothills Fire Management Plan implementation, zoning, and collaborating with Fire agencies •Increasing Palo Alto’s Tree Canopy and reducing pesticide usage in parks and open space preserves •Supporting the Green Stormwater Infrastructure (GSI) Plan and incorporating it in municipal projects •Encouraging food waste reduction, prevention, and recovery and providing waste prevention technical assistance •Eliminating single-use disposable containers and prioritizing domestic processing of recyclable materials rd City Council Motion (October 3 Action Minutes, page 410) to refer to S/CAP Ad Hoc committee to begin work on the following and present to the City Council by year end an outline of: 10 October 3 Action Minutes, Page 4 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes- reports/agendas-minutes/city-council-agendas-minutes/2022/20221003/20221003amccsm.pdf#page=4 Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 7 Packet Pg. 158 of 406 Palo Alto’s 2021 Greenhouse Gas Emissions Inventory 11. The first step for cities to realize their potential is to identify and measure where their emissions come from. 2e) from the residential, commercial, industrial, transportation, waste, water, and municipal sectors.12 In comparison to the 1990 base year emissions (which were about 780,000 metric tons), that is a 53.9 percent decrease in total community emissions, despite a population increase of 19.5 percent during that same time period. Of that 53.9 percent reduction to-date, 44.2 percent came from achieving carbon neutrality for the City’s electricity portfolio, 28.6 percent from declines in transportation emissions, 13.9 percent from reduction in natural gas (methane13) consumption, 11.5 percent from declines in solid waste emissions, and 1.7 percent from declines in wastewater-related emissions. In comparison to 2020, that is a 6.7 percent decrease in total community emissions. 11 UN Environment Programme, ”Cities and Climate Change,” https://www.unep.org/explore-topics/resource- efficiency/what-we-do/cities/cities-and-climate-change 12 Carbon dioxide equivalent is a unit of measure that normalizes the varying climate warming potencies of all six GHG emissions, which are carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), and sulfur hexafluoride (SF6). For example, one metric ton of nitrous oxide is 210 metric tons of CO2e. 13 Methane, which is the primary component of natural gas, is a very potent greenhouse gas, with a global warming potential that is 25 times higher than CO2 over a 100-year period. Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 8 Packet Pg. 159 of 406 Figure 1: 1990 vs 2021 GHG Emissions by Sector As shown in Figure 2, the two largest categories of emissions are transportation and mobile sources (including on-road transportation, airport emissions, off-road vehicles, and Caltrain commuter rail) and natural gas use (including residential, commercial, and industrial). For the emissions sources in 2021, 51.7 percent are from on-road transportation, 37.8 percent are from natural gas (methane) use, and the remainder are from other sources. Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 9 Packet Pg. 160 of 406 Figure 2: 2021 GHG Emissions by Sector Palo Alto’s Progress Towards Carbon Neutrality Carbon neutrality focuses on balancing the amount of GHGs emitted against the amount of GHGs removed from the atmosphere. In Palo Alto, we strive for net zero emissions – reducing GHG emissions as close to zero as possible, then “offsetting” remaining emissions. It’s like trying to balance a scale. If there are GHG emissions remaining after reduction strategies have been exhausted, “offsets” are used to balance out or get to zero. Offsets are actions, such as carbon sequestration, taken to reduce – or “offset” - the amount of GHGs emitted. Carbon sequestration is the process of capturing and storing atmospheric carbon dioxide. For example, buying into new forest growth to store carbon in trees in one geographic area can offset GHGs emitted in another area. Palo Alto currently purchases carbon offsets to balance emissions from natural gas (methane) use. However, we do not include these offsets in our GHG inventory. We do, however, include these offsets for the purposes of estimating our progress towards achieving carbon neutrality. As shown in Figure 3, if we include natural gas (methane) carbon offsets, then we are at 71.3% emissions reductions. Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 10 Packet Pg. 161 of 406 Figure 3: 2021 Progress Towards Carbon Neutrality Progress in S/CAP Areas In addition to our overall emissions reductions progress, we are tracking key performance indicators in all S/CAP Areas. Highlights include: •Climate Action: City Council passed the 2022 updates to the Green Building Ordinance14 (also referred to as "2022 Reach Codes"). These carry over the requirements of the 2019 Reach Codes, with additional requirements in the areas of building electrification, EV infrastructure, water efficiency, and embodied carbon in building materials. The 2022 Reach Codes went into effect in January 2023, and collectively will avoid over 3,420 MT CO2e per year. •Energy: The Full-Service Heat Pump Water Heater (HPWH) Pilot Program15 launched after receiving Council Approval in September 2022. The program will make it easier and more affordable for residents to switch to a HPWH, with a goal of replacing 1,000 gas water heaters by the end of 2023. If fully subscribed, the program will reduce emissions by about 14 Green Building Ordinance and Energy Reach Codes; https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/City- Hall/Sustainability/Green-Building-Code-Requirements 15 Full Service Heat Pump Water Heater Pilot Program; https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/SwitchYourWaterHeater Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 11 Packet Pg. 162 of 406 800 MT CO2e per year. At the end of 2022, there were 208 all electric homes in Palo Alto, compared to 135 at the end of 2016. •Electric Vehicles: One in five households in Palo Alto now drives an EV. In 2022, there were an estimated 6,500 electric vehicles (EVs) registered in Palo Alto – 6 times more than in 2014 – collectively avoiding approximately 15,600 MT CO2e per year. •Mobility: In 2021, Palo Alto received the League of American Bicyclists’ Gold-Level Bicycle Friendly Community (BFC) Award16 in recognition of the years of work our transportation professionals, bike advocates, and residents have put in to creating transportation and recreational resources that benefit residents of all ages and abilities while encouraging healthier and more sustainable transportation choices. Palo Alto is one of 34 Gold Level BFCs out of a total of 487 BFCs nationwide. In 2022, Palo Alto made significant progress on the City’s 6th Cycle 2023-2031 Housing Element. The draft Housing Element17 identifies potential sites for the construction of new housing units over the next eight years, which would assist in further reducing transportation emissions and vehicle miles traveled. •Water: In July 2022, the City kicked off a One Water planning process in collaboration with Carollo Engineering. The 20-year One Water Plan18 will address future uncertainties such as imported water supply reliability, droughts, and climate change. Staff is working to engage the public via stakeholder meetings, web updates, and more. The plan is scheduled to be completed later this year. •Climate Adaptation and Sea Level Rise: In 2022 the Sea Level Rise Vulnerability Assessment19 was completed. The Vulnerability Assessment will inform the development of a Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan. •Natural Environment: In June 2022, City Council adopted an updated Tree Ordinance20 that expands tree protection to include additional protected tree species, roughly tripling the number of trees that would be classified as "protected" and imposes new requirements for developers seeking to remove these trees. The updated Tree Ordinance went into effect on July 21, 2022. In 2022, there were approximately 35,576 trees in the public right-of-way and City-owned property, collectively avoiding 1,463 MT CO2e per year, sequestering 2,375 MT CO2e per year, and providing $18.5 million in yearly eco benefits. (Note: some trees are missing data points necessary for these calculations, so this is undercounting by over 1,000 trees) 16 Palo Alto named Gold-Level Bicycle Friendly Community, June 2021; https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/News- Articles/City-Manager/City-of-Palo-Alto-named-a-Gold-Level-Bicycle-Friendly-Community-by-the-League-of- American-Bicyclists 17 2023-2031 Palo Alto Draft Housing Element; https://paloaltohousingelement.com/ 18 One Water Plan; https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/Departments/Utilities/Sustainability/Water-Conservation-and- Drought-Updates/One-Water-Plan 19 Sea Level Rise Vulnerability Assessment, 2022; https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/Departments/Public- Works/Watershed-Protection/Sea-Level-Rise 20 Tree Ordinance, 2022; https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/Departments/Public-Works/Public-Services/Palo-Altos- Urban-Forest/Tree-Ordinance-Update-2022/Tree-Ordinance-Information Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 12 Packet Pg. 163 of 406 •Zero Waste: In December 2022 the City extended a successful pilot program21 through 2026 which will keep more plastic and paper recyclables in the U.S. Recent Council action keeps 100 percent of the City's mixed paper and mixed rigid plastics to be recycled within the United States. New contract changes with GreenWaste of Palo Alto, the City's refuse hauler, reduce the recyclables sent to be processed internationally from 59 to 39 percent. In 2022, Palo Alto earned a spot on environmental impact non-profit, CDP's 2022 Cities A List22. Palo Alto was recognized as one of 122 cities taking bold leadership on environmental impact and transparency. Of the over 1,000 local governments scored by CDP in 2022, only 12% received an A. Also in 2022, Palo Alto received an Honorable Mention in the “Small City Category” of the 2022 Climate Protection Awards from the U.S. Conference of Mayors23. The award winners are the 16th class of mayors to be honored for successful local climate action, changing how energy is used and produced in cities resulting in reduced carbon use and emissions. The City was recognized for the Multifamily Gas Furnace to Heat Pump Retrofit Pilot24. FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT Initiatives will be managed and funded across various departments and funds. Staff is working with the Office of Management and Budget and the City Manager’s Office to bring forward recommendations related to S/CAP needs as part of the Fiscal Year 2024 Proposed Budget, but most will need to be prioritized in consideration of competing priorities. Funding and resources will be discussed in greater detail with the S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee. The Fiscal Year 2023 work items in the 2023-2025 draft S/CAP Work Plan can proceed with the actions approved in the Fiscal Year 2023 Adopted Budget. Staff expects to submit additional resource requests as part of the annual budget process in subsequent years as the work plan proceeds for the following areas: •Funding for newly launched programs: As new programs are proposed for launch, funding for third-party program operators, rebates, and other expenses may be recommended to manage the programs. •Program sales and marketing: Additional resources (consultants and/or staffing) may be needed for sales and marketing of future programs. Council partially approved these resources along with its October 3, 2022 approval of the Advanced Heat Pump Water 21 Palo Alto is Now Keeping More Recyclables in the United States, Dec 2022; https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/News-Articles/City-Manager/Palo-Alto-is-Now-Keeping-More-Recyclables-in-the- United-States 22 CDP A List, 2022; https://www.cdp.net/en/cities/cities-scores 23 Climate Protection Awards from the U.S. Conference of Mayors, 2022; https://www.usmayors.org/wp- content/uploads/2022/05/2022-Climate-Winning-Programs.pdf 24 Multifamily Gas Furnace to Heat Pump Retrofit Pilot, 2022; https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/sustainability/reports/palo-alto-multifamily-heat-pump-pilot- report_final_3-4-22-with-appendices.pdf Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 13 Packet Pg. 164 of 406 Heater pilot program25. •Permit review: Permit activity associated with new programs will create a need for permit review staff and/or consultants. Council approved permit review resources for the Advanced Heat Pump Water Heater Pilot Program26, but not for future programs. These resource requests will be recommended to be funded by increased permit revenue. •Capital budgets for grid modernization: Additional engineering staffing has already been approved for grid modernization work, but capital budgets for design and construction work have not yet been proposed. Staff will recommend projects as part of the development of the 2024-2028 five-year Capital Improvement Plan. •Consulting budgets: Consulting budgets for calendar year 2023 and 2024 studies will be considered through the FY 2024 budget process or as part of a separate budget amendment where needed. Some items in other work plans are also relevant to the S/CAP Work Plan. The Utilities Strategic Plan, for example, includes workforce development and advanced metering infrastructure (AMI) work items that are directly relevant to the S/CAP. Some of these may involve future budget requests as well. POLICY IMPLICATIONS The S/CAP Report, 2023-2025 S/CAP Work Plan, and Earth Day Report align with one of the top four Council Priorities for CY 2023: “Climate Change & Natural Environment: Protection and Adaptation”. STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT Wide-reaching and coordinated public engagement was done as part of the S/CAP Update prior to acceptance of the proposed S/CAP Goals and Key Actions. Feedback from these engagement processes informed development of the draft 2023-2025 S/CAP Work Plan. For a summary, please see the Stakeholder Engagement section of Staff Report 1460627, packet page 101. Additional engagement on the 2023-2025 S/CAP Work Plan included a meeting with the Council S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee’s Working Group on November 4, 2022, and a public S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee meeting on May 24, 2023. During development of the S/CAP Update, the S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee and associated Working Group and Working Group teams have been the primary venue for public engagement. As the focus of the S/CAP work shifts from development to implementation, other models for both 25 City Council, September 27, 2022; Agenda Item #10; SR #14606, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city-council- agendas-minutes/2022/20220927/20220927pccsmlinked-amended-v2.pdf#page=79 26 City Council, September 27, 2022; Agenda Item #10; SR #14606, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city-council- agendas-minutes/2022/20220927/20220927pccsmlinked-amended-v2.pdf#page=79 27 City Council, September 27, 2022; Agenda Item #10; SR #14606, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city-council- agendas-minutes/2022/20220927/20220927pccsmlinked-amended-v2.pdf#page=101 Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 14 Packet Pg. 165 of 406 engagement and governance of the work may be appropriate. Staff will return to Council later in 2023 to discuss the potential options. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW ATTACHMENTS APPROVED BY: Item 14 Item 14 Staff Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 15 Packet Pg. 166 of 406 Attachment A: Background on Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP) Development •April 18, 2016: City Council adopted the ambitious goal of reducing GHG emissions to 80 percent below 1990 levels by 20301 (the “80 x 30” goal) - 20 years ahead of the State of California 80 x 50 target, and an interim step towards California’s statewide goal of achieving carbon neutrality by 20452. •November 28, 2016: City Council adopted the S/CAP Framework3, which has served as the road map for achieving Palo Alto’s sustainability goals. •December 11, 2017: City Council accepted the 2018-2020 Sustainability Implementation Plan “Key Actions” as a summary of the City’s work program4. •June 16, 2020: The City launched an S/CAP update to determine the goals and key actions needed to meet its sustainability goals, including the 80 x 30 goal.5 •April 19, 2021: Staff presented a preliminary impact analysis and Council directed the Mayor to form an S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee.6 •August 2021 to April 2022: The S/CAP Committee held several public meetings with City staff.7 •November 17, 2021: The S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee held the first meeting of its S/CAP Working Group, which assembled knowledgeable members of the community to consult with Council members and City staff on S/CAP implementation priorities. •December 13, 2021: Staff presented a Progress Report on the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan Update and S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee Work8 to Council. •March 7, 2022: Council and the Utilities Advisory Commission (UAC) held a joint study 1 City Council, April 18, 2016; Agenda Item #10; SR #6754, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/year-archive/2016/id-6754.pdf 2 In September 2018, Governor Brown signed California Executive Order B-55-18, setting the goal of achieving carbon neutrality as soon as possible, and no later than 2045. The state is to maintain net negative net emissions after 2045, meaning that GHG sinks must exceed GHG sources. The Executive Order explains that the carbon neutrality goal is layered on top of the state’s existing commitments to reduce greenhouse gas emissions 40% below 1990 levels by 2030 (as codified in SB 32), and 80% below 1990 levels by 2050. 3 City Council, November 28, 2016; Agenda Item #9; SR 7304 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/year-archive/2016/id-7304.pdf 4 City Council, December 11, 2017; Agenda Item 15; SR #8487, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/year-archive/2017/id-8487.pdf 5 City Council, June 16, 2020; Agenda Item 1; SR #11404, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/year-archive/2020/id-11404-climate_sustainability-and-climate-action-plan.pdf?t=59513.75 6 City Council, April 19, 2021; Agenda Item 7; SR #12009, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/year-archive/2021/id-12009.pdf 7 S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee Website, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/scapadhoc 8 City Council, December 13, 2021, Agenda Item 19; SR #13765 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/2021/id.-13765-s-cap-update.pdf Item 14 Attachment A - Background on SCAP Development Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 16 Packet Pg. 167 of 406 session9 to discuss sustainability and utility related items. •April 11, 2022: Staff presented the Earth Day Report10 to Council on April 11, 2022. The Earth Day Report described the work of the S/CAP Ad Hoc Working Group teams. •June 14, 2022: The S/CAP Ad Hoc Working Group Teams held a public meeting to discuss their progress on three areas that would advance residential building electrification goals: •Engagement. The work of this team included fine-tuning messaging on residential building electrification and developing a strategy and timeline for engagement. •Technology. The work of this team included reviewing current and emerging technologies and their feasibility for meeting the demands of a typical home and developing a strategy. The team also considered the influence of electrification technologies that are implemented on the electrical grid improvements that are needed. •Finance. The work of this team included prioritizing the most feasible funding strategies and developing a strategy for financing S/CAP Implementation. The working group teams also discussed an outline of a proposed Advanced Heat Pump Water Heater Pilot Program at the June 14 meeting. They agreed to have staff develop the outline into a more defined proposal. •September 27 and October 3, 2022: Staff and the S/CAP Committee recommended, and Council accepted, the S/CAP Goals and Key Actions that would be used for environmental review. Staff and the S/CAP Committee recommended the creation of an Advanced Heat Pump Water Heater Pilot program and Council took several actions to enable the program to be launched.11 9 City Council and Utilities Advisory Commission, March 7, 2022; Agenda Item 3; SR #14076 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city-council- agendas-minutes/2022/20220307/20220307pccsmamendedfinal-linked.pdf#page=42 10 City Council, April 22, 2022; Agenda Item 2; SR # 14174, https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/2022/id.-14174-earth-day-report-2022-edr22.pdf 11 City Council, October 3, 2022; Agenda Item #9; SR # 14720 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city-council- agendas-minutes/2022/20221003/20221003accsm-amended-presentations.pdf#page=131 Item 14 Attachment A - Background on SCAP Development Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 17 Packet Pg. 168 of 406 2022 SUSTAINABILITY AND CLIMATE ACTION PLAN Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 18 Packet Pg. 169 of 406 Page 2 of 148 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS City staff worked tirelessly and enthusiastically to develop the City of Palo Alto Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP). Thanks to all City staff, City Council, the S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee, the S/CAP Working Group, the S/CAP Working Group Teams, the Utilities Advisory Commission, the Planning and Transportation Commission, the Parks and Recreation Commission, the City Manager, partner organizations, and members of the public who contributed their expertise, guidance, ideas, and feedback; conducted thorough document reviews; and participated in various meetings. Staff looks forward to working together on implementation of this Plan. CORE TEAM Brad Eggleston Director, Department of Public Works Christine Luong Sustainability Manager, Department of Public Works Phil Bobel Former Assistant Director, Department of Public Works Jonathan Abendschein Assistant Director, Resource Management, City of Palo Alto Utilities Karin North Assistant Director, Department of Public Works Heather Dauler Utilities Compliance Manager, City of Palo Alto Utilities SUSTAINABILITY TEAM City of Palo Alto Sustainability Team Leads Christine Tam Senior Resources Planner, City of Palo Alto Utilities Evon Ballash Assistant Building Official (retired), Planning and Development Services David Chung Assistant Building Official, Planning and Development Services Sylvia Star-Lack Manager, Office of Transportation Rebecca Atkinson Planner, Planning and Development Services Department Shiva Swaminathan Senior Resources Planner, City of Palo Alto Utilities Mike Nafziger Senior Engineer (retired), Department of Public Works Hiromi Kelty Acting Utilities Programs Services Manager, City of Palo Alto Utilities Karla Dailey Assistant Director, Resources Management, City of Palo Alto Utilities Lisa Bilir Senior Resource Planner, City of Palo Alto Utilities Julie Weiss Watershed Protection Program Manager, Department of Public Works Nathaniel Rainey Emergency Services Coordinator, Office of Emergency Services Walter Passmore Urban Forester (no longer at the City), Department of Public Works Peter Gollinger Urban Forester, Department of Public Works Pam Boyle Rodriguez Manager, Stormwater Compliance Program, Department of Public Works Paula Borges Fujimoto Manager, Solid Waste, Department of Public Works Maybo AuYeung Manager, Environmental Control Program, Department of Public Works Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 19 Packet Pg. 170 of 406 Page 3 of 148 City of Palo Alto Sustainability Team Danitra Bahlman Fleet Manager, Department of Public Works Lisa Benatar Manager Utilities Program Services, City of Palo Alto Utilities Catherine Elvert Communications Manager, City of Palo Alto Utilities Cameron Grannis Sustainability Environmental Specialist, Department of Public Works Wendy Hediger Environmental Specialist (retired), Department of Public Works Makeila Kamelamela Climate Fellow, Department of Public Works Shrupath Patel Associate Planner, Office of Transportation Lena Perkins Senior Resources Planner, City of Palo Alto Utilities Megan Schmiesing Program Assistant II, Department of Public Works CONTRIBUTORS City of Palo Alto Amy Bartell Assistant City Attorney, Office of the City Attorney Joanna Chan Senior Transportation Planner, Office of Transportation Amanda De Jesus Senior Communications Strategist, City Manager’s Office Kenneth Dueker Director, Office of Emergency Services Sarah Fitzgerald Environmental Specialist, Department of Public Works Meghan Horrigan-Taylor Chief Communications Officer, City Manager’s Office Eric Keniston Senior Resource Planner, City of Palo Alto Utilities Michael Luetgens Manager of Airport Operations, Department of Public Works Scott Mellberg Program Manager, City of Palo Alto Utilities Claire Raybould Senior Planner, Planning and Development Services Department Roland Rivera Senior Business Analyst, Planning and Development Services Department Jessica Ruppert Administrative Associate, Department of Public Works Tim Shimizu Deputy City Attorney, Office of the City Attorney James Stack Senior Resources Planner, City of Palo Alto Utilities Andrew Swanson Airport Manager, Department of Public Works Joanna Tran Executive Assistant to the City Manager, City Manager's Office Eric Wong Associate Resource Planner, City of Palo Alto Utilities Tim Wong Senior Planner, Planning and Development Services Department Albert Yang Assistant City Attorney, Office of the City Attorney Isabel Zacharczuk Senior Industrial Waste Investigator, Department of Public Works CONSULTANTS Bing Huo, Data Scientist AECOM Fehr and Peers Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 20 Packet Pg. 171 of 406 Table of Contents Page 4 of 148 TABLE OF CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.................................................................................................................6 1. INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................................9 Why a Sustainability and Climate Action Plan?............................................................................10 Benefits of Climate Action............................................................................................................11 2. SUSTAINABILITY AND CLIMATE ACTION PLAN (S/CAP) OVERVIEW..........................................15 The 80 x 30 Goal: An introduction................................................................................................16 The Carbon Neutral by 2030 Goal................................................................................................17 What’s New in This S/CAP............................................................................................................18 S/CAP Goals..................................................................................................................................18 The Role of Equity.........................................................................................................................19 Community Engagement..............................................................................................................19 Guiding Principles.........................................................................................................................20 3. IMPACTS OF CLIMATE CHANGE..............................................................................................22 Climate Science 101......................................................................................................................23 What We Are Seeing Already.......................................................................................................24 Future Projections........................................................................................................................24 Financial Impact of Climate Change.............................................................................................25 4. GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS...............................................................................................26 Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Inventory Framework.............................................................................27 Palo Alto’s 2021 GHG Emissions Inventory...................................................................................28 5. GOALS AND KEY ACTIONS ......................................................................................................39 Introduction..................................................................................................................................40 Climate Action..............................................................................................................................45 Energy...........................................................................................................................................47 Transportation..............................................................................................................................49 Electric Vehicles............................................................................................................................51 Mobility ........................................................................................................................................53 Water............................................................................................................................................55 Climate Adaptation and Sea Level Rise ........................................................................................57 Natural Environment....................................................................................................................60 Zero Waste...................................................................................................................................62 6. GETTING TO 80 X 30: COSTS AND IMPACTS ............................................................................65 Assessing the Impacts of Co-Benefits of achieving 80 x 30..........................................................66 Outcomes Needed to Achieve 80 Percent Reduction from 1990 Levels......................................67 Strategies to Achieve Building and Transportation Emissions Reductions...................................71 Total Cost to Achieve 80 Percent Reduction from 1990 Levels....................................................72 Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 21 Packet Pg. 172 of 406 Table of Contents Page 5 of 148 7. NEXT STEPS - FURTHER EXPLORATION....................................................................................76 Principles for Going to Scale.........................................................................................................77 Implementation............................................................................................................................78 Funding Opportunities..................................................................................................................79 Community Engagement..............................................................................................................79 Leaving Room for new Strategies.................................................................................................80 Conclusion....................................................................................................................................81 A. Glossary....................................................................................................................................83 B. Climate Change.........................................................................................................................86 C. Policy........................................................................................................................................95 D. Methodology..........................................................................................................................107 Figure 1: 1990 vs 2021 GHG Emissions by Sector..............................................................................29 Figure 2: 2021 GHG Emissions by Sector...........................................................................................30 Figure 3: Annual Diversion Rate Percentage.....................................................................................35 Figure 4: RWQCP Historical Total Greenhouse Gas Emissions..........................................................37 Figure 5: Spectrum of Tools for Achieving Climate Goals .................................................................40 Figure 6: Contributions of Various Emissions Reduction Measures to Achieving Emissions Goals...68 Figure 7: Key Actions by Cost per Metric Ton of Carbon Dioxide Equivalent Reduced.....................69 Figure 8: Cost per Metric Ton for Various Types of Emissions Reduction Actions............................70 Figure 9: Costs for Various Groups in the Palo Alto Community without Tax / Incentive System*..74 Figure 11: Gross U.S. GHG Emissions by Gas: 1990-2018..................................................................87 Figure 12: U.S. GHG Emissions by Economic Sector..........................................................................88 Figure 13: California GHG Emissions by Sector: 2000-2017..............................................................89 Figure 14: California 2017 GHG Emissions by Sector ........................................................................89 Table 1: 1990 vs 2021 GHG Emissions by Sector...............................................................................30 Table 2: 2021 Transportation and Mobile Sources...........................................................................31 Table 3: 2021 Natural Gas (Methane) Use........................................................................................33 Table 4: 1990 vs 2021 Solid Waste Emissions by Subsector..............................................................35 Table 5: 1990 vs 2021 Wastewater-Related Emissions by Subsector...............................................36 Table 6: S/CAP Co-Benefits................................................................................................................66 Table 7: Emissions by Source and Milestone ....................................................................................68 Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 22 Packet Pg. 173 of 406 Executive Summary Page 6 of 148 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 23 Packet Pg. 174 of 406 Executive Summary Page 7 of 148 Cities bear a unique responsibility when it comes to climate change. While occupying only 2 percent of the land on earth, cities consume 78 percent of the world’s energy1, accounting for up 75 percent of global emissions2, and are home to 55 percent of the global population3. Global emissions need to halve by 2030 and reduce to net zero by 2050 to avoid catastrophic climate change, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, the UN-backed body that collates the science needed to inform policy. By 2050, two-thirds of the global population will live in cities4, meaning that urban climate action is only going to become more urgent as growing populations need safe and secure places to live and work. By taking actions to cut emissions and reduce vulnerabilities, cities can gain multiple co-benefits from climate action. 2e)5, reduced from 780,119 MT CO2e in the 1990 base year, despite a population increase of 19.5 percent during that same time period. This equates to 5.4 metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent (MT CO2e) per Palo Alto resident in 2021 compared to 14 MT CO2e per Palo Alto resident in 1990. The California Air Resources Board’s 2017 Scoping Plan Update recommends a goal for local governments of 6 MT C02e per capita by 2030. 2e, or 2 MT CO2e per Palo Alto resident by 2030. Palo Alto will need to reduce total emissions by about 203,288 MT CO2e, requiring a significant increase in the scale and speed of reductions. To meet the 80 x 30 and carbon neutrality goals, this S/CAP provides goals, strategies and key actions in eight areas: Climate Action, Energy, Mobility, Electric Vehicles, Water, Climate Adaptation and Sea Level Rise, Natural Environment, and Zero Waste. 6 (AR6). This report identified the actions needed to have a reasonable chance of holding average global temperature rise to 1.5 degrees Celsius (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit), the point at which systemic impacts to global climate will have significant impacts to human societies and 1 https://www.un.org/en/climatechange/climate-solutions/cities-pollution 2 https://www.unep.org/explore-topics/resource-efficiency/what-we-do/cities/cities-and-climate-change 3 United Nations. World Urbanization Prospects. Demographic Research vol. 12 197–236 https://population.un.org/wup/Publications/Files/WUP2018-Report.pdf (2018). 4 United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs. World Urbanization Prospects. Demographic Research vol. 12 197–236 https://population.un.org/wup/Publications/Files/WUP2018-Report.pdf (2018) 5 See section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions to learn more about how Palo Alto’s emissions are calculated. 6 IPCC 2022 Sixth Assessment Report. https://www.ipcc.ch/report/ar6/wg2/ Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 24 Packet Pg. 175 of 406 Executive Summary Page 8 of 148 ecosystems. The Paris Agreement's7 long-term temperature goal is to keep the increase in global average temperature to well below 2 °C (3.6 °F) above pre-industrial levels and to pursue efforts to limit the increase to 1.5 °C (2.7 °F). It is worth noting that average global temperature rise has already reached 1.1 °C, meaning that great urgency is required to achieve these goals. 8 which is less than 5% of the total amount the community spends on energy each year. By 2033, benefits are estimated to match costs and from then forward, achieving these emissions reductions would represent a net benefit to the community. This means achieving the S/CAP goals could result in lower household and business expenses throughout the community in the long term. 7 The Paris Agreement is a legally binding international treaty on climate change, adopted on December 12, 2015. 8 All costs and benefits are in 2021 dollars. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 25 Packet Pg. 176 of 406 Section 1: Introduction Page 9 of 148 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1. INTRODUCTION Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 26 Packet Pg. 177 of 406 Section 1: Introduction Page 10 of 148 Why a Sustainability and Climate Action Plan? At the heart of the region that drives the fifth largest economy in the world, what is created in Palo Alto has influence far beyond its borders. Palo Alto has made impressive progress toward reducing its carbon impacts, GHG emissions, and resource consumption since establishing its first Climate Protection Plan in 2007. While cities around the world ratchet up their own sustainability initiatives, Palo Alto will need to act boldly to maintain its leadership position—and to ensure the wellbeing of this community in the face of the challenges ahead. Palo Alto is poised to take the next step in climate and sustainability leadership. The Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP) is Palo Alto’s ambitious plan to create a prosperous, resilient city for all residents. To support Palo Alto’s leadership position on climate protection, this S/CAP is designed to be a roadmap for our community’s response to challenges posed by climate change. It is a living document that reflects the ongoing efforts and challenges our community faces as the impacts from climate change grow more frequent, severe, and urgent. In 1987, the United Nations Brundtland Commission defined sustainability as “meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.” A sustainable Palo Alto will meet the needs of today’s residents while protecting ecosystems, natural resources, and public infrastructure for future generations. Sustainability can be thought of as a three-legged stool, comprised of social equity (people), economic health (prosperity), and environmental protection (planet). Collectively, these “legs” are the foundation for a strong and healthy quality of life. For its people to thrive — today and tomorrow — Palo Alto must strengthen all three pillars. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 27 Packet Pg. 178 of 406 Section 1: Introduction Page 11 of 148 Since 1991, the Palo Alto City Council, City Manager, and City of Palo Alto Departments have adopted policies, plans, ordinances, resolutions, and principles that have helped to increase the sustainability of Palo Alto9. In addition, sustainability principles are integrated in the 2030 Comprehensive Plan10. The 2030 Comprehensive Plan contains the City’s official policies on land use and community design, transportation, housing, natural environment, safety, business and economics, and community services. Several goals and policies overlap with the S/CAP, a subsection of which can be found in Appendix C.4.: City Policy. In April 2021, City Council formed the S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee to guide the development, implementation, communication, and future engagement of the S/CAP. Benefits of Climate Action 9 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/City-Hall/Sustainability/Documents 10 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/Departments/Planning-Development-Services/Long-Range-Planning/2030- Comprehensive-Plan Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 28 Packet Pg. 179 of 406 Section 1: Introduction Page 12 of 148 Air Quality Actions to mitigate climate change can improve air quality through reduced exposure (indoor and outdoor) to particulate matter (PM2.5 and PM10), nitrous oxide (NO2), ozone (O3), sulfur dioxide (SO2) or airborne toxins. If the U.S. reduced emissions in a way consistent with the Paris Agreement, it could reduce premature deaths from air pollution by about 30 percent in the next decade.11 For the purposes of the S/CAP, Air Quality is a separate co-benefit from Public Health. Actions to mitigate climate change can improve physical and mental health, and access to healthy food. Research suggests that living within 50 to 200 meters (55 to 219 yards) of major roadways can trigger asthma symptoms among adults and children and contribute to the development of asthma in children.12 Consequently, actions aimed at reducing traffic congestion, taking vehicles off the road, and transitioning to electric vehicles can reduce risk of cardiovascular disease, chronic and acute respiratory illnesses, cancer, and preterm births for those located near busy roads. Actions that encourage active modes of transportation can reduce obesity and the risk of noncommunicable diseases, improve mental health, and diminish the cost of public health services. Transit-oriented and 15-minute neighborhoods13 increase local access to essential services and nutritious food sources.14 Increased intake of more climate-friendly foods, such as whole grains and vegetables, can reduce the risk of chronic diseases. Adaptation actions that mitigate urban heat island15 effects, such as planting shade trees, lessen potential health risks to sensitive populations. Health benefits from climate action bring tangible healthcare savings as well. The cost of reducing CO2 emissions is less than the medical costs of treating the health effects of climate change.16 Furthermore, improved indoor air quality by removing gas stoves from homes could prevent 20 percent of childhood asthma in California.17 Actions that address sustainability and climate change can improve public safety through reduced traffic, reduced incidence of traffic collisions, and reduced gas leaks. Such actions can also bolster resilience to other dangers by decreasing exposure to climate hazards, adapting assets to withstand climate threats and decreasing the number of people, assets, and services exposed to climate hazards. Climate actions that support public safety can also enhance community cohesion 11 Nature. Climate and health impacts of US emissions reductions consistent with 2 °C. https://www.nature.com/articles/nclimate2935 12 McConnell, R., et al. (2010). Childhood incident asthma and traffic-related air pollution at home and school. Environ. Health Perspect. 118, 1021–1026. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2920902/. 13 A 15-minute neighborhood is a neighborhood in which you can access all of your most basic, day-to-day needs within a 15-minute walk of your home. 14 The Lancet. The 15-minute city offers a new framework for sustainability, liveability, and health. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(22)00014-6 15 Areas that experience higher temperatures than outlying areas, generally with concentrated buildings and limited vegetation. 16 Haines, A. (2017). Health co-benefits of climate action. The Lancet Planetary Health. Volume 1, Issue 1, Pages 4-e5, ISSN 2542-5196. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(17)30003-7. 17 Gruenwald, T., et al. (2023). Population Attributable Fraction of Gas Stoves and Childhood Asthma in the United States. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 20, no. 1: 75. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph20010075 Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 29 Packet Pg. 180 of 406 Section 1: Introduction Page 13 of 148 – the networks of formal and informal relationships among neighbors that foster a mutually supporting community. For example, one study found that even small amounts of greenery increased the safety of urban areas.18 A survey of residents in many different types of neighborhoods found that the more that neighborhoods were walkable, and neighbors knew each other, the more likely neighborhood residents were to participate politically, trust others, and be socially engaged.19 Regional Benefit Resource Conservation Lifecycle Emissions 2 over a 100-year period. Cost of Living 20 Productivity 18 Kuo, F.E. and Sullivan, W.C. (2001). Aggression and violence in the inner city: Impacts of environment via mental fatigue. Environment & Behavior. 33(4): 543-571. 19 Leyden K. M. (2003). Social Capital and the Built Environment: The Importance of Walkable Neighborhoods. Am. J. Public Health. 93:1546–1551. 20 Delucchi, M., Wang, Q. and Sperlin, D. (1989) Electric Vehicles: Performance, Life-Cycle Costs, Emissions, and Recharging Requirements. http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.294.3080&rep=rep1&type=pdf. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 30 Packet Pg. 181 of 406 Section 1: Introduction Page 14 of 148 Equity Climate actions can foster a more equitable and inclusive community by addressing an existing inequity in the community, such as disproportionate poor air quality, access to housing, or flood risk. City-driven climate action approaches have the potential to increase equity and inclusion in both the planning process as well as in long-term outcomes. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 31 Packet Pg. 182 of 406 Section 2: S/CAP Overview Page 15 of 148 SECTION 2 SUSTAINABILITY AND CLIMATE ACTION PLAN (S/CAP) OVERVIEW 2. SUSTAINABILITY AND CLIMATE ACTION PLAN (S/CAP) OVERVIEW Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 32 Packet Pg. 183 of 406 Section 2: S/CAP Overview Page 16 of 148 The 80 x 30 Goal: An introduction To put California on the path to a low-carbon future, the California Air Resources Board (CARB) approved the Climate Change Scoping Plan in 2008. The plan directed the State to reach 1990 emissions levels by 2020. Local governments were asked to reduce their municipal and community-wide emissions by at least 15 percent by 2020 compared with current levels (2008 levels or earlier). This prompted many cities to adopt emissions reduction targets of at least 15 percent below 2005 levels. Palo Alto had already adopted a Climate Protection Plan in 2007 - one of the first municipal climate action plans in the U.S. – which set a short-term goal of reducing municipal GHG emissions 5 percent from 2005 levels by 2009 and a long-term goal of reducing municipal and community-wide GHG emissions 15 percent from 2005 levels by 2020. Palo Alto achieved both of those goals, and by 2012 had reduced municipal GHG emissions an estimated 53 percent below 2005 levels and had reduced municipal and community-wide combined GHG emissions an estimated 22 percent below 2005 levels. In 2015, Governor Brown issued Executive Order B-30-15 to set the 2030 emissions target (40 percent less than 1990 levels by 2030). It was codified by California Senate Bill 32 (SB 32). CARB followed up with an updated California’s 2017 Climate Change Scoping Plan.21 In 2016, Palo Alto City Council adopted a combined municipal and community-wide emissions reduction target of 80 percent below 1990 levels by 2030 (the “80 x 30” goal). Council also adopted a draft S/CAP Framework, including Guiding Principles, Decision Criteria, and Design Principles as the road map for development of subsequent S/CAP Implementation Plans. This 21 California Air Resources Board. (2017). The 2017 Climate Change Scoping Plan Update: The Proposed Strategy for Achieving California's 2030 Greenhouse Gas Target. https://ww3.arb.ca.gov/cc/scopingplan/2030sp_pp_final.pdf. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 33 Packet Pg. 184 of 406 Section 2: S/CAP Overview Page 17 of 148 S/CAP retains the 80 x 30 goal but is a comprehensive plan – not a draft or a framework – for achieving our sustainability and climate goals. The S/CAP is an ambitious plan to reduce the City and community’s GHG emissions, while also guiding how we use our land and natural resources in ways that ensure quality of life for future generations. The Carbon Neutral by 2030 Goal adopted an ambitious carbon neutral by 2030 goal, building on the City's existing 80 x 30 goal. 22. According to the Intergovernmental Panel of Climate Change (IPCC), holding temperature rise below 1.5°C will mean global emissions of CO2 will need to decline 45 percent from 2010 levels by 2030 and reach net zero by 2050. U.S. cities that have adopted aggressive targets of reducing emissions by 80 to 100 percent by 2050 or sooner include Berkeley, Menlo Park, San Francisco, Santa Monica, Boulder, Minneapolis, New York City, Portland, Washington D.C., and Palo Alto. 22 Paris Agreement. https://unfccc.int/files/essential_background/convention/application/pdf/english_paris_agreement.pdf Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 34 Packet Pg. 185 of 406 Section 2: S/CAP Overview Page 18 of 148 What’s New in This S/CAP Since our first Climate Protection Plan was adopted in 2007, much has changed related to climate protection. Consequently, this S/CAP: •Incorporates new global, state, and local policies and climate targets, including carbon neutrality. •Ensures that our GHG inventory complies with the Global Protocol for Community-Scale Greenhouse Gas Emission Inventories (GPC), which is an accounting and reporting standard for cities. •Identifies how Palo Alto’s goals align with global carbon reduction needs, as well as the costs of inaction. •Includes an assessment of the co-benefits of various Key Actions. •Includes a preliminary assessment of the various financing tools available for making the costs of the S/CAP more manageable. •Looks at all the goals and key actions through an equity lens to make sure everyone benefits, especially the most vulnerable members of our community. While the 80 x 30 and carbon neutral by 2030 goals are the overarching sustainability and climate and sustainability goals, we have several equally important goals in the following eight areas: Climate Action, Energy, Mobility, Electric Vehicles, Water, Climate Adaptation and Sea Level Rise, Natural Environment, and Zero Waste. The S/CAP goals are described in further detail in section 5. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 35 Packet Pg. 186 of 406 Section 2: S/CAP Overview Page 19 of 148 The Role of Equity We cannot address climate change without also addressing equity. Commonly, climate change disproportionately threatens those who are the least responsible for generating pollution, the most vulnerable to its impacts, and the least able to adapt. This is true globally, and it is also true in Palo Alto. Many climate change impacts will disproportionately affect vulnerable populations - populations with greater vulnerability to climate impacts because of their social inequities, physical characteristics, or baseline conditions. According to ICLEI-Local Governments for Sustainability (ICLEI), an international organization of local and regional governments, climate equity ensures that all people have opportunities to benefit equally from climate solutions, while not taking on an unequal burden of climate impacts.23 Simultaneously, the S/CAP outlines ways to assist low-income community members, renters, and small businesses in accessing carbon-free energy and technologies. When all community members have the same ability to plan for and shape their futures, the result is a healthier and more resilient community. However, achieving this vision requires hard work and intention. Palo Alto recognizes the importance of proactively including socially vulnerable groups and those who have traditionally been underrepresented in planning processes to participate in the City’s sustainability and climate efforts. As Palo Alto implements the programs and policies that result from this S/CAP, we will seek support and feedback from diverse groups of community stakeholders. Moving forward, Palo Alto will evaluate programs and policies using key performance metrics that encourage equitable engagement and impact. Stakeholder and community engagement is an essential element of S/CAP development. Original March 2020 outreach plans included in-person engagement, listening sessions, and community workshops to solicit feedback on the draft S/CAP Potential Goals and Key Actions. COVID-19 disruption required City staff to switch to a virtual model for a majority of the S/CAP outreach. S/CAP engagement efforts included: •Eight-part, virtual, on-demand S/CAP Community Engagement Workshop (March 2020- April 2020) •Webinar series highlighting specific topics addressed in the S/CAP (September 2020- December 2020) •Virtual public meetings of the S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee, including extensive public participation (August 2021-June 2022) •On-line survey to help inform sustainability and climate conversations taking place with the S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee and City Council (Launched September 2021) •In-person community workshop focused on electrification tools and options for residents (October 2022) •Monthly Sustainability Newsletter •Monthly Climate Action Blog Series 23 ICLEI: Local Governments for Sustainability. (n.d.). Climate Equity. https://icleiusa.org/programs/climate-equity/ Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 36 Packet Pg. 187 of 406 Section 2: S/CAP Overview Page 20 of 148 In addition, the S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee formed an S/CAP Ad Hoc Working Group to draw upon the expertise of community members. Working Group members are individuals who commit to attending multiple S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee meetings and to working on discrete projects outside the meetings. There are currently 5 community members in the S/CAP Ad Hoc Working Group, including a high school student who regularly engages with youth. The S/CAP Ad Hoc Committee and S/CAP Ad Hoc Working Group participated in a Residential Building Electrification Workshop (November 2021) and formed Working Group Teams that engaged additional community members as well as members of the Utility Advisory Commission. Guiding Principles “Palo Alto will maintain a positive civic image and be a leader in the regional, State and national policy discussions affecting the community. The City will work with neighboring communities to address common concerns and pursue common interests. The public will be actively and effectively involved in City affairs, both at the Citywide and neighborhood levels. Where appropriate, the City Council will delegate decision-making responsibilities to local boards and commissions. The Council will also assign advisory roles to these bodies as well as other community groups. Residents, businesses and elected and appointed officials will work collaboratively to address the issues facing the City in a timely manner. This inclusive, participatory process will help build a sense of community.”24 24 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/Departments/Planning-Development-Services/Long-Range-Planning/2030- Comprehensive-Plan Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 37 Packet Pg. 188 of 406 Section 2: S/CAP Overview Page 21 of 148 S/CAP builds on that vision with these guiding principles as a basis for effective and sustainable decision-making: •Consider “sustainability” in its broadest dimensions, including quality of life, the natural environment and resilience, not just climate change and GHG emissions reductions. •Address the sustainability issues most important to the community and select most cost- effective programs and policies—recognizing that this will entail moral and political, as well as economic, decision factors. •Seek to improve quality of life as well as environmental quality, economic health, and social equity. •Foster a prosperous, robust, and inclusive economy. •Build resilience—both physical and cultural—throughout the community. •Include diverse perspectives from all community stakeholders, residents, and businesses. •Recognize Palo Alto’s role as a leader and linkages with regional, national, and global community. Design Principles •Focus on what’s feasible - recognizing that technology and costs are shifting rapidly. •Prioritize actions that are in the City’s control – recognizing that we can urge others to join us, but leading by example is most effective •Be specific about the actions and costs to achieve near-term goals, while accepting that longer-term goals can be more aspirational •Use ambient resources: Maximize the efficient capture and use of the energy and water that fall on Palo Alto. •Full cost accounting: Use total (life cycle) cost of ownership and consideration of externalities to guide financial decisions, while focusing on emission reductions that are achievable at a point in time (i.e., not on life cycle emissions). •Align incentives: Ensure that subsidies, if any, and other investment of public resources encourage what we want and discourage what we don’t want. •Flexible platforms: Take practical near-term steps that expand rather than restrict capacity for future actions and pivots. Decision Criteria •Greenhouse gas reduction impact •Quality of life impact •Mitigation cost •Return on investment (ROI) •Ecosystem health •Resilience •Impact on future generations Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 38 Packet Pg. 189 of 406 Section 3: Impacts of Climate Change Page 22 of 148 SECTION 3 IMPACTS OF CLIMATE CHANGE 3. IMPACTS OF CLIMATE CHANGE Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 39 Packet Pg. 190 of 406 Section 3: Impacts of Climate Change Page 23 of 148 Climate Science 10125 Climate change presents one of the most significant challenges of our time. Increasing atmospheric levels of GHG emissions destabilize the Earth’s climate system. GHG emissions are invisible, and include carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), and three man- made gasses: hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), and sulfur hexafluoride (SF6). As more GHGs are trapped inside the Earth’s atmosphere, more of the sun’s energy is trapped as heat, which means temperatures keep getting hotter. In fact, the world has already become nearly 1°F warmer since 1880, and we’re seeing extreme consequences because of it, including more intense storms, greater wildfire risk, and rising sea levels. Although we’re already seeing impacts of climate change, there’s a range of how relatively mild or devastating the future impacts might be, depending on how aggressively we act to address climate change. Scientists have laid out four pathways, or scenarios, based on future levels of GHG emissions. The pathways range from the very optimistic to the highly pessimistic. The strategies laid out in this S/CAP are in alignment with the most optimistic pathway. For more information about climate change, its impacts, and the four pathways, see Appendix B: Climate Change, in Section 8. The Earth Has a Fever Atmospheric scientist Dr. Katharine Hayhoe, Professor and Director at the Texas Tech University Climate Science Center, has a simple way to explain the impact of rising global temperatures: “When we say the planet is warming by one or two or three degrees Celsius, often we think, ‘Well, that's nothing.’ But if our body’s temperature goes up one and a half to three or even four degrees Fahrenheit, we are running a fever. We go to the doctor. If it was three or four degrees, we go to the hospital. And that's what's happening to our planet. It is running a fever. And that fever is affecting us.” 25 This section was adapted from the Regionally Integrated Climate Action Planning Suite (RICAPS) Climate Action Plan (CAP) Template Version 9.4. The CAP Template was developed in partnership with the City/County Association of Governments of San Mateo County (C/CAG) and the County of San Mateo Office of Sustainability through the San Mateo County Energy Watch program and its RICAPS initiative. RICAPS is co-funded by C/CAG and PG&E. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 40 Packet Pg. 191 of 406 Section 3: Impacts of Climate Change Page 24 of 148 What We Are Seeing Already Climate change will have many different effects on society and on the natural world. Plant and animal species are adapting to changing environments by migrating to new areas. As species move, they bring diseases with them to farms and human populations. Some species become extinct due to either human-caused climate change or to human activities such as habitat destruction or toxic pollution. The region’s annual maximum temperature increased 1.7°F from 1950-2005. Coastal fog, which is critical to the region’s climate and ecosystems, is less frequent than ever before. Sea level has risen over 8 inches in the last century. The forceful 2015-2016 El Niño weather pattern, which was one of the three largest in history, resulted in unprecedented outer coast beach erosion due to winter wave energy that was more than 50 percent greater than a typical winter. The 2012-2016 statewide drought led to the most drastic moisture shortages in the last 1,200 years, resulting in a 1-in-500-year low in Sierra snowpack, $2.1 billion in economic losses, 21,000 jobs lost statewide in agricultural and recreational sectors, and a continuing exhaustion of groundwater sources. California has seen larger, hotter, and more intense wildfires in recent years, driven by extended drought and climate change. Of the 20 largest fires in California’s history, eight occurred between 2017- 201926. Even if considerable efforts to reduce GHG emissions are conducted, Palo Alto will likely see substantial temperature increases by 2050. By 2100, temperature rise will be dependent on the emissions scenario. (For more information about the four emissions scenarios, see Appendix B.4) Precipitation in Palo Alto will continue to vary each year. The differences between wet and dry years are projected to become more extreme and damaging in the coming decades. If 26 CARB’s fire emission modeling results indicate that wildfires transferred an average of 15 million metric tons of CO2 (MMTCO2) per year from plants into the atmosphere during 2000-2019. When including 2020 and 2021, the annual average is 22 MMTCO2 per year. To put things into perspective, 22 MMTCO2 is equivalent to the amount of carbon contained in the structural lumber of 1.2 million average California single-family homes, or about 15 percent of all single-family homes in California. https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/classic/cc/inventory/Wildfire%20Emissions%20FAQ%202022.pdf Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 41 Packet Pg. 192 of 406 Section 3: Impacts of Climate Change Page 25 of 148 no action is taken to combat climate change, the Sierra snowpack, a critical source of water for the State, will decrease by an average of 64 percent by the end of the century.27 As temperature continues to increase, it is anticipated to cause longer and more intense California droughts, posing major problems for government operations, water supplies, ecosystems, agriculture, and recreation. Studies suggest that even with significant emissions reductions, it is inevitable that there will be at least 6 feet of sea level rise over the next several centuries due to the delayed effects of climate change. Climate change could have broad impacts to communities and people – hitting those most vulnerable first and worst. High levels of socioeconomic inequity in the Bay Area create large differences in the ability of individuals to prepare for and recover from heat waves, floods, and wildfires. Financial Impact of Climate Change As climate-related natural disasters become more frequent and intense, costs for disaster response and relief are anticipated to increase. With flooding, storms, droughts, wildfires, and other climate-related natural disasters becoming more common, flood insurance and flood prevention costs will grow.28 Climate change is anticipated to impact public buildings, storm water infrastructure, transportation infrastructure, community services, and land-use planning and development. Climate damage to homes and businesses could negatively impact the economy and reduce Palo Alto’s income from property and sales taxes, not to mention damage the quality of life for all community members. If Palo Alto allocates resources and invests in climate-protecting strategies now, it will be insurance against some of the costliest effects of a hotter planet in the future. 27 UCLA Center for Climate Science. (2018). Climate Change in the Sierra Nevada. https://www.ioes.ucla.edu/wp- content/uploads/UCLA-CCS-Climate-Change-Sierra-Nevada.pdf 28 American Meteorological Society. (2018). Explaining Extreme Events from a Climate Perspective. https://www.ametsoc.org/ams/index.cfm/publications/bulletin-of-the-american-meteorological-society- bams/explaining-extreme-events-from-a-climate-perspective/. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 42 Packet Pg. 193 of 406 Section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Page 26 of 148 SECTION 4 GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS 4. GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 43 Packet Pg. 194 of 406 Section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Page 27 of 148 Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Inventory Framework Cities represent the single greatest opportunity for tackling climate change, as they are responsible for 75 percent of global energy-related carbon dioxide emissions, with transportation and buildings among the largest contributors29. The first step for cities to realize their potential is to identify and measure the sources of their emissions. Best practices for identifying these sources and quantifying emissions is to utilize a standardized GHG inventory. There are two types of Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions inventories: 1.Generation-based GHG inventory – This measurement method helps a community understand its level of emissions based on community energy use. It includes 1) direct consumption of energy, 2) consumption of energy via the electrical grid, and 3) emissions from the treatment/decomposition of waste. This is the industry-accepted methodology for quantifying community GHG emissions, with emissions reported by emission source category30. 2.Consumption-based GHG inventory – This measurement method helps a community understand its level of emissions based on consumption. It offers an alternative, more holistic, approach for quantifying emissions within a community, quantifying consumption of goods and services (including food, clothing, electronic equipment, etc.) by residents of a city, with emissions reported by consumption category. In 2014, World Resources Institute, C40 Cities Climate Leadership Group (C40) and ICLEI – Local Governments for Sustainability (ICLEI)31 partnered to create a global standard protocol for the first type: generation-based GHG inventories. The GHG Protocol standard for Cities32 provides a robust framework for accounting and reporting city-wide GHG emissions for a generation-based inventory. The GPC Protocol is the official protocol specified by the Global Covenant of Mayors and defines what emissions must be reported and how. In addition, this inventory draws on methods from the U.S. Community Protocol33, which provides more detailed methodology specific to U.S. Communities. The GPC Protocol seeks to: •Help cities develop a comprehensive and robust GHG inventory to support climate action planning •Help cities establish a base year emissions inventory, set reduction targets, and track their performance •Ensure consistent and transparent measurement and reporting of GHG emissions between cities, following internationally recognized GHG accounting and reporting principles •Enable city inventories to be aggregated at subnational and national levels 29 See UN Environment Programme, ”Cities and Climate Change,” https://www.unep.org/explore-topics/resource- efficiency/what-we-do/cities/cities-and-climate-change 30 There are two reporting frameworks commonly used by cities: the U.S. Community Protocol and the Global Protocol for Communities (GPC). Palo Alto uses the GPC framework. 31 Formerly the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives, renamed in 2003 to ICLEI – Local Governments for Sustainability. 32 The GPC is the official protocol specified by the Global Covenant of Mayors and defines what emissions must be reported and how. 33 U.S. Community Protocol; https://icleiusa.org/us-community-protocol/ Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 44 Packet Pg. 195 of 406 Section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Page 28 of 148 •Demonstrate the important role that cities play in tackling climate change, and facilitate insight through benchmarking – and aggregation – of comparable data Palo Alto’s 2021 GHG Emissions Inventory The 2021 Palo Alto GHG inventory, completed by AECOM, uses the approach and methods provided by the GPC. Inventory calculations were performed using the ClearPath34 tool, a software platform designed for creating GHG inventories. The City’s GHG inventory conforms to the GPC Basic protocol for a generation-based GHG inventory. Staff did not complete a consumption-based GHG inventory as there is no State guidance yet, though staff believes this inventory type is valuable. CARB has been tasked with developing an implementation framework and accounting to track consumption-based emissions over time.35 In particular, this framework needs to address how to account for the embodied emissions in the food, goods, and services the community purchases that are not covered by generation-based GHG inventories. While Palo Alto awaits State guidance on how to account for these consumption-based emissions reductions, the community can work to reduce these emissions in the meantime. Palo Alto’s first generation-based inventory was completed for 2005 and then extrapolated for 1990 (the baseline year). Beginning in 2010, new community GHG inventories were completed annually, enabling Palo Alto to track progress over time. The GPC Basic protocol describes three emissions scopes for community emissions: •Scope 1: GHG emissions from sources located within the city boundary, such as stationary fuel consumption. •Scope 2: GHG emissions occurring because of the use of grid-supplied electricity, heat, steam, and/or cooling within the city boundary •Scope 3: All other GHG emissions that occur outside the city boundary as a result of activities taking place within the city boundary This generation-based inventory follows the city-inducted framework in the GPC protocol, which totals GHG emissions attributable to activities taking place within the geographic boundary of the city36. Under the Basic reporting level as defined by the GPC protocol, the inventory requirements cover scope 1 and scope 2 emissions from stationary energy and transportation, as well as all emissions resulting from waste generating within the city boundary. In 2021, Palo Alto emitted an estimated 359,312 metric tons (MT) of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) from the residential, commercial, industrial, transportation, waste, water, and municipal sectors.37 In comparison to the 1990 base year emissions (which were about 780,000 metric tons), 34 https://icleiusa.org/clearpath/ 35 Executive Department State of California. (2019). Executive Order B-55-18 to Achieve Carbon Neutrality. https://www.ca.gov/archive/gov39/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/9.10.18-Executive-Order.pdf. 36 https://ghgprotocol.org/sites/default/files/standards/GHGP_GPC_0.pdf 37 Carbon dioxide equivalent is a unit of measure that normalizes the varying climate warming potencies of all six GHG emissions, which are carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 45 Packet Pg. 196 of 406 Section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Page 29 of 148 that is a 53.9 percent decrease in total community emissions, despite a population increase of 19.5 percent during that same time period. This equates to 5.4 metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent (MT CO2e) per Palo Alto resident in 2021 compared to 14 MT CO2e per Palo Alto resident in 1990. The California Air Resources Board’s 2017 Scoping Plan Update recommends a goal for local governments of 6 MT C02e per capita by 2030. 38) consumption, 11.5 percent from declines in solid waste emissions, and 1.7 percent from declines in wastewater-related emissions. In comparison to 2020, that is a 6.7 percent decrease in total community emissions. Figure 1 and Table 1. The full comparison between the inventories can be found in Appendix D.1. 1990 vs. 2020 Greenhouse Gas Emissions by Sector and Subsector. Additional existing emissions sources that were missing from the 1990 GHG inventory were included in the 2021 GHG inventory to comply with the GPC Basic protocol (Airport Emissions, Off-road Vehicles, Caltrain Commuter Rail, Composting, and Palo Alto Landfill Gas Flaring). Figure 1: 1990 vs 2021 GHG Emissions by Sector perfluorocarbons (PFCs), and sulfur hexafluoride (SF6). For example, one metric ton of nitrous oxide is 210 metric tons of CO2e. 38 Methane, which is the primary component of natural gas, is a very potent greenhouse gas, with a global warming potential that is 25 times higher than CO2 over a 100-year period. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 46 Packet Pg. 197 of 406 Section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Page 30 of 148 Table 1: 1990 vs 2021 GHG Emissions by Sector 2e) 2e) 2e) 2e) 331,840 293,413 217,279 185,925 -44.0% 21,668 21,244 25,478 n/a 194,000 153,509 134,365 135,697 -30.1% 4,718 5,009 4,384 4,427 -6.2% 8,504 2,197 1,388 1,262 -85.2% 55,057 6,531 6,660 6,522 -88.2% 186,000 - 100% 2e) As shown in Figure 2, the two largest categories of emissions are (a) transportation and mobile sources and (b) natural gas (methane) use. Transportation and mobile sources include emissions from private, commercial, and fleet vehicles driven within the City’s geographical boundaries, as well as the emissions from public transit vehicles and the City-owned fleet. Off-road vehicles include airport ground support, construction and mining, industrial, light commercial, portable equipment, and transportation refrigeration. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 47 Packet Pg. 198 of 406 Section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Page 31 of 148 Natural gas (methane) use includes emissions that result from natural gas (methane) consumption in both private and public sector buildings and facilities, and residential, commercial, and industrial sources. Fugitive emissions (methane gas that escapes during the drilling, extraction, and transportation processes) related to natural gas (methane) consumption are calculated separately and are discussed below. The City’s electricity supply has been carbon neutral since 2013, when Council approved a Carbon Neutral Electric Resource Plan, committing Palo Alto to pursuing only carbon-neutral electric resources and effectively eliminating all GHG emissions from the City's electric portfolio. Transportation and Mobile Sources As shown in Table 2, transportation and mobile sources consist of: •On-Road Transportation – This includes all daily vehicular trips made entirely within the Palo Alto city limits, one-half of daily vehicular trips with an origin within Palo Alto city limits and a destination outside of Palo Alto city limits (this assumes that Palo Alto shares half the responsibility for trips traveling from other jurisdictions), and one-half of daily vehicular trips with an origin outside Palo Alto city limits and a destination within Palo Alto city limits (this assumes that Palo Alto shares the responsibility of trips traveling to other jurisdictions). Vehicular trips through Palo Alto are not included because Palo Alto cannot solely implement policies that influence the trip-making behavior. Rather, through trips are assigned to other jurisdictions that can influence either the origin or destination side of the trip-making behavior. •Airport Emissions – This includes emissions from take-offs and landings from trips that start and end at Palo Alto Airport. This includes emergency services helicopters, sightseeing helicopters, and training flights. Flights that take-off from Palo Alto Airport but land elsewhere, and flights that land in Palo Alto Airport but take-off from elsewhere are not included per GPC Basic Protocol. •Off-road Vehicles - This includes airport ground support (based on take-offs and landings), construction and mining, industrial (based on employment data), light commercial (based on employment data), portable equipment (e.g. back-pack leaf blower, based on service population), and transportation refrigeration units (based on service population). •Caltrain Commuter Rail – This includes emissions from Caltrain travel within Palo Alto. Table 2: 2021 Transportation and Mobile Sources Subsector 2019 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2020 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2021 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) Percent of Total 2021 Emissions (%) On-Road Transportation Airport Emissions Off-road Vehicles Caltrain Commuter Rail Total Transportation & Mobile Sources 315,081 238,523 211,403 58.8% Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 48 Packet Pg. 199 of 406 Section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Page 32 of 148 Estimating vehicles miles traveled (VMT) is a complicated process and is one of the few emissions sources that the City does not estimate annually. Forecasts of on-road transportation emissions are typically based on outputs from a travel forecasting model, other accounting-type method (sketch models), or Big Data (vehicle navigation data from built-in GPS and location-based services data from cell phones). Previously, Fehr & Peers provided VMT estimates for 2019, 2030, and 2040, with AECOM using the VMT estimates for 2019 to estimate the VMT for 2020. The VTA model used to calculate Palo Alto’s 2019 annual VMT is only updated every few years and has not yet been updated to better reflect changes in VMT due to the pandemic. For 2021, AECOM used the VMT estimates from the Google Environmental Insights Explorer. 39, whereas Fehr and Peers did. However, moving forward, future GHG inventories will continue to use Google EIE to calculate VMT, so the 2022 GHG inventory will be a better comparison. 39 GHG emissions are commonly calculated using forecasts of VMT that are grouped according to the average speed of the traveling vehicles, which is called speed bin analysis. Slower-moving vehicles generate more pollutants, while travel speeds between 40-50 miles per hour (mph) tend to represent the most fuel-efficient operating conditions for internal combustion engines. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 49 Packet Pg. 200 of 406 Section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Page 33 of 148 Caltrain Modernization program40, with Caltrain scheduled to be electrified by the end of 2023 or early 2024. Once the Caltrain Modernization program is complete, most of the Caltrain commuter rail emissions will be eliminated. Natural Gas (Methane) Use Table 3: 2021 Natural Gas (Methane) Use Subsector 2019 Consumption (Therms) 2020 Consumption (Therms) 2021 Consumption (Therms) Percent of Total 2021 Emissions (%) Residential Energy Industrial Energy Commercial Energy Total Natural Gas (Methane) Use 28,867,162 25,267,739 25,518,320 37.8% 40 Caltrain Modernization Program; https://calmod.org/ Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 50 Packet Pg. 201 of 406 Section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Page 34 of 148 Natural Gas (Methane) Fugitive Emissions Natural gas is mainly methane (CH4), some of which escapes during the drilling, extraction, and transportation processes. Such releases are known as fugitive emissions. The primary sources of these emissions may include equipment leaks, evaporation losses, venting, flaring and accidental releases. Methane is a potent greenhouse gas – approximately 25 times more powerful than carbon dioxide over a 100-year timescale. In 2021, natural gas (methane) fugitive emissions accounted for 1.2 percent of total GHG emissions in Palo Alto, an increase of 1 percent from 2019 and a decrease of 6.2 percent from 1990. Per the GPC, fugitive emissions from natural gas (methane) are based on overall community consumption and a leakage rate of 0.03 percent. As mentioned previously, the GPC Basic methodology includes GHG emissions attributable to activities taking place within the geographic boundary of the city. As such, the 2021 GHG inventory does not include a category of emissions that are called “upstream emissions,” which includes emissions from extraction of natural gas (methane) and its transportation across the western United States through California to Palo Alto. Leaks during gas extraction and transportation can be very significant, so the actual impacts of natural gas (methane) use can be much more significant than is represented in a formal greenhouse gas inventory. In 2021, Palo Alto's solid waste diversion rate was 84 percent, far exceeding the 50 percent mandate for local jurisdictions. “Diversion” includes all waste prevention, reuse, recycling, and composting activities that “divert” materials from landfills. The City uses the diversion rate to measure progress on waste reduction and resource conservation goals. As shown in Figure 1 , the diversion rate of 84 percent is an improvement from the 62 percent rate in 2007 but has remained relatively flat the last few years. As part of the 2016 S/CAP Framework, Council adopted a goal of 95 percent diversion of materials from landfills by 203041. 41 Sustainability and Climate Action Plan Framework, November 2016; https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/civicax/filebank/documents/64814 Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 51 Packet Pg. 202 of 406 Section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Page 35 of 148 Figure 3: Annual Diversion Rate Percentage Solid waste emissions accounted for 1.8 percent of total 2021 GHG emissions in Palo Alto, a 2 percent increase from 2020 and an 88.2 percent decrease from 1990. As shown inIn 2021, emissions from the closed landfills located within the community accounted for 1.4 percent of total waste emissions. Table 4, the 1990 inventory included Palo Alto Landfill Gas Fugitive emissions, whereas the 2021 inventory did not, and the 2021 inventory included composting emissions at the ZeroWaste Energy Development Company’s (ZWED) Dry Fermentation Anaerobic Digestion (AD) Facility in San Jose, CA, composting emissions at the Synagro El Nido Central Valley Composting (CVC) facility in Dos Palos, as well as Palo Alto Landfill Gas Flaring Emissions. The increase in solid waste emissions from 2020 is due largely to the increase in emissions from the closed landfills within the community. In 2021, emissions from the closed landfills located within the community accounted for 1.4 percent of total waste emissions. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 52 Packet Pg. 203 of 406 Section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Page 36 of 148 Table 4: 1990 vs 2021 Solid Waste Emissions by Subsector Subsector 1990 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2019 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2020 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2021 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) Percent of Total 2021 Emissions (%) Composting Not included 731 1,623 1,256 0.3% Palo Alto Landfill Gas Flaring Not included 281 316 237 0.1% Palo Alto Landfill Gas Fugitive 24,325 n/a42 n/a n/a n/a Landfill Waste 30,732 5,519 4,721 5,029 1.4% Total 55,057 6,531 6,660 6,522 1.8% Waste emissions result from organic material decomposing in the anaerobic conditions present in a landfill and releasing methane (CH4) – a greenhouse gas much more potent than CO2. Organic materials (e.g., paper, plant debris, food waste, etc.) generate methane within the anaerobic environment of a landfill while non-organic materials (e.g., metal, glass, etc.) do not. In 2016, Governor Brown signed Senate Bill 1383 (SB 1383) to reduce GHG emissions from a variety of short-lived climate pollutants, including methane from organic materials disposed in landfills. SB 1383 is the largest and most prescriptive waste management legislation in California since the California Integrated Waste Management Act of 1989 (AB 939). SB 1383 sets several statewide goals, including: •Reduce statewide disposal of organic waste by 50% by January 1, 2020 and 75% by 2025. •Recover at least 20% of the currently disposed edible food for human consumption by 2025. Wastewater Treatment As shown in Table 5, in 2021 the City of Palo Alto Regional Water Quality Control Plant (RWQCP) wastewater-related emissions accounted for 0.4 percent of total 2021 GHG emissions in Palo Alto – a 9.1 percent decrease from 2020 and an 85.2 percent decrease from 1990. RWQCP GHG emissions originate from electricity, natural gas (methane), and landfill gas usage required to treat the wastewater, as well as GHGs that are emitted from the wastewater itself either during treatment or after (effluent). The nitrogen within wastewater is subject to transformation to nitrous oxide at varying stages in the treatment process as well as after being discharged to a receiving water (effluent). These emissions are included in the RWQCP totals. The RWQCP operations achieved significant GHG reductions in 2019 when the facility’s sewage sludge incinerators were replaced with the more environmentally-friendly Sludge Dewatering and Truck Loadout Facility. Previously, the RWQCP incinerators were the City’s largest facility-related GHG source. The updated biosolids treatment process has and will continue to reduce climate-warming GHG emissions by approximately 15,000 MT of CO2e per year when compared to the emissions from incineration. This approximates the carbon dioxide emissions of 3,000 passenger cars. The dewatered sludge is used as agricultural soil supplements. 42 Not included because the landfill was closed Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 53 Packet Pg. 204 of 406 Section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Page 37 of 148 Table 5: 1990 vs 2021 Wastewater-Related Emissions by Subsector Subsector 1990 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2019 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2020 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2021 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) Percent of Total 2021 Emissions (%) Wastewater Biosolid Treatment43 n/a 812 0 0 0% Wastewater Treatment and Effluent 8,504 1,385 1,388 1,262 0.4% Total 8,504 2,197 1,388 1,262 0.4% Figure 4: RWQCP Historical Total Greenhouse Gas Emissions The Impact of Remote Work The pandemic created the need, perhaps temporarily, for people who can work from home to do so. It has also shown that remote work or telework - working either full- or part-time from home, from a 'telecenter' located close to home, or from other locations – is possible. In December 2020, the Bay Area Council Economic Institute, in partnership with the Bay Area Regional Collaborative, released a study on Remote Work in the Bay Area44. The study does not represent the number of people working remotely today or that have in the past or will in the future. It instead focuses on the occupations that could be completed remotely, offering an upper bound for potential remote work adoption. The analysis revealed several key findings, including: •In the Bay Area, the share of people who reported primarily working from home grew from 3.4 percent in 1990 to 6.4 percent in 2018. 43 Includes biosolid composting, anaerobic digestion, and incineration 44 http://www.bayareaeconomy.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/BACEI_RemoteWork_12.21.20.pdf Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 54 Packet Pg. 205 of 406 Section 4: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Page 38 of 148 •51 percent (569,941) of the jobs in Santa Clara County are eligible for remote work. •Among remote eligible workers in Santa Clara County, 6 percent (or 34,196 of all remote eligible workers) take transit to work, while 75 percent (or 427,456 workers) drive alone. The remaining 19 percent (or 108,289 remote eligible workers) commute via carpool, on bike, walking, or they already work from home. •Reduced demand for commute trips will ease congestion for those that do travel, creating emissions benefits. •Remote work could also reduce transit ridership. •The overall impact of remote work on GHG emissions is inconclusive. Some studies that account for factors such as increased non-work travel and home energy use have found remote work to have a neutral or negative impact on overall energy use. •If households relocate to more dispersed locations in the region because they only need to be in the office a few days per week, more drivers could take to the roads for longer commutes between locations that are not currently connected by transit. •If many households relocate to less transit and pedestrian-friendly locations, there could be a localized impact on the environment as people become more reliant on cars as a primary mode. Shifting travel behavior could also call for a re-prioritization of transportation investments away from commute trips to urban centers and toward local transit, bicycle, and pedestrian infrastructure. In Palo Alto, if we assume that 50 percent of employees are eligible for remote work and that (if supported by city policies and programs) they opt for 2 days a week of remote work, then commute VMT could be reduced by 8 percent to 11 percent45 compared to 2019 levels. 45 While permanent increases in work-from-home behavior will lead to decreased commute VMT, this reduction is off- set by additional travel for non-commute reasons, such as increased VMT from driving to run errands and getting more deliveries at home. Studies show that the degree of this added non-commute VMT ranges from 15% of the total saved, to more than 100% of the total saved. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 55 Packet Pg. 206 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 39 of 148 SECTION 5 GOALS AND KEY ACTIONS 5. GOALS AND KEY ACTIONS Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 56 Packet Pg. 207 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 40 of 148 Introduction This Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP) outlines Goals and Key Actions in eight areas: Climate Action, Energy, Electric Vehicles, Mobility, Water, Climate Adaptation and Sea Level Rise, Natural Environment, and Zero Waste. The City’s consultant, AECOM, performed an impact analysis that estimated the GHG reduction potential of the proposed actions, estimated costs, and additional sustainability co-benefits, as well as the outcomes needed to meet the “80 x 30” goal to reduce GHGs 80% below 1990 levels by 2030. The Impact Analysis can be found in Appendix D.3 in Section 8. The Key Actions do not capture the full breadth and depth of the sustainability and climate action programs and projects across the City. Rather, they are the Key Actions that we are prioritizing, based on the outcomes needed and sustainability co-benefits that were identified in the impact analysis to achieve the 80 x 30 goal. The City is developing and implementing additional Supplemental Actions that contribute towards the City’s sustainability and climate goals but are not highlighted here. Many of the Supplemental Actions are included in the Climate Change – Protection and Adaptation Work Plan and will be included in future Work Plans. Each of the S/CAP Key Actions falls along a Spectrum of Tools for Achieving Climate Goals, as shown in Figure 5. The Spectrum ranges from market driven solutions that require low intervention with a corresponding low certainty of achievement, such as voluntary programs, to government driven solutions that require higher intervention but yield high certainty of achievement, such as city- wide voter-approved mandates. Figure 5: Spectrum of Tools for Achieving Climate Goals Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 57 Packet Pg. 208 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 41 of 148 The Goals and Key Actions proposed in this document will work together towards achieving Palo Alto’s goals to reduce GHG’s 80 percent by 2030, relative to a 1990 baseline and achieve carbon neutrality by 2030. The proposed S/CAP Goals and Key Actions are meant to be a high-level road map to achieving the community’s 80 x 30 and carbon neutrality goals. More details and specifics will be provided in the S/CAP Workplan. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 58 Packet Pg. 209 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 42 of 148 SUSTAINABILITY AND CLIMATE ACTION PLAN GOALS CLIMATE ACTION Reduce GHG emissions 80% below 1990 levels by 2030 •Reduce GHG emissions from the direct use of natural gas in Palo Alto’s building sector by at least 60% below 1990 levels (116,400 MT CO2e reduction) •Modernize the electric grid to support increased electric demand and to accommodate state-of-the-art technology •Reduce transportation related GHG emissions at least 65% below 1990 levels (215,696 MT CO2e reduction) •Develop a public and private charging network to support EV adoption •Reduce total vehicle miles traveled 12% by 2030, compared to a 2019 baseline, by reducing commute vehicle miles traveled 20%, visitor vehicles miles traveled 10%, and resident vehicle miles traveled 6% •Increase the mode share for active transportation (walking, biking) and transit from 19% to 40% of local work trips by 2030 •Reduce Palo Alto’s potable water consumption 30% compared to a 1990 baseline (subject to refinement based on forthcoming California water efficiency standards expected in 2024) •Develop a water supply portfolio which is resilient to droughts, changes in climate, and water demand and regulations, that supports our urban canopy •Develop and adopt a multi-year Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan including a Sea Level Rise Vulnerability Assessment and adaptation plan •Minimize wildland fire hazards by ensuring adequate provisions for vegetation management, emergency access and communications, inter-agency firefighting, and standards for design and development within wildland areas •Restore and enhance resilience and biodiversity of our natural environment throughout the City •Increase tree canopy to 40% city-wide coverage by 2030 •By 2030, achieve a 10% increase in land area that uses green stormwater infrastructure to treat urban water runoff, compared to a 2020 baseline •Divert 95% of waste from landfills by 2030, leading to zero waste •Implement short- and medium-term initiatives identified in the 2018 Zero Waste Plan Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 59 Packet Pg. 210 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 43 of 148 SUSTAINABILITY AND CLIMATE ACTION PLAN KEY ACTIONS SUMMARY Climate Action (page 45-46) C1.Provide Building and Transportation Emissions Consultations for Residents C2.Develop Major Employer Custom Emissions Reduction Plans C3.Study Additional Key Actions Needed for 80 x 30 C4. Study Staffing and Budgetary Needs C5. Study Funding Alternatives C6. Conduct an Electrification Affordability Study C7. Study Carbon Neutrality Options C8. Accelerate GHG reductions through Mandates or Price Signals Energy (pages 47-48) E1. Reduce GHG emissions in Single-Family Appliances and Equipment E2. Reduce GHG emissions in Non-Residential Equipment E3. Reduce Gas Use in Major Facilities E4. Reduce Natural Gas Use at City facilities E5. Support Income-Qualified Residents and Vulnerable Businesses with Electrification E6. Develop Electric Rate Options E7. Use Codes and Ordinances to Facilitate Electrification E8. Electric Grid Modernization Plan E9. Additional Electrification Opportunities in Commercial and Multi-Family Buildings Electric Vehicles (pages 49-50, 51-52) EV1. Raise Awareness of Alternative Transportation Modes, Micromobility, and EVs EV2. Collaborate to Promote EV Adoption Regionally EV3. Promote EV Adoption and Alternative Commutes for Commuters EV4. Facilitate the Adoption of EVs, E-bikes and other Light EVs EV5. Promote Alternative Transportation Modes and Infrastructure to Support Adoption EV6. Expand EV Charging Access for Multi-Family Residents EV7. Improve EV Charging Access for Income-Qualified residents EV8. Ensure EV Charging Capacity Supports EV Growth EV9. Electrify Municipal Vehicle Fleet EV10. Support Policy to Electrify Fleet Vehicles Mobility (pages 49-50, 53-54) M1. Increase Active Transportation and Transit for Local Work Trips M2. Expand Availability of Transit and Shared Mobility Services M3. Implement the Bicycle and Pedestrian Transportation Plan M4. Improve Transportation Demand Management for Employees and Residents M5. Implement Smart Parking Infrastructure in Public Garages and Parking Fees in Business Districts M6. Study Land Use and Transportation M7. Continue to Implement the City’s Housing Element Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 60 Packet Pg. 211 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 44 of 148 M8. Improve Transit and Traffic Flow M9. Create Housing Density and Land Use Mix that Supports Transit and Non-SOV Transportation M10. Encourage Reductions in GHGs and VMT Water (pages 55-56) W1. Maximize Water Conservation and Efficiency W2. Build a Salt Removal Facility W3. Implement One Water Portfolio Projects W4. Develop a Dynamic Water Planning Tool Climate Adaptation and Sea Level Rise (pages 57-59) S1. Complete a Sea Level Rise Vulnerability Assessment S2. Implement a Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan S3. Begin Design Process for a Levee Project S4. Complete Bridge Improvements and Identify Protection Strategies from Flood Events S5. Implement the Foothills Fire Management Plan S6. Minimize Fire Hazards Through Zoning S7. Collaborate on Reducing Wildfire Hazards S8. Implement CAL FIRE Public Education Programs Natural Environment (pages 60-61) N1. Increase Palo Alto's Tree Canopy N2. Ensure No Net Tree Canopy Loss for all Projects N3. Reduce Pesticide Use in Parks and Open Space Preserves N4. Enhance Pollinator Habitat N5. Establish a Carbon Storage of Tree Canopy Baseline and KPI N6. Maximize Biodiversity and Soil Health N7. Coordinate Implementation of City Natural Environment-Related Plans N8. Expand Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (WELO) Requirements N9. Phase out Gas-Powered Lawn and Garden Equipment N10. Support the Green Stormwater Infrastructure Plan N11. Incorporate Green Stormwater Infrastructure in Municipal Projects Zero Waste (pages 62-63) ZW1. Encourage Food Waste Prevention and Require Food Recovery from Commercial Food Generators ZW2. Promote Residential Food Waste Reduction ZW3. Champion Waste Prevention, Reduction, Reusables, and the Sharing Economy ZW4. Provide Waste Prevention Technical Assistance to the Commercial Sector ZW5. Prioritize Domestic Processing of Recyclable Materials ZW6. Eliminate Single-Use Disposable Containers ZW7. Expand the Deconstruction and Construction Materials Management Ordinance ZW8. Implement Reach Code standard for Low Carbon Construction Materials Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 61 Packet Pg. 212 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 45 of 148 Climate Action The eight areas of the S/CAP (Climate Action, Energy, Electric Vehicles, Mobility, Water, Climate Adaptation and Sea Level Rise, Natural Environment, and Zero Waste) are all equally important. However, three areas – Energy, Electric Vehicles, and Mobility – have the highest potential for the largest greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reductions. Each of these three areas has Goals and Key Actions that are specific to each area, but the overarching 80 x 30 goal and several Key Actions encompass all three. Palo Alto has already made significant progress in its sustainability and climate action efforts, decreasing its community emissions by 53.9 percent compared to 1990 levels. However, to achieve the 80 x 30 and carbon neutrality goals, Palo Alto must meet a GHG emissions target of 156,024 MT CO2e, or 2 MT CO2e per Palo Alto resident by 2030. Achieving these ambitious emissions reduction goals requires steadily transitioning toward a more electrified infrastructure to meet building and transportation needs. And it requires an inclusive approach: the City will focus on funding mechanisms that will leverage resources and approaches that reduce the costs associated with this transition for all community members: residents, businesses, and City. There are many supporting investments to make in the City’s electric infrastructure and in management and retirement of the City’s gas infrastructure as electrification progresses. System- wide City investments in expansion and modernization of the in-city electricity infrastructure will assure the community’s electric capacity, reliability, and resiliency. The community will approach its electrification goals with efficiency in mind, encouraging best practices for deployment to reduce costs and impacts to the electric and gas systems. And to ensure new electrified systems have the least emissions possible, the City will continue to pursue a carbon-free electricity portfolio that evolves to reflect customer needs and the broader evolution of the electric system in the Western United States to which it is connected. GOAL Reduce GHG emissions 80% below 1990 levels by 2030 KEY ACTIONS Community assistance C1.Enable any resident to receive guidance on reducing their building and transportation emissions via phone consultations, interactive web applications, or communications platforms. C2.Work with major employers, including Stanford entities, to develop custom emissions reduction plans that address commute, building, and other emissions on an employer-by- employer basis. Staff Analysis C3.Complete study to identify any additional Energy, EV, or Mobility key actions needed to achieve 80% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions from 1990 levels by 2030, such as electrification of additional multifamily or commercial end uses, greater electrification of vehicles, or other emissions reduction actions not already identified in this Plan. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 62 Packet Pg. 213 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 46 of 148 C4.Complete a technical and legal study of the staffing and other resources needed to operate programs, services, and related City processes at a high enough capacity to accommodate all necessary emissions reduction activities through 2030. C5.Complete a technical and legal study of funding alternatives, such as a carbon tax, parcel taxes, or other community funding mechanisms. C6.Complete an affordability study to identify vulnerable populations and businesses who may need help with electrification and the scale of subsidy needed. Develop a Council- approved affordability policy to guide incentive and program funding design. C7.Complete a study of carbon neutrality options, including the potential contribution of expansion of the Palo Alto urban canopy in achieving carbon neutrality goals. Staff and Council action C8.Present options for Council consideration to accelerate EV, Mobility, and Energy emissions reduction activities identified in this Plan through mandates or price signals, such as building emissions performance standards, carbon pricing, on-sale or replace-on- burnout ordinances, parking rules in public and private spaces, and withdrawal of gas by a date certain. KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS •GHG reductions •Community awareness •Participation in Climate Pledge Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 63 Packet Pg. 214 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 47 of 148 Energy Building efficiency and electrification are key to achieving Palo Alto’s - and California’s – GHG reduction goals. Overcoming building electrification barriers at both the local and regional level will be necessary to increase market adoption in existing buildings. It is critical to modernize the City’s electric grid to accommodate the technologies that will enable this transformation. In California, buildings account for 70 percent of total electricity use46 and 20 percent of total GHG emissions47. In 2021, buildings in the residential and commercial/industrial sectors accounted for 37.8 percent of total emissions in Palo Alto, with 18.9 percent from residential, 15.5 percent from commercial, and 3.4 percent from industrial. To reach Palo Alto’s 2030 emissions reduction target, natural gas (methane) consumption will need to decline significantly through a combination of energy efficiency and electrification. Energy efficiency is simply using less energy to perform the same task; for example, replacing a low-efficiency gas furnace with a high-efficiency gas furnace. Electrification is the practice of replacing gas equipment in buildings, including gas furnaces and gas water heaters, with very efficient electric equipment primarily based on heat pump technology, such as air source heat pumps and heat pump water heaters. In Palo Alto, this all- electric lifestyle is cleaner and healthier than using fossil fuels and can also be more affordable. Achieving the City’s goals requires promoting the replacement of fossil fuel equipment with efficient electric equipment in all buildings, residential and commercial, aiming wherever possible to avoid the installation of new fossil equipment that would be hard and costly to replace. Preventing the installation of any new fossil fuel device in all buildings - residential and commercial 46 California Energy Commission. (2018). Energy Consumption Database Management System. Retrieved from http://www.ecdms.energy.ca.gov/elecbyutil.aspx 47 California Air Resources Board. (2019) California Greenhouse Gas Emissions for 2000 to 2017. Retrieved from https://ww3.arb.ca.gov/cc/inventory/pubs/reports/2000_2017/ghg_inventory_trends_00-17.pdf Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 64 Packet Pg. 215 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 48 of 148 – is a common sense strategy, easy to communicate and needed, but is not sufficient to meet the City’s 80 x 30 goal alone. It is a gradual process that will not overstress the grid, while avoiding the installation of long-lived devices that would be difficult to replace in the future, avoiding stranded assets. GOAL Reduce GHG emissions from the direct use of natural gas in Palo Alto’s building sector by at least 60% below 1990 levels (116,400 MT CO2e reduction) Modernize the electric grid to support increased electric demand and to accommodate state- of-the-art technology KEY ACTIONS Reduce greenhouse gas emissions in appliances and equipment E1.Reduce all or nearly all greenhouse gas emissions in single-family appliances and equipment, including water heating, space heating, cooking, clothes drying, and other appliances that use natural gas. E2.Reduce greenhouse gas emissions in non-residential equipment, including mixed-fuel rooftop packaged HVAC units, cooking equipment, and small nonresidential gas appliances. Reduce natural gas use in buildings E3.Partner with major facility owners to reduce gas use in major facilities by at least 20%. E4.Reduce natural gas use at City facilities. Make it affordable E5.Support income-qualified residents and vulnerable businesses with electrification efforts while ensuring affordability of on-going utility bills. E6.Develop electric rate options for electrified homes, EV charging, and solar + storage microgrid customers. Paving the road to electrification E7.Use codes and ordinances - such as the energy reach code, green building ordinance, zoning code, or other mandates - to facilitate electrification in both existing buildings and new-construction projects where feasible. E8.Develop and implement an electric grid modernization plan to increase capacity and resilience. E9.Seek additional electrification opportunities in commercial and multi-family buildings to contribute as much as possible towards achieving an additional 8% city-wide emissions reduction below 1990 levels. KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS •GHG emissions from natural gas use in buildings (single-family, multifamily, nonresidential) •Percentage of single-family households with no gas connections •Percentage of gas use reduction in major facilities and City facilities Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 65 Packet Pg. 216 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 49 of 148 Transportation In California, more than 50 percent of total GHG emissions stem from transportation. The primary driver of emissions is from cars and trucks. In Palo Alto, 58.8 percent of emissions come from transportation, with 51.7 percent from on-road vehicles. Carbon Intensity of Fuels, Vehicle Efficiency, and Vehicle Miles Traveled Reducing emissions from the transportation sector requires addressing three areas: 1) reducing the carbon intensity of fuels, 2) increasing vehicle efficiency, and 3) reducing VMT. Palo Alto can impact the first and third spheres because vehicle efficiency improvements are largely accomplished via federal and state regulations placed on car makers to increasingly green the fleets they produce. Reducing the Carbon Intensity of Fuels and Electrifying Vehicles The two main fuels used to power vehicles across the state - gasoline and diesel - have a very high carbon intensity. Transitioning to lower carbon intensity fuels, especially electricity, is key to reducing emissions in the transportation sector. Similar to electrification of fossil fuel equipment in buildings, as the electric grid continues to rely more heavily on renewable energy sources for electricity generation, the emissions reduction potential of replacing gasoline and diesel vehicles with electric vehicles continues to increase. The S/CAP section on Electric Vehicles (EVs) below details work to be done to support increased EV use, including increasing access to EV charging equipment and encouraging best practices for EV charging. Reducing VMT State and other analyses accounting for the time to transition to cleaner passenger vehicles such as EVs show that adoption of this automobile technology alone will not be fast enough to reach Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 66 Packet Pg. 217 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 50 of 148 our climate goals. It takes 15 – 20 years to replace a car fleet48, which is longer than the 2030 target. The California Air Resources Board (CARB) has stated that even under full implementation of state regulations requiring cleaner engines on our roads and with Governor Newsom’s Executive Order N-79-20 requiring 100 percent of zero-emission vehicle sales in the light-duty vehicle sector by 2035, “a significant portion of passenger vehicles will still rely on ICE [internal combustion engine] technology….Accordingly, VMT reductions will play an indispensable role in reducing overall transportation energy demand and achieving the state’s climate, air quality, and equity goals.”49 48 David R. Keith et al Environmental Research Letters. (2019). Vehicle fleet turnover and the future of fuel economy, February 15, 2019, p.2. Retrieved from https://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1748-9326/aaf4d2 49 California Air Resources Board. (2022). 2022 Scoping Plan for Achieving Carbon Neutrality, November 16, 2022, p. 192. Retrieved from https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/2022-12/2022-sp.pdf Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 67 Packet Pg. 218 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 51 of 148 Electric Vehicles More than half of Palo Alto’s emissions come from transportation, making adoption of Electric Vehicles (EVs) a crucial component to reaching our carbon reduction goals. Compared to fossil fuel vehicles, EVs are cheaper to drive, have lower maintenance costs, and produce no emissions. Driving and charging an EV in Palo Alto especially makes sense given the City’s carbon neutral electricity supply and low electric retail rates. GHG emissions are a function of two factors: the carbon intensity (GHG/VMT) of fuels, addressed here, and Vehicle Miles Traveled (VMT), addressed in the next section. The EV and Mobility plans work in synch to jointly reduce GHG emissions and VMT. In order to reach Palo Alto’s 2030 emissions reduction target, we must implement strategies to reduce the carbon intensity of fuels. GOALS Reduce transportation related GHG emissions at least 65% below 1990 levels (215,696 MT CO2e reduction) Develop a public and private charging network to support EV adoption KEY ACTIONS Education, awareness, and collaboration EV1.Raise awareness of financial and emission savings of alternative transportation modes, micro-mobility (such as e-bikes and e-scooters), EVs, the economics of these transportation modes compared to gasoline vehicles, and available incentives. EV2.Collaborate with regional partners, other agencies, and local nonprofit partners to promote EV adoption regionally to reduce commuter and visitor emissions. EV3.Partner with employers and business districts to promote commuter EV adoption and EV charging access as well as alternative commute promotion. EV4.Facilitate the adoption of EVs, e-bikes and other light EVs. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 68 Packet Pg. 219 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 52 of 148 EV5.When offering programs to facilitate EV adoption, EV charger installation, or building electrification, promote alternative transportation modes and infrastructure to support adoption (such as bicycle or micro-mobility infrastructure) as well where feasible. Expand EV infrastructure EV6.Expand access to on-site EV charging for multi-family residents. EV7.Improve access to EV charging for income-qualified residents. EV8.Evaluate mandates or other mechanisms to ensure EV charging capacity is available to support EV growth. Electrify fleet vehicles EV9.Convert all Palo Alto municipal vehicles to EVs when feasible and when the replacement is operationally acceptable. EV10.Support state policy efforts to electrify fleet vehicles, including delivery trucks KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS •GHG emissions from vehicle travel •Percentage of registered EV vehicles in Palo Alto •Percentage of new vehicle sales that are EVs •Percentage of multifamily residents with access to overnight EV charging •Gasoline sales in Palo Alto Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 69 Packet Pg. 220 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 53 of 148 Mobility Road transportation represents the largest percentage of Palo Alto’s existing carbon footprint – and a congestion headache. One way to reduce transportation-related emissions relatively quickly is by reducing VMT. VMT reduction can be influenced by local programs and policies, including roadway engineering, land use, and zoning, since these elements affect travel mode choice. In order to reach Palo Alto’s 2030 emissions reduction target, we must implement strategies to reduce VMT. GOALS Reduce total vehicle miles traveled 12% by 2030, compared to a 2019 baseline, by reducing commute vehicle miles traveled 20%, visitor vehicles miles traveled 10%, and resident vehicle miles traveled 6% Increase the mode share for active transportation (walking, biking) and transit from 19% to 40% of local work trips by 2030 KEY ACTIONS Promote alternatives to single occupancy car trips M1.Implement transportation and land use infrastructure investments, programs, policies, and incentives to increase the mode share for active transportation (walking, biking) and transit for local work trips. M2.Expand the availability of transit and shared mobility services from 61% of residents to 100% of all residents, including a bike/scooter shared micro-mobility service to provide last-mile connections, an on-demand shuttle / transit service pilot, and Neighborhood Mobility Hubs. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 70 Packet Pg. 221 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 54 of 148 M3.Update and implement the Bicycle and Pedestrian Transportation Plan to expand bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure and establish a Vision Zero data collection and analysis program to target safety improvements. M4.Improve Transportation Demand Management for employees and residents, including adopting a TDM Ordinance, allocating funding to scale up TDM programming, establishing a Safe Routes for Older Adults/Aging in Place program, and continuing the Safe Routes to School program. Change the way we think about parking cars M5.Implement smart parking infrastructure in public garages and proposals for Council to price parking in business districts, including implementing an optional Healthy Climate Fee, ideally on gas vehicles, to partially offset GHG emissions from driving to support alternative modes in Palo Alto. Learn how we can grow without increasing GHG emissions M6.Conduct a land use and transportation study to identify scenarios, changes, services, and programs that would reduce greenhouse gas emissions and accommodate projected housing growth without increasing transportation sector emissions. Include mobility equity needs analysis. M7.Continue to implement the City’s Housing Element of the Comprehensive Plan to improve jobs - housing balance and reduce vehicle miles traveled (VMT). M8.Improve transit and traffic flow through programs to install transit signal priority equipment, implement traffic signal equipment improvements, and improve transit times. Leverage current tools to foster mobility related GHG reductions M9.Utilize development regulations and standards to continue creating a housing density and land use mix that supports transit and non-SOV (Single Occupancy Vehicle) transportation modes. M10.Utilize pricing, fees, and other program and policy tools to encourage reductions in GHGs and VMT. KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS •Total VMT •Commute mode share for all modes •Commute Benefits participation by City employees •Transit ridership, the proportion of residents within a quarter-mile walkshed of frequent transit, and the proportion of residents covered by on-demand transit services (data may not be available every year) •Number and proportion of residents within a 10-minute walk of retail or other essential services/land uses (data may not be available every year) •Number of businesses participating in TDM programs (when regional TDM Program data becomes available) Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 71 Packet Pg. 222 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 55 of 148 Water Water is a limited resource in California, and its availability will be further impacted by climate change and new environmental regulations. Both potable water supplies and hydroelectric needs could be challenged by long-term shifts in California’s precipitation regime. With shifting climate patterns, and significant long-term water supply uncertainty, it would be prudent to reduce water consumption while exploring ways to capture and store water, as well as to increase the availability and use of recycled water. Water reuse will increase in importance as California’s population expands and climate change and new environmental regulations pose uncertainties in imported water supply availability. Whether a water supply shortage exists or not, “Making Water Conservation a California Way of Life” is a concept embraced by the City. In 2021, wastewater treatment accounted for 0.4 percent of Palo Alto’s GHG emissions. While the Goals and Key Actions for water don’t explicitly address GHG reduction, energy and water use are linked. Energy is needed to transport and to treat water, treat wastewater, and heat domestic hot water in homes and businesses across California. Approximately 20 percent of California’s electricity and approximately 30 percent of natural gas (methane) used by homes and businesses across the state is dedicated to pumping, treating, and heating water. GOALS Reduce Palo Alto’s potable water consumption 30% compared to a 1990 baseline (subject to refinement based on forthcoming California water efficiency standards expected in 202450) 50 The California Water Action Plan, first released in 2014 and updated in 2016, is a roadmap to water resilience and reliability. Ten principles define California’s Water Action Plan, including “Make Conservation a California Way of Life.” Executive Order (B-37-16) instructed State agencies to help Californians adopt permanent changes to use water more wisely. In 2018 the legislature enacted SB 606 and AB 1668 that provide new requirements for water conservation and Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 72 Packet Pg. 223 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 56 of 148 Develop a water supply portfolio which is resilient to droughts, changes in climate, and water demand and regulations, that supports our urban canopy KEY ACTIONS W1.Maximize cost-effective water conservation and efficiency through incentives, outreach/education, and other programs. W2.Design and build a salt removal facility for the Regional Water Quality Control Plant. W3.Develop and implement projects that result from a "One Water" Portfolio for Palo Alto51, including but not limited to: stormwater, recycled water, on-site reuse, conservation, groundwater. W4.Develop a tool for dynamic water planning in the future. KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS •Estimated indoor per capita residential water consumption •Estimated outdoor residential water consumption for irrigation •Water consumption of commercial customers with irrigation meters •Amount of recycled water used in Palo Alto •Volume of stormwater that is captured and reused drought. Resulting new regulations will establish water budgets for urban water suppliers based upon state adopted water use efficiency standards for residential indoor and outdoor water use, outdoor irrigation of landscape areas, water loss, and local service area characteristics. 51 A “One Water” approach envisions managing all water in an integrated, inclusive, and sustainable manner that is more resilient to the impacts of climate change. The One Water approach recognizes that water must be managed in ways that respect and respond to the natural flows of watersheds and the natural ecosystem, geology, and hydrology of an area. projects and programs focus on achieving multiple benefits—economic, environmental, and social. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 73 Packet Pg. 224 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 57 of 148 Climate Adaptation and Sea Level Rise Climate adaptation refers to the actions taken to improve a community’s resilience to climate change. Climate adaptation planning is most effective at the local level but must be done in concert with regional efforts. Effective adaptation entails planning with uncertainties. It is a long-term process that should allow for phased plans and projects that can be adapted to changing conditions and new knowledge. One focus of climate adaption is sea level rise. The State of California anticipates that relative sea level rise projections stemming from GHG emissions and related climate change pose significant economic, environmental, and social risks to communities along the San Francisco Bay Shoreline, including the City of Palo Alto. Sea level rise in San Francisco Bay is anticipated to range between three feet to more than ten feet by 2100 with rising tides likely thereafter. In Palo Alto, many City services and infrastructure that are essential to the City’s public health, safety, and economy are located within areas that are predicted to be inundated by Bay water if adaptation measures are not implemented. Another focus of climate adaption is preparation for and protection from wildfires. Climate change is expected to increase the frequency, intensity, and duration of wildfire events, especially here in California. On the West Coast, it is projected that an average 1 °C temperature increase could increase the median burned area per year as much as 600 percent in some forests.52 GHG emissions from wildfires are not currently included in community GHG inventories. From 2000 – 2019, wildfire-related GHG emissions in California averaged approximately 14 million metric tons 52 US Department of Agriculture. (2012). Effects of Climatic Variability and Change on Forest Ecosystems: A Comprehensive Science Synthesis for the U.S. Forest Sector. https://www.fs.fed.us/pnw/pubs/pnw_gtr870/pnw_gtr870.pdf Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 74 Packet Pg. 225 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 58 of 148 (MMT) of CO2. The California Air Resources Board (CARB) projects that CA wildfire emissions in 2020 were about 112 MMT CO2.53 GOALS Develop and adopt a multi-year Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan including a Sea Level Rise Vulnerability Assessment and adaptation plan Minimize wildland fire hazards by ensuring adequate provisions for vegetation management, emergency access and communications, inter-agency firefighting, and standards for design and development within wildland areas KEY ACTIONS Minimize the impacts of sea level rise S1.Complete a Sea Level Rise Vulnerability Assessment to identify risks and hazards to the Palo Alto Baylands, City infrastructure, and residential and business property, considering high tide, 100-year coastal storm event scenarios and rising shallow groundwater impacts.54 S2.Develop and implement a Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan with goals to 1) Preserve and Expand Habitat, and 2) Protect City and Community Assets, and Private Property. S3.Determine levee alignment and begin design process for a levee project that protects the Palo Alto community from sea level rise, and incorporates other related priorities including habitat restoration, recreation, transportation, City facilities, and community properties. S4.Complete bridge improvements and identify protection strategies from significant flood events. Minimize the impacts of wildland fire hazards S5.Implement the Foothills Fire Management Plan to balance conservation of natural resources with reduction of fire hazards especially in open space areas. S6.Minimize fire hazards by maintaining low density zoning in wildland fire hazard areas and enforcing building codes for fire resistant construction. 53 California Air Resources Board (2020). Greenhouse Gas Emissions of Contemporary Wildfire, Prescribed Fire, and Forest Management Activities. https://ww3.arb.ca.gov/cc/inventory/pubs/ca_ghg_wildfire_forestmanagement.pdf 54 The completed Sea Level Rise Vulnerability Assessment can be found at https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/public-works/environmental-compliance/sea-level-rise/palo-alto- sea-level-rise-vulnerability-assessment-june-2022-062822-linked-final.pdf or https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/sealevelrise Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 75 Packet Pg. 226 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 59 of 148 S7.Work collaboratively with other jurisdictions and agencies to reduce wildfire hazards in and around Palo Alto, with an emphasis on effective vegetation management and mutual aid agreements. S8.Implement CAL FIRE recommended programs in educating and involving the local community to diminish potential loss caused by wildfire and identify prevention measures to reduce those risks. KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS •Percent of vulnerable locations protected from three feet of sea level rise •Percent of properties protected from San Francisquito Creek flooding •Progress towards sea level rise levee alignments •Implementation of Foothills Fire Management Plan mitigation measures Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 76 Packet Pg. 227 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 60 of 148 Natural Environment Sustainability is not only about mitigation, adaptation, and resilience, but also regeneration – identifying opportunities for renewal, restoration, carbon sequestration, and growth of our natural environment. Palo Alto will continue to build and restore the natural environment and its supporting ecosystem services and bio-capacity, including soils, tree canopy, biodiversity, and other components. Enhancing and maintaining green stormwater infrastructure55 will use natural areas and systems to provide habitat, flood protection, stormwater management, cleaner air, cleaner water, and human health enhancement. Many actions that address climate vulnerability and risk also reverse GHG emissions. Shade trees absorb, or sequester, carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. Studies show that a young tree sapling can sequester anywhere from 1.0 to 1.3 pounds of carbon each year, while a 50-year-old tree can sequester over 100 pounds annually.56 Restoration of wetlands can both sequester carbon and protect shoreline communities and habitats from sea-level rise and storm surge. Healthy soils on farmland also play an important role in absorbing carbon. Actions to sequester carbon in trees, soils, and native and drought-tolerant vegetation can increase biodiversity of plants and animals and minimize stormwater runoff by mitigating impacts from impervious surfaces and providing opportunities to capture and use rain while also treating runoff pollutants. Biodiversity is critical to the health of City parks and other open spaces. Natural area conservation and retrofit of impervious areas protect natural resources and environmental 55 Green stormwater infrastructure (GSI) is infrastructure built into our urban environment to collect, slow, and clean stormwater runoff through the use of natural processes. GSI examples include stormwater “biotreatment” using soil and plants ranging in size from grasses to trees; pervious paving systems (e.g., interlocking concrete pavers, porous asphalt, and pervious concrete); tree trenches that capture sidewalk and street stormwater runoff; and other methods to capture and use stormwater as a resource. 56 U.S. Department of Energy Energy Information Administration. (1998). Method for Calculating Carbon Sequestration by Trees in Urban and Suburban Settings. https://www3.epa.gov/climatechange/Downloads/method-calculating- carbon-sequestration-trees-urban-and-suburban-settings.pdf Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 77 Packet Pg. 228 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 61 of 148 features that sequester carbon, reduce stormwater runoff, promote infiltration, prevent soil erosion, and increase ecosystem biodiversity. GOALS Restore and enhance resilience and biodiversity of our natural environment throughout the City Increase tree canopy to 40% city-wide coverage by 2030 By 2030, achieve a 10% increase in land area that uses green stormwater infrastructure to treat urban water runoff, compared to a 2020 baseline57 KEY ACTIONS Maintain and protect tree canopy N1.Develop programs to plant trees to increase tree canopy – that will be integrated with traditional tree planting programs and green stormwater infrastructure programs – and provide carbon sequestration, improve water quality, capture stormwater when feasible, and reduce the urban heat island effect. N2.Ensure No Net Tree Canopy Loss for all projects. N3.Continue to review the use of pesticides in all parks and open space preserves to identify opportunities to further reduce and eliminate the use of pesticides. N4.Enhance pollinator habitat by including native plants and pollinator-friendly plant landscaping with all park improvement projects when feasible. N5.Establish a baseline and Key Performance Indicator for carbon storage of tree canopy in the public right-of-way and City-owned property. Restore and enhance biodiversity N6.Evaluate and modify plant palette selection in project plans to maximize biodiversity and soil health to adapt to the changing climate and incorporate buffers for existing natural ecosystems. N7.Coordinate implementation of the Urban Forest Master Plan, Parks Master Plan, and other city-wide planning efforts through interdepartmental collaboration. N8.Expand the requirements of the Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (WELO) to increase native and drought-tolerant species composition. N9.Phase out gas-powered lawn and garden equipment, in compliance with California’s AB 1346. Reduce pollutants entering the Bay N10.Establish policies and ordinance changes as needed to support the Green Stormwater Infrastructure Plan. N11.Incorporate green stormwater infrastructure in future municipal projects, including public right-of-way. KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS •City-wide Tree Canopy coverage •Native species on City property and in new landscape projects (to measure biodiversity) •Land area that uses green stormwater infrastructure to treat urban water runoff 57 Green stormwater infrastructure (GSI) goals will be finalized once additional quantification work is conducted over the next two years to provide accurate, realistic and publicly vetted metrics. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 78 Packet Pg. 229 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 62 of 148 Zero Waste Zero Waste is a holistic approach to managing materials in a closed loop system (circular economy), where all discarded materials are designed to become resources. Reducing waste is an important strategy for both GHG emissions reductions and overall sustainability. Approximately 42 percent of GHG emissions in the U.S. are associated with the flow of materials through the economy, from extraction or harvest of materials and food, production and transport of goods, provision of services, reuse of materials, recycling, composting, and disposal. Palo Alto’s current diversion rate is 84 percent. Diversion includes all waste prevention, reuse, recycling, and composting activities that divert materials from landfills. Getting to the 95 percent diversion goal will require refinement and enforcement of existing programs, the addition of new policies and programs, fostering producer and consumer responsibility and building community collaboration on waste prevention. In 2021, solid waste accounted for 1.8 percent of Palo Alto’s GHG emissions, which can be lowered through key actions that reduce waste, conserve resources, and prevent pollution. GOALS Divert 95% of waste from landfills by 2030, leading to zero waste Implement short- and medium-term initiatives identified in the 2018 Zero Waste Plan Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 79 Packet Pg. 230 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 63 of 148 KEY ACTIONS Encourage food waste 58 prevention and require edible food recovery for human consumption from commercial food generators. Promote residential food waste reduction. Champion waste prevention, reduction, reusables, and the sharing economy (e.g., promote adoption of a “Zero Waste lifestyle”, stimulate value of reuse, repair, and access to sharing goods over ownership). Provide waste prevention technical assistance to the commercial sector. Prioritize domestic processing of recyclable materials and collaborate with stakeholders on legislation to spur domestic recycling and require traceability of materials processing. Eliminate single-use disposable containers by expanding the Disposable Foodware Ordinance. Expand the Deconstruction and Construction Materials Management Ordinance. Implement Reach Code standard for low carbon construction materials. •Diversion rate •Number of Zero Waste Plan59 initiatives implemented 58 “Food waste” refers to edible food that is not eaten, goes bad and is thrown away. It does not include food scraps such as banana peels, apple cores, and bones – they should be composted. 59 www.cityofpaloalto.org/zwplan Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 80 Packet Pg. 231 of 406 Section 5: Goals and Key Actions Page 64 of 148 Spotlight on Equity As discussed in Section 2, we cannot address climate change without also addressing equity. While all of the Goals and Key Actions were developed with an equity lens and will be evaluated using key performance metrics that encourage equitable engagement and impact, there are some Key Actions that more explicitly address equity issues. These include: C1.Provide Building and Transportation Emissions Consultations for Residents C5. Study Funding Alternatives C6. Conduct an Electrification Affordability Study E5. Support Income-Qualified Residents and Vulnerable Businesses with Electrification E6. Develop Electric Rate Options EV1. Raise Awareness of Alternative Transportation Modes, Micromobility, and EVs EV4. Facilitate the Adoption of EVs, E-bikes and other Light EVs EV5. Promote Alternative Transportation Modes and Infrastructure to Support Adoption EV6. Expand EV Charging Access for Multi-Family Residents EV7. Improve EV Charging Access for Income-Qualified residents M1. Increase Active Transportation and Transit for Local Work Trips M2. Expand Availability of Transit and Shared Mobility Services M3. Implement the Bicycle and Pedestrian Transportation Plan M4. Improve Transportation Demand Management for Employees and Residents M6. Study Land Use and Transportation M7. Continue to Implement the City’s Housing Element M9. Create Housing Density and Land Use Mix that Supports Transit and Non-SOV Transportation W4. Develop a Dynamic Water Planning Tool S1. Complete a Sea Level Rise Vulnerability Assessment S2. Implement a Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan N1. Increase Palo Alto's Tree Canopy ZW3. Champion Waste Prevention, Reduction, Reusables, and the Sharing Economy Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 81 Packet Pg. 232 of 406 Section 6: Getting to 80 x 30: Costs and Impacts Page 65 of 148 SECTION 6 GETTING TO 80 X 30: COSTS AND IMPACTS 6. GETTING TO 80 X 30: COSTS AND IMPACTS Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 82 Packet Pg. 233 of 406 Section 6: Getting to 80 x 30: Costs and Impacts Page 66 of 148 The preceding sections describe the principal sources of Palo Alto’s GHG emissions and related goals and actions for achieving the community’s targets of reducing emissions 80 percent below 1990 levels by 2030. This section outlines the outcomes needed to achieve the 80 x 30 goal and the impact analysis of the GHG reduction potential, costs, and sustainability co-benefits of the Key Actions. Assessing the Impacts of Co-Benefits of achieving 80 x 30 Table 6: S/CAP Co-Benefits Evaluation Criteria Definition Air Quality Improve air quality through reduced exposure (indoor and outdoor) to particulate matter (PM2.5 and PM10), nitrous oxide (NO2), ozone (O3), sulfur dioxide (SO2) or airborne toxins. Public Health Improve public health through reduced incidents of diseases/death attributed to pollution, increased use of active transportation options (e.g., walking, biking), etc. Public Safety Improve public safety through reduced traffic, reduced incidents of traffic accidents, reduced gas leaks, decreased exposure to climate hazards, assets adapted to withstand climate hazards, decreased number of people/assets/services exposed to climate hazards, etc. Regional Benefit Provide benefits that extend beyond the city, such as generating jobs, expanding the electric vehicle charging network, implementing flood reduction projects, etc. Resource Conservation Increase resource conservation in building energy, vehicle fuels, and water; increase natural habitat conservation and regeneration; and decrease waste generation Lifecycle Emissions Reduce emissions associated with the extraction, manufacture, and transport of energy resources (e.g., natural gas production, distribution). Cost of Living Reduce cost of living through utility cost savings, travel cost savings, etc. Productivity Increase productivity through reduced commute times and reduced traffic, prioritized housing near transit, improved thermal comfort in buildings, reduced economic activity losses from climate-related events (e.g., flooding, power outages), etc. Equity Address an existing inequity in the community, such as disproportionate poor air quality, access to transit, flood risk, etc. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 83 Packet Pg. 234 of 406 Section 6: Getting to 80 x 30: Costs and Impacts Page 67 of 148 and titles of the Key Actions used in the co-benefits analysis may differ from the final version of the S/CAP Goals and Key Actions. Outcomes Needed to Achieve 80 Percent Reduction from 1990 Levels 60, the City has fewer policy levers to affect reductions in transportation emissions, particularly for visitors. As a result, the City is unable to rely solely on vehicle electrification to achieve its goals and must focus efforts in the buildings sector as well. 60 Land use changes can reduce driving significantly over the long term by locating housing closer to services and employment. The land use assumptions in the BAU analysis reflect the 2017 Comprehensive Plan. Different land use scenarios were not modeled as part of this analysis due to budget constraints. Future S/CAP work should include resources to model how growth can be accommodated in a way that does not increase GHG emissions. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 84 Packet Pg. 235 of 406 Section 6: Getting to 80 x 30: Costs and Impacts Page 68 of 148 Table 7: Emissions by Source and Milestone 84,100 19,200 101,600 11,000331,840 107,700 85,000 65% 49,500 0 22,600 18,400194,000 81,400 57,100 61% 186,000 0 0 100% 68,279 35,400 30,700 55% 780,119 482,300 221,400 71% 65,200 9% Figure 7 summarizes the cost per metric ton of carbon dioxide equivalent (MT CO2e) reduced for various emissions reductions technologies, while Figure 8 shows the costs in more detail. To provide some context for the costs in the chart, the current cost of building renewable energy in California as a way to reduce carbon is $30 per MT CO2-e to $60 per MT CO2-e,61 though the 61 Calculated based on current Renewable Energy Credit prices ($/MWh) converted to $/ton CO2-e Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 85 Packet Pg. 236 of 406 Section 6: Getting to 80 x 30: Costs and Impacts Page 69 of 148 California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) projects that will rise to around $200 per MT CO2-e by 2030.62 The cost of renewable natural gas is $270 per MT CO2-e to $450 per MT CO2-e.63 Figure 7: Key Actions by Cost per Metric Ton of Carbon Dioxide Equivalent Reduced64 62 Extracted from CPUC RESOLVE model by a City consultant, E3 63 Forecast by E3 using PATHWAYS models developed for forecasting RNG prices in California Energy Commission study titled Deep Decarbonization in a High Renewables Future. 64 Cost per metric ton shown as a range from a low-cost scenario to a high-cost scenario Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 86 Packet Pg. 237 of 406 Section 6: Getting to 80 x 30: Costs and Impacts Page 70 of 148 Figure 8: Cost per Metric Ton for Various Types of Emissions Reduction Actions In summary, staff and AECOM have identified the following outcomes in 2030 as necessary to achieve the 80 percent reduction: •Commute travel is reduced 20 percent •VMT are reduced 12 percent •By 2030, 85 percent of all Palo Alto new vehicle purchases are EVs, up from 30 percent now, which results in a vehicle fleet that is 44 percent EVs (50 percent in single-family households, 33 percent in multi-family) •40 percent of commuter trips into Palo Alto and 30 percent of visitor trips are made in EVs (35 percent overall). This is up from 3 percent right now. •Virtually all single-family gas appliances and virtually all commercial rooftop HVAC units are electrified •Significant additional multi-family and commercial building electrification and other emissions reductions to be determined •An additional 65,0000 MT CO2e of emissions reductions are achieved through other measures. Table 7 and Figure 6 only represent the direct emissions reductions associated with electrifying vehicles and buildings; that is, the emissions associated with burning fuel in a gas tank or natural gas appliance. However, there are also emissions associated with producing and transporting gasoline or natural gas (methane) to the home, gas pump, or commercial building due to leakage occurring during transportation. These fuels, when released directly to the atmosphere, have significantly higher global warming potentials than the carbon dioxide released when they are burned. Even more significantly, natural gas (methane) has a very high short-term global warming potential. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 87 Packet Pg. 238 of 406 Section 6: Getting to 80 x 30: Costs and Impacts Page 71 of 148 Consideration of these upstream emissions further emphasizes the importance of reducing natural gas (methane) use in buildings, rather than pursuing strategies with even greater emphasis on vehicle electrification. While these upstream emissions are worth examining to understand the additional potential impacts of fossil fuel use, they are not included in industry standard GHG inventories. The true impact of upstream emissions outside of Palo Alto city boundaries would be more accurately reflected in a consumption based GHG inventory. The momentum created by these strategies will continue past 2030, and staff forecasts achieving 78 percent reductions by 2035 and 80 percent by 2036 or 2037, even without an additional 65,000 MT CO2e of emissions reductions through other measures. It is also worth noting that some of the effects of these proposed strategies will generate emissions reductions that are not counted in the City’s GHG inventory. For example, if a Palo Alto resident converts to an EV as part of one of our programs, only their driving within Palo Alto counts towards reducing emissions counted in the City’s GHG inventory. If they commute out of Palo Alto, for example, the community can only count part of that vehicle trip towards its emissions savings, but of course they are reducing emissions for the entire journey. Those unclaimed emissions are very large, equal to another 6 to 7 percent reduction in emissions if they could be claimed. Strategies to Achieve Building and Transportation Emissions Reductions Achieving the emissions reductions listed above will require bold action by the City and unprecedented participation from the community. It will require education and engagement of the entire community, from residents to real estate managers to employers to commuters. Also required to meet our goals are programs to facilitate participation and streamlined business and permitting processes that ensure a positive customer experience. Staff considered a range of policy tools that involved different levels of government intervention in electrification activity, as illustrated previously in Figure 5. Low intervention policy tools include outreach efforts or voluntary programs. Medium intervention actions could include ordinances requiring electrification of appliances when they need to be replaced, and low-level carbon pricing. Higher intervention actions include mandating electrification by a date certain or imposing carbon pricing, and other actions which could present legal challenges and/or where the City must either comply with or secure changes to state and federal laws that would otherwise constrain some promising approaches. Local community support and voter approval may be an important next step on several of these actions. Direct advocacy at the state level, for some if not all of the medium and high intervention actions, may also be necessary. Staff expects that high-intervention actions will be needed to achieve the outcomes required to achieve the 80 x 30 goals. However, rapid and effective implementation of low intervention actions (such as simple, effective voluntary electrification programs and simplified permitting processes) is needed to give the community confidence that higher intervention actions can be implemented without excessive cost or other impact to community members. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 88 Packet Pg. 239 of 406 Section 6: Getting to 80 x 30: Costs and Impacts Page 72 of 148 Total Cost to Achieve 80 Percent Reduction from 1990 Levels Preliminary staff and consultant modeling conservatively estimated the cost to achieve the identified 71% reductions from 1990 levels. The modeling assumed up-front capital costs were paid off over the life of the equipment and took into account ongoing costs and benefits. Staff estimates the annual cost to the community in 2030, assuming all reductions are implemented would be $53 million in costs offset by $43 million in benefits for a net $10 million in community costs per year,65 which is less than 5% of the total amount the community spends on energy each year. By 2033, benefits are estimated to match costs and from then forward, achieving these emissions reductions would represent a net benefit to the community. This means achieving the S/CAP goals would likely result in lower household and business expenses throughout the community in the long term. These estimated annual costs are based on an estimated community capital investment of $740 million through 2030. This includes the up-front capital cost for the necessary vehicle and mobility investments, investments in charging infrastructure, and investments in appliances and building infrastructure. It also includes a preliminary estimate of the utility improvements needed to support the transformation. These cost estimates are preliminary and do not include the cost to achieve the remaining 9 percent gap in GHG emissions reductions discussed on page 64. They do not incorporate potential decreases in the cost of equipment and improvements in installation strategies that will come with increased adoption of these types of equipment. They also do not include Federal and State incentives adopted after April 2020, such as the Inflation Reduction Act. Some cost estimates from the preliminary analysis have already been shown to be low, however, particularly the cost of modernizing the electric system to accommodate electrification. The S/CAP Goals and Key Actions include actions focused on refining the community cost of electrification, identifying additional outside funding sources (such as Inflation Reduction Act provisions) and benefits, and identifying potential funding sources for any residual costs not covered by these outside funding sources and benefits. 65 All costs and benefits are in 2021 dollars. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 89 Packet Pg. 240 of 406 Section 6: Getting to 80 x 30: Costs and Impacts Page 73 of 148 Potential funding tools As noted above, financing these costs over a long period (10-30 years, depending on the measure) can make the cost of electrification more manageable. Various financing mechanisms could be explored, ranging from publicly managed financing through municipal or green bonds or public- private financing partnerships to financing more focused on individual borrowers, such as energy loans or on-bill financing, where customers take a loan to finance home sustainability improvements, and pay off part of the loan each month through their utility bill. The viability of some of these measures requires exploration. For example, municipal debt is typically issued to fund public improvements, rather than improvements to private property, which is a significant element of the key actions. Further analysis is required to assess which financing approaches can support different S/CAP program elements. Sources of funds for repayment would need to be identified. Sources to consider include taxes (such as carbon taxes or parcel taxes), customer payments via their utility bill, or payments from utility revenue. Each of these sources has its own legal limitations and upon further analysis, may not be viable for funding S/CAP activities. Costs and savings are spread unequally through the community Unfortunately, the costs and savings are not spread evenly across the community, and this creates a variety of issues. For example, in 2030, a homeowner who owns an EV is projected to save, over time and on average, $116/month in household expenses when compared to a non-EV owner. This is due to vehicle fuel and maintenance savings. But a homeowner who electrifies their home is projected to see a $107/month increase. Figure 9 shows the costs associated with electrification for single-family residents and multi-family residents with and without electrified buildings, Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 90 Packet Pg. 241 of 406 Section 6: Getting to 80 x 30: Costs and Impacts Page 74 of 148 illustrating this issue. Similarly, a business choosing to electrify may not see significant savings from vehicle electrification, meaning they are only exposed to the costs of electrification with far less associated benefit. Careful design of the funding sources for electrification could help by aligning the costs of electrification with those who benefit most. Figure 9: Costs for Various Groups in the Palo Alto Community without Tax / Incentive System* *Non-electrified homes are assumed to own an EV, which illustrates the incentive to own an EV contrasted with the lack of incentive to electrify a home. Cost of Delaying Action Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 91 Packet Pg. 242 of 406 Section 6: Getting to 80 x 30: Costs and Impacts Page 75 of 148 store it underground. The faster the direct emissions reductions achieved, the less carbon dioxide removal is required. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 92 Packet Pg. 243 of 406 Section 7: Next Steps - Further Exploration Page 76 of 148 SECTION 7 NEXT STEPS - FURTHER EXPLORATION 7. NEXT STEPS - FURTHER EXPLORATION Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 93 Packet Pg. 244 of 406 Section 7: Next Steps - Further Exploration Page 77 of 148 As noted in the Executive Summary, achieving the emissions reductions detailed in this plan requires that the strategies are implemented in a timely, coordinated, and sustained way, with appropriate resources for successful implementation. Although significant GHG reduction policies and initiatives are already in place, the actions proposed in this S/CAP, by necessity, far surpass the scale of existing efforts. Implementing the S/CAP and ensuring that it results in real GHG emissions reductions will require increased funding, additional coordination across sectors, and enhanced institutionalized climate protection efforts across the community. Currently, all sustainability efforts are coordinated by the Office of Sustainability and other Department of Public Works Divisions, with robust inter-departmental collaboration, especially with City of Palo Alto Utilities. However, many of the strategies outlined in this plan will require additional resources for successful implementation. Principles for Going to Scale •Engage and raise awareness. Extensive awareness, engagement, and outreach will be needed – Palo Altans must be aware of both the urgency and reasons for action, and the programs available for them to respond. We also need to engage people for whom sustainability may not be the top priority to provide information about the benefits of acting, such as the health benefits of indoor and outdoor air quality improvements, and address any sensitivities, like resiliency. •Activate early adopters and ensure positive customer experiences to create success stories. Palo Alto must provide confidence to the community so that they can count on us to run an electrified system. We need clear plans to preserve and enhance electric reliability and resiliency – outages will be on peoples’ minds. We need more detailed plans about how to best manage the gas system as electrification increases, and manage rates for those who do not convert. We need streamlined and simplified permitting processes and appropriate resources to proactively communicate and reactively respond. All of this will require additional staffing throughout the City. •Reward neighborhood-level action (e.g. undergrounding for block-level electrification). Taking actions at the neighborhood-level allows for better planning, economies of scale, and easier coordination with the City. For example, if all the homes in a neighborhood decide to electrify their appliances at the same time, then the City can better plan overall electric capacity and infrastructure needs. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 94 Packet Pg. 245 of 406 Section 7: Next Steps - Further Exploration Page 78 of 148 •Demonstrate care for small businesses, renters, and low-income groups. In implementing this S/CAP, the City plans to foster relationships and deepen involvement with small businesses, renters, and low-income populations regarding the challenges of and solutions to climate change. Engagement strategies will consider equity, inclusion, existing barriers and how to mitigate challenges. •Collaborate with diverse stakeholders. Climate change is an issue that crosses geographic and sector boundaries. Palo Alto recognizes the value of collaborating with other public agencies, businesses, and community-based organizations to accelerate climate action. Everyone has a part to play, and Palo Alto cannot do it alone. •Partner with major employers to maximize impact. For Palo Alto to succeed in achieving its S/CAP goals, we need support from the private sector. Markets need to shift. The goods and services available to our community should support our efforts to build a sustainable, resilient economy that doesn’t threaten the stability of the climate. •Seek ways to increase funding for greater impact (e.g. on-bill financing, outside funding). For implementation of the S/CAP, Palo Alto will evaluate strategies for financing climate protection actions and provide adequate, reliable, and consistent long-term program funding. •Clear, documented strategies before going to scale. The success of any plan depends on a clear roadmap for successful implementation. Some of the strategies in this S/CAP will require detailed, specific, and carefully vetted plans for implementation. •When the community is ready, fully scale up. Support of the community is a critical component of successfully scaling up to achieve the 80 x 30 goal. Implementation Staff is evaluating the resource impacts across City departments and identified resources needed to implement this S/CAP. Some of the actions will be absorbed and integrated into existing departmental operating or projects budgets. Additional resources needed include consultant services, temporary staffing, infrastructure needs, and ongoing costs, which includes additional staff positions and augmenting the City’s ongoing budget for S/CAP implementation. Resources allocated to implementing the S/CAP will be refined and finalized as part of the annual process for budget development and approval by the City Council. The City will monitor the effectiveness of the emissions reductions actions in this S/CAP, as well as progress towards achieving S/CAP goals, through annual GHG emissions inventories and progress reports to City Council. The S/CAP is considered a living document that may need to be revised in order to achieve 80 x 30. The City’s strategy to finance implementation of current and future actions will evolve over time. Strategies the City may consider could include: •Leveraging partnerships and collaborative projects •Charging carbon impact fees for development projects Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 95 Packet Pg. 246 of 406 Section 7: Next Steps - Further Exploration Page 79 of 148 •Implementing user fees for selected activities and services •Implementing paid parking in selected locations •Adding transportation impact fees to requirements for new construction projects •Establishing a Climate Action Fund •Seeking one-time or short-term grant funding for S/CAP-related projects Funding Opportunities At both the state and federal level, several newly adopted climate bills have the potential to accelerate efforts to reduce emissions towards achieving carbon neutrality. The federal Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (IRA) will invest $369 billion for energy security and climate change programs over the next ten years. This includes $14,000 in rebates for consumers to buy heat pumps or other energy efficient home appliances, $7,500 in tax credits for new electric vehicles (and $4,000 for used electric vehicles), and funding to support 950 million solar panels, 120,000 wind turbines and 2,300 grid-scale battery plants66. In California, the California Climate Commitment will invest $54 billion towards climate action, including $6.1 billion for electric vehicles, $8.1 billion to support energy reliability, and $13.8 billion for clean public transportation67. Government budgets ebb and flow year over year; staff will continuously monitor the status of federal and state budgets and potential funding for S/CAP-related programs. Community Engagement 66 https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/statements-releases/2022/08/15/by-the-numbers-the-inflation- reduction-act/ 67 https://www.gov.ca.gov/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/Fact-Sheet-California-Climate-Commitment.pdf Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 96 Packet Pg. 247 of 406 Section 7: Next Steps - Further Exploration Page 80 of 148 The support and buy-in of the community are critical to the successful implementation of the S/CAP. The City is planning an extensive community engagement strategy to inform the community about the issues outlined in the S/CAP, raise awareness about the magnitude of the challenge and why action is needed, provide education about the strategies outlined in the S/CAP, and widely distribute information on programs and funding opportunities for residents and local businesses. Palo Alto will look for opportunities to partner with other organizations, including youth groups and Palo Alto Unified School District, and bring workshops and trainings to the community. Overall, the goal is to increase community awareness about climate change to influence everyday consumer behavior and purchasing decisions. Palo Alto’s messaging can encourage community members to take action not just at home, but also at work, and with community organizations of which they’re members. Leaving Room for new Strategies Carbon Sequestration 68 of the carbon dioxide that is released into the atmosphere.69 The process of capturing and storing this atmospheric carbon is known as carbon sequestration, and is a strategy that – when combined with other efforts – can help combat climate change. •Biological Sequestration: The process of planting trees and other vegetation in forests, grasslands, and rangelands. Reforestation is one of the cheapest sequestration processes and helps support biodiversity. In our cities, encouraging residents, businesses, and parks to maintain or plant new trees can help to pull carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. •Biochar: This process involves the burning of organic materials to create biochar, a compound that can hold carbon for long periods, rather than releasing it into the atmosphere as it degrades. Research shows that biochar will not break down for at least 100 years and possibly up to 1,000 years. This type of carbon sequestration may be a solution for landfill and wastewater treatment applications. 68 NOAA. (n.d.). Ocean-Atmosphere Co2 Exchange. Retrieved from https://sos.noaa.gov/datasets/ocean-atmosphere- co2-exchange/. 69 A healthy ocean has what is known as positive and negative “flux;” the former when CO2 from the ocean is released into the atmosphere, and the latter when CO2 is absorbed. Today, in large part due to human activity, the oceans absorb more CO2 than they release. It is projected that by 2100, the oceans will be a CO2 sink. The increase of CO2 from fossil fuels is significantly impacting the acidity of the ocean, ultimately affecting not only the sea life, but also the air we breathe. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 97 Packet Pg. 248 of 406 Section 7: Next Steps - Further Exploration Page 81 of 148 •Biogas: A methane and carbon dioxide gas produced from anaerobic digestion of agriculture waste products, landfills, and wastewater systems. Biogas can be used for heating, electricity, or transportation fuel; it is currently widely used in wastewater treatment plants in California. •Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS): CCS is a three-part process that involves capturing carbon dioxide, transporting the carbon dioxide, and storing it underground typically through geologic sequestration. •Geologic Sequestration: Carbon is captured and injected into underground rock formations for long-term or permanent storage. •Technological Sequestration: Scientists are working to develop new and innovative ways to capture carbon. Some technologies are looking at capturing carbon directly from the air. Other potential technologies include repurposing carbon for use in other technologies. •Trees End of Life Sequestration: A portion of the carbon dioxide trapped in trees during growth is released after they are cut down during the decomposition process. In order to avoid releasing this carbon dioxide, carbon can be stored for longer timeframes by locking carbon into wood products, such as lumber or furniture, or creating biochar. When urban trees fall down or are purposefully removed, residents and local municipalities should consider these end-of-life use cases to prevent the carbon dioxide from being re-emitted into the atmosphere. It’s not yet clear what role carbon sequestration will have in Palo Alto’s sustainability and climate action strategy, but it’s something the City will evaluate moving forward. Conclusion The challenge of preparing for and mitigating the effects of climate change is unprecedented in its scale and potential disruption to our way of living. Recent climate disasters have given us a preview of what could become the “new abnormal.” This S/CAP provides an overarching, strategic framework for Palo Alto to achieve the goal of reducing GHG emissions by 80 percent by 2030, an important step towards our goal of achieving carbon neutrality by 2030. While developing and publishing this S/CAP is an important step, it’s even more critical that this S/CAP remain a living document, to be updated as technology and policies progress. This S/CAP not only supports the City’s efforts to manage its own GHG emissions, it’s also a call-to- action to residents, community institutions, and businesses to take an active part in our transition to a low-carbon future and clean economy. In this process, Palo Alto will foster a vibrant economy, increase its resiliency, and support a collective vision for a livable and sustainable community for generations to come. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 98 Packet Pg. 249 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 82 of 148 SECTION 8 APPENDIX 8. APPENDIX Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 99 Packet Pg. 250 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 83 of 148 A. Glossary A.1 Glossary of Definitions California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) A state law requiring state and local agencies to assess the environmental impacts of a proposed private or public project they undertake or permit. If a proposed activity has the potential for a significant adverse environmental impact, an environmental impact report must be prepared and certified as to its adequacy before action can be taken on the proposed project. Carbon Neutrality Taking action towards the goal of achieving net zero emissions Climate Action Plan A climate action plan is a planning document that identifies ways in which the community and county can reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Climate change Any significant change in measures of climate (such as temperature, precipitation, or wind) lasting for an extended period (decades or longer). There is international concern that increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases (GHGs) in the atmosphere are changing the climate in ways detrimental to our social and economic well-being. Climate Equity Addressing historical inequities suffered by people of color, allowing everyone to fairly share the same benefits and burdens from climate solutions and attain full and equal access to opportunities regardless of one’s background and identity Community-wide Emissions Emissions based on energy use that are released from activities taking place within a defined geographic area (i.e. the City of Palo Alto) Decarbonization Moving away from energy systems that produce carbon dioxide (CO2) and other greenhouse gas emissions Green Building Sustainable or "green" building is a holistic approach to design, construction, and demolition that minimizes the building’s impact on the environment, the occupants, and the community. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 100 Packet Pg. 251 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 84 of 148 Greenhouse Effect The trapping and build-up of heat in the atmosphere near the Earth’s surface is often called the “greenhouse effect”. Some of the heat flowing back toward space from the Earth's surface is absorbed by greenhouse gasses in the atmosphere and then reradiated back toward the Earth’s surface. As the atmospheric concentrations of these gases rise, the amount of heat reradiating back to the Earth’s surface increases as well, resulting in global temperature increases. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 101 Packet Pg. 252 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 85 of 148 Vehicle Miles Traveled (VMT) The number of miles traveled by a motor vehicle for commute trips. A.2 Glossary of Abbreviations Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 102 Packet Pg. 253 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 86 of 148 B. Climate Change70 B.1 Global Goal to Limit Warming to 1.5°C The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), the leading international scientific body on climate change, released a report71 in mid-2018 shifting the threshold at which significant and potentially irreversible climate change impacts occur from 2°C to 1.5°C of average global temperature increase above pre-industrial levels. The IPCC report promotes immediate actions to meet the 1.5°C threshold to prevent or slow these impacts. Many of the impacts of warming up to and beyond 1.5°C, and some potential impacts of mitigation actions required to limit warming to 1.5°C, fall disproportionately on low income and socially vulnerable people. Substantial changes in regional climate occur between 1.5°C and 2°C of global average temperature increase. For example, the number of people exposed to severe heat waves triples. Keeping temperatures at 1.5°C as compared to a 2°C warming would result in global reductions in risk, including: •Sea level rise: Decreasing global rate of rise by approximately 3.9 inches •Heat waves: Decreasing the number of people being frequently exposed by 420 million worldwide •Heavy precipitation and drought: Reducing intensity and frequency worldwide •Drinking water: Lowering the number of people without access to drinking water by 50 percent Limiting warming to 1.5°C will require changes by 2050, including: •Eliminating GHG emissions in our cities •Deep reductions in global emissions of non-CO2 climate pollutants, particularly methane •Reducing oil use by 32-74 percent •Reducing natural gas use by 13-60 percent •Leveraging renewables to supply 36-97 percent of energy •Making buildings and transportation energy efficient •Implementing adaptation options, including coastal defense and hardening, efficient irrigation, green infrastructure, and disaster risk management B.2 State and Local Goals and Targets California has some of the most aggressive climate action goals in the United States. The State has set a goal of emissions reductions to 40 percent below 1990 levels by 2030 (or 49 percent below 2005 levels). To achieve this, California has created the following strategies: •Increase renewable electricity production to 50 percent 70 This section was adapted from the Regionally Integrated Climate Action Planning Suite (RICAPS) Climate Action Plan (CAP) Template Version 9.4. The CAP Template was developed in partnership with the City/County Association of Governments of San Mateo County (C/CAG) and the County of San Mateo Office of Sustainability through the San Mateo County Energy Watch program and its RICAPS initiative. RICAPS is co-funded by C/CAG and PG&E. 71 Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC).(n.d.). Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Special Report: Global Warming of 1.5ºC. https://www.ipcc.ch/sr15/. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 103 Packet Pg. 254 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 87 of 148 •Reduce petroleum use by 50 percent in vehicles •Double energy efficiency savings at existing buildings •Reduce GHG emissions from natural and working lands •Reduce short-lived climate pollutants such as black carbon, methane, tropospheric ozone, and fluorinated gases •Make California more resilient to climate change in accordance with California’s 2018 Safeguarding California Plan B.3 Trends in National and State Emissions National Emissions According to the U.S. EPA, gross total U.S. GHG emissions in 2017 were 6,456.7 million metric tons (MMT) of CO2 equivalent (CO2e), representing a 12 percent decrease below 2005 levels.72 Emissions have also decreased 4.5 percent since 2014, largely driven by transitioning power plants from using coal to natural gas, as well as warmer winter conditions. CO2, the largest component of man-made GHGs, made up 81.6 percent of total U.S. GHG emissions in 2017, followed by methane at 10.2 percent, nitrous oxide at 5.6 percent, and fluorinated gases at 2.6 percent. Figure 10: Gross U.S. GHG Emissions by Gas: 1990-201873 In 2018, the industrial sector contributed the largest share of GHG emissions (29.1 percent), followed by transportation (27.9 percent), commercial (16.2 percent), residential (15.6 percent), and agriculture (10.5 percent). Land use and forestry offset 11 percent of total gross emissions. Of the five main sectors, transportation has seen the largest increase in emissions since 1990 (22 percent increase), while industrial emissions have seen the largest decrease (15.5 percent decrease). 72 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2018). Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks: 1990-2018. https://www.epa.gov/sites/production/files/2020-02/documents/us-ghg-inventory-2020-chapter-2-trends.pdf. 73 Ibid. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 104 Packet Pg. 255 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 88 of 148 Figure 11: U.S. GHG Emissions by Economic Sector74 California Emissions Similar to the national trend, total GHG emissions in California have decreased in recent years. According to the California Air Resources Board (CARB), total California GHG emissions in 2017 were 424 million metric tons (MMT) of CO2e, representing a 2 percent decrease below 1990 levels and a 13 percent decrease below 2005 levels.75 California has seen an overall decrease in carbon intensity of electricity generation, driven by a large increase in zero-GHG and renewable energy resources due in part to California’s Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS)76 and Cap-and-Trade Program.77 In 2017, the transportation sector contributed the largest share of GHG emissions (41 percent), followed by industrial (24 percent), in-state electricity (9 percent), agriculture and forestry (8 percent), residential (7 percent), imported electricity (6 percent), and commercial (5 percent). 74 Ibid. 75 California Air Resources Board. (2019). California Greenhouse Gas Emissions for 2000 to 2017. https://ww3.arb.ca.gov/cc/inventory/pubs/reports/2000_2016/ghg_inventory_trends_00-16.pdf. 76 California Energy Commission. Renewables Portfolio Standard – RPS. (n.d.). https://www.energy.ca.gov/programs-and- topics/programs/renewables-portfolio-standard. 77California Air Resources Board. (2020). Cap-and-Trade Program. https://ww3.arb.ca.gov/cc/capandtrade/capandtrade.htm. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 105 Packet Pg. 256 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 89 of 148 Figure 12: California GHG Emissions by Sector: 2000-2017 Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 106 Packet Pg. 257 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 90 of 148 B.4 IPCC Scenarios The following is a reprint of an article that was published in Fast Company on August 26, 2014.78 Four Scenarios Show What Climate Change Will Do To The Earth, From Pretty Bad To Disaster Climate change is going to do a lot of damage. How bad that damage will be is still under debate. The most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) report left no doubt about the future of the world if we don’t slow the rate at which we release heat-trapping gases into the atmosphere. In a word, it’s going to get bad. But exactly how bad is still an open question, and a lot depends not only on how we react, but how quickly. The rate at which humans cut down on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions–if we do choose to cut them–will have a large bearing on how the world turns out by 2100, the forecasts reveal. This graphic from the World Resources Institute gives a sense of the dynamics at play. It presents four “emissions pathways,” ranging from the very optimistic to the highly pessimistic. WE ACTUALLY DO SOMETHING ABOUT CLIMATE CHANGE The first “Low Emissions” scenario is for a 66 percent drop in greenhouse emissions by 2050 compared to 2010 levels. It’s what we might call a soft landing, because under those conditions scientists believe we’ll be relatively safe. The world would have warmed only by 2 degrees C over pre- industrial levels (the level set by various international agreements). Still, almost of the quarter of the world would suffer depleted groundwater supplies by 2080, and many more people will face extreme flooding, the WRI says. So, life wouldn’t be peachy. 78 Schiller, B. (2014, August 26). 4 Scenarios Show What Climate Change Will Do To The Earth, From Pretty Bad to Disaster. Fast Company. https://www.fastcompany.com/3034316/4-scenarios-show-what-climate-change-will-do-to-the-earth- from-pretty-bad-to-disaster Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 107 Packet Pg. 258 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 91 of 148 WE KEEP DOING WHAT WE’RE DOING The “Medium Emissions” scenario sees increases in emissions until 2040 and the world exceeding its “carbon budget”–the level at which it should stay within the 2 degrees limit–by 2056. By 2100, the planet has warmed by 2.9 degrees, and economic productivity has fallen by 20 percent. By the 2080s, six times as many people are experiencing catastrophic flooding as the 1980s. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 108 Packet Pg. 259 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 92 of 148 WE REV THE ENGINES The “High Emissions” scenario doesn’t see emissions peaking until 2080, while global temperatures jump 3.7 degrees C by 2100. The carbon budget is exhausted in 2057. The impact on agricultural production is so heinous that adaption is no longer viable, the WRI predicts. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 109 Packet Pg. 260 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 93 of 148 WE DESTROY THE PLANET As if that’s not bad enough, there’s one last “Highest Emissions” scenario (they should have called it the Doomsday Scenario, really). It sees the carbon budget obliterated in 2045 and global temperatures increasing a whopping 4.8 degrees by century’s end. Many animals have become extinct and farming in some places, like southern Brazil, has become impossible. But won’t we adapt to the new conditions, you might ask? Well, maybe. The scenarios here assume flat technology development, not the leaps forward in innovation that we can hope for. We could have drought-resistant crops and new ways of recycling and desalinating water, for instance, that could make these predictions less forceful. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 110 Packet Pg. 261 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 94 of 148 The easier course, though, is to cut emissions. To have a fighting chance of coping with climate disorder, we have to cut greenhouse gases quickly, not just wait until it’s convenient. ABOUT THE AUTHOR: Ben Schiller is a New York staff writer for Fast Company. Previously, he edited a European management magazine and was a reporter in San Francisco, Prague, and Brussels. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 111 Packet Pg. 262 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 95 of 148 C. Policy79 C.1 Global Policy United Nations Sustainable Development Goal #13: Climate Action The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, adopted by all United Nations Member States in 2015, provides a shared blueprint for peace and prosperity for people and the planet, now and into the future. At its heart are the 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), which are an urgent call for action by all countries - developed and developing – in a global partnership. Goal #13 is “Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts.”80 C.2 State Policy and Regulatory Context The State of California has been a leader in developing and implementing policies and regulations to directly address the risk of severe climate change. Below we summarize the key statewide legislation aimed at reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and adapt to climate impacts. There are many supporting pieces of legislation and other related initiatives that are sector specific. Climate Change Scoping Plan The Climate Change Scoping Plan was approved by ARB in December 2008 and outlines the State’s plan to achieve the GHG reductions required in AB 32. The Scoping Plan contains the primary strategies California will implement to achieve a reduction of 169 MMT of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e), or approximately 28% from the state’s projected 2020 emission level. Assembly Bill 32 (AB 32), California Global Solutions Act, 2006 In September 2006, the California legislature passed Assembly Bill 32 (AB 32), which set the goal of reducing GHG emissions back to 1990 levels by 2020. AB 32 finds and declares that “global warming poses a serious threat to economic well-being, public health, natural resources and the environment of California.” The legislation granted authority to the Air Resources Board to establish multiple mechanisms (regulatory, reporting, voluntary, and market) to achieve quantifiable reductions in GHG emissions to meet the statewide goal. Senate Bill 32 (SB 32), California Global Solutions Act of 2006, 2016 Senate Bill (SB) 32 expands upon the Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006, requiring the California Air Resources Board (CARB) to ensure that statewide GHG emissions are reduced to 40% below 1990 levels by 2030 and 80% below 1990 levels by 2050. 79 This section was adapted from the Regionally Integrated Climate Action Planning Suite (RICAPS) Climate Action Plan (CAP) Template Version 9.4. The CAP Template was developed in partnership with the City/County Association of Governments of San Mateo County (C/CAG) and the County of San Mateo Office of Sustainability through the San Mateo County Energy Watch program and its RICAPS initiative. RICAPS is co-funded by C/CAG and PG&E. 80 United Nations Sustainable Development Goals. (n.d.). Sustainable Development Goal 13. Retrieved from https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/sdg13. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 112 Packet Pg. 263 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 96 of 148 Executive Order B-55-18 to Achieve Carbon Neutrality, 2018 Executive Order B-55-18 set a target of statewide carbon neutrality by 2045 and to maintain net negative emissions thereafter. This goal is in addition to the existing statewide targets of reducing greenhouse gas emissions. In August of 2007, Senate Bill (SB) 97 was signed into law, expressly recognizing the need to analyze GHG emissions as a part of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) process. SB 97 required the Office of Planning and Research (OPR) to develop, and the California Natural Resources Agency to adopt, amendments to CEQA Guidelines addressing the analysis and mitigation of GHG emissions. Those amendments became effective in March of 2010. Proposed projects that must comply with CEQA regulations include General Plans, Specific Plans and specific types of development projects. In October of 2015, Senate Bill 350 (SB 350) was signed into law, establishing new clean energy, clean air and greenhouse gas reduction goals for 2030 and beyond. SB 350 codified Governor Jerry Brown’s aggressive clean energy goals and established California’s 2030 greenhouse gas reduction target of 40 percent below 1990 levels. To achieve this goal, SB 350 increases California’s renewable electricity procurement goal from 33 percent by 2020 (legislation originally enacted in 2002) to 50 percent by 2030. Renewable resources include wind, solar, geothermal, wave, and small hydroelectric power. In addition, SB 350 requires the state to double statewide energy efficiency savings in electricity and natural gas end uses by 2030. SB 379 requires all cities and counties to include climate adaptation and resilience strategies in the Safety Elements of their General Plans upon the next revision beginning January 1, 2017. The bill requires the climate adaptation update to include a set of goals, policies, and objectives for their communities based on the vulnerability assessment, as well as implementation measures, including the conservation and implementation of natural infrastructure that may be used in adaptation projects. In September of 2018, Governor Brown signed Senate Bill 100 (SB 100), requiring the State’s load serving entities (including energy utilities and community choice energy programs) to achieve 50 percent renewable resources target by December 31, 2026, to achieve a 60 percent target by December 31, 2030 and supply 100 percent of retail sales of electricity to California end-use customers and 100 percent of electricity procured to serve all state agencies by December 31, 2045. At the same time, Governor Brown also signed Executive Order B-55-18, requiring California to achieve carbon neutrality as soon as possible, and no later than 2045, and to maintain negative emissions thereafter. In September 2018, Governor Brown signed Senate Bill 1477 (SB 1477), that requires the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) to oversee two new low-carbon heating programs, investigate potential pilot programs to build all-electric, zero-carbon buildings in areas damaged by wildfires, Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 113 Packet Pg. 264 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 97 of 148 coordinate with the California Energy Commission on updates to the State’s building (Title 24) and appliance (Title 20) energy efficiency standards, and establish a building decarbonization policy framework. The bill authorizes $200 million over four years to be invested in programs to advance low-carbon space and water heating technologies in both new and existing buildings. Funding for the programs is slated to come from natural gas utility carbon allowance proceeds from California’s cap- and-trade program. Assembly Bill 1493, Clean Car Standards, 2002 Senate Bill 375, Sustainable Communities and Climate Protection Act, 2008 Senate Bill 743, Vehicle Miles Traveled Policy, 2013 Assembly Bill 2127, Electric Vehicle Charging Infrastructure Assessment, 2018 Senate Bill 1383, Short-Lived Climate Pollutant Reduction Strategy, 2016 Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 114 Packet Pg. 265 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 98 of 148 Bay Area Air Quality Management District CEQA Guidelines The Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD) encourages local governments to adopt a GHG Reduction Strategy that is consistent with AB 32 goals. The GHG Reduction Strategy may streamline environmental review of community development projects. According to the BAAQMD, if a project is consistent with a GHG Reduction Strategy, then it can be presumed that the project will not have significant GHG impacts. This approach is consistent with the following State CEQA Guidelines, Section 15183.5.a: “Lead agencies may analyze and mitigate the significant impacts of greenhouse gas emissions at a programmatic level, such as…a plan to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Later project- specific environmental documents may tier from and/or incorporate by reference that existing programmatic review. Project-specific environmental documents may rely on an [Environmental Impact Report] containing a programmatic analysis of greenhouse gas emissions.” This S/CAP provides a foundation for future development efforts in the community. It is expected that environmental documents for future development projects will identify and incorporate all applicable voluntary and mandatory actions from S/CAP for projects undergoing CEQA review. C.3 State-Level Programs The City isn’t expected to make all the reductions on its own. The following programs help cities meet their climate goals. California Advanced Clean Cars Program In 2012, CARB adopted a set of regulations to control emissions from passenger vehicles, collectively called Advanced Clean Cars. The program was developed in coordination with the U.S. EPA and National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) and combines the control of smog-causing pollutants and GHG emissions into a single coordinated package of regulations. ww2.arb.ca.gov/our- work/programs/advanced-clean-cars-program California Climate Commitment The 2022 California Climate Commitment invests $54 billion to fight climate change and enacts new world-leading measures that will cut pollution, deploy clean energy and new technologies, and protect Californians from harmful oil drilling. https://www.gov.ca.gov/wp- content/uploads/2022/09/Fact-Sheet-California-Climate-Commitment.pdf California Long Term Energy Efficiency Strategic Plan Published in 2008 and updated in 2011, the California Long Term Energy Efficiency Strategic Plan outlines goals and strategies for key market sectors (i.e., commercial, residential, industrial, and agricultural) and crosscutting initiatives (e.g., heating, ventilation and air conditioning, codes and standards, research, and technology). While the Plan has not been updated since 2011, it is still referenced in numerous State documents and reports. The Plan embraces four specific programmatic goals, known as the Big Bold Energy Efficiency Strategies. These goals are: Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 115 Packet Pg. 266 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 99 of 148 •All new residential construction in California will be zero net energy by 2020. •All new commercial construction in California will be zero net energy by 2030. •The Heating, Venting and Air Conditioning (HVAC) industry will be re-shaped to deliver maximum performance HVAC systems. •All eligible low-income customers will have an opportunity to participate in the LIEE program and will be provided all cost- effective energy efficiency measures in their residences by 2020. More information on California’s zero net energy goals can be found online at: www.cpuc.ca.gov/ZNE California Low Carbon Fuel Standard Program The Low Carbon Fuel Standard (LCFS) is designed to encourage the use of low-carbon fuels, encourage the production of those fuels, and therefore, reduce GHG emissions. Currently, the LCFS calls for a 20 percent decline in the carbon intensity of diesel fuels below 2010 levels by 2030. ww3.arb.ca.gov/fuels/lcfs/lcfs.htm California Renewable Portfolio Standard The Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS), originally established in 2002, required 20 percent of electricity retail sales to be served by renewable sources by 2017. The program was accelerated in 2015 with SB 350, which mandated a 50 percent RPS by 2030. SB 100, enacted in 2018, accelerated the program further, establishing renewable energy targets of 50 percent by 2026, 60 percent by 2030, and 100 percent by 2045. www.cpuc.ca.gov/rps Caltrain Electrification Caltrain Electrification is a key component of Caltrain Modernization Program (CalMod). The current project will electrify the corridor from San Francisco to San Jose, including all track in San Mateo County, and will replace 75 percent of Caltrain’s diesel service with electric. The project will lower GHG emissions, improve regional air quality, and reduce noise. https://calmod.org Organic/Food Waste Diversion In 2016, Senate Bill 1383 (SB 1383) established methane emissions reduction targets in a statewide effort to reduce emissions of short-lived climate pollutants in various sectors of California’s economy. SB 1383 establishes target to achieve a 50 percent reduction in the level of statewide disposal of organic waste from 2014 levels by 2020 and a 75 percent reduction by 2025. Beginning in 2022, SB 1383 requires every jurisdiction to provide organic waste collection services to all residents and businesses. The law grants CalRecycle the regulatory authority required to achieve the organic waste disposal reduction targets. More information about SB 1383 can be found online at: https://www.calrecycle.ca.gov/climate/slcp C.4. City Policy Since 1991, the Palo Alto City Council, City Manager, and City of Palo Alto Departments have adopted policies, plans, ordinances, resolutions, and principles that have helped to increase the sustainability of Palo Alto81. In addition, sustainability principles are integrated in the 2030 Comprehensive Plan82. 81 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/City-Hall/Sustainability/Documents 82 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/Departments/Planning-Development-Services/Long-Range-Planning/2030- Comprehensive-Plan Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 116 Packet Pg. 267 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 100 of 148 The 2030 Comprehensive Plan contains the City’s official policies on land use and community design, transportation, housing, natural environment, safety, business and economics, and community services. Several goals and policies overlap with the S/CAP, including, but not limited to the following from the Comprehensive Plan 2030 Implementation Plan83: 2. LAND USE ELEMENT Goal L-2: An enhanced sense of “community” with development designed to foster public life, meet citywide needs and embrace the principles of sustainability. L2.4.5 Update the municipal code to include zoning changes that allow a mix of retail and residential uses but no office uses. The intent of these changes would be to encourage a mix of land uses that contributes to the vitality and walkability of commercial centers and transit corridors. L2.4.7 Explore mechanisms for increasing multi-family housing density near multimodal transit centers. Goal L-4: Inviting pedestrian scale centers that offer a variety of retail and commercial services and provide focal points and community gathering places for the city’s residential neighborhoods and employment districts. L4.8.2 Study the feasibility of converting parts of University Avenue to a pedestrian zone. Goal L-7: Conservation and preservation of Palo Alto’s historic buildings, sites, and districts. L7.8.2 Create incentives to encourage salvage and reuse of discarded historic building materials. Goal L-10: Maintain an economically viable local airport with minimal environmental impacts. L10.3.2 Work with the airport to pursue opportunities to enhance the open space and habitat value of the airport. These include: Maintaining native grasses; Reconstructing levees to protect the airport from sea level rise while enhancing public access and habitat conservation; and Evaluating the introduction of burrowing owl habitat. 3. TRANSPORTATION ELEMENT Goal T-1: Create a sustainable transportation system, complemented by a mix of land uses, that emphasizes walking, bicycling, use of public transportation, and other methods to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and the use of single occupancy motor vehicles. T1.2.1 Create a long-term education program to change the travel habits of residents, visitors, shoppers, and workers by informing them about transportation alternatives, incentives, and impacts. Work with the PAUSD and with other public and private interests, such as the Chamber of Commerce and Commuter Wallet partners, to develop and implement this program. 83 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/planning-amp-development-services/file-migration/historic/long- range-planning/resources/compplan_2017_09_implementation_pdf_w_links.pdf Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 117 Packet Pg. 268 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 101 of 148 T1.2.3 "Formalize TDM requirements by ordinance and require new developments above a certain size threshold to prepare and implement a TDM plan to meet specific performance standards. Require regular monitoring/reporting and provide for enforcement with meaningful penalties for non-compliance. The ordinance should also: Establish a list of effective TDM measures that include transit promotion, prepaid transit passes, commuter checks, car sharing, carpooling, parking cash-out, bicycle lockers and showers, shuttles to Caltrain, requiring TMA membership and education and outreach to support the use of these modes; Allow property owners to achieve reductions by contributing to citywide or employment district shuttles or other proven transportation programs that are not directly under the property owner’s control; Provide a system for incorporating alternative measures as new ideas for TDM are developed; Establish a mechanism to monitor the success of TDM measures and track the cumulative reduction of peak hour motor vehicle trips. TDM measures should at a minimum achieve the following reduction in peak hour motor vehicle trips, with a focus on single-occupant vehicle trips. Reductions should be based on the rates included in the Institute of Transportation Engineers’ Trip Generation Manual for the appropriate land use category and size: • 45 percent reduction in the Downtown district • 35 percent reduction in the California Avenue area • 30 percent reduction in the Stanford Research Park • 30 percent reduction in the El Camino Real Corridor • 20 percent reduction in other areas of the city Require new development projects to pay a Transportation Impact Fee for all those peak- hour motor vehicle trips that cannot be reduced via TDM measures. Fees collected would be used for capital improvements aimed at reducing vehicle trips and traffic congestion; Ensure a stable, sustained funding source to support implementation of TDM measures." T1.2.4 Evaluate the performance of pilot programs implemented by the Palo Alto Transportation Management Association and pursue expansion from Downtown to California Avenue and other areas of the city when appropriate. T1.2.5 Site City facilities near high-capacity transit and revise existing regulations, policies, and programs to encourage telecommuting, satellite office concepts, and work-at-home options. T1.2.6 Pursue full participation of Palo Alto employers in the TMA. T1.3.1 Develop an electric vehicle promotion program that identifies policy and technical issues, barriers and opportunities to the expansion of electric vehicles. T1.3.2 Use low-emission vehicles for the Palo Alto Free Shuttle and work with transit providers, including SamTrans and the Santa Clara Valley Transportation Authority to encourage the adoption of electric, fuel cell or other zero emission vehicles. Also work with private bus and shuttle providers, delivery companies, and ride services. T1.4.1 Update the Zoning Code to ensure compatibility with the electric vehicle infrastructure requirements. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 118 Packet Pg. 269 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 102 of 148 T1.4.2 Periodically review requirements for electric and plug-in vehicle infrastructure in new construction. Consider and periodically review requirements for electric and plug-in infrastructure for remodels. Consider costs to the City, including identifying payment options. T1.6.1 Collaborate with transit providers, including Caltrain, bus operators and rideshare companies, to develop first/last mile connection strategies that boost the use of transit and shuttle service for local errands and commuting. T1.12.3 "Work with the Santa Clara Valley Transportation Authority to study the feasibility of, and if warranted provide, traffic signal prioritization for buses at Palo Alto intersections, focusing first on regional transit routes. Also, advocate for bus service improvements on El Camino Real such as queue jump lanes and curbside platforms. " T1.12.3 "Work with the Santa Clara Valley Transportation Authority to study the feasibility of, and if warranted provide, traffic signal prioritization for buses at Palo Alto intersections, focusing first on regional transit routes. Also, advocate for bus service improvements on El Camino Real such as queue jump lanes and curbside platforms. " T1.16.2 Consider marketing strategies such as a recurring Palo Alto Open Streets program of events, potentially in coordination with local business groups, which would include street closures and programming. T1.16.4 "Participate in local and regional encouragement events such as Palo Alto Walks and Rolls, Bike to Work Day, and Bike Palo Alto! that encourages a culture of bicycling and walking as alternatives to single occupant vehicle trips." T1.19.2 Prioritize investments for enhanced pedestrian access and bicycle use within Palo Alto and to/from surrounding communities, including by incorporating improvements from related City plans, for example the 2012 Bicycle + Pedestrian Transportation Plan and the Parks, Trails & Open Space Master Plan, as amended, into the Capital Improvements Program. T1.19.4 "Encourage the use of bike sharing, and the provision of required infrastructure throughout Palo Alto, especially at transit stations and stops, job centers, community centers, and other destinations. " Goal T-2: Decrease delay, congestion, and vehicle miles travelled with a priority on our worst intersections and our peak commute times, including school traffic T2.1.1 Implement computerized traffic management systems to improve traffic flow when feasible. Goal T-3: Maintain an efficient roadway network for all users. T3.10.4 Pursue extension of Quarry Road for transit, pedestrians and bicyclists to access the Palo Alto Transit Center from El Camino Real. Also study the feasibility of another pedestrian and bicycle underpass of Caltrain at Everett Street. Goal T-5: Encourage attractive, convenient, efficient and innovative parking solutions for all users. T5.1.2 Consider reducing parking requirements for retail and restaurant uses as a way to encourage new businesses and the use of alternative modes. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 119 Packet Pg. 270 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 103 of 148 T5.1.5 Consider reducing parking requirements for multi-family uses as a way to encourage new multi-family housing and the use of alternative modes, where reduction in parking would not impact the neighborhood. T5.2.2 Study and implement pricing strategies for public parking in commercial districts, taking into consideration both employee parking demand and the needs of retailers and customers. Use pricing to encourage short term parking on street, long term parking in parking garages, and the use of alternative modes of transportation T5.2.3 Implement Council-adopted recommendations from the parking management study for the Downtown area, which address the feasibility of removing colorcoded parking zones, and dynamic pricing and management policies to prioritize short-term parking spaces closest to the commercial core for customers, garage parking for employees, and neighborhood parking for residents. T5.4.1 Explore incentives to encourage privately initiated shared parking among individual property owners when developments have excess parking that can be available for other businesses to use. Goal T-6: Provide a safe environment for motorists, pedestrians, and bicyclists on Palo Alto streets. T6.1.1 Follow the principles of the safe routes to schools program to implement traffic safety measures that focus on Safe Routes to work, shopping, downtown, community services, parks, and schools, including all designated school commute corridors. T6.1.2 Develop, distribute and aggressively promote maps and apps showing safe routes to work, shopping, community services, parks and schools within Palo Alto in collaboration with stakeholders, including PAUSD, major employers, TMAs, local businesses and community organizations. T6.4.1 Consider the Adopted School Commute Corridors Network and adopted “Walk and Roll” maps when reviewing development applications and making land use and transportation planning decisions. Incorporate these requirements into City code when feasible. T6.4.3 In collaboration with PAUSD, provide adult crossing guards at school crossings that meet established warrants. T6.6.2 Continue to provide educational programs for children and adults, in partnership with community-based educational organizations, to promote the safe walking and safe use of bicycles, including the City-sponsored bicycle education programs in the public schools and the bicycle traffic school program for juveniles Goal T-8: Influence the shape and implementation of regional transportation policies and technologies to reduce traffic congestion and greenhouse gas emissions. T8.1.1 Continue to participate in regional efforts to develop technological solutions that make alternatives to the automobile more convenient. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 120 Packet Pg. 271 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 104 of 148 T8.8.1 "Identify and improve bicycle connections to/from neighboring communities in Santa Clara and San Mateo counties to support local trips that cross city boundaries. Also advocate for reducing barriers to bicycling and walking at freeway interchanges, expressway intersections, and railroad grad crossings. " 4. NATURAL ENVIRONMENT Goal N-2: A thriving urban forest that provides public health, ecological, economic, and aesthetic benefits for Palo Alto. N2.1.1 Explore ways to prevent and ameliorate damage to trees and tree roots by above and below ground infrastructure and buildings. N2.4.1 Promote landscape design that optimizes soil volume, porosity, structure and health, as well the location, shape and configuration of soil beds. N2.7.1 Maintain and irrigate healthy trees in parks, open space, parking lots, and City rights-of- way, while identifying and replacing unhealthy trees in those areas. N2.7.2 Continue to invest in the care, irrigation and monitoring of street trees during drought conditions. N2.9.2 Develop a program for using the City’s Urban Forestry Fund to replace trees lost to public improvement and infrastructure projects, with replanting occurring onsite or as close to the original site as is ecologically appropriate. N2.10.1 Continue to require replacement of trees, including street trees lost to new development. N2.12.1 Explore ways to leverage the fact that Palo Alto’s urban forest alleviates climate change by capturing and storing carbon dioxide N2.13.2 Provide on-going education for City staff, residents, and developers regarding landscape, maintenance, and irrigation practices that protect the urban forest and wildlife species. Goal N-4: Water resources and infrastructure that are managed to sustain plant and animal life, support urban activities, and protect public health and safety. N4.2.1 Educate customers on efficient water use (indoor and outdoor), tree care, and landscaping options. N4.6.1 Encourage residents to use rain barrels or other rainwater reuse systems. N4.7.1 Support and participate in the work of the SCVWD to prepare a high-quality groundwater management plan that will address groundwater supply and quality N4.13.1 Promote the use of permeable paving materials or other design solutions that allow for natural percolation and site drainage through a Storm Water Rebate Program and other incentives. N4.13.2 Develop and implement a green stormwater infrastructure plan with the goal to treat and infiltrate stormwater. N4.17.3 Investigate ways to reuse non-traditional water sources including recycled, gray, black and stormwater. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 121 Packet Pg. 272 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 105 of 148 Goal N-7: A clean, efficient energy supply that makes use of cost-effective renewable resources. N7.1.1 Meet customer electricity needs with least total cost resources after careful assessment of environmental cost and benefits. N7.2.1 Promote the adoption of cost-effective, renewable energy technologies from diverse renewable fuel sources by all customers. N7.4.1 Continue timely incorporation of State and federal energy efficiency standards and policies in relevant City codes, regulations and procedures, and higher local efficiency standards that are cost-effective. N7.4.2 Implement cost effective energy efficiency programs for all customers, including low income customers. N7.4.5 Continue to provide public education programs addressing energy conservation and efficiency. N7.6.1 Explore changes to building and zoning codes to incorporate solar energy, energy storage and other energy efficiency measures into major development projects, including City-owned projects. N7.7.1 Evaluate the potential for a cost-effective plan for transitioning to a completely carbon- neutral natural gas supply. N7.7.2 Explore the transition of existing buildings from gas to electric or solar water and space heating. Goal N-8: Actively support regional efforts to reduce our contribution to climate change while adapting to the effects of climate change on land uses and city services. N8.1.1 Participate in cooperative planning with regional and local public agencies, including on the Sustainable Communities Strategy, on issues related to climate change, such as greenhouse gas reduction, water supply reliability, sea level rise, fire protection services, emergency medical services, and emergency response planning. N8.1.2 Meet or exceed State building energy standards by encouraging higher energy efficiency and/or all-electric new construction and retrofit projects. N8.2.1 Periodically update the S/CAP consistent with the update schedule in the approved S/CAP; this update shall include an updated greenhouse gas inventory and updated short, medium, and long-term emissions reduction goals. N8.3.1 Protect the Municipal Services Center, Utility Control Center, and RWQCP from the impacts of sea level rise. N8.4.1 Prepare response strategies that address sea level rise, increased flooding, landslides, soil erosion, storm events and other events related to climate change. Include strategies to respond to the impacts of sea level rise on Palo Alto’s levee system. 5. SAFETY ELEMENT Goal S-3: An environment free of the damaging effects of human-caused threats and hazardous materials. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 122 Packet Pg. 273 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 106 of 148 S3.8.1 Encourage residential and commercial food waste reduction through incentives, educational outreach and programs. S3.9.2 Educate Palo Alto residents and developers about available incentives to use environmentally friendly deconstruction activities to minimize our carbon footprint, and to save natural resources, as well as space in our landfills. S3.10.1 Support efforts to enforce extended producer responsibility for solid waste to reduce waste produced from manufacturing, shipping, packaging and the entire life-cycle of the product. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 123 Packet Pg. 274 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 107 of 148 D. Methodology D.1. 1990 vs. 2021 Greenhouse Gas Emissions by Sector and Subsector Sector and Subsector 1990 GHG emissions (MT CO2e)84 2019 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2020 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2021 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) Percent Change in 2021 from 1990 (%) Percent of Total 2021 Emissions (%) Total Transportation & Mobile Sources 331,840 315,081 238,523 211,403 -36.3%58.8% -On-Road Transportation 331,840 293,413 217,279 185,925 -44.0%51.7% -Airport Emissions Not Included 2,192 1,664 2,641 n/a 0.7% -Off-road Vehicles Not Included 14,634 15,029 18,961 n/a 5.3% -Caltrain Commuter Rail Not Included 4,842 4,552 3,876 n/a 1.1% Total Natural Gas (Methane) Use 194,000 153,509 134,365 135,697 -30.1%37.8% -Commercial Energy Not calculated 66,987 53,515 55,676 n/a 15.5% -Industrial Energy Not calculated 14,373 11,961 12,176 n/a 3.4% -Residential Energy Not calculated 72,149 68,889 67,846 n/a 18.9% Natural Gas (Methane) Fugitive Emissions 4,718 5,009 4,384 4,427 -6.2%1.2% Total Wastewater-Related Emissions 8,504 2,197 3,355 1,262 -85.2%0.4% -Wastewater Biosolid Treatment85 n/a 812 0 0 n/a 0% -Wastewater Treatment and Effluent 8,504 1,385 1,388 1,262 -85.2%0.4% Total Solid Waste 55,057 6,531 6,660 6,522 -88.2%1.8% -Composting Not Included 731 1,623 1,256 n/a 0.3% -Palo Alto Landfill Gas Flaring86 Not Included 281 316 237 n/a 0.1% -Palo Alto Landfill Gas Fugitive 24,325 n/a87 n/a n/a n/a n/a -Landfill Waste 30,732 5,519 4,721 5,029 -83.6%1.4% Brown Power Supply (Electricity)186,000 n/a n/a n/a -100.0%n/a Total GHG Emissions (MT CO2e)780,119 482,237 385,320 359,312 -53.9%100% 84 Source: 2016 S/CAP Framework and 2016 Earth Day Report 85 Includes biosolid composting, anaerobic digestion, and incineration 86 2016 Earth Day Report labeled these emissions as biogenic 87 Not included because the landfill was closed Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 124 Packet Pg. 275 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 108 of 148 D.2. Transportation Methodology and Data Sources Memorandum Date:August 11, 2020 (Updated November 3, 2020) To:Josh Lathan, AECOM From:Daniel Rubins, Bob Grandy and Teresa Whinery, Fehr & Peers Subject:Palo Alto S/CAP – Task 2.1 Transportation Methodology and Data Sources SF20-1094 The purpose of this memorandum is to provide options for revising the current work scope for Fehr & Peers in Tasks 2 through 4 for the Palo Alto Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP). As requested in the RFP, Fehr & Peers is currently scoped to develop Base and Future VMT estimates, and AECOM is scoped to identify the GHG reduction levels for up to 40 proposed actions using the ClearPath GHG calculator. Since the ClearPath GHG calculator does not address several of the proposed actions identified during the S/CAP process to date, City staff have asked Fehr & Peers to both identify modifications to our current scope and budget to assist in identifying GHG reduction levels for proposed actions as well as to identify optional tasks that would require additional budget allocations that could occur as part of the S/CAP or future efforts to enhance VMT estimation for the desired S/CAP actions. This memorandum summarizes the VMT calculation method options and approach for the Palo Alto Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP). The selected approach will result in an estimate of baseline (1990) and reporting years (2019 and 2030) vehicle miles traveled, and vehicle miles reduction based on S/CAP Actions. This document discussion includes: 1.VMT Metrics 2.VMT Calculation Methods 3.GHG Calculation Methods 4.VMT Reduction Analysis This memorandum will be supported by a matrix summary (prepared by AECOM) of the pros and cons evaluation of the data sources, qualitative assessment of the robustness of the data, ability of the data to evaluate trends over time, and estimated cost to acquire the data for VMT, fleet mix and greenhouse gas emissions. 160 W. Santa Clara Street | Suite 675 | San José, CA 95113 | (408) 278-1700 | Fax (408) 278-1717 www.fehrandpeers.com Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 125 Packet Pg. 276 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 109 of 148 Updates to this memorandum are shown in yellow highlight to indicate what was included in the revised scope of work. VMT Metrics Daily VMT is calculated based on the number of vehicles multiplied by the average distance traveled by each vehicle and is a key output from travel forecast models. Daily VMT can be reported in different ways. It can be calculated for the entire roadway network, which may extend beyond a specific geographic area such as the physical limits of a jurisdiction or study area (referred to in this discussion as the origin-destination method); alternatively, daily VMT can be summarized for a specific jurisdiction (referred to in this discussion as the geographic boundary method). Two of the techniques for determining the daily VMT estimates from jurisdictions includes the following methods: •Geographical boundary VMT method – A geographical boundary–based estimate captures all daily VMT on a roadway network within a specified geographic area. This geographical boundary–based estimate includes local trips within the specified area plus interregional travel that does not have an origin or destination within the geographic area. •Origin-destination (OD) VMT method88 – An OD estimate tracks all the vehicle trips generated within a geographic area across the entire network to their ultimate destinations and isolates the daily VMT as follows: ◦Internal-internal (II): All daily trips made entirely within the Palo Alto city limits. ◦One-half of internal-external (IX): One-half of daily trips with an origin within the Palo Alto city limits and a destination outside of Palo Alto city limits. This assumes that the study jurisdiction shares half the responsibility for trips traveling from other jurisdictions. ◦One-half of external-internal (XI): One-half of daily trips with an origin outside the Palo Alto city limits and a destination within Palo Alto city limits. Similar to the IX trips, this assumes that Palo Alto shares the responsibility of trips traveling to other jurisdictions. ◦External-external (XX): Trips through Palo Alto are not included because Palo Alto cannot solely implement policies that influence the trip-making behavior. Rather, through trips are assigned to other jurisdictions that can influence either the origin or destination side of the trip-making behavior. 88 This VMT method is similar but not the same accounting as the total project generated VMT metric described in the SB 743 Implementation Decisions for Palo Alto white paper (June 1, 2020). The total project generated VMT metric accounting includes the full length of each trip compared to the OD VMT method, which only includes half the length of each trip Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 126 Packet Pg. 277 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 110 of 148 The choice of the geographical boundary VMT method or the OD VMT method is influenced by several factors. The geographical boundary VMT method is used by some air districts because particulate air pollutants are typically measured with stationary monitoring devices that can only register emissions from the vehicle traffic passing a location. Further, most air districts have historically focused on criteria air pollutants. Regulations require this focus, which largely stems from the fact that air pollutants affect the population directly within the air district, while GHG emissions affect the entire planet; tracking the full amount of travel is more relevant than in air pollutant analysis. The geographical boundary VMT method only considers traffic within the physical limits of the selected study area and does not include the impact of vehicles once they travel outside the area limits. The OD VMT method tracks vehicle trips being generated by a geographic area (i.e., a city, county, etc.) across the entire regional transportation network to their ultimate destinations. Unlike the geographical boundary VMT method, the OD VMT method recognizes that any trip has two trip ends (starting and ending points) and that both have to be considered in any attempt to reduce daily VMT. The OD VMT method excludes trips that pass through the geographic area— with neither an origin nor destination within the area. This approach quantifies the jurisdiction- related daily VMT so that a jurisdiction’s staff and decision-makers can develop policies to alter VMT and greenhouse gas emissions within their control. The OD VMT method is consistent with the Regional Targets Advisory Committee (RTAC) recommendation to the California Transportation Commission presented in the report Recommendations of the Regional Targets Advisory Committee (RTAC) Pursuant to Senate Bill 375 (RTAC, 2009). S/CAP APPROACH FOR VMT METRICS •Base Scope Option: The S/CAP will use the OD VMT method extracted after the final assignment of the travel forecasting model. •Additional Scope Option for VMT Estimates to Support S/CAP and SB 743 Implementation (Selected for Revised Scope of Work): As a part of the S/CAP City staff is considering an environmental analysis approach that would allow future projects consistent with the S/CAP and Comprehensive Plan to benefit from CEQA streamlining. To do this, additional VMT metrics would need to be extracted: 1) total project generated VMT and boundary VMT (from final assignment). These VMT metrics are additional effort but would help streamline CEQA analysis of future land use projects in Palo Alto. To extract total VMT and report by speed-bin, these VMT metrics would be extracted after the final assignment of the travel forecasting model. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 127 Packet Pg. 278 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 111 of 148 VMT Calculation Methods On-road transportation is the largest source of GHG emissions in most inventories and future forecasts, so good estimates of daily VMT are important. Forecasts of on-road transportation emissions are typically based on outputs from a travel forecasting model, other accounting- type method (sketch models), or Big Data. The VMT calculation method options and S/CAP Approach are described below. Travel Forecasting Models A travel forecasting model uses specialized software and is designed to reflect the interactions between different land use and roadway elements in a large area. The two travel models most commonly used to assess projects in Santa Clara County are the Santa Clara Valley Transportation Authority (VTA)-City/County Association of Governments of San Mateo County (C/CAG) Bi-County Model (“VTA Travel Model”) and Travel Model One (“MTC Travel Model”), which is maintained by the Metropolitan Transportation Commission (MTC) and used for large- scale regional planning efforts. The reader can review the travel forecasting model comparison of the VTA Travel Model and the MTC Travel Model presented in Appendix C of the SB 743 Implementation Decisions for Palo Alto white paper (June 1, 2020). There is also a statewide travel model developed by Caltrans, though the level of analysis is at such a large scale that it is typically used to evaluate interregional travel and freight movements rather than localized land use changes. Sketch Models In some cases where a travel model is not available or not appropriate, VMT can be estimated using sketch models or spreadsheet tools. VMT may also be estimated directly by multiplying the number of trips by an average trip length. Trips can be estimated using the results of local trip generation surveys or trip generation rate data published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE). Trip lengths can be extracted from models or from standardized averages or travel pattern data from the regional or sub-regional planning organization. Using trip length averages does not consider changes to the roadway network or to traffic congestion, or the project’s potential effects on overall travel patterns. These non-model “accounting methods” could also be paired with a travel model and used between major model updates or to estimate project generated VMT for small projects that would “get lost in a model.” Eleven sketch model tools were evaluated in the SB 743 Implementation Decisions for Palo Alto white paper (June 1, 2020) – see pages 29 to 32 including Table 2 for more details. Each of the sketch models reviewed, except for the CA Smart Growth Tool and MXD/MXD+, provide direct estimates of project generated VMT or calculates the percent change in VMT. None of the models are capable of producing city-wide or region-wide VMT estimates for threshold setting, fully evaluating the project’s effect on VMT, or evaluating cumulative VMT Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 128 Packet Pg. 279 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 112 of 148 impacts. Only CalEEMod, GreenTRIP Connect, TRIMMS, and TDM+ evaluate the impacts of TDM strategies for VMT mitigation. In addition to the eleven sketch models reviewed, there is the recently launched Santa Clara Countywide VMT Evaluation Tool that conducts baseline VMT screening of office, industrial and residential land uses in Santa Clara County. This web-based tool used the partial home-based VMT per resident and partial home-based work VMT per employee. This tool does not provide the total VMT analysis needed for the Palo Alto S/CAP. Other Data Sources and Emerging Big Data Sources For some Climate Action Plans, daily VMT was estimated by calculating the daily VMT by roadway segment (calculated by multiplying roadway daily counts by the local street distance) for major streets (using local counts) and Caltrans (using the Highway Performance Monitoring System) facilities in the local jurisdiction and then summing all of the daily VMT on each street. Limitations of this method are that it can only be done for Existing Conditions; it cannot reliably be used for future conditions because future volumes cannot be observed (they must be estimated with a model or other non-model method). Big Data is an emerging data source that provides actual travel data by passively and anonymously collecting archival location data from mobile devices. Big Data can also encompass other datasets that are too large to process in spreadsheets alone, such as household travel surveys, transit databases, and parking databases, as well as land use and employment data sets such as infoUSA. These Big Data sources help planners answer important questions about their communities that were previously difficult, expensive, and time consuming to answer. Sources of this data include: •Location Based Services (LBS): Location based services data is provided from devices, primarily smart phones, which run applications and connect to cellular, WIFI, and/or GPS networks. LBS data is carrier-neutral and uses multiple location technologies, providing few gaps in coverage and high spatial precision. •Cell Phone: Data collected via devices (phone, cars, tablets, computers, etc.) with an active connection to the cellular phone network, Voice, or data transmission to cellular network are triangulated between cell phone towers to identify the device location. •Navigation Global Positioning System: GPS data is provided from devices that use satellites to obtain z/y/z coordinate data. Some GPS devices also connect to WIFI or cellular networks. Navigation-GPS data comes from devices that help people navigate, such as connected cars and trucks, turn-by-turn route guidance apps, and commercial fleet management systems. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 129 Packet Pg. 280 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 113 of 148 Big Data can increase confidence in decision-making and improve forecasting accuracy by providing better empirical planning data. Big Data also makes it possible to answer questions that previously were either impossible or nearly impossible to answer with limited resources. Some key project types include: •Origin-destination studies •Travel time and speed studies •Travel path and route studies One limitation to Big Data is that it can not be used by itself to forecast future travel behavior. Application of Big Data for this effort would require additional budget resources. Key Take Aways An ideal tool for a citywide Climate Action Plan VMT analysis is a travel forecasting model that has been appropriately calibrated and validated for local project size and scale and has trip length data that accounts for trips that extend beyond the model boundary. Many travel forecasting models also account for travel patterns due to congestion, public transit, and non- motorized transit (walking and biking). Some limitations of these methods include the following: •Statewide and regional models have limited sensitivity and accuracy for local scale applications off the shelf. •Regional and local models often truncate trips at model boundaries. •Sketch, spreadsheet tools and Big Data sources do not capture the full “project effect on VMT” and/or the ability to forecast future conditions. The VTA Travel Model was selected for the baseline VMT screening analysis and is also the most appropriate VMT calculation method for the Palo Alto S/CAP VMT analysis. S/CAP Approach for VMT Calculation Method •Base Scope Option: The S/CAP will use the VTA Travel Model as-is to extract the OD VMT method for the model base year (2015) and future year (2040). The VMT metric specifications will include: o The VMT will be extracted after the final assignment using the OD accounting method (II, ½*IX, and 1/2 *XI). o The OD VMT will be summarized by 5-mile-per-hour speed bins o The portion of clean vehicles will be estimated based on DMV data provided by City staff for Existing Conditions and future will be based on projections in the EMFAC air quality modeling. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 130 Packet Pg. 281 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 114 of 148 The S/CAP 1990 year will be extrapolated based on city provided residential and employment data between 2015 and 1990. The 2019 and 2030 reporting years will be interpolated between the base year and future years of the travel model. Finally, the 2015 and 2040 residents, employees, students, and visitors will be summarized and shared with City staff. Because there is uncertainty in future forecasting of VMT estimates, a brief discussion will be prepared that highlights areas of uncertainty in the data and the uncertainty with the VMT estimate derived from a regional travel model. This base scope will also discuss potential ways to 1) improve baseline monitoring, 2) enhance VMT calculation methods, and 3) improve estimates of VMT reductions in a tabular form. This summary will highlight the methods used and how they can be enhanced. The VMT estimates will be summarized in a memorandum. •Additional Scope Option for VMT Estimates to Support S/CAP and SB 743 Implementation of CEQA Streamlining (Selected for Revised Scope of Work): The VTA Travel Model can be calibrated and validated to local conditions using Big Data sources. This would help City staff model existing and future VMT estimates with improved understanding. Also, because Big Data is continually collected, it can also be a primary monitoring source for future VMT reporting in Palo Alto with occasional VMT forecasting to modify future VMT reduction goals as needed. Using the Big Data would involve a review and update of input parameters in the travel model to reflect improvements in the travel model. •Additional Scope Option – Land Use Updates: The 2015 and 2040 land use summary will be provided to City staff for review. Land use updates can be made at an additional cost. •Additional Scope Option – VMT Alternatives Analysis (Selected for Revised Scope of Work): The base scope will extract VMT estimates from the VTA Travel Model as-is. As an additional service, additional VMT scenarios can be tested to refine the S/CAP approach and/or model the VMT with adopted S/CAP actions. •Additional Scope Option – Testing Uncertainty: Using the VTA Travel Model and our TrendLab+ tool, we can evaluate the effects of emerging technology, social and demographic trends, or evaluating the effects of COVID19. •Additional Scope Option for 1990 VMT Modeling: The VTA Travel Model has a base year of 2015, it could be updated and calibrated and validated to 1990 conditions to estimate 1990 VMT estimates. This would be a major effort that would be limited by available land use and transportation network information (i.e., roadway counts) for 1990. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 131 Packet Pg. 282 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 115 of 148 GHG Calculation Methods With each vehicle mile traveled, a vehicle generates greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. As a result, transportation is a major contributor to greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. The simplest GHG emissions estimation method is to multiply VMT by a carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions factor to estimate GHG emissions.89 However, types of vehicles within the vehicle fleet, the speed that vehicles travel, and the geographic location of the vehicles affect emission rates. Thus, a variety of methods exist to provide ever increasing precision in GHG emissions estimates because GHG emissions vary based on: •Region (statewide, air basin, County, etc.) •Calendar year (2000 through 2050) •Season (Annual, Summer, Winter) •Vehicle Categories •Model year •Speed (Aggregated, All, or Individual) •Fuel (All, Gas, Diesel, Electric, Natural Gas) With more advanced travel forecasting models and even microsimulation models VMT can be segmented and specific carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions factor to estimate GHG emissions. There possible GHG emission options are listed below: •Basic GHG Emissions Analysis: VMT by itself can be used to estimate GHG emissions by assuming an average fuel mileage rate to estimate fuel consumption. This coarse estimate of fuel consumption can be converted to a CO2 equivalent using a fixed CO2 emissions factor. This approach is coarse and best for order of magnitude estimates. Some sketch models use this approach to estimate GHG emissions. •Enhanced GHG Emissions Analysis: VMT and speed can be used together to estimate GHG emissions. VMT estimates from a travel model can be disaggregated into 5-miles per hour speed bins and multiplied by a unique CO2 emissions factor per speed bin using an air quality model such as EMission FACtor (EMFAC) prepared by California Air Resources Board for on-road mobile sources in California. 89 Carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions by mass represent nearly all of the greenhouse gases emitted from mobile on- road community transportation sources. Methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), sulfur hexafluoride (SF6), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), and perflurocarbons (PFCs) are other criteria pollutants that contribute to global warming, but do not represent a significant portion of the on-road community transportation emissions by mass. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 132 Packet Pg. 283 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 116 of 148 •Advanced GHG Emissions Analysis: Fuel consumption is potentially the most accurate options for GHG emissions. This method requires either a meso-scale or micro-scale modeling of traffic operations to model the effects of congestion on vehicle speed and estimate fuel consumption. This method is best for transportation infrastructure projects and/or small cities. S/CAP Approach for GHG Calculation Method •Base Scope Option: AECOM will prepare the GHG emissions estimates based on the VMT estimates provided by Fehr & Peers. The VMT input to the GHG emissions estimates will use the OD VMT method specified earlier. AECOM will select the appropriate GHG emissions estimate factors by speedbin – most likely using the EMission FACtors (EMFAC) air quality model. •Additional Scope Option – Fuel Consumption: The City of Palo Alto has expressed an interest in modeling the effects of cleaning the vehicle fleet, more advanced methods of estimating the fuel consumption can be developed using a meso-scale travel forecasting model that is more sensitive to travel congestion than the VTA Travel Model. VMT Reduction Analysis The effectiveness of different VMT reduction strategies varies widely based on local context, scale of intervention, and availability of non-automotive transportation. For example, Transportation Demand Management (TDM) strategies are most effective when implemented in a policy environment that encourages land use location efficiency and infrastructure investments that support transit, walking, and bicycling. Measures that more typically come to mind when considering TDM, such as building-specific subsidy and marketing programs for transit or other non-drive-alone modes, or installation of bicycle racks, tend to be less effective than community- wide strategies and investments. Furthermore, programs tied to individual projects or buildings may vary in efficacy based solely on the final building tenants. The SB 743 Implementation Decisions for Palo Alto white paper (June 1, 2020) provided additional discussion about the relative importance of transportation reduction measures associated with transportation demand management, site design, and location efficiency, regional policies, and regional infrastructure. The current standard for calculating VMT reduction efficacy from TDM strategies is the California Air Pollution Control Officer Association (CAPCOA) 2010 report, Quantifying Greenhouse Gas Mitigation Measures (CAPCOA report). This resource evaluates the literature behind a number of TDM program elements, and provides methods for calculating a VMT reduction associated with each. There are several limitations in the available VMT reduction data for suburban applications that are discussed in the SB 743 Implementation Decisions for Palo Alto white paper (June 1, 2020). Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 133 Packet Pg. 284 of 406 Section 8: Appendix Page 117 of 148 S/CAP Approach for VMT Reduction Analysis Calculation Method •Base Scope Option: Fehr & Peers will assist AECOM in preparing the GHG reductions estimates by categorizing the mobility goals/actions into 9 VMT reduction tiers as grouped below (Fehr & Peers order of magnitude VMT reductions estimated by Fehr & Peers indicated with an asterisk): o Mobility 1 & 6: Land Use and Urban Fabric* o Mobility 2: Area Parking Management and Conversion Strategy* o Mobility 3: Active Transportation Infrastructure* o Mobility 4: Traffic Flow (City Quantification) o Mobility 5 & 8: Permanent Work from Home Strategy* o Mobility 7: Community Shuttles and Public Transit* o Mobility 9: Car Lite Lifestyle/Travel Pricing o Mobility 10: Clean Fleet (AECOM Quantification) o Mobility 11: Regional Policy Advocacy/Mobility Incentives and Programs (including rideshare, carshare, employer programs, etc.) As noted, several of these VMT reduction tiers will quantified by City staff and/or AECOM. For the remaining tiers, Fehr & Peers will provide order of magnitude VMT reduction estimates based on available CAPCOA research and select VMT data available from the California Household Travel Survey and VMT extracted from the VTA Travel Model (e.g., citywide mode split, average vehicle trip length by trip purpose, and trip purpose distribution) for the five VMT reduction tiers indicated by an asterisk above. The VMT reductions will be summarized in a brief memorandum. •Additional Scope Option for Quantifying the Effects of TNCs: The VMT estimates that will be used for the S/CAP assume historical travel patterns will persist through 2040. However, with the emergence of transportation network companies like Uber and Lyft and autonomous vehicles, there might be upward pressure on VMT generation rates. •Additional Scope Option for Detailed VMT Reduction Modeling and Monitoring (Selected for Revised Scope of Work)– Using local and big data sources to develop refined VMT reduction estimates specific to Palo Alto. This analysis would also include extracting additional information from the VTA Travel Model (e.g., VMT by trip purpose percentages by II, IX and XI, and mode split by trip purpose). The local and big data sources could also be used for citywide travel behavior monitoring, which is useful for tracking the S/CAPs progress and for SB 743 implementation of VMT reduction strategies. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 134 Packet Pg. 285 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 118 of 148 June 7, 2021 D.3. AECOM Action Impact Memo Palo Alto Action Impact Memo Revised June 7, 2021 Introduction Palo Alto’s 2021 Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP) sets an ambitious greenhouse gas (GHG) reduction goal to reduce emissions 80% below the City’s 1990 levels by 2030 (the “80x30” goal). AECOM helped the City to evaluate a draft list of key actions to understand the potential for GHG reduction target achievement from local actions only, and to evaluate other community benefits from action implementation (e.g., air quality, public health). The City and AECOM collaborated on modeling key action impact results within three categories of GHG reduction actions: Energy, Mobility, and Electric Vehicles. AECOM and Utility Department staff collaborated on developing a customized Building action calculator to estimate emissions reductions from various policies to support the electrification of residential and nonresidential buildings; input assumptions to the calculator are based on utility consumption data and other locally applicable data. The City team led development of the Mobility action calculator to understand how different actions could reduce vehicle miles traveled within the community, and the AECOM team provided a strategic review of the calculator’s methodology and assumptions to guide revisions. Finally, the City hired a separate consultant to develop an electric vehicle (EV) calculator to model uptake of EV technology resulting from a suite of S/CAP actions. AECOM reviewed the EV calculator results with the City’s consultant to identify revisions and methods to align the results of all three modeling approaches in support of this comprehensive action analysis. The three modeling efforts show that a package of S/CAP actions can reduce emissions to 71% below 1990 levels by 2030, nearly achieving the City’s ambitious GHG target through local actions alone. The results help to highlight action areas that will need further analysis or implementation support to fully achieve the City’ GHG target through local actions, or can be reviewed to understand the amount of external action needed to demonstrate target achievement (e.g., carbon offset purchases and strategic land use changes). The S/CAP’s other key action categories are Water, Climate Adaptation and Sea Level Rise, Natural Environment, and Zero Waste, and are not primary sources of GHG reductions but do provide additional sustainability benefits to the community. These actions were evaluated to understand their potential community co-benefits and are discussed further in the Sustainability Actions section and in the Palo Alto Action Evaluation Memo from February 2021. This memo presents details on the action impact analysis process, including descriptions of the emissions forecasts, key action analysis results, modeling approach, and detailed action results. It concludes with recommendations for next steps and an appendix listing the titles and descriptions for the key actions modeled in this impact analysis. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 135 Packet Pg. 286 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 119 of 148 June 7, 2021 Emissions Forecasts The action impact analysis is based on an estimate of how the City’s emissions could change within the S/CAP analysis period. As part of this effort, AECOM developed a “business-as-usual” (BAU) emissions forecast to estimate how emissions could change over time if no further climate action was taken. This scenario estimated local emissions change through 2040 if no further climate action is taken at the federal, state, or local levels; it assumes implementation levels of current policies and programs as of 2019 would remain constant into the future (i.e., climate policies and programs would be maintained but not enhanced in scope beyond 2019 implementation levels). This BAU forecast scenario shows that emissions would decrease 47% below 1990 levels by 2030. This scenario analysis helps to demonstrate the amount of additional GHG reductions needed by 2030 from local S/CAP actions to achieve the City’s GHG target. However, as part of the action analysis, the City hired a separate consultant to evaluate the potential impact and costs associated with key EV actions. During that analysis, EV adoption estimates were further revised to improve upon the initial BAU scenario to better reflect Palo Alto’s local EV adoption rates more accurately. The BAU forecasts were based on EV uptake estimates from the California Air Resources Board’s EMFAC tool90, which were based on 2015-17 survey data and provided at the county level. The City’s EV consultant developed a revised BAU scenario with data showing there would be even greater EV travel in Palo Alto than estimated in the BAU scenario. The results of the revised BAU scenario show a 51% decrease below 1990 levels by 2030. This improvement upon the initial BAU scenario further refined the estimate of local GHG reductions needed from key S/CAP actions and helped to improve EV modeling result outputs to better align with Palo Alto-specific trends in EV adoption.91 After developing the forecasts and quantifying the emissions reduction gap between the forecasts and the 2030 target, the City defined multiple policy opportunities to provide local emissions reductions. Most City emissions come from on-road transportation (60%) and building energy use (33%), so the City placed a greater emphasis on defining key actions to enhance building electrification (e.g., reduction in natural gas use), promote EVs, and reduce vehicle miles traveled. The City identified viable key actions in these sectors and developed three policy scenarios to understand effectiveness under different implementation plans. The City with its consultant teams then developed four detailed calculation models to understand action impacts related to residential buildings, non-residential buildings, mobility, and electric vehicles to quantify emissions reductions and cost impacts of the key actions and policy scenarios modeled. The final policy scenario and associated actions selected represent the most technically feasible and cost-effective pathway to reaching the City’s 80 x 30 goal and results in a 71% reduction compared to 1990 levels by 2030. The BAU forecast scenarios, key S/CAP action impacts, and 90 https://arb.ca.gov/emfac/ 91 An original estimate of the 2019 non-residential versus residential VMT split was provided by Fehr & Peers (75%/25%), which informed the emissions analysis presented in the City’s April 19th Staff Report. On 5/26/2021, this VMT split was updated with the City’s Electric Vehicle consultant’s revised value of 70%/30%. Changing this value had a minimal impact on the EV emission calculations. This change decreased total 2019 emissions by 822 MT CO2e or 0.2%. Therefore, there is a slight discrepancy between previously published 2019 inventory values (482,327 MT CO2e) and those published after 5/26/2021 (481,505 MT CO2e). Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 136 Packet Pg. 287 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 120 of 148 June 7, 2021 reduction target are compared in Figure 1 below. The gap between the yellow action impact line and the green target line in Figure 1 illustrates the remaining emissions reductions needed to achieve the City’s 2030 GHG target. Figure 1. Emissions Forecasts and Reduction Target - 100,000 200,000 300,000 400,000 500,000 600,000 700,000 800,000 900,000 1990 2030 Emissions Forecast Revised BAU Forecast S/CAP Actions Impact Reduction Target Me t r i c T o n n e s C O 2 e Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 137 Packet Pg. 288 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 121 of 148 June 7, 2021 Table 1. S/CAP GHG Reduction Actions 2E/YR) EV Actions – Commuter and Visitor 52,715 Electrify single-family homes through gas main disconnect and all-electric mandate for single-family residential substantial remodeling projects 49,500 BAU policies that are not implemented92 -6,491 EV actions - Residents 39,324 Non-residential electrification of mixed-fuel rooftop packaged units 10,234 Mobility actions - Commuters 15,157 Mobility actions - Visitors 8,642 Mobility actions - Residents 4,392 Non-residential buildings ≥25k sq. ft. reduce GHG emissions by 20% 6,127 K-12 electrification of space and water heating 3,376 Multi-family residential mandate end-of-life in-unit space heating and cooking electrification 1,197 The actions listed above achieve a 71% reduction below 1990 levels by 2030, nearly demonstrating 2030 target achievement. These strategies include technically feasible and cost-effective local actions in the buildings and transportation sectors. Additional key actions in sectors that have a smaller emission impact, such as the solid waste and wastewater sectors, were developed and assessed for co-benefit 92 BAU reductions that will not occur due to implementation of City actions reflected in action 2a; these BAU reductions are entered back into this table to avoid double counting GHG emission reduction potential from the BAU and S/CAP actions. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 138 Packet Pg. 289 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 122 of 148 June 7, 2021 impacts but have not been included in the detailed GHG analysis (see the Sustainability Actions section for further discussion). Other emissions sources accounted for in the BAU forecast scenarios cannot be directly impacted by the City or reduced based on current technologies, such as aviation travel. Additionally, there are remaining emissions within the buildings and transportation sectors as they cannot feasibly be fully reduced by 2030. Model Development 93 And, the City hired a separate consultant to develop the EV model. Each team then used the models to analyze the GHG reduction potential, costs, and savings for the selected key actions, and collaborated through technical review meetings to ensure model outputs were aligned with one another and with the City’s GHG inventories and BAU forecasts. 93 Note that budget constraints prevented the use of the VTA Travel Demand Model to analyze the proposed mobility key actions. Subsequent analyses of key actions should utilize the VTA model to simulate the interrelationship between Palo Alto’s land use patterns and transportation infrastructure and consider scenarios that could amplify GHG reductions. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 139 Packet Pg. 290 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 123 of 148 June 7, 2021 Each models’ methodology and output metrics vary and are presented in a consolidated table in the following section. The City team has also developed technical memorandums for each model to document model development, assumptions, data sources reviewed, and model use to guide future S/CAP updates or modeling revisions based on implementation tracking information and new data sources. Detailed Action Results ACTION IMPACT TABLE •Annual GHG reductions •Implementation metrics •Cumulative Costs from 2020-2030 •Cumulative Savings from 2020-2030 •Co-benefits Note: Some of the actions included in Table 2 may require further legal analysis or require legislative or regulatory change before they can be fully implemented. The final versions of the Key Actions are included in Section 5. Co-Benefit Legend Very Positive Somewhat Positive Somewhat Negative Very Negative Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 140 Packet Pg. 291 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 124 of 148 June 7, 2021 Table 2. Action Impact Table Buildings Sector Actions Co-Benefits Cumulative Costs (2020-2030) Cumulative Savings (2020-2030)Implementation by end of 2030 Annual GHG Reductions by 2030 All-electric mandate for residential substantial remodeling projects Air Quality, Public Safety, Lifecycle Emissions None $0.22 million 846 gas water heaters replaced with electric heat pumps (6% of total gas water heaters converted) 900 gas space heaters replaced with electric heat pumps (7% of total gas space heaters converted) 900 gas cooktops replaced with induction cooktops (6% of total gas cooktops converted) 900 gas dryers replaced with electric (17% of total gas dryers converted) 333 electric panel upgrades needed (6% of panels needing upgrades) Single Family Electrify single-family homes Air Quality, Public Safety, Lifecycle Emissions, Cost of Living, Equity $322.34 million*$3.00 million 11,226 gas water heaters replaced with electric heat pumps (81% of total gas water heaters converted) 9,766 gas space heaters replaced with electric heat pumps (77% of total gas space heaters converted) 12,147 gas cooktops replaced with induction cooktops (83% of total gas cooktops converted) 3,199 gas dyers replaced with electric (60% of total gas dryers converted) 3,467 electric panel upgrades needed (63% of panels needing upgrades) 43,009 MT CO2e/yr** Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 141 Packet Pg. 292 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 125 of 148 June 7, 2021 Multi- Family Mandate end-of-life in- unit space heating and cooking electrification Air Quality, Public Safety, Lifecycle Emissions $15.76 million*$0.34 million 1,755 in-unit gas furnaces replaced with electric heat pumps (20% of total in-unit gas furnaces) 385 gas cooktops replaced with induction cooktops (15% of total gas cooktops) 1,053 electric panel upgrades needed (17% of electric panels that need upgrade) 1,197 MT CO2e/yr*** K-12 K-12 electrification of space and water heating Air Quality, Public Safety, Lifecycle Emissions $19.00 million $1.12 million 100% of schools with gas space and water heating have converted to electric systems 3,376 MT CO2e/yr Electrification of mixed-fuel rooftop packaged units Air Quality, Public Safety, Lifecycle Emissions $174.57 million $7.56 million 100% of commercial spaces with gas rooftop packaged heating have converted to electric heating 10,234 MT CO2e/yr Non- Residential Buildings ≥25k sq. ft. reduce GHG emissions by 20% Air Quality, Public Safety, Lifecycle Emissions $ 84.45 million $4.56 million 100% of commercial buildings 25k sq. ft. and larger without gas rooftop packaged heating have reduced GHG emissions by 20% 6,127 MT CO2e/yr *Includes necessary electric panel upgrade costs ** Single family GHG reductions include electrification of other natural gas sources that were not accounted for in the Buildings model as well as assumptions on all-electric single-family new construction and voluntary electrification at end-of-useful life; this value represents the sum of actions 2a and 2b from Table 1 to avoid double counting of reductions assumed between the BAU scenario and S/CAP actions scenario *** Includes GHG reduction assumptions on multifamily all-electric new construction Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 142 Packet Pg. 293 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 126 of 148 June 7, 2021 Mobility Sector Actions Co-Benefits Cumulative Costs (2020-2030) Cumulative Savings (2020-2030)Implementation by end of 2030 Annual GHG Reductions by 2030* Parking and Congestion Eliminate free parking, adjust parking requirements, RPP permitting allowances, institute paid parking, and price commuter parking Air Quality, Public Health, Public Safety, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, Lifecycle Emissions, Cost of Living, Productivity $7.09 million Biking and Walking Implement Bike Master Plan, develop Safe Routes for Adults program, adopt a Vision Zero Plan and install multi-use paths, conduct feasibility study on protected bike infrastructure, increase bike facilities and protected intersections, continue Safe Routes to Schools program, complete Quarry Road Extension, develop bicycle highways Air Quality, Public Health, Public Safety, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, Equity, Lifecycle Emissions, Cost of Living, Productivity, $54.38 million Community Engagement Community engagement and policy adoption N/A $0.80 million Transit and Intersections Reduce speed limits, install transit signal priority equipment, add bus rapid transit lanes, provide on- demand transit service, enhance traffic signals, allocate funding to TMA Air Quality, Public Health, Public Safety, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, Cost of Living, Productivity, Equity, Lifecycle Emissions $13.03 million Residents: $10-16 million Commuter: $49-58 million Visitor: $17-30 million Resident: 12-18 million VMT reduced in 2030 (4-6% VMT reduction in 2030) Commuter: 54-63 million VMT reduced in 2030 (16-19% VMT reduction in 2030) Visitor: 22-36 million VMT reduced in 2030 (6-10% VMT reduction in 2030) Resident: 4,392 MT CO2e/yr Commuter: 15,157MT CO2e/yr Visitor: 8,642MT CO2e/yr VMT = vehicle miles traveled *GHG estimates are for the higher VMT reduction value. These GHG reduction calculations can be found in the EV model. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 143 Packet Pg. 294 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 127 of 148 June 7, 2021 Electric Vehicles Sector Actions Co-Benefits Cumulative Costs (2020-2030) Cumulative Savings (2020-2030)*Implementation by end of 2030 Annual GHG Reductions by 2030* Residential EV credit (free charging) Air Quality, Lifecycle Emissions, Public Health, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, Cost of Living, Equity ICE usage fee Air Quality, Public Health, Lifecycle Emissions, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, Cost of Living Multi-family residential charger installation mandate Air Quality, Public Health, Lifecycle Emissions, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, Equity Resident Low income charger installation incentive Air Quality, Lifecycle Emissions, Equity, Public Health, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, Cost of Living EV Charging Costs: Single Family: $11.18 million Multi-family: $23.84 million Savings from Vehicle Improvement: $182.63 million 85% of new vehicle sales are EVs 55% of Resident VMT are from EVs 20,060 total residential EV charging ports installed 39,324 MT CO2e/yr Alternative Commute Mandate Air Quality, Lifecycle Emissions, Public Health, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation Commuter Alternative Commute Incentive Air Quality, Cost of Living, Public Health, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, Lifecycle Emissions, Equity EV Charging Costs: $96.72 million Savings from Vehicle Improvement: $59.04 million** 40% of Commuter VMT are from EVs 11,057 total workplace EV charging ports installed 52,715 MT CO2e/yr Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 144 Packet Pg. 295 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 128 of 148 June 7, 2021 Workplace EV Parking Air Quality, Public Health, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, Lifecycle Emissions Visitor Preferred Parking Air Quality, Public Health, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, Lifecycle Emissions EV Charging Costs: $16.71 million Savings from Vehicle Improvement: $49.76 million** 30% of Visitor VMT are from EVs 1,542 total public EV charging ports installed Local/Targeted campaigns Equity Education Regional/Statewide campaigns (ABAG/MTC)Equity Mobility Provide incentives for purchase and usage of LEVs and E-bikes Air Quality, Public Health, Cost of Living, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, Lifecycle Emissions, Equity Fleet Electrification of municipal fleet, buses, and delivery trucks/vans Air Quality, Public Health, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, Lifecycle Emissions NA NA These policies support the implementation metrics above These policies support the GHG reductions above *Savings and GHG reductions include both EV penetration assumptions and fossil fuel vehicle emissions and MPG improvements **Only considering savings from miles associated with Palo Alto Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 145 Packet Pg. 296 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 129 of 148 June 7, 2021 ANNUAL GHG REDUCTIONS “Annual GHG Reductions by 2030” represent the emissions avoided in 2030 by implementing the specific policy action. This metric represents the estimated amount of emissions reduced compared to a business-as-usual scenario where no policy action was implemented by 2030. For reference, Table 1 lists all actions in order of their GHG reduction potential. Buildings To estimate the GHG reduction from building electrification actions, assumptions were made for general city building stock characteristics. This includes estimates for the number of single family homes with natural gas systems, annual number of end-of-life system replacements, annual gas use per unit, annual electric use per unit, non-residential natural gas consumption per square foot, and non-residential electric use per square foot. Some of this information was available from Utility Department data, while others were collected by the City and AECOM teams from various databases and building energy surveys to help describe the local building energy use context. Assumptions were also made for the implementation rates of individual policy actions. For example, the implementation of the “All-electric mandate for residential substantial remodeling projects” action includes assumptions for the percent of homes that would be substantially remodeled from 2020-2030. This assumption was informed by historic City permit data describing building remodels. The annual 2030 GHG reduction from this action represents the emissions avoided assuming those homes still contained natural gas systems in 2030. Single-family actions were aggregated to estimate total GHG reductions. The Buildings model only accounted for natural gas consumption from space heating, water heating, and stoves and did not consider other natural gas sources such as pool heaters or barbecue grills. Therefore, the single-family GHG reductions were aggregated to include the electrification of other sources of natural gas consumption that weren’t accounted for in the Building models. Additionally, in order to account for other impactful emissions reductions, both the single-family and multi-family GHG reductions include reductions from all-electric new construction. Single-family GHG reductions also include reductions from voluntary electrification of appliances at end of useful life. The new construction and voluntary electrification GHG reduction values are disaggregated within the Building model. As electricity in Palo Alto is 100% carbon neutral,94 any system that is electrified (e.g., converted from natural gas to electricity) in the City will produce net zero emissions after the retrofit is complete. Therefore, emissions reductions were derived from the amount of natural gas the original system would have consumed in 2030, which would be avoided through the electrification action. Mobility Mobility GHG reductions could not be disaggregated by specific actions but were instead grouped by residential, commuter, or visitor categories. All mobility actions were assumed to contribute to a minimum and maximum percent vehicle miles traveled (VMT) reduction for each user category, as 94 “100% Carbon Neutral” means that the City “will demonstrate annual net zero greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions…by applying the average hourly carbon emissions intensity of the electricity on the CAISO grid to the City’s net load for each hour of the year.” See Resolution 9913, Resolution of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Amending the Electric Supply Portfolio Carbon Neutral Plan and the Electric Utility Reserves Management Practices Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 146 Packet Pg. 297 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 130 of 148 June 7, 2021 calculated in the Mobility model.95 The maximum percent VMT reduction values were then applied to the 2030 forecasted VMT in the EV model to develop 2030 S/CAP action maximum VMT reductions. 2030 vehicle emissions factors were internally developed in the EV model using data on vehicle ownership and sales as well as local EV actions. These factors account for vehicle fleet composition and forecasted local EV penetration for each user category. The emission factors were applied to the maximum 2030 S/CAP action VMT reduction amount to develop the maximum 2030 GHG reduction for each user category, as shown in the EV model. Electric Vehicles IMPLEMENTATION METRICS CUMULATIVE COSTS AND SAVINGS 95 The mobility model has not factored in land-use changes. But land use choices towards more transit-supportive, walkable, bikeable neighborhoods will multiply and accelerate the VMT reductions estimated in the model. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 147 Packet Pg. 298 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 131 of 148 June 7, 2021 family residential water heating and space heating electrification is most cost-effective, along with electrification of commercial rooftop packaged heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) units. The costs and savings considered in each model are explained below. Buildings Mobility Electric Vehicles CO-BENEFITS Palo Alto Action Evaluation Memo for detailed discussion of this process. Between the time the Action Evaluation Memo was compiled, and the action impact analysis was completed, some actions were repackaged, and new actions were developed. These actions received new co-benefit ratings and are not reflected in the original memo. Sustainability Actions Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 148 Packet Pg. 299 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 132 of 148 June 7, 2021 treatment processes and collecting landfill gas. The City also developed natural environment actions such as increasing tree coverage and green infrastructure. These actions can reduce GHGs by sequestering carbon, but the actual emissions reductions are difficult to quantify and require further analysis. The City is primarily focused on directly reducing emissions first before turning to sequestration actions to address remaining emissions (see Recommendations section). Finally, the City has developed climate adaptation and sea level rise actions. These do not reduce GHG emissions but do help protect against the impact of climate change. Therefore, these sustainability actions have only been analyzed for their co-benefits. •Water Actions: Generally scored very positive for Resource Conservation and positive for Regional Benefit. •Climate Adaptation and Sea Level Rise Actions: Generally scored very positive for Regional Benefit. •Natural Environment Actions: All scored positively for Resource Conservation and generally scored positively for Regional Benefit. However, the “WELO Requirements of Native and Drought Tolerant Species” action received a somewhat negative Cost of Living score. •Zero Waste Actions: All scored positively for Resource Conservation and generally scored positively for both Cost of Living and Regional Benefit. Recommendations •Identify which of the current building and transportation actions can be accelerated or enhanced beyond current implementation rates if additional barriers could be removed •Evaluate local or regional carbon sequestration opportunities, understanding that fully balancing the City’s remaining emissions may not be feasible if sequestration action is strictly confined to the city limits. Actions that contribute to sequestration can be achieved through many of the City’s “Natural Environment” actions. •Evaluate and monitor industrial carbon removal technologies as this industry continues to rapidly evolve. •Purchase verified carbon offsets to fully balance the remaining emissions gap that cannot be addressed through the preceding strategies. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 149 Packet Pg. 300 of 406 Palo Alto S/CAP Action Impact Memo AECOM Page 133 of 148 June 7, 2021 previous methodological changes will no longer over- or underestimate the amount of local action needed to achieve the City’s target, because the City will be aiming to completely reduce all emissions. Additionally, a carbon neutrality target can be easier to convey publicly than a percent-based emissions reduction target. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 150 Packet Pg. 301 of 406 AECOM Page 134 of 148 June 7, 2021 Appendix A Note: Some of the actions included in Appendix A may require further legal analysis or require legislative or regulatory change before they can be fully implemented. The final versions of the Key Actions are included in Section 5. MODEL SECTOR ACTION TITLE ACTION DESCRIPTION All-electric mandate for residential substantial remodeling projects Require major alterations (remodels) of single-family homes to meet all-electric requirements. Single Family Electrify single-family homes Phase out fossil fuel use in existing buildings starting with areas that have older gas lines that need to be repaired or replaced. Explore ways to accelerate adoption through mandates, carbon pricing, or disconnecting natural gas distribution service to residential areas. Residential Buildings Multi-Family Mandate end-of-life in-unit space heating and cooking electrification Mandate end-of-life in-unit space heating and cooking electrification. K-12 K-12 electrification of space and water heating Electrify water heating and space heating in all K-12 facilities. Electrification of mixed-fuel rooftop packaged units Convert all rooftop gas packs on non-residential buildings to electric heat pump systems Non- Residential Buildings Non- Residential Buildings ≥25k sq. ft. reduce GHG emissions by 20% Require all commercial buildings above 25,000 sq. ft. to meet a carbon emissions intensity target by occupancy class with a goal of reducing carbon emissions by 20% Eliminate free parking Reduce SOV use by eliminating free parking and adjusting parking requirements Adjust parking requirements Study parking effects on GHG/VMT in S/CAP and modify parking requirements accordingly. RPP permitting allowances All occupants and businesses of new office buildings that are required to provide their own parking should not be allowed to purchase RPP permits. Institute paid parking Institute paid public and private parking and allow for sharing of existing parking resources. Mobility Parking and Congestion Price commuter parking Price commuter parking in public garages so that transit is a competitive mode. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 151 Packet Pg. 302 of 406 AECOM Page 135 of 148 June 7, 2021 MODEL SECTOR ACTION TITLE ACTION DESCRIPTION Implement Bike Master Plan Reduce the current Palo Alto Resident transportation mode split of 64% Single Occupancy Vehicle (SOV) use for work trips to increase active transportation modes (walking, biking, and transit) by implementing the Bicycle + Pedestrian Transportation Plan, the Complete Streets policy, Vision Zero, and other programs to create safe streets for all road users, particularly vulnerable road users Develop Safe Routes for Adults program Develop a Safe Routes for Older Adults program to address transportation needs of those 65+ years through fixed route and on-demand EV transit options, investing in walking and bicycling infrastructure, and promoting e-bikes/adaptive bikes/adult trikes for older adults. Aim for a 10% alternative mode share by Older Adults. Adopt a Vision Zero Plan and install multi-use paths Adopt a Vision Zero plan to reduce injuries to all road users, particularly vulnerable road users. Reduce traffic injuries to zero. Conduct feasibility study on protected bike infrastructure Conduct a feasibility study to determine candidate streets for protected bicycle infrastructure as this facility type addresses the “interested but concerned” population that would bike if separated from vehicular traffic. Increase bike facilities and protected bikeways Increase the number of bike facilities, including bike parking and signalized intersections with bicycle accommodations (e.g. bicycle signal heads, bicycle detection, integrated bike/ped counters into signals, colored/buffered/protected bicycle lanes). Increase bike facilities and protected bikeways Add protected bikeways to El Camino Real. Continue Safe Routes to Schools program Continue the Safe Routes to School program that has an existing 68% active and shared mode split (bike, walk, carpool, transit), aim for 75% in 2030. Complete Quarry Road Extension Complete the Quarry Road Extension to the PA Transit Center. Biking and Walking Develop bicycle highways Develop regional and local bicycle highways to provide uninterrupted bike commutes. Community Engagement Community engagement and policy adoption. Encourage the use of bike and/or scooter sharing, and the provision of required infrastructure throughout Palo Alto, especially at transit stations and stops, job centers, community centers, and other destinations. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 152 Packet Pg. 303 of 406 AECOM Page 136 of 148 June 7, 2021 MODEL SECTOR ACTION TITLE ACTION DESCRIPTION Designate vehicle-free streets to encourage economic activity and recreational uses. Promote the use of bicycles or electric scooters for deliveries within the city. Promote walking and biking to local-serving retail. Work with PAUSD to reduce SOV trips by staff, students, and parents. Promote Telecommuting Reduce speed limits Reduce speed limits to 15mph on 25% of City streets for less bicyclist stress and more bicyclist and pedestrian friendliness and safety. Install transit signal priority equipment Support Transit Signal Priority on transit routes. Add bus rapid transit lanes Add Rapid Bus and queue jump lanes to El Camino Real. Provide on-demand transit service Provide on-demand shuttle service within Palo Alto for neighborhoods not served by high-frequency transit. Enhance traffic signals Enhance traffic signals to improve traffic flow and reduce idling and associated GHG emissions. Transit and Intersections Allocate funding to TMA Fund the Palo Alto Transportation Management Association (TMA) with the goal of reducing SOV commute-trips citywide by 30%. Residential EV credit (free charging) Annual electric bill discount for residential account holder who can show that an EV is registered at their home and used by the resident; rebate available for up to 2 vehicles per service address per year. Funding will vary depending on legally available options. ICE usage fee Flat fee per ICE vehicle registered. Residents can opt in to submit make/model/odometer and the fee will be adjusted based on MPG and miles driven. Also useful as an education and communication tool. This action may be legally infeasible without legislative or regulatory change at the State level. Electric Vehicles Resident Multi-family residential charger installation mandate Require all MFR homes to install EV chargers that can serve all residents (minimum one level 1 charger per unit or one level 2 charger for every two units). Exemptions allowed. Current LCFS charger rebate made available. Funding beyond LCFS would be required. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 153 Packet Pg. 304 of 406 AECOM Page 137 of 148 June 7, 2021 MODEL SECTOR ACTION TITLE ACTION DESCRIPTION Low income charger installation incentive Provide additional funding for charging installation for low income households Alternative Commute Mandate Commercial building occupant annually reports the # employees, total # vehicles parked, and # EVs parked. Place limit on single occupancy ICE commuter vehicles Alternative Commute Incentive Require commercial building owner/occupant to provide an annual cash incentive to commuters who use alternative transportation or drive EVs. They may also choose to charge a parking fee for ICE vehicles. Commuter Workplace EV Parking Expand designated EV parking while capping/reducing ICE parking spaces Visitor Preferred Parking Designate zones (e.g. entire street, entire parking garage, or floor of garage) in high traffic areas for clean air vehicle (EV, PHEV, 40MPG+) parking Local/Targeted campaigns Increase awareness of benefits of EVs and rebates/incentives through local/targeted campaigns Education Regional/Statewide campaigns (ABAG/MTC) Increase awareness of benefits of EVs and rebates/incentives through regional/statewide campaigns (ABAG/MTC) Mobility Provide incentives for purchase and usage of LEVs and E-bikes Provide incentives for purchase and usage of LEVs and E-bikes Fleet Electrification of municipal fleet, buses, and delivery trucks/vans Electrification of municipal fleet, buses, and delivery trucks/vans Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 154 Packet Pg. 305 of 406 Memo City of Palo Alto Climate Action and Adaptation Plan AECOM 2-11-2021 138 /5 D.4. AECOM S/CAP Action Evaluation Memo AECOM 300 California Street, Suite 600 San Francisco, CA 94104 aecom.com Project name: City of Palo Alto S/CAP Date: February 11, 2021 To: Christine Luong, Karin North CC: Vanessa Goh Memo Subject: S/CAP Action Evaluation Memo96 Introduction The primary goal of Palo Alto’s 2020 Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP) is to develop actions that can reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 80% below the city’s 1990 levels by 2030. Implementation of many S/CAP strategies will also likely provide additional co-benefits that may not be accounted for in a typical GHG analysis. For example, actions designed to address climate change can also improve local air quality, reduce the cost of living, or increase productivity. Assessing the impact of actions, whether positive or negative, against a selected set of co-benefits helps provide a holistic picture of the actions’ broader impact. During the action development process, co-benefit evaluation can help identify opportunities to refine draft actions to increase their co-benefit impact. It can also be useful for an action prioritization process by providing various points of comparison between actions and can also be viewed alongside action feasibility evaluations if such an analysis is performed. The City of Palo Alto selected nine co-benefit evaluation criteria (revised through public feedback) that align with community priorities and apply to multiple S/CAP issue areas (e.g., Energy, Electric Vehicles, Zero Waste). The criteria were used to qualitatively evaluate the draft S/CAP actions to demonstrate each action’s impact on these community values. The results of this analysis can ultimately inform the City’s final prioritization of its near-term climate actions selected to help achieve the 2030 GHG reduction target. Evaluation Criteria As a first step, AECOM and the City team developed a draft list of co-benefit criteria that reflected both municipal and community priorities. As the primary function of evaluation criteria is for action comparison, co- benefits were selected that applied broadly to different action types instead of only relating to a specific kind of action (e.g., a co-benefit of “Increased Mobility” would only apply to transportation actions, and would not be particularly useful in evaluating the relative impact of non-transportation actions). The draft criteria were posted on the City’s S/CAP website for review and public comment. Based on community 96 Note: The results of the co-benefits analysis were used to prioritize and further refine the Key Actions. The co- benefits analysis was not updated after the Key Actions were further refined and uses version three of the Goals and Key Actions. The order and titles of the Key Actions used in the co-benefits analysis may differ from the final version of the S/CAP Goals and Key Actions. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 155 Packet Pg. 306 of 406 Memo City of Palo Alto Climate Action and Adaptation Plan AECOM 2-11-2021 139 /5 feedback, the City modified the draft co-benefit definitions and added a new evaluation criterion to asses action impact on lifecycle emissions. The following table lists the final co-benefits and definitions used to evaluate the S/CAP actions: Co-Benefit Criteria Definition Air Quality Improve air quality through reduced exposure (indoor and outdoor) to particulate matter (PM2.5 and PM10), nitrous oxide (NO2), ozone (O3), sulfur dioxide (SO2) or airborne toxins. Public Health Improve public health through reduced incidents of diseases and/or death attributed to increased active transport, water quality, etc. (Note: air pollution-related health impacts are included under Air Quality). Public Safety Improve public safety through reduced traffic, incidents of traffic accidents, gas leaks, and number of people/assets/services exposed to climate hazards such as flooding, extreme heat/cold, and extreme weather events. Regional Benefit Provide benefits that extend beyond the city, such as generating jobs, expanding the electric vehicle charging network, implementing flood reduction projects, etc. Resource Conservation Increase resource conservation through water conservation, material consumption and waste reduction, and natural environment conservation, creation, or regeneration. Lifecycle Emissions*Reduce emissions associated with the extraction, manufacture, and transport of fossil fuel energy resources (e.g., natural gas distribution, coal production, etc.). Cost of Living Reduce upfront costs and provide savings (e.g., utility costs, travel costs, etc.) to residents. Productivity Increase productivity through reduced commute times and reduced traffic, prioritized housing near transit, improved thermal comfort in buildings, reduced economic activity losses from climate-related events (e.g., flooding, power outages), etc. Equity Address an existing inequity in the community, such as disproportionate poor air quality, access to transit, flood risk, etc. *Added after draft criteria were posted publicly Evaluation Process To evaluate climate actions, AECOM used the C40 Cities Action Selection and Prioritization (ASAP) tool and methodology available at: https://resourcecentre.c40.org/resources/action-selection-and-prioritisation. This excel-based software tool supports the climate action decision-making process by documenting actions and providing outputs to streamline action comparison. It is worth noting that the ASAP tool is designed to support decision-making, not to make decisions itself, and that different stakeholders can reach different conclusions when assessing the co-benefits of specific actions. The subjective and qualitative assessments facilitated through the ASAP tool are not intended to be perfect, but are helpful in highlighting important action impacts to consider during the S/CAP development process. The results from the tool can be used to further assess and prioritize actions as well as communicate the benefits and feasibility of the actions. The ASAP evaluation process can be used to assess the impact of actions in three separate categories, including primary benefits (i.e., GHG emissions and/or climate risk reduction), co-benefits (e.g., public health, economic prosperity), and feasibility (e.g., authority level, financial need). For this project, the City only used the ASAP tool to evaluate action impacts in the co-benefit category. This provided additional action information to supplement a separate primary benefit analysis of the actions’ GHG reduction potential. The ASAP tool uses a Likert rating scale to quantitatively evaluate an action’s co-benefit impact. For a given action, each of the nine chosen co-benefits was rated on a qualitative ranking scale based on the degree to which implementation of the action will positively or negatively impact the co-benefit. Each action and co- Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 156 Packet Pg. 307 of 406 Memo City of Palo Alto Climate Action and Adaptation Plan AECOM 2-11-2021 140 /5 benefit pair received one of the five impact ratings shown in the table below: Rating Score Rating Definition Very Positive 2 The action has a positive impact across the community Somewhat Positive 1 The action has a positive impact across a small portion of the community or a slightly positive impact across the entire community Neutral 0 The action has no impact, the impact is unknown, or the positive and negative impacts may negate each other Somewhat Negative -1 The action has a negative impact across a small portion of the community or a slightly negative impact across the entire community Very Negative -2 The action has a negative impact across the community AECOM and the City team clarified the definitions and ratings of each co-benefit criteria and integrated public feedback through a series of project meetings. Once the criteria were finalized, AECOM used the ASAP tool to rate each action for its impact on all co-benefit criteria, except for the Equity criterion which was evaluated by the City’s internal S/CAP teams. The City’s teams also reviewed AECOM’s initial ratings and made adjustments based on their interpretation of the draft S/CAP actions. Below is an example of the Air Quality criterion rating scale and example actions that match each rating option; note that the first three example actions were draft S/CAP actions and the final two rating example actions are provided for comparison but were not included as draft S/CAP actions: Criterion Rating Score Rating Definition Example Action Very Positive 2 The action has a positive impact Ban Registration of Gas Vehicles across the community Rationale: Applies to community-wide vehicle fleets Somewhat 1 The action has a positive impact Electrify Municipal Fleet Positive across a small portion of the Rationale: Applies to a small portion of total Air Quality:community or a slightly positive community vehicle fleet impact across the entire community Neutral 0 The action has no impact, or the impact is unknown Community Outreach - EV Education Rationale: Outreach/education/information is an indirect action – project team assumed no co- benefits associated with this action type Improve air quality through reduced exposure (indoor and outdoor) to particulate matter (PM2.5 and PM10), nitrous oxide (NO2), ozone (O3), sulfur dioxide (SO2) or airborne toxins. Somewhat Negative -1 The action has a negative impact across a small portion of the community or a slightly negative Reduce Parking Pricing in Downtown/Commercial Districts (not a draft S/CAP action) Rationale: Induces additional vehicle travel in a impact across the entire community specific area Very Negative -2 The action has a negative impact Roadway Expansion to Decrease Congestion (not across the community a draft S/CAP action) Rationale: Induces additional vehicle travel across community Using a five-point rating allows a long list of potential actions to be evaluated relatively easily and consistently but can limit the amount of nuance that can be reflected in the evaluation process. Prior to action evaluation, AECOM and the City team established certain rating rules to ensure consistency when applying the action ratings to similar action types. In addition to the more generic rating rules, AECOM and the City team defined the following evaluation approaches for three special circumstances that apply to specific action types: •EV charging installation and incentive actions will promote EV use and therefore indirectly impact Air Quality and Lifecycle Emissions, so similar actions received positive ratings for these co-benefit criteria. •Any advocacy, outreach, education, plan creation, or assessment actions produce a neutral impact on Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 157 Packet Pg. 308 of 406 Memo City of Palo Alto Climate Action and Adaptation Plan AECOM 2-11-2021 141 /5 co-benefits unless they result from cooperating with neighboring agencies, in which case they received a positive rating for the Regional Benefit criterion. •Electrification actions have the potential to both increase and decrease cost of living, so most of these actions received a neutral Cost of Living rating. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 158 Packet Pg. 309 of 406 AECOM 2-11-2021 4/5 Memo City of Palo Alto Climate Action and Adaptation Plan Results The ASAP tool produces a series of scores and graphic outputs that aid in evaluating the strengths, weaknesses, and tradeoffs of the actions evaluated. These outputs enable comparison between actions to support decision-making and prioritization while intuitively communicating the benefits of individual actions to stakeholders and the public. Note: The final versions of the Key Actions are included in Section 5. The following co-benefit criteria scoring chart displays the top 30 actions by co-benefit criteria scores*: *The Health and Wellbeing category includes Air Quality, Public Health, and Public Safety; Environment includes Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, and Lifecycle Emission; Economic Prosperity includes Cost of Living and Productivity; Inclusivity and Civil Society includes Equity; no Essential Public Services criteria were selected within the ASAP tool for use in Palo Alto Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 159 Packet Pg. 310 of 406 City of Palo Alto S/CAP Action Evaluation Memo Appendix A - Action Ratings Page 1 of 6 Memo City of Palo Alto Climate Action and Adaptation Plan The highest-scoring actions identified in this chart include: 1.Mode Split to Active Transport 2.Transportation Demand Management (TDM) Program 3.Sea Level Rise (SLR) Adaptation Plan 4.Reduce Vehicle Miles Traveled (VMT) through Land Use These actions produce the largest positive impact based on the selected co-benefits. Overall, no actions produced a net negative score for co-benefits. In particular, no actions scored negatively for the Air Quality, Public Health, Public Safety, Regional Benefit, Resource Conservation, Lifecycle Emissions, and Productivity criteria. However, some actions received negative scores in the Equity and Cost of Living criteria. The actions that received the lowest negative scores for these criteria include: 1.Internal Combustion Engine (ICE) Fee/Tax/Assessment 2.Natural Gas Disconnect in Residential Buildings by 2030 3.Ban Registration of Gas Vehicles 4.Single Occupancy Vehicle (SOV) Pricing The ASAP tool also allows action co-benefits to be assessed individually in co-benefit pie charts. These charts provide a clear visual representation of the positive or negative impact of each action, and can be used to quickly compare the overall co-benefit evaluation results from one action to another Note that the ASAP tool allows users to weight certain criteria more heavily than others, which would result in variation in the pie chart wedge sizes; Palo Alto did not apply any co-benefit weighting in its analysis, so all co-benefits provide an equal share of the total evaluation score. Appendix A on the following pages provides a color-coded summary table showing all rating results by action and evaluation criteria. Note: Some of the actions included in Appendix A may require further legal analysis or require legislative or regulatory change before they can be fully implemented. The final versions of the Key Actions are included in Section 5. Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 160 Packet Pg. 311 of 406 City of Palo Alto S/CAP Action Evaluation Memo Appendix A - Action Ratings Page 2 of 6 Legend Very Positive Somewhat Positive Neutral/Unrated Somewhat Negative Very Negative Action Ai r Q u a l i t y Pu b l i c H e a l t h Pu b l i c S a f e t y Re g i o n a l B e n e f i t Re s o u r c e Co n s e r v a t i o n Li f e c y c l e Co s t o f L i v i n g Pr o d u c t i v i t y Eq u i t y E-1: Community Engagement - Electrification E-2: Electrification - Streamlined Permitting E-3: All-Electric Utility Rate E-4: Existing SFR Remodel Electrification E-5: Existing MF Retrofit - Gas Wall Furnace to Electric Heat Pump E-6: SF Home Sale - Electrification Evaluation and Education E-7: SFR Home Sale Electrification E-8: SFR Home Electrification E-9: Natural Gas Disconnect in Residential Buildings by 2030 E-10: Residential Electrification On-bill Financing E-11: K-12 Electrifcation - Space and Water Heating E-12: Non-Residential Retrofit - Gas Packaged Rooftop Units to Electric Heat Pumps E-13: Non-Residential NC - All-Electric Mandate E-14: Public Buildings - 80% Electrification E-15: Existing Commercial >25,000 sq. ft. - Carbon Emissions Intensity Target E-16: Assess Opportunities - Distributed Energy/Microgrids Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 161 Packet Pg. 312 of 406 City of Palo Alto S/CAP Action Evaluation Memo Appendix A - Action Ratings Page 3 of 6 Legend Very Positive Somewhat Positive Neutral/Unrated Somewhat Negative Very Negative Action Ai r Q u a l i t y Pu b l i c H e a l t h Pu b l i c S a f e t y Re g i o n a l B e n e f i t Re s o u r c e Co n s e r v a t i o n Li f e c y c l e Co s t o f L i v i n g Pr o d u c t i v i t y Eq u i t y E-17: Identify Funding - Electrification Infrastructure Preparation E-18: Identify Funding - Building Electrification M-1: Mode Split to Active Transport M-2: Reduce SOV use through Parking Requirements M-3: Implement CIP Transit Projects M-4: Smart Traffic Signaling M-5: TDM Programs M-6: Reduce VMT through Land Use M-6a: Trees Along Pathways/Bikeways M-7: Private Transit GHG Reduction M-8: Support Telecommuting Infrastructure M-9: SOV Pricing M-10: Eliminate Gasoline Vehicle Use M-11: Advocacy of Transit Options EV-1: Incentivize Private EV Charging Stations EV-2: Charging Network Plan Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 162 Packet Pg. 313 of 406 City of Palo Alto S/CAP Action Evaluation Memo Appendix A - Action Ratings Page 4 of 6 Legend Very Positive Somewhat Positive Neutral/Unrated Somewhat Negative Very Negative Action Ai r Q u a l i t y Pu b l i c H e a l t h Pu b l i c S a f e t y Re g i o n a l B e n e f i t Re s o u r c e Co n s e r v a t i o n Li f e c y c l e Co s t o f L i v i n g Pr o d u c t i v i t y Eq u i t y EV-3: Electrify Municipal Fleet EV-4: Community Outreach - EV Education EV-5: Advocate for State EV Rebate Program to Include Motorcycles/Bicycles EV-6: Increase Light EV VMTs + Reduce ICE VMTs EV-7: Plan to Encourage EV Adoption of Inbound Vehicles EV-8: Lower Electric Retail Rates for EV Charging EV-9: Lobby State for Stricter Emission Standards EV-10: MF Parking Spaces - 25% with EV Charging EV-11: Existing Commercial Parking - EV Charing Requirements EV-12: ICE Fee/Tax/Assessment EV-13: Electrify Private Bus Fleets EV-14: Ban Registration of Gas Vehicles EV-15: Evaluate Funding for EVs W-1: Education and Incentives - Water Efficiency W-2: Water Reuse Project W-3: Green Stormwater Infrastructure Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 163 Packet Pg. 314 of 406 City of Palo Alto S/CAP Action Evaluation Memo Appendix A - Action Ratings Page 5 of 6 Legend Very Positive Somewhat Positive Neutral/Unrated Somewhat Negative Very Negative Action Ai r Q u a l i t y Pu b l i c H e a l t h Pu b l i c S a f e t y Re g i o n a l B e n e f i t Re s o u r c e Co n s e r v a t i o n Li f e c y c l e Co s t o f L i v i n g Pr o d u c t i v i t y Eq u i t y W-4: Salt Removal Facility W-5: One Water Portfolio W-6: Baseline and KPIs for Reduction of Impervious Surfaces A-1: SLR Vulnerability Assessment A-2: SLR Adaptation Plan A-3: Review SAFER Recommendations A-4: Discuss SLR Levee Alignment Alternatives with Surrounding Community A-5: Coordinate Regionally, Act Locally NE-1: Tree Planting NE-2: New Construction Plant Selection - Biodiversity and Soil Health NE-3: Urban Forest Master Plan + Parks Master Plan NE-4: WELO Requirements for Native and Drought Tolerant Species NE-5: Green Stormwater Infrastructure Plan NE-6: No Net Tree Canopy Loss NE-7: Reduce Pesticides NE-8: Enhance Pollinator Habitat in Parks Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 164 Packet Pg. 315 of 406 City of Palo Alto S/CAP Action Evaluation Memo Appendix A - Action Ratings Page 6 of 6 Legend Very Positive Somewhat Positive Neutral/Unrated Somewhat Negative Very Negative Action Ai r Q u a l i t y Pu b l i c H e a l t h Pu b l i c S a f e t y Re g i o n a l Be n e f i t Re s o u r c e Co n s e r v a t i on Li f e c y c l e Co s t o f L i v i n g Pr o d u c t i v i t y Eq u i t y NE-9: Baseline and KPIs for Tree Carbon Storage ZW-1: Deconstruction and Construction Materials Management Ordinance ZW-2: Disposable Foodware Ordinance -- Eliminate Single-Use Cups and Containers ZW-3: Commercial Food Generators -- Require Food Waste Prevention and Recovery ZW-4: Residential Food Waste Reduction ZW-5: Incentivize Reusable Diapers ZW-6: Champion a Circular Economy Item 14 Attachment B - 2022 SCAP Report Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 165 Packet Pg. 316 of 406 Attachment C City of Palo Alto Comprehensive Plan 2030 (Comprehensive Plan 2030). Item 14 Attachment C - Resolution Approving an Addendum to the Comp Plan Impact Report and Adopting the SCAP Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 166 Packet Pg. 317 of 406 1. Council has independently reviewed and considered the EIR Addendum. 2. None of the conditions described in CEQA Guidelines Section 15162 calling for the preparation of a Subsequent EIR or Supplemental EIR are present. 3. Council does hereby find and certify that the EIR Addendum has been prepared and completed in compliance with CEQA. 4. Council does hereby find and certify that the EIR Addendum reflects the City of Palo Alto’s independent judgment and analysis. SECTION 2. Council hereby adopts the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan. INTRODUCED AND PASSED: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTENTIONS: ATTEST: City Clerk Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED: Assistant City Attorney City Manager Director of Public Works Director of Administrative Services Item 14 Attachment C - Resolution Approving an Addendum to the Comp Plan Impact Report and Adopting the SCAP Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 167 Packet Pg. 318 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 1 of 42 DRAFT Implementation Work Plan (2023 through 2025) Table of Contents: 1.Executive Summary 2.2023-2025 Climate Action Section Work Plan: Making Progress on the 80x30 Goal i.Climate Action 2023-2025 Priorities ii.Summary Timeline, 2023-2025 iii.Climate Action 2023-2025 Work Plan 3.2023-2025 Sustainability Section Work Plan: Creating a More Sustainable Natural Environment Appendix A: Detailed Implementation Timeline Appendix B: How Climate Action Priorities were Prioritized Appendix C: Policy Guidelines for Electric Vehicle Strategic Plan Development Appendix D: Policy Guidelines for Reliability and Resiliency Strategic Plan Development Appendix E: Index of S/CAP Key Actions and the Work Plan Items that Implement them 1. Executive Summary This work plan implements the City’s Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP). In November 2016 the Council adopted the S/CAP Framework, which has served as the road map for achieving Palo Alto’s sustainability goals. On October 3, 2022, the City accepted an updated set of Goals and Key Actions and is performing CEQA review with the goal of formally adopting the S/CAP in spring of 2023. This work plan implements this updated set of Goals and Key Actions. The Goals and Key Actions are divided into eight areas, four of which are climate-focused and include actions to achieve the City’s “80x30”1 and carbon neutrality2 goals (Climate Action, Mobility, Electric Vehicles, and Buildings) and four of which are focused on actions that create a sustainable natural environment and adapting to a warming climate but do not contribute significantly to the 80x30 goal (Natural Environment, Zero Waste, Water, and Sea Level Rise). Based on Council’s acceptance of the S/CAP Goals and Key Actions, staff and the Ad Hoc Subcommittee developed five Climate Action priorities for 2023 through 2025, which are listed in Section 2.i below: It includes a variety of work items for achieving these priorities, including: •Promoting electric vehicles (EVs) for residents, commuters, visitors, and other users (e.g. deliveries, rideshare) and regionally, including micromobility (e-bikes, e-scooters, and other small EVs). •Reducing vehicle miles traveled through citywide Mobility programs, including parking management, piloting on- demand transit, implementing the City’s Housing Element, and updating the Bicycle Plan •Launching an Advanced Heat Pump Water Heater Pilot Program and scaling it up 1 The 80x30 goal is to reduce Palo Alto greenhouse gas emissions 80% from 1990 levels by 2030 2 Carbon neutrality means that all GHG emissions emitted into the atmosphere are balanced in equal measure by GHGs that are removed from the atmosphere, either through carbon sinks or carbon capture and storage Item 14 Attachment D - 2023- 2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 168 Packet Pg. 319 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 2 of 42 •Beginning a strategic upgrading of capacity in the residential areas of the electric grid and promoting whole home electrification in the upgraded areas •Expanding access to EV charging in multi-family buildings (including affordable housing) and exploring ways to electrify those buildings as well •Electrifying commercial rooftop packaged heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC). •Partnering with major employers on emissions reduction plans, including commuter emissions •Electrifying City buildings and vehicles where feasible •Engaging City operations to support these goals •Exploring additional emissions reduction opportunities by surveying multi-family and non-residential building equipment and exploring other ideas from the community (e.g. shuttles, shared vehicles) •Evaluating funding and resource needs of the above programs and identifying viable funding sources. This work plan implements the S/CAP goals for a sustainable natural environment (including reducing waste, creating a sustainable and holistically managed water system, and a thriving urban canopy) by: •Reducing water consumption while exploring ways to capture and store water, as well as to increase the availability and use of recycled water •Developing and adopting a multi-year Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan •Minimizing wildland fire hazards through Plan implementation, zoning, and collaborating with Fire agencies •Increasing Palo Alto’s Tree Canopy and reducing pesticide use in parks and open space preserves •Supporting the Green Stormwater Infrastructure (GSI) Plan and incorporating GSI in municipal projects •Encouraging food waste reduction, prevention, and recovery and providing waste prevention technical assistance •Eliminating single-use disposable containers and prioritizing domestic processing of recyclable materials Item 14 Attachment D - 2023- 2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 169 Packet Pg. 320 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 3 of 42 2. 2023-2025 Climate Action Section Work Plan: Making Progress on the 80x30 Goal The Climate Action section of the S/CAP focuses on achieving the City’s 80x30 goal, and includes goals and key actions primarily focused on reducing emissions in transportation and buildings. The climate action sections of the S/CAP itself are divided into four topic areas (Climate Action, Mobility, EVs, and Energy), but this work plan is intended to prioritize and organize those key actions, so work plan items are organized according to five 2023-2025 Climate Action section priorities. 2.i 2023-2025 Climate Action Section Priorities The following five priorities are intended to focus the City’s efforts on the highest potential and lowest cost emissions reduction actions and supporting efforts to enable the City’s programs in these areas to be as impactful as possible. Appendix B outlines how the highest priority emissions reduction actions were chosen (single-family residential electrification, expanding EV charging access, commercial rooftop packaged HVAC, and Mobility). EV charging is a complex topic with a variety of different types of vehicle owner needs and potential electric grid impacts and benefits, and Appendix C outlines the guiding principles the City used for developing electric vehicle charging work items. These principles will also be reflected in any studies done on EVs or EV programs developed. The 2023-2025 climate action section priorities are: P1. Complete grid modernization plan and begin construction to increase reliability and transformer capacity for electrification P2. Launch effective programs for emissions reductions with highest impact and lowest cost: single-family electrification, strategic promotion of EVs, commercial rooftop HVAC, and expanded transportation alternatives P3. Build community awareness and confidence in electrification through engagement, addressing concerns, and program results P4. Identify an additional 9% in emissions reduction opportunities to achieve the 80x30 goal P5. By 2024 identify funding needed and potential funding sources for full scale implementation of highest impact emissions reductions Item 14 Attachment D - 2023- 2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 170 Packet Pg. 321 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 4 of 42 2.ii 2023-2025 Climate Action Summary Timeline The proposed timeline for the 2023-2025 Climate Action section work items (which are listed below in section 2.c) is outlined below. The proposed timeline is contingent on certification of environmental review and may be modified accordingly. A more detailed timeline for each work plan item is included in Appendix A. Priority 2023 2024 2025 P1 (Modernize grid) •Grid modernization study completion, hire contractor •Reliability/Resiliency Strategic Plan •Begin a 5-7 year construction effort to increase reliability and transformer capacity •Implement Reliability and Resiliency Strategic Plan Design and launch programs: •Full-scale HPWH program •Pilot commercial HVAC •Municipal electrification •Downtown parking management program •On-demand transit pilot •Single-family whole home •Full-scale commercial HVAC •Full-scale multi-family EV charger program (tentative) Studies to guide program launches: P2 (Launch programs) •EV Strategic Plan •Multi-family and income- qualified EV work plan •Bicycle Plan update •Work plan for commuter and visitor EV charging and EV promotion •Vision Zero program (tentative) Design and launch additional programs based on the 2024 studies (See P4 for other studies that may result in new programs) and the EV Strategic Plan Build awareness of the need for climate action and the City’s services and achievements. Drive community actions to achieve S/CAP goals. Build confidence in the City’s electric infrastructure. Report results from new and existing programs: P3 (Build awareness and confidence) •New program: HPWH pilot •Existing programs: •Existing Mobility programs •Multi-family EV charger •New programs: Full-scale HPWH program, commercial HVAC pilot •Continuation of existing programs •New programs; Full-scale HVAC, multi-family EV charger •Continuation of programs •Evaluate new programs based on studies P4 (Additional emissions reductions) •Seek ideas from community members and other experts •Monitor technologies and medium term opportunities •Multi-family and non-residential electrification study •Study highest potential community ideas/technologies P5 (Funding needs and sources) •Evaluate implementation cost for full scale high impact / lower cost programs •Preliminary evaluations of potential funding sources •Decisions on how to fund priority electrification areas •Develop financial and operational plan for gas utility •Implement follow up from prior-year studies Item 14 Attachment D - 2023- 2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 171 Packet Pg. 322 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 5 of 42 2.C Climate Action 2023-2025 Work Plan The climate change topic areas of the S/CAP (Energy, EVs, Mobility, and Climate Change) are highly inter-related. Multiple key actions can affect the same community members in various ways. For example, a multi-family building owner might do a project that builds EV charging, bike storage, and electrifies some building equipment, which touches all three topic areas. Programs should be as simple as possible for the community. As a result, the work plan below is organized according to the type of activity and the part of the community served instead of being organized by the S/CAP topic areas. The key actions being implemented are listed next to each work plan item, and an index is provided in Appendix D to help readers map the Key Actions from the S/CAP to all implementing work plan items. The work plan is organized according to the priorities above, as follows: P1.Grid Modernization: Complete grid modernization plan and begin construction to increase reliability and transformer capacity for electrification P2.Launch Programs: Launch effective programs for emissions reductions with highest impact and lowest cost: single-family electrification, strategic promotion of EVs, commercial rooftop HVAC, and expanded transportation alternatives P2.1 Residential Emissions Reduction P2.2 Non-Residential Emissions Reduction P2.3 Citywide Mobility P2.4 Municipal Electrification P2.5 EV Strategic Plan P3.Build Awareness and Confidence: Build community awareness and confidence in electrification through engagement, addressing concerns, and program results P4.Additional Emissions Reductions: Identify an additional 9% in emissions reduction opportunities to achieve the 80x30 goal P5.Funding Needs and Sources: By 2024 identify funding needed and potential funding sources for full scale implementation of highest impact emissions reductions Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 172 Packet Pg. 323 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 6 of 42 P1: Grid Modernization Grid modernization is critical, particularly for residential electrification. The programs below will impact the electric grid, and there are also supporting grid- related efforts that could reduce barriers to electrification citywide, such as examining electric rate design, low wattage solutions, and fee structures for transformer upgrades. Electric grid reliability and resilience will be important to inspiring confidence in electrified homes and vehicles. Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 1.A Grid Modernization Study E8 Complete a grid modernization study covering scope, designs, high level cost estimates, and estimated implementation timelines for electric system upgrades. Recruitment challenges. Planning fully funded. Implementation funding needs under review. Dec ‘22: Complete study Dec ’23: Complete design, bring contractor on board Early 2024: Begin construction Consultant hired, study in progress, nearing release of initial draft study 1.B Reliability and Resiliency Strategic Plan E8 Develop Reliability and Resiliency strategic plan based on principles in Appendix D Fully staffed, funding needs under evaluation Dec 2023 Not started 1.C Reliability and Resiliency Strategic Plan Implementation E8 Implement Reliability and Resiliency Strategic Plan Staffing and funding needs to be evaluated To be evaluated as part of 1.B Policy guidelines for plan development to Council December 5, 2022 1.D Evaluate Utility Rates and Fees E6 Evaluate utility rate designs and fee structures in the context of future electrification, implement any needed changes Fully funded Mar 2023 Cost of service evaluation in progress P2.1: Residential Emissions The long-term goal in residential areas is full electrification of vehicles and buildings, but some electrification of some types of buildings is easier and less costly than others. Single-family homes tend to be easier and less costly to electrify than multi-family buildings. It is easier to install EV charger access as well. Grid Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 173 Packet Pg. 324 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 7 of 42 capacity is an important consideration that drives the work plan in residential areas. The plan below prioritizes individual heat pump water heating electrification (which is primarily in single-family homes, but also some multi-family) and EV charger access in multi-family homes. Individual heat pump water heaters have low grid impact compared to other electrification measures and can be installed citywide while grid modernization gets underway. In modernized neighborhoods electrification of space heating and other equipment and appliances can be promoted. Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) All Residential Single-family Residential Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 174 Packet Pg. 325 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 8 of 42 Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 2.1 D Heat Pump Water Heater Electrification Pilot Program E1, E5 Launch a pilot heat pump water heater electrification pilot to achieve 1000 gas water heater replacements by the end of 2023 Partly staffed and funded – sales/ marketing needs being evaluated Launch late 2022 / early 2023, aim to achieve goal by Dec 2023 Council approved program on October 3, staff implementing the plan 2.1 E Full-Scale Heat Pump Water Heater Electrification Program E1, E5 As pilot program nears its goals, transition to a full-scale program with the goal of electrifying all water heaters in Palo Alto Fully staffed for design, staffing / funding needs to be determined Based on pilot program progress, tentatively late 2023 Some preliminary analysis completed, otherwise not started. 2.1 F Electrification data collection program E1 Do home evaluations to collect data and help people plan for equipment or whole home electrification Fully staffed, funding needs under evaluation Program up and running by December 2023 Contract negotiations in progress 2.1 G Pilot Programs for Modernized Neighborhoods E1, E5 Identify and launch electrification programs for neighborhoods with increased electric capacity such as whole home or heat pump space heating pilot programs Fully staffed, funding needs under evaluation Program design and approvals by Dec 2024 Not started 2.1 H Single-family Electrification Rebates E1 Establish rebates for all appliances and equipment in single-family homes Fully staffed and funded Launch rebates by spring of 2024 Some analysis done, but moving slowly due to conflicting priorities Multi-family Residential 2.1 I Affordable Housing EV Charging and Electrification Pilot E5, EV5, EV7 Design a pilot electrification and EV project in an affordable housing multi-family building to test potential scalable approaches. Work item subject to change based on EV Strategic Plan (see 2.5A). Fully staffed, funding needs under evaluation Complete pilot design by December 2023 Partner identified, grant secured for EV charging, contract negotiations in progress for electrification pilot management, some analysis completed. Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 175 Packet Pg. 326 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 9 of 42 Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 2.1 J Multi-Family EV Charger Program EV5, EV6, EV7 Establish rebates and EV charging technical assistance , with the goal of expanding charger access to 10% (1,100 units) of multifamily households. Work item subject to change based on EV Strategic Plan (see 2.5A). Fully staffed and funded Aiming for 1,100 units by December 2025 100+ multifamily properties actively proceeding in programs to install EV chargers 2.1 K Multi-family and Affordable Housing Electrification and EV Charger Access Strategy Development C8, EV6, EV7, EV8 Evaluate potential scalable strategies for multi-family and affordable housing EV charger and electrification programs, including the role of publicly-owned EV charging, such as in rights-of-way. Work item subject to change based on EV Strategic Plan (see 2.5A). Fully staffed and funded for evaluation, implementation needs TBD Complete evaluation by December 2023 Evaluating responses to RFP issued for multi-family electrification services, analyses of potential program designs / funding sources in progress. P2.2: Non-Residential Emissions City staff has less experience and knowledge with electrification of non-residential building equipment than with electrification of other types of building equipment. In section 6 of this work plan there are several studies planned that could help staff develop building electrification strategies for the non-residential sector. In the meantime, rooftop packaged heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) units are potentially cost-effective to electrify. This work plan includes running a small initial pilot while simultaneously designing a potential advanced pilot and evaluating the potential for mandated electrification for end of life replacements. These rooftop HVAC programs and/or mandates can reduce emissions in major facilities as well (see Section 5) In addition, staff plans to partner with major facility owners in Palo Alto to help them achieve their sustainability goals. Ideally these partnerships would include both building electrification, promotion of alternative transportation and EVs for commuters, and expanded EV charger access. A successful partnership with at least one major employer could provide an example that could lead to future employer partnerships, while a partnership with the schools could be an educational opportunity that leads to more awareness of electrification among residents. Staff estimates about a third of transportation emissions come from drivers entering Palo Alto to visit or do business. The City is limited in its ability to affect these emissions, but partnering regionally to promote alternative transportation modes and personal and fleet EVs should help. Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 176 Packet Pg. 327 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 10 of 42 Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 2.2 A Rooftop Packaged Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Pilot E2, C8, E7 Continue HVAC pilot with the goal of completing 4-5 installations Fully funded December 2023 Program launched, recruiting participants 2.2 B Rooftop Packaged HVAC Advanced Pilot Design E2, C8, E7 Develop proposal for an advanced pilot program and/or mandate Fully funded Proposal to Council for approval by Dec 2023, implementation 2024 Not started 2.2 C Major Employer Partnerships C2, E2, E3, EV3, other Develop custom sustainability partnership with at least one major employer, electrification pilots with City facilities, and support PAUSD electrification efforts. Work item subject to change based on EV Strategic Plan (see 2.5A). Fully funded for design, not implementation Complete goals listed in “Description” column by December 2023 Started discussions with various employers and PAUSD 2.2 D Commuter Transportation and EV Charging Strategy C8, EV1, EV3, EV8 Develop a strategy to promote EV adoption (including small EVs like e-bikes/e-scooters) and alternative transportation to commuters. Evaluate workplace charger programs and/or mandates, including role of publicly owned business district EV charging. Work item subject to change based on EV Strategic Plan (see 2.5A). Fully staffed, consultant funding needs being evaluated. Implementation needs TBD. Complete plan by end of December 2024, implementation timeline TBD Not started 2.2 E Regional and State Partnerships EV2, EV10 Identify promising regional partnerships and State programs for potential City participation. Work item subject to change based on EV Strategic Plan (see 2.5A). Under evaluation Ongoing Not started Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 177 Packet Pg. 328 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 11 of 42 P2.3: Citywide Mobility Road transportation represents the largest percentage of Palo Alto’s existing carbon footprint – and a congestion headache. Reducing vehicle miles traveled is an important element in reducing these emissions. Reductions are achieved through a comprehensive citywide effort to increase access to alternative modes and awareness of the benefits complemented by programs for specific groups within the community. Land use is an important lever for affecting vehicle miles traveled. The City already has a variety of transportation programs and is addressing land use via its Comprehensive Plan process (including the Housing Element) and subsequent implementation. The work plan below acknowledges those efforts and aims to modestly expand them as staff time and funding permit. Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 2.3 A Transportation and Land Use Policies and Programs M1 Continue to implement existing transportation policies and programs to reduce VMT Fully funded Ongoing Continuing to work on Council Transportation priorities including grade separation, street closures 2.3 B Housing Element Adoption M7, M9 Update the Housing Element for 2023-2031. Fully funded January 2023 Reviewing comments from the California Housing & Community Development Department, planning on bringing updated draft to PTC and Council in May. 2.3 C Housing Element Implementation M7, M9 Implement the 2023-2031 Housing Element, which is projected to reduce VMT Funding via grants and annual City budget process 2031 Not started – awaiting Housing Element adoption 2.3 D Micro-mobility evaluations M2 Evaluate opportunities to pilot bike/scooter share and neighborhood mobility hub pilots to provide last-mile connections Proceed as staff time is available No target, proceed as time is available Some design work and research completed, staff aims to develop potential funding and/or staffing proposals as time permits. 2.3 E On-demand transit pilot M2 Launch on-demand transit pilot to provide last-mile connections for 100% of the city for a limited time Fully funded for two years Launch by Mar 2023 Reviewing proposals for on-demand transit provider Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 178 Packet Pg. 329 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 12 of 42 Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 2.3 F Update Bicycle Plan M3 Update the 2012 Bicycle and Pedestrian Transportation Plan Fully funded Dec 2024 Initiated update of the Plan 2.3 G Vision Zero Program M3 Program to reduce roadway severe injuries and fatalities to zero Awarded grant funding for planning To be determined Awarded Federal Safe Streets for All grant to fund a safety action plan. Implementation will require additional staffing and funding 2.3 H Evaluate expansion of employer transportation demand management (TDM) M4 Evaluate possible alternatives to expand TDM ordinance requirements and/or voluntary TDM services (e.g. expanding the Transportation Management Association) Proceed as staff time is available No target, proceed as time is available Some design work and staff research has been done, staff exploring ways to fund and staff a study of options as time permits. 2.3 I Proposals for Managing Downtown Parking Availability M5 Develop proposals for pricing strategies to manage parking supply and availability Fully funded Ongoing Proposals to be shared with Council 2.3 J Implement Efficient Downtown Parking Management M5 Implement proposals for pricing strategies to manage parking supply and availability Funding and staffing to be determined To be determined RFP for management services in development 2.3 K Traffic Signal Improvements & Transit Signal Priority M8 Maintain and modernize current traffic signals and central management systems. Use technology to improve traffic operations and safety. Work with transit providers on transit signal priority where feasible. Mostly funded, long-term funding needs being evaluated Ongoing Long-term system plan in development. Supporting transit signal priority project for Dumbarton Express. Implementing Automated Traffic Signal Performance Measures to improve signal timing. Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 179 Packet Pg. 330 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 13 of 42 P2.4: City Facilities and Fleet Emissions A priority for the Council in development of the S/CAP was that we lead by doing. Electrification of City facilities and the vehicle fleet is a critical part of that. In addition, if increased publicly-owned EV charging becomes a part of multi-family and/or business district EV charger strategies (see P2.1K and P2.2D), a detailed plan for maintenance and operation will be needed. Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 2.4 A Facility Electrification Assessment Plan E4 Complete an assessment of electrification opportunities at City facilities Fully funded Under evaluation Assessment of all City facilities is underway 2.4 B Facility Electrification Assessment Implementation E4 Implement recommendations from the Facility Electrification Assessment Plan where feasible Under evaluation Under evaluation Will begin after 2.4 A is complete 2.4 C Electrify Equipment at City Facilities during Routine Replacement E4 Evaluate the feasibility of electrification when doing end of life equipment replacements Under evaluation Under evaluation On-going. The mechanical equipment at MSC-B is at the end of its service life and we are currently looking into electric replacement solutions 2.4 D Electrify City Vehicle Fleet EV9 Convert all Palo Alto municipal vehicles to EVs when feasible and when the replacement is operationally acceptable. Evaluate leasing as a bridging strategy. Evaluated with each replacement On-going There are two units identified in FY23 for potential EV replacements, pending manufacturer availability and cost 2.4 E Build City Fleet and Employee Charging Infrastructure EV9, EV3 Expand charging at City facilities to support an electrified fleet and employee EV adoption Under evaluation Under evaluation We are currently testing a low cost EV charger solution that could be used for future employee charging locations 2.4 F Publicly-owned charger strategic plan EV8 Evaluate potential publicly-owned EV charger strategies. Work item subject to change based on EV Strategic Plan (see 2.5A). Staffing and funding needs under evaluation Residential plan – by Dec ‘23 (see P2.1 K) Business district plan – by Dec ‘24 (see P2.2 F) Not started Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 180 Packet Pg. 331 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 14 of 42 P2.5: Electric Vehicles Strategic Plan Several work plan items relate to electric vehicle promotion and programs to improve access to charging. Coordinating staff effort across a variety of efforts focused on many different parts of the community requires some level of coordination. This strategic plan will guide development of other work items. Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 2.5 A Electric Vehicle Strategic Plan Development EV1 thru EV10 Develop a strategic plan based on principles in Appendix C to guide coordination of various work items, including 2.1 A, C, I, J, and K, 2.2 C, D, and E, and 2.4 F. Align with Reliability and Resiliency Strategic Plan (1B and 1C) Fully funded Under evaluation Policy guidelines for plan development to Council December 5, 2022 P3: Build Awareness and Confidence To achieve high participation in electrification programs and other emissions reduction efforts and continuing support for S/CAP climate action programs requires building community awareness and confidence through engagement, addressing concerns, and achieving program results. Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 3.1 A Build awareness of the need for climate action and the benefits the City and its utility can receive and provide N/A Achieve widespread awareness of the need for and benefits of climate action and the City’s services and achievements, including low electric rates. Use partnerships and volunteers to help deliver the message. Fully staffed, partially funded Ongoing Sustainability hub and various other engagement efforts implemented. Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 181 Packet Pg. 332 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 15 of 42 Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 3.1 B Drive community actions to achieve S/CAP goals N/A Run effective marketing and outreach that drives community action on S/CAP goals Under evaluation Ongoing Marketing plan in development 3.1 C S/CAP Survey Program N/A Continuing surveys of community sentiment and engagement to guide decision making and track certain key performance indicators Under evaluation Under evaluation – requires coordination with other City surveys Exploring a partnership with Stanford to develop a survey to collect baseline data 3.1 D S/CAP Reporting N/A Ongoing reporting of S/CAP results, including key performance indicators Under evaluation Ongoing Annual reporting provided in Earth Day report, to be expanded to cover all S/CAP KPIs 3.1 E Build confidence in the City’s electric infrastructure N/A Communicate actions the City is taking to improve electric reliability and grid capacity, to help residents and businesses build resiliency, and successes in these areas Under evaluation Under evaluation – requires coordination with other City surveys Not started 4. Additional Emissions Reductions A variety of planning efforts are needed to achieve 80x30. Emissions reductions identified to date only achieve 71% from 1990 levels, so the City must identify additional reductions to achieve its 80x30 goals. The multi-family and commercial building sectors have the smallest contribution to the emissions reductions identified to-date, so this will be an area of focus where staff is likely to find the most additional emissions reductions. Note that carbon dioxide removal technologies are not included in this effort, these are part of a separate future study on the City’s carbon neutrality goal. Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 4.A Multi-family and Commercial End Use Study C3, E9 Do end use study of commercial and multi-family buildings to identify potential building electrification measures Fully staffed, consultant funding needs being evaluated December 2024 Writing consultant RFP Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 182 Packet Pg. 333 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 16 of 42 Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 4.B Idea generation and additional research C3, M10 Consult community members and experts (including Stanford) and research new technologies to identify other potential approaches to reducing emissions in Palo Alto Staffing and funding needs to be evaluated December 2024 Not started 4.C Additional Emissions Reduction Project Prioritization C3 Prioritize the most cost-effective approaches to achieving the additional emissions reduction needed to achieve 80x30 in establishment of next three-year work plan Staffing and funding needs to be evaluated December 2025 Not started 5. Funding Needs and Funding Sources A high-level assessment of resource needs and funding sources will be done by fall of 2023 to allow for Council discussions on potential funding sources in late 2023 and early 2024. The needs of low- and middle-income residents will be assessed as part of this effort. Full-scale implementation of high potential programs will cause significant reductions in gas utility sales, necessitating careful planning to manage contracting revenues and operational needs. Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 5.A Resource Needs Assessment C4 Complete study of staffing and other resources needed for programs and operations to implement all 80x30 activities Fully staffed, consultant funding needs being evaluated Dec 2023 Writing consultant RFP 5.B Funding Alternatives C5, M5 Complete study of funding alternatives for 80x30, taking into account Federal policy such as the Inflation Reduction Act. Fully staffed, consultant funding needs being evaluated Dec 2023 Writing consultant RFP Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 183 Packet Pg. 334 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 17 of 42 Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 5.C Affordability Study C6, E5 Identify vulnerable populations who may need help electrifying and subsidy needed Fully staffed and funded Dec 2023 Consultant beginning work 5.D Gas Utility Financial and Operating Plan N/A Develop a financial and operating plan for declining gas utility sales that maintains safety and solvency while providing affordable gas service to remaining gas users Staffing and funding needs to be evaluated Dec 2024 Not started Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 184 Packet Pg. 335 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 18 of 42 3. 2023-2025 Sustainability Section Work Plan: Creating a More Sustainable Natural Environment In Palo Alto, we have a Sustainability and Climate Action Plan (S/CAP) because we include sustainability areas that don’t necessarily have a direct impact on greenhouse gas reductions, but have critically important sustainability, public health and safety, regional, resource conservation, and equity benefits that contribute to overall climate action. The Sustainability area Key Actions were prioritized based on the co-benefits analysis conducted by AECOM. Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 8.A Maximize Water Conservation and Efficiency W1 Maximize cost-effective water conservation and efficiency through incentives, outreach/education, and other programs Fully funded On-going This is an on-going effort 8.B Design and build a salt removal facility for the Regional Water Quality Control Plant W2 Facility that will remove salt from the recycled water produced at the RWQCP resulting in an enhanced product Negotiating with Valley Water and the City of Mountain View Bring to Council for approval by 2023 Design is 90% complete. Council has not approved construction of the facility 8.C Develop a “One Water” Portfolio for Palo Alto W3 Develop a “One Water” Portfolio that includes stormwater, recycled water, on-site reuse, conservation, and groundwater Fully funded August 2023 Study underway by staff and consultant 8.D Develop a tool for dynamic water planning in the future W4 Excel-based tool for water planning Fully funded August 2023 Included as deliverable under One Water consulting contract 8.E Complete the Sea Level Rise Vulnerability Assessment S1 Complete a Sea Level Rise Vulnerability Assessment to identify risks and hazards to the Palo Alto Baylands, City infrastructure, and residential and business property, considering high tide, 100-year coastal storm event scenarios and rising shallow groundwater impacts Fully funded Fall 2022 Completed in Fall 2022 Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 185 Packet Pg. 336 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 19 of 42 Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 8.F Develop a Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan S2 Develop a Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan with goals to 1) Preserve and Expand Habitat, and 2) Protect City and Community Assets, and Private Property Partially funded to develop the plan, and funding needed for plan and implementation 2024 Preparing a contract amendment AECOM so that we can move to the second phase of the project, which is to develop a Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan over the coming months with the goal of bringing a plan to Council in 2024 8.G Begin design process for a levee projects S3 Determine levee alignment and begin design process for a levee project that protects the Palo Alto community from sea level rise, and incorporates other related priorities including habitat restoration, recreation, transportation, City facilities, and community properties Funded by US Army Corps of Engineers (50% Fed) and Valley Water / CA Coastal Commission (50% Non-Fed) *PA staff is participating in the analysis 2024 Levee alignment will be determined by 2024 8.H Identify Protection Strategies from Significant Flood Events at Newell Road Bridge S4 Complete Newell Road Bridge improvements Funded by Caltrans / local sponsor (SFCJPA) 2024 Preparing construction documents and initiating right-of-way aquisition Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 186 Packet Pg. 337 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 20 of 42 Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 8.I Identify Protection Strategies from Significant Flood Events at Pope Chaucer Bridge and Creek S4 Complete Pope Chaucer Bridge and Creek widening improvements Applied for grants and secured partial funding through SFCJPA / partner agencies contributions 2025-2026 Analysing existing conditions within Creek to verify structural integrity 8.J Identify Protection Strategies from Significant Flood Events S4 Working with San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority (SFCJPA) partner agencies to identify strategies to protect the community from flows that exceed the 70-year + storm event Part of SFCJPA operating budget – Palo Alto contributes 1/5 of operating budget On-going This is an on-going coordination effort with Stanford (the entity not the University) 8.K Implement Foothills Fire Management Plan S5 Implement the Foothills Fire Management Plan to balance conservation of natural resources with reduction of fire hazards especially in open space areas Partially funded On-going This is an on-going effort 8.L Minimize Fire Hazards Through Zoning S6 Minimize fire hazards by maintaining low density zoning in wildland fire hazard areas and enforcing building codes for fire resistant construction Staff available On-going This is an on-going effort 8.M Collaborate on Reducing Wildfire Hazards S7 Coordinate with other Fire agencies through the Santa Clara County Fire Chiefs Association and CalFire Staff available On-going This is an on-going effort 8.N Implement CAL FIRE Public Education Programs S8 Implement CAL FIRE recommended programs in educating and involving the local community to diminish potential loss caused by wildfire and identify prevention measures to reduce those risks Fully Funded On-going This is an on-going effort Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 187 Packet Pg. 338 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 21 of 42 Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 8.O Increase Palo Alto’s Tree Canopy and establish a baseline and Key Performance Indicator for carbon storage of tree canopy N1 N5 Develop programs to plant trees to increase tree canopy – that will be integrated with traditional tree planting programs and Green Stormwater Infrastructure programs – and provide carbon sequestration, improve water quality, capture stormwater when feasible, and reduce the urban heat island effect Partially funded, Staff available as time permits Establish baseline by 2024 New canopy cover GIS tool recently launched, which will help establish a baseline 8.P Ensure No Net Tree Canopy Loss for all Projects N2 Ensure no net tree canopy loss for all Projects Staff available On-going This is an on-going effort to implement the updated Tree Ordinance (effective July 21, 2022) 8.Q Reduce Pesticide Use in Parks and Open Space Preserves N3 Continue to review the use of pesticides in all parks and open space preserves to identify opportunities to further reduce and eliminate the use of pesticides Staff available as time permits On-going This is an on-going effort 8.R Coordinate Implementation of City Natural Environment-Related Plans N7 Coordinate implementation of the Urban Forest Master Plan, Parks Master Plan, Green Stormwater Infrastructure Plan and other citywide planning efforts through interdepartmental collaboration Staff available as time permits On-going This is an on-going effort 8.S Support the Green Stormwater Infrastructure (GSI) Plan and incorporate GSI in Municipal Projects N10 N11 Establish policies and ordinance changes as needed to support the Green Stormwater Infrastructure Plan as required due to Municipal Regional Stormwater Permit Staff available as time permits; Partially funded through GSI On-going This is an on-going effort to achieve a 10% increase in land area that uses green stormwater infrastructure to treat urban water runoff Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 188 Packet Pg. 339 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 22 of 42 Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 8.T Encourage Food Waste Prevention and Require Food Recovery from Commercial Food Generators ZW1 Encourage food waste prevention and require edible food recovery for human consumption from commercial food generators Staff and County funded program staff available; Funded for FY 2023, may need funding for FY 2024 On-going Began 1/1/2022 per SB1383 requirements 8.U Promote Residential Food Waste Reduction ZW2 Create a new campaign to promote residential food waste reduction Existing outreach funding Launch by July 2023 Campaign strategy in development, for launch by July 2023 8.V Champion Waste Prevention, Reduction, Reusables, and the Sharing Economy ZW3 Promote adoption of a “Zero Waste lifestyle”, stimulate value of reuse, repair Existing outreach funding for initial promotion of a “Zero Waste lifestyle”; may need future funding for stimulating reuse, repair On-going This is an on-going effort 8.W Provide Waste Prevention Technical Assistance to the Commercial Sector ZW4 Develop an outreach tool and technical assistance to the commercial sector Existing outreach funding Launch in 2023 Outreach tool and technical assistance in development, for launch in 2023 8.X Prioritize Domestic Processing of Recyclable Materials ZW5 Prioritize domestic processing of recyclable materials Request for additional $500,000 On-going Domestic processing for Mixed Paper and Mixed Rigid Plastics began April 2022. Went to Council in November 2022 to request additional funding Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 189 Packet Pg. 340 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 23 of 42 Work Item Key Action Description Resource Availability Target Completion Date Status (Apr 2023) 8.Y Eliminate Single-Use Disposable Containers ZW6 Eliminate single-use disposable containers by expanding the Disposable Foodware Ordinance Funded for Ordinance Requirement, need additional funding for infrastructure and implementation of future requirements Launch in 2024 Strategy and timeline in development, for launch in 2024 8.Z Expand the Deconstruction and Construction Materials Management Ordinance ZW7 Expand the Deconstruction and Construction Materials Management Ordinance Additional staff and funding needed Launch by January 2026 Expand types of covered projects or increase diversion requirements, collaborate with other Departments; consider including in next Reach Code Cycle to be implemented in January 2026 8.aa Implement Reach Code standard for Low Carbon Construction Materials ZW8 Implement Reach Code standard for low carbon construction materials Additional staff and funding needed Launch January 1, 2023 Reach Code approved by Council in October 2022. Went into effect January 1, 2023. Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 190 Packet Pg. 341 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 24 of 42 Appendix A: S/CAP Work Plan Timeline 2023 2024 2025 Jan/ Feb Mar /Apr May/ June July/ Aug Sep /Oct Nov /Dec Jan/ Feb Mar /Apr May/ June July/ Aug Sep /Oct Nov /Dec Jan/ Feb Mar /Apr May/ June July/ Aug Sep /Oct Nov /Dec Finalize S/CAP and 2021 GHG Inventory Complete 2022 GHG Inventory Complete 2023 GHG Inventory Start Work Plan Update Staff and Consultant Work Finalize CEQA Documents S/CAP Implementation S/CAP Implementation S/CAP Implementation P1.A Grid Modernization Study Complete study, design, and bring contractor on board Construction to increase capacity P1.B Reliability and Resiliency Strategic Plan Development Develop strategic plan Priority 1. Grid Moderniz ation P1.C Reliability and Resiliency Strategic Plan Implementation Implementation based on timelines in Reliability and Resiliency Strategic Plan P2.1 A Promote EV Adoption Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing P2.1 B Emissions Reduction Advisory Services Get phone advisory services up and running Determine work plan for online services, begin implementation Al l R e s i d e n t i a l P2.1 C Small electric vehicles (e.g. e-bike) program Complete evaluation Program implementation? To be determined depending on results of program evaluation and staffing and funding analysis. Su s t a i n a b i l i t y a n d C l i m a t e A c t i o n P l a n ( S / C A P ) a n d C l i m a t e C h a n g e - P r o t e c t i o n a n d A d a p t a t i o n Cl i m a t e C h a n g e ( B u i l d i n g s , M o b i l i t y , E V s ) Pr i o r i t y 2 : L a u n c h P r o g r a m s 2. 1 R e s i d e n t i a l E m i s s i o n s R e d u c t i o n Pr o g r a m s Si n g l e - Fa m i l y Re s i d en t i a l P2.1 D Heat Pump Water Heater Work to achieve program goals Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 191 Packet Pg. 342 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 25 of 42 Electrification Pilot Program P2.1 E Full-Scale Heat Pump Water Heater Electrification Program Do program evaluation, assuming advanced pilot program goals are on track to be met. Transition to full scale program Ongoing program operation P2.1 F Electrification data collection program Get program up and running by December 2023 Ongoing data collection Ongoing data collection P2.1 G Pilot Programs for Modernized Neighborhoods Program design and approvals Assuming grid modernization has made enough progress, launch program(s) P2.1 H Single- family Electrification Rebates Cost-effectiveness studies to determine rebate amounts, software configuration, launch preparation Rebate launch P2.1 I Affordable Housing EV Charging and Electrification Pilot Complete pilot design, hire consultant Implement pilot project P2.1 J Multi- Family EV Charger Program Ongoing program activity with the goal of providing EV charging in buildings representing 10% of multi-family units in Palo Alto by 2025 Complete evaluation of potentially scalable strategies for multi-family and affordable housing EV charging and/or building electrification, including evaluating the role of publicly-owned EV charging+L20:U20 Ongoing program activity with the goal of providing EV charging in buildings representing 10% of multi-family units in Palo Alto by 2025 Mu l t i - F a m i l y R e s i d e n t i a l P2.1 K Multi- Family and Affordable Housing EV Charger Access Strategy Complete evaluation of potentially scalable strategies for multi-family and affordable housing EV charging and/or building electrification, including evaluating the role of publicly-owned EV charging Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 192 Packet Pg. 343 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 26 of 42 P2.2 A Rooftop Packaged Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Pilot Achieve installations at four to five sites through existing rooftop HVAC pilot program P2.2 B Rooftop Packaged HVAC Advanced Pilot Design Develop proposal for an advanced pilot program and/or mandate and present to Council Launch program and/or mandate if approved Ongoing program management, if program is approved P2.2 C Major Employer Partnerships Develop custom emissions reduction and sustainability partnership with at least one major employer. Develop electrification pilots with City facilities and PAUSD Develop additional employer partnerships Develop additional employer partnerships P2.2 D Commuter Transportation & EV Charging Strategy Complete evaluation and develop recommendations for future programs Implement any adopted commute or EV charging programs 2.2. Non- Resid entia l Emis sions Redu ction Progr ams P2.2 E Regional and State Partnerships Develop work plan and identify promising partnerships Continued participation in chosen partnerships, exploration of new partnerships Continued participation in chosen partnerships, exploration of new partnerships P2.3 A Transportation and Land Use Policies and Programs Continue ongoing transportation programs, traffic management, and partnerships and land use regulatory activity P2.3 B Housing Element Adoption Adopt plan P2.3 C Housing Element Implementation Implementation of Housing Element programs as outlined in Housing Element and as funded via grants and annual budget requests 2.3 City wide Mobi lity P2.3 D Micro- mobility evaluations Evaluate opportunities to pilot bike/scooter share and neighborhood mobility hub pilots to provide last-mile connections as staff time becomes available Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 193 Packet Pg. 344 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 27 of 42 P2.3 E On- demand transit pilot Launch Pilot Pilot program in operation P2.3 F Update Bicycle Plan Hire consultant, kick off study Study completion and plan adoption Plan implementation P2.3 G Vision Zero Program Timeline to be determined, depends on staffing and funding availability P2.3 H Evaluate expansion of employer transportation demand management (TDM) Evaluate possible alternatives to expand TDM ordinance requirements and/or voluntary TDM services (e.g. expanding the Transportation Management Association) as staff time becomes available P2.3 I Proposals for Managing Downtown Parking Availability Bring proposals to Council P2.3 J Implement Efficient Downtown Parking Management Hire parking management consultant Ongoing program management P2.3 K Traffic Signal Improvements & Transit Signal Priority Maintain and modernize current traffic signals and central management systems. Use technology to improve traffic operations and safety. Work with transit providers on transit signal priority where feasible. P2.4 A Facility Electrification Assessment Plan Finalizing Facility Electrification Assessment Plan 2.4 City Facili ties and Fleet P2.4 B Facility Electrification On-going On-going Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 194 Packet Pg. 345 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 28 of 42 Assessment Implementation P2.4 C Electrify Equipment at City Facilities during Routine Replacement On-going On-going On-going P2.4 D Electrify City Vehicle Fleet On-going On-going On-going P2.4 E Build City Fleet and Employee Charging Infrastructure Building City Fleet Infrastructure is on- going, assessing Employee Charging Infrastructure On-going On-going P2.4 F Publicly- owned charger strategic plan Explore Public Charging Pilot Develop publicly-owned charger strategic plan 2.5 EV Strat egic Plan P2.5A Electric Vehicle Strategic Plan Development Develop EV Strategic Plan to coordinate efforts on various EV work items P3.1 A Build awareness of the need for climate action Ongoing engagement, including Sustainability Newsletter, Climate Action Blog, Social Media, Sustainability Hub, Electrification Portal, Website Updates, Utility Bill Inserts, Workshops, webinars, and departmental collaboration P3.1 B Drive community actions to achieve S/CAP goals On-going marketing On-going Marketing On-going Marketing Priority 3: Build Confidenc e and Awarenes s P3.1 C S/CAP Survey Program Develop Surveys Conduct Surveys Conduct Surveys Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 195 Packet Pg. 346 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 29 of 42 P3.1 D S/CAP Reporting Earth Day Report CDP Rep ort Earth Day Report CDP Rep ort Earth Day Report CDP Rep ort P3.1 E Build confidence in the City’s electric infrastructure Ongoing engagement, including Sustainability Newsletter, Climate Action Blog, Social Media, Sustainability Hub, Electrification Portal, Website Updates, Utility Bill Inserts, Workshops, webinars, and departmental collaboration P4 A Multi- family and Commercial End Use Study Complete RFP for consultant to do end use survey. Complete multi-family and non- residential end use survey to identify promising emissions reduction opportunities, develop recommendations based on survey P4 B Idea generation and additional research Seek ideas for emissions reductions from community, experts. Monitor emerging technologies. Study those ideas and technologies with highest potential Priority 4. Studies and Analysis P4 C Additional Emissions Reduction Project Prioritization Evaluate new programs based on findings of studies P5 A Resource Needs Assessment Summarize resource needs for a selection of pilots, advanced pilots, full-scale programs + commercial end-use research program P5 B. Funding Alternatives Study funding options available to fund programs evaluated in work item 4.B for most promising electrification programs, present findings to Council. Continuing Council discussions of potential funding options Implement any follow-up actions from prior year studies P5 C. Affordability Study Complete affordability study to inform funding needs and program design Priority 5. Funding Needs and Funding Sources P5 D. Gas Utility Financial and Operating Plan Develop financial and operating plan for contracting gas utility Implement any follow-up actions from prior year studies Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 196 Packet Pg. 347 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 30 of 42 8.A Maximize Water Conservation and Efficiency Maximize cost-effective water conservation and efficiency through incentives, outreach/education, and other programs 8.B Design and build a salt removal facility for the Regional Water Quality Control Plant Design is 90% complete. Bring to Council for approval of construction of the facility 8.C Develop a “One Water” Portfolio for Palo Alto Study underway by staff and consultant Implementation of a “One Water” Portfolio that includes stormwater, recycled water, on-site reuse, conservation, and groundwater Water 8.D Develop a tool for dynamic water planning in the future Included as deliverable under One Water consulting contract 8.E Complete the Sea Level Rise Vulnerability Assessment Com plet ed 8.F Develop a Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan Develop a Sea Level Rise (SLR) Adaptation Plan CEQA Review of Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan Bring SLR Adaptation Plan to Council for Approval Implement Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan 8.G Begin design process for a levee projects Determine levee alignment for a levee project that protects the Palo Alto community from sea level rise, and incorporates other related priorities including habitat restoration, recreation, transportation, City facilities, and community properties Begin design process Su s t a i n a b i l i t y Climate Adaptatio n and Sea Level Rise 8.H Identify Protection Strategies from Significant Flood Events at Newell Road Bridge Preparing construction documents and initiating right-of-way acquisition Construction of Newell Road Bridge improvements Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 197 Packet Pg. 348 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 31 of 42 8.I Identify Protection Strategies from Significant Flood Events at Pope Chaucer Bridge and Creek Analyzing existing conditions within Creek to verify structural integrity Prepare construction documents Construction of Pope Chaucer Bridge and Creek widening improvement 8.J Identify Protection Strategies from Significant Flood Events On-going work with San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority (SFCJPA) partner agencies to identify strategies to protect the community from flows that exceed the 70-year + storm event 8.K Implement Foothills Fire Management Plan On-going implementation of the Foothills Fire Management Plan to balance conservation of natural resources with reduction of fire hazards especially in open space areas 8.L Minimize Fire Hazards Through Zoning Ongoing work to minimize fire hazards by maintaining low density zoning in wildland fire hazard areas and enforcing building codes for fire resistant construction 8.M Collaborate on Reducing Wildfire Hazards On-going coordination with other Fire agencies through the Santa Clara County Fire Chiefs Association and CalFire 8.N Implement CAL FIRE Public Education Programs On-going implementation of CAL FIRE recommended programs in educating and involving the local community to diminish potential loss caused by wildfire and identify prevention measures to reduce those risks 8.O Increase Palo Alto’s Tree Canopy and establish a baseline and Key Performance Indicator for carbon storage of tree canopy Develop programs to plant trees to increase tree canopy – that will be integrated with traditional tree planting programs and Green Stormwater Infrastructure programs – and provide carbon sequestration, improve water quality, capture stormwater when feasible, and reduce the urban heat island effect Establish baseline and Key Performance Indicator for carbon storage of tree canopy; implement programs to increase tree canopy On-going implementation of programs to increase tree canopyNatural Environm ent 8.P Ensure No Net Tree Canopy On-going effort to implement the updated Tree Ordinance (effective July 21, 2022) Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 198 Packet Pg. 349 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 32 of 42 Loss for all Projects 8.Q Reduce Pesticide Use in Parks and Open Space Preserves On-going effort to review the use of pesticides in all parks and open space preserves to identify opportunities to further reduce and eliminate the use of pesticides 8.R Coordinate Implementation of City Natural Environment- Related Plans On-going effort to coordinate implementation of the Urban Forest Master Plan, Parks Master Plan, Green Stormwater Infrastructure Plan and other citywide planning efforts through interdepartmental collaboration 8.S Support the Green Stormwater Infrastructure (GSI) Plan and incorporate GSI in Municipal Projects On-going effort to achieve a 10% increase in land area that uses green stormwater infrastructure to treat urban water runoff 8.T Encourage Food Waste Prevention and Require Food Recovery from Commercial Food Generators On-going effort to encourage food waste prevention and require edible food recovery for human consumption from commercial food generators. Began 1/1/2022 per SB1383 requirements. May need funding for FY 2024 8.U Promote Residential Food Waste Reduction Campaign strategy in development Implement campaign to promote residential food waste reductionZero Waste 8.V Champion Waste Prevention, Reduction, Reusables, and the Sharing Economy On-going effort to promote adoption of a “Zero Waste lifestyle” and stimulate value of reuse, repair. On-going effort to promote adoption of a “Zero Waste lifestyle” and stimulate value of reuse, repair. May need funding for stimulating reuse, repair outreach Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 199 Packet Pg. 350 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 33 of 42 8.W Provide Waste Prevention Technical Assistance to the Commercial Sector Develop an outreach tool and technical assistance to the commercial sector Implement outreach tool and technical assistance to the commercial sector 8.X Prioritize Domestic Processing of Recyclable Materials On-going effort to prioritize domestic processing of recyclable materials. Domestic processing for Mixed Paper and Mixed Rigid Plastics began April 2022. 8.Y Eliminate Single-Use Disposable Containers Developing strategy and timeline to eliminate single-use disposable containers by expanding the Disposable Foodware Ordinance Implement the expanded Disposable Foodware Ordinance 8.Z Expand the Deconstruction and Construction Materials Management Ordinance Determine the most effective way of expanding the Deconstruction and Construction Materials Management Ordinance Expand types of covered projects or increase diversion requirements, collaborate with other Departments; consider including in next Reach Code Cycle to be implemented in January 2026 8.aa Implement Reach Code standard for Low Carbon Construction Materials Implement Reach Code standard for low carbon construction materials (pending Council approval in October 2022) S/CAP Implementation Resources, Updates, Outreach, and Webinars S/CAP Implementation Resources, Updates, Outreach, and Webinars S/CAP Implementation Resources, Updates, Outreach, and Webinars COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT Cross-promotional efforts with external partners and COPA departments (e.g. Library) Cross-promotional efforts with external partners and COPA departments (e.g. Library) Cross-promotional efforts with external partners and COPA departments (e.g. Library) Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 200 Packet Pg. 351 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 34 of 42 COUNCIL AND COMMISSION MEETINGS Council certification of CEQA and adoption of S/CAP, acceptance of Three- Year Workplan, Council Meeting on Earth Day Report Co u n c i l S t u d y S e s s i o n o n S / C A P Pr o g r e s s R e p o r t Council Approval of Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan Co u n c i l S t u d y S e s s i o n o n S / C A P Pr o g r e s s R e p o r t Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 201 Packet Pg. 352 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 35 of 42 Appendix B: How Climate Actions were Prioritized The chart below gives an overview of how various emissions reduction activities were prioritized based on various factors. Activities were divided up into four priority tiers: A. Prioritize for immediate action B. Prioritize in areas where grid modernization has been completed C. Requires additional study or stakeholder engagement to determine priority D. Prioritize only if resources are available A fuller blue bubble denotes a program that ranks more favorably when considering S/CAP implementation efforts. For example, a program with a full blue bubble in the “Total emissions reduction potential” column has more emissions reduction potential than one with a partially filled bubble. See next page for more detail. Activity Cost effective (per metric ton basis) Total emissions reduction potential Minimizes Electric Utility Impacts Policy leverage – City ability to impact Funding Source Availability Priority Tier Mobility – Bicycling / Alternative Modes C Visitor EV adoption D New buildings/ADU A Single-Family Water Heating A Space Heating (w/ A/C) B Space Heating (w/o A/C)B Other Building Equipment B Electric Vehicles A Multi-Family Building retrofits (1)C Electric Vehicles A Non-Residential Rooftop HVAC A Other building equipment (2)C Fleet Electrification D Commuter EVs Small/Med Business (1)B Major Facilities (1)B 1. Tentative ranking based on some preliminary ideas that need more exploration, which will take staff time 2. Tentative conclusion based on initial impact analysis, needs more study Insights: •Mobility and EVs are the most cost-effective actions and the City has significant policy leverage in the Mobility area. •The City has less policy leverage to drive EV adoption, but there are a few areas where it has potential policy leverage, such as increasing EV charger access. Item 14 Attachment D - 2023- 2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 202 Packet Pg. 353 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 36 of 42 •Electrification of single-family building equipment is worth prioritizing under most criteria. Heat pump water heaters can be promoted citywide. Other equipment should be promoted primarily in neighborhoods with upgraded utility infrastructure. •Commercial building rooftop packaged HVAC units are worth prioritizing and may have fewer electric utility impacts than other electrification measures. •More study is needed to identify other viable building electrification actions in the commercial sector. •More study is also needed on multi-family building electrification. How to Ratings were Determined: 2-e)3 3 Metric tons (MT) of carbon-dioxide equivalent (CO2-e), a common measure of greenhouse gas emissions quantity. Item 14 Attachment D - 2023- 2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 203 Packet Pg. 354 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 37 of 42 Climate Actions by Individual Prioritization Criteria Key Actions by Cost per Metric Ton of Carbon Dioxide Equivalent Reduced4 4 Cost per metric ton shown as a range from a low-cost scenario to a high-cost scenario Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 204 Packet Pg. 355 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 38 of 42 Total Citywide Emissions by Source (MT CO2-e)5 5 Metric tons (MT) of carbon-dioxide equivalent (CO2-e), a common measure of greenhouse gas emissions quantity. Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 205 Packet Pg. 356 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 39 of 42 Appendix C: Policy Guidelines for Electric Vehicle Strategic Plan Development Work item 2.5A calls for the development of an electric vehicles strategic plan, which would guide implementation of several work items. The strategic plan would also relate to a reliability and resiliency strategic plan to be developed in parallel. Objectives 1. Promote residential, workplace, and visitor electric vehicle adoption 2. Lower the cost and carbon emissions of EV charging as much as possible 3. Decrease the impact of electric vehicle charging on the local electric distribution system 4. Explore how electric vehicles could contribute to the efficient and reliable operation of the statewide and local electric system 5. Explore the use of electric vehicles for increased home resiliency 6. Evaluate the reliability and resiliency needs of an electrified transportation system and the City’s role in fulfilling those needs Concepts to explore adding to Strategic Plan •Scalable programs to provide charging for multi-family and income-qualified households •Scalable programs to provide workplace and visitor charging •The role of publicly-owned charging in providing multi-family, income-qualified, workplace, and visitor charging •How much high-speed charging is needed in Palo Alto and where it should be located •Business models to make commuter and visitor mid-day low-cost, low-carbon charging more attractive than overnight home charging •New technologies such as vehicle to load, vehicle to home, and vehicle to grid and their roles in providing home resiliency and improving the efficiency and reliability of the statewide and local electric systems •Lower wattage chargers and charging behaviors •Time of day pricing and other ways to encourage off-peak and mid-day charging •The role of smaller electric vehicles such as e-bikes and e-scooters in transportation emissions reduction •The role of regional partnerships in driving electric vehicle adoption for commuters and visitors Item 14 Attachment D - 2023- 2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 206 Packet Pg. 357 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 40 of 42 Appendix D: Policy Guidelines for Reliability and Resiliency Strategic Plan Development Work item 1B calls for the development of a reliability and resiliency strategic plan, which would guide implementation of reliability and resiliency work items. This would be coordinated with development of an electric vehicle strategic plan. Objectives 1. Maintain and improve electric system reliability 2. Improve utility outage communication 3. Prepare the electric system for increased penetration of solar, batteries, electric vehicles and chargers, electrified building equipment, and similar new technologies 4. Optimize the use of local grid capacity in a cost-effective way 5. Promote technologies and behaviors that contribute to the efficient and reliable operation of the statewide and local electric system Concepts to explore adding to Strategic Plan •Addressing utility workforce issues •Replacing aging infrastructure as part of a grid modernization plan •Installing additional switching and other solutions to improve reliability and recovery from outages as part of a grid modernization effort •Improving utility outage management system and communications protocols •Technologies like vehicle to load or vehicle to home for home resiliency •Equity in resiliency – how to provide resiliency to income-qualified residents •Neighborhood-level resiliency solutions such as microgrids and local utility-scale battery storage •Community emergency center resiliency •Mobile battery strategies, such as large electric vehicles that could double as emergency resiliency solutions •Promoting low-wattage electrification solutions to reduce grid impacts of vehicle and building electrification •Time of day pricing and other ways to encourage shifting electric use to times of day with lower emissions, lower utility cost, and lower local grid impact •Increasing transformer capacity to accommodate higher loads Item 14 Attachment D - 2023- 2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 207 Packet Pg. 358 of 406 Appendix E: Index of Key Actions and the Work Items that Implement them Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Fall 2022 Page 41 of 42 Key Action Title Work Item(s) C1. Provide Building and Transportation Emissions Consultations for Residents P2.1B C2. Develop Major Employer Custom Emissions Reduction Plans P2.2C C3. Study Additional Key Actions Needed for 80 x 30 P4.A, P4.B, P4.C C4. Study Staffing and Budgetary Needs P5.B C5. Study Funding Alternatives P5.C C6. Conduct an Electrification Affordability Study P5.D C7. Study Carbon Neutrality Options C8. Accelerate GHG reductions through Mandates or Price Signals P2.1K, P2.2A, P2.2B, P2.2D E1. Reduce GHG emissions in Single- Family Appliances and Equipment P2.1D, P2.1E, P2.1F, P2.1G, P2.1H E2. Reduce GHG emissions in Non- Residential Equipment P2.2A, P2.2B, P2.2C E3. Reduce Gas Use in Major Facilities P2.2C E4. Reduce Natural Gas Use at City facilities P2.4A, P2.4B, P2.4C E5. Support Income-Qualified Residents and Vulnerable Businesses with Electrification P5.D, P2.1D, P2.1I E6. Develop Electric Rate Options P1.D Key Action Title Work Item(s) E7. Use Codes and Ordinances to Facilitate Electrification P2.2A, P2.2B E8. Electric Grid Modernization Plan P1.A, P1.B, P1.C E9. Additional Electrification Opportunities in Commercial and Multi-Family Buildings P4.B EV1. Raise Awareness of Alternative Transportation Modes, Micromobility, and EVs. P2.1A, P2.2D EV2. Collaborate to Promote EV Adoption Regionally P2.2E EV3. Promote EV Adoption and Alternative Commutes for Commuters P2.2C, P2.2D EV4. Facilitate the Adoption of EVs, E- bikes and other Light EVs. P2.1A, P2.1C, P2.2D EV5. Promote Alternative Transportation Modes and Infrastructure To Support Adoption P2.1I, P2.1J EV6. Expand EV Charging Access for Multi-Family Residents P2.1J, P2.1K P2.4F EV7. Improve EV Charging Access for Income-Qualified residents P2.1I, P2.1J, P2.1K P2.4F EV8. Ensure EV Charging Capacity Supports EV Growth P2.1K, P2.2D, P2.4C P2.4F Key Action Title Work Item(s) EV9. Electrify Municipal Vehicle Fleet P2.4D, P2.4E EV10. Support Policy to Electrify Fleet Vehicles P2.2E M1. Increase Active Transportation and Transit for Local Work Trips P2.3A M2. Expand Availability of Transit and Shared Mobility Services P2.3D, P2.3E M3. Implement the Bicycle and Pedestrian Transportation Plan P2.3F, P2.3G M4. Improve Transportation Demand Management for Employees and Residents P2.3H M5. Implement Smart Parking Infrastructure in Public Garages and Parking Fees in Business Districts P5.C, P2.3I, P2.3J M6. Study Land Use and Transportation M7. Continue to Implement the City’s Housing Element P2.3B, P2.3C M8. Improve Transit and Traffic Flow P2.3K M9. Create Housing Density and Land Use Mix that Supports Transit and Non-SOV Transportation P2.3B, P2.3C M10. Encourage Reductions in GHGs and VMT P4.A, P4.C W1. Maximize Water Conservation and Efficiency 8.A W2. Build a Salt Removal Facility 8.B W3. Implement One Water Portfolio Projects 8.C W4. Develop a Dynamic Water Planning Tool 8.D Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 208 Packet Pg. 359 of 406 Draft S/CAP Three-Year Work Plan – Updated Q1 2023 Page 42 of 42 Key Action Title Work Item(s) S1. Complete a Sea Level Rise Vulnerability Assessment 8.E S2. Implement a Sea Level Rise Adaptation Plan 8.F S3. Begin Design Process for a Levee Project 8.G S4. Identify Protection Strategies from Significant Flood Events 8.H, 8.I, 8.J S5. Implement the Foothills Fire Management Plan 8.K S6. Minimize Fire Hazards Through Zoning 8.L S7. Collaborate on Reducing Wildfire Hazards 8.M S8. Implement CAL FIRE Public Education Programs 8.N N1. Increase Palo Alto's Tree Canopy 8.O N2. Ensure No Net Tree Canopy Loss for all Projects 8.P N3. Reduce Pesticide Use in Parks and Open Space Preserves 8.Q N4. Enhance Pollinator Habitat N5. Establish a Carbon Storage of Tree Canopy Baseline and KPI 8.O N6. Maximize Biodiversity and Soil Health N7. Coordinate Implementation of City Natural Environment-Related Plans 8.R N8. Expand Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (WELO) Requirements N9. Phase out Gas-Powered Lawn and Garden Equipment Key Action Title Work Item(s) N10. Support the Green Stormwater Infrastructure Plan 8.S N11. Incorporate Green Stormwater Infrastructure in Municipal Projects 8.S ZW1. Encourage Food Waste Prevention and Require Food Recovery from Commercial Food Generators 8.T ZW2. Promote Residential Food Waste Reduction 8.U ZW3. Champion Waste Prevention, Reduction, Reusables, and the Sharing Economy 8.V ZW4. Provide Waste Prevention Technical Assistance to the Commercial Sector 8.W ZW5. Prioritize Domestic Processing of Recyclable Materials 8.X ZW6. Eliminate Single-Use Disposable Containers 8.Y ZW7. Expand the Deconstruction and Construction Materials Management Ordinance 8.Z ZW8. Implement Reach Code standard for Low Carbon Construction Materials 8.aa Item 14 Attachment D - 2023-2025 SCAP Work Plan Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 209 Packet Pg. 360 of 406 Attachment E: Palo Alto’s 2021 Greenhouse Gas Emissions Inventory 1.a. Overview of Methodology for Quantifying Greenhouse Gas Emissions Cities represent the single greatest opportunity for tackling climate change, as they are responsible for 75 percent of global energy-related carbon dioxide emissions, with transportation and buildings among the largest contributors1. The first step for cities to realize their potential is to identify and measure the sources of their emissions. Best practices for identifying these sources and quantifying emissions is to utilize a standardized GHG inventory. There are two types of Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions inventories: 1.Generation-based GHG inventory – This measurement method helps a community understand its level of emissions based on community energy use. It includes 1) direct consumption of energy, 2) consumption of energy via the electrical grid, and 3) emissions from the treatment/decomposition of waste. This is the industry-accepted methodology for quantifying community GHG emissions, with emissions reported by emission source category2. 2.Consumption-based GHG inventory – This measurement method helps a community understand its level of emissions based on consumption. It offers an alternative, more holistic, approach for quantifying emissions within a community, quantifying consumption of goods and services (including food, clothing, electronic equipment, etc.) by residents of a city, with emissions reported by consumption category. Staff did not complete a consumption based GHG inventory as there is no State guidance yet, though staff believes this inventory type is valuable. The California Air Resources Board (CARB) has been tasked with developing an implementation framework and accounting to track consumption-based emissions over time.3 In particular, this framework needs to address how to account for the embodied emissions in the food, goods, and services the community purchases not covered by generation-based GHG inventories. In 2014, World Resources Institute, C40 Cities Climate Leadership Group (C40) and ICLEI – Local Governments for Sustainability (ICLEI)4 partnered to create a global standard protocol for generation-based GHG inventories. The official GHG Protocol standard for Cities5 provides a 1 See UN Environment Programme, ”Cities and Climate Change,” https://www.unep.org/explore-topics/resource- efficiency/what-we-do/cities/cities-and-climate-change 2 There are two reporting frameworks commonly used by cities: the U.S. Community Protocol and the Global Protocol for Communities (GPC). Palo Alto uses the GPC framework. 3 Executive Department State of California. (2019). Executive Order B-55-18 to Achieve Carbon Neutrality. https://www.ca.gov/archive/gov39/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/9.10.18-Executive-Order.pdf. 4 Formerly the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives, renamed in 2003 to ICLEI – Local Governments for Sustainability. 5 The GPC is the official protocol specified by the Global Covenant of Mayors and defines what emissions must be reported and how. Item 14 Attachment E - 2021 GHG Inventory Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 210 Packet Pg. 361 of 406 robust framework for accounting and reporting city-wide GHG emissions for a generation-based inventory. The GPC Protocol is the official protocol specified by the Global Covenant of Mayors and defines what emissions must be reported and how. In addition, this inventory draws on methods from the U.S. Community Protocol6, which provides more detailed methodology specific to the U.S. AECOM utilized the GPC Protocol when developing our 2021 GHG inventory. It seeks to: •Help cities develop a comprehensive and robust GHG inventory to support climate action planning •Help cities establish a base year emissions inventory, set reduction targets, and track their performance •Ensure consistent and transparent measurement and reporting of GHG emissions between cities, following internationally recognized GHG accounting and reporting principles •Enable city inventories to be aggregated at subnational and national levels •Demonstrate the important role that cities play in tackling climate change, and facilitate insight through benchmarking – and aggregation – of comparable data 7 tool, a software platform designed for creating generation-based GHG inventories. The City’s GHG inventory conforms to the GPC Basic protocol for a generation-based inventory. •Scope 1: GHG emissions from sources located within the city boundary, such as stationary fuel consumption. •Scope 2: GHG emissions occurring because of the use of grid-supplied electricity, heat, steam, and/or cooling within the city boundary •Scope 3: All other GHG emissions that occur outside the city boundary as a result of activities taking place within the city boundary 8. Under the Basic reporting level as defined by the GPC protocol, the inventory requirements 6 U.S. Community Protocol; https://icleiusa.org/us-community-protocol/ 7 ClearPath tool; https://icleiusa.org/clearpath/ 8 GPC Protocol; https://ghgprotocol.org/sites/default/files/standards/GHGP_GPC_0.pdf Item 14 Attachment E - 2021 GHG Inventory Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 211 Packet Pg. 362 of 406 cover scope 1 and scope 2 emissions from stationary energy and transportation, as well as all emissions resulting from waste generating within the city boundary. 1.b. Palo Alto’s 2021 GHG Emissions 2e) from the residential, commercial, industrial, transportation, waste, water, and municipal sectors.9 In comparison to the 1990 base year emissions (which were about 780,000 metric tons), that is a 53.9 percent decrease in total community emissions, despite a population increase of 19.5 percent during that same time period. This equates to 5.4 metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent (MT CO2e) per Palo Alto resident in 2021 compared to 14 MT CO2e per Palo Alto resident in 1990. The California Air Resources Board’s 2017 Scoping Plan Update recommends a goal for local governments of 6 MT C02e per capita by 2030. 10) consumption, 11.5 percent from declines in solid waste emissions, and 1.7 percent from declines in wastewater-related emissions. In comparison to 2020, that is a 6.7 percent decrease in total community emissions. 9 Carbon dioxide equivalent is a unit of measure that normalizes the varying climate warming potencies of all six GHG emissions, which are carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), and sulfur hexafluoride (SF6). For example, one metric ton of nitrous oxide is 210 metric tons of CO2e. 10 Methane, which is the primary component of natural gas, is a very potent greenhouse gas, with a global warming potential that is 25 times higher than CO2 over a 100-year period. Item 14 Attachment E - 2021 GHG Inventory Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 212 Packet Pg. 363 of 406 Figure 1: 1990 vs 2021 GHG Emissions by Sector and Table 1. The full comparison between the inventories can be found in Attachment B 1990 vs. 2021 Greenhouse Gas Emissions by Sector and Subsector. Additional existing emissions sources that were missing from the 1990 GHG inventory were included in the 2021 GHG inventory to comply with the GPC Basic protocol (Airport Emissions, Off-road Vehicles, Caltrain Commuter Rail, Composting, and Palo Alto Landfill Gas Flaring). Item 14 Attachment E - 2021 GHG Inventory Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 213 Packet Pg. 364 of 406 Figure 1: 1990 vs 2021 GHG Emissions by Sector 2e) 2e) 2e) 2e) 331,840 293,413 217,279 185,925 -44.0% 21,668 21,244 25,478 n/a 194,000 153,509 134,365 135,697 -30.1% 4,718 5,009 4,384 4,427 -6.2% 8,504 2,197 1,388 1,262 -85.2% 55,057 6,531 6,660 6,522 -88.2% 186,000 - 100% 2e) As shown in Figure 2, the two largest categories of emissions are transportation and mobile sources (including on-road transportation, airport emissions, off-road vehicles, and Caltrain commuter rail) and natural gas (methane) use (including residential, commercial, and industrial). Item 14 Attachment E - 2021 GHG Inventory Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 214 Packet Pg. 365 of 406 Figure 2: 2021 GHG Emissions by Sector Transportation and mobile sources include emissions from private, commercial, and fleet vehicles driven within the City’s geographical boundaries, as well as the emissions from public transit vehicles and the City-owned fleet. Off-road vehicles include airport ground support, construction and mining, industrial, light commercial, portable equipment, and transportation refrigeration. Natural gas (methane) use includes emissions that result from natural gas (methane) consumption in both private and public sector buildings and facilities, and residential, commercial, and industrial sources. Fugitive emissions related to natural gas (methane) consumption are calculated separately and are discussed in Section 1.d. The City’s electricity supply has been carbon neutral since 2013, when Council approved a Carbon Neutral Electric Resource Plan, committing Palo Alto to pursuing only carbon-neutral electric resources and effectively eliminating all GHG emissions from the City's electric portfolio. Item 14 Attachment E - 2021 GHG Inventory Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 215 Packet Pg. 366 of 406 1.c. Transportation and Mobile Sources In 2021, transportation and mobile sources accounted for 58.8 percent of total GHG emissions in Palo Alto, a 11.4 percent decrease from 2020. As shown in Table 2, transportation and mobile sources consist of: •On-Road Transportation – This includes all daily vehicular trips made entirely within the Palo Alto city limits, one-half of daily vehicular trips with an origin within Palo Alto city limits and a destination outside of Palo Alto city limits (this assumes that Palo Alto shares half the responsibility for trips traveling from other jurisdictions), and one-half of daily vehicular trips with an origin outside Palo Alto city limits and a destination within Palo Alto city limits (this assumes that Palo Alto shares the responsibility of trips traveling to other jurisdictions). Vehicular trips through Palo Alto are not included because Palo Alto cannot solely implement policies that influence the trip-making behavior. Rather, through trips are assigned to other jurisdictions that can influence either the origin or destination side of the trip-making behavior. •Airport Emissions – This includes emissions from take-offs and landings from trips that start and end at Palo Alto Airport. This includes emergency services helicopters, sightseeing helicopters, and training flights. Flights that take-off from Palo Alto Airport but land elsewhere, and flights that land in Palo Alto Airport but take-off from elsewhere are not included per GPC Basic Protocol. •Off-road Vehicles - This includes airport ground support (based on take-offs and landings), construction and mining, industrial (based on employment data), light commercial (based on employment data), portable equipment (e.g. back-pack leaf blower, based on service population), and transportation refrigeration units (based on service population). •Caltrain Commuter Rail – This includes emissions from Caltrain travel within Palo Alto. 2e)2e)2e) 293,413 217,279 185,925 51.7% 2,192 1,664 2,641 0.7% 14,634 15,029 18,961 5.3% 4,842 4,552 3,876 1.1% Estimating vehicles miles traveled (VMT) is a complicated process and is one of the few emissions sources that the City does not estimate annually. Forecasts of on-road transportation emissions are typically based on outputs from a travel forecasting model, other accounting-type method (sketch models), or Big Data (vehicle navigation data from built-in GPS and location- based services data from cell phones). Previously, Fehr & Peers provided VMT estimates for 2019, 2030, and 2040, with AECOM using the VMT estimates for 2019 to estimate the VMT for Item 14 Attachment E - 2021 GHG Inventory Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 216 Packet Pg. 367 of 406 2020. The VTA model used to calculate Palo Alto’s 2019 annual VMT is only updated every few years and has not yet been updated to better reflect changes in VMT due to the pandemic. For 2021, AECOM used the VMT estimates from the Google Environmental Insights Explorer. 11, whereas Fehr and Peers did. However, moving forward, future GHG inventories will continue to use Google EIE to calculate VMT, so the 2022 GHG inventory will be a better comparison. 12, with Caltrain scheduled to be electrified by the end of 2023 or early 2024. Once the Caltrain Modernization program is complete, most of the Caltrain commuter rail emissions will be eliminated. 11 GHG emissions are commonly calculated using forecasts of VMT that are grouped according to the average speed of the traveling vehicles, which is called speed bin analysis. Slower-moving vehicles generate more pollutants, while travel speeds between 40-50 miles per hour (mph) tend to represent the most fuel-efficient operating conditions for internal combustion engines. 12 Caltrain Modernization Program; https://calmod.org/ Item 14 Attachment E - 2021 GHG Inventory Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 217 Packet Pg. 368 of 406 Airport emissions account for approximately 0.7% of Palo Alto’s total emissions, a 58.7% increase from 2020. Intracity flights fuel use is estimated by the City and not reflective of actual fuel consumption. 1.d Natural Gas (Methane) Use Table 3: 2021 Natural Gas (Methane) Use Subsector 2019 Consumption (Therms) 2020 Consumption (Therms) 2021 Consumption (Therms) Percent of Total 2021 Emissions (%) Residential Energy Industrial Energy Commercial Energy Total Natural Gas (Methane) Use 28,867,162 25,267,739 25,518,320 37.8% Natural Gas (Methane) Fugitive Emissions 4), some of which escapes during the drilling, extraction, and transportation processes. Such releases are known as fugitive emissions. The primary sources of these emissions may include equipment leaks, evaporation losses, venting, flaring and accidental releases. Methane is a potent greenhouse gas – approximately 25 times more powerful than carbon dioxide over a 100-year timescale. Item 14 Attachment E - 2021 GHG Inventory Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 218 Packet Pg. 369 of 406 In 2021, natural gas (methane) fugitive emissions accounted for 1.2 percent of total GHG emissions in Palo Alto, an increase of 1 percent from 2019 and a decrease of 6.2 percent from 1990. Per the GPC, fugitive emissions from natural gas (methane) are based on overall community consumption and a leakage rate of 0.03 percent. 1.e. Solid Waste : Annual Diversion Rate Percentage, the diversion rate of 84 percent is an improvement from the 62 percent rate in 2007 but has remained relatively flat the last few years. As part of the 2016 S/CAP Framework, Council adopted a goal of 95 percent diversion of materials from landfills by 203013. Figure 3: Annual Diversion Rate Percentage 13 Sustainability and Climate Action Plan Framework, November 2016; https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/civicax/filebank/documents/64814 Item 14 Attachment E - 2021 GHG Inventory Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 219 Packet Pg. 370 of 406 Solid waste emissions accounted for 1.8 percent of total 2021 GHG emissions in Palo Alto, a 2 percent increase from 2020 and an 88.2 percent decrease from 1990. As shown in Table 4, the 1990 inventory included Palo Alto Landfill Gas Fugitive emissions, whereas the 2021 inventory did not, and the 2021 inventory included composting emissions at the ZeroWaste Energy Development Company’s (ZWED) Dry Fermentation Anaerobic Digestion (AD) Facility in San Jose, CA, composting emissions at the Synagro El Nido Central Valley Composting (CVC) facility in Dos Palos, as well as Palo Alto Landfill Gas Flaring Emissions. The increase in solid waste emissions from 2020 is due largely to the increase in emissions from the closed landfills within the community. In 2021, emissions from the closed landfills located within the community accounted for 1.4 percent of total waste emissions. Table 4: 1990 vs 2021 Solid Waste Emissions by Subsector Subsector 1990 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2019 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2020 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2021 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) Percent of Total 2021 Emissions (%) Composting Not included 731 1,623 1,256 0.3% Palo Alto Landfill Gas Flaring Not included 281 316 237 0.1% Palo Alto Landfill Gas Fugitive 24,325 n/a14 n/a n/a n/a 14 Not included because the landfill was closed Item 14 Attachment E - 2021 GHG Inventory Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 220 Packet Pg. 371 of 406 Landfill Waste 30,732 5,519 4,721 5,029 1.4% Total 55,057 6,531 6,660 6,522 1.8% Waste emissions result from organic material decomposing in the anaerobic conditions present in a landfill and releasing methane (CH4) – a greenhouse gas much more potent than CO2. Organic materials (e.g., paper, plant debris, food waste, etc.) generate methane within the anaerobic environment of a landfill while non-organic materials (e.g., metal, glass, etc.) do not. In 2016, Governor Brown signed Senate Bill 1383 (SB 1383) to reduce GHG emissions from a variety of short-lived climate pollutants, including methane from organic materials disposed in landfills. SB 1383 is the largest and most prescriptive waste management legislation in California since the California Integrated Waste Management Act of 1989 (AB 939). SB 1383 sets several statewide goals, including: •Reduce statewide disposal of organic waste by 50% by January 1, 2020 and 75% by 2025. •Recover at least 20% of the currently disposed edible food for human consumption by 2025. 1.f. Wastewater Treatment As shown in Table 5, in 2021 the City of Palo Alto Regional Water Quality Control Plant (RWQCP) wastewater-related emissions accounted for 0.4 percent of total 2021 GHG emissions in Palo Alto – a 9.1 percent decrease from 2020 and an 85.2 percent decrease from 1990. RWQCP GHG emissions originate from electricity, natural gas (methane), and landfill gas usage required to treat the wastewater, as well as GHGs that are emitted from the wastewater itself either during treatment or after (effluent). The nitrogen within wastewater is subject to transformation to nitrous oxide at varying stages in the treatment process as well as after it’s been discharged to a receiving water (effluent). These emissions are included in the RWQCP totals. The RWQCP operations achieved significant GHG reductions in 2019 when the facility’s sewage sludge incinerators were replaced with the more environmentally-friendly Sludge Dewatering and Truck Loadout Facility. Previously, the RWQCP incinerators were the City’s largest facility-related GHG source. The updated biosolids treatment process has and will continue to reduce climate-warming GHG emissions by approximately 15,000 MT of CO2e per year when compared to the emissions from incineration. This approximates the carbon dioxide emissions of 3,000 passenger cars. The dewatered sludge is used as agricultural soil supplements. Table 5: 1990 vs 2021 Wastewater-Related Emissions by Subsector Subsector 1990 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2019 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2020 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) 2021 GHG emissions (MT CO2e) Percent of Total 2021 Emissions (%) Item 14 Attachment E - 2021 GHG Inventory Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 221 Packet Pg. 372 of 406 Wastewater Biosolid Treatment15 n/a 812 0 0 0% Wastewater Treatment and Effluent 8,504 1,385 1,388 1,262 0.4% Total 8,504 2,197 1,388 1,262 0.4% Figure 4: RWQCP Historical Total Greenhouse Gas Emissions 15 Includes biosolid composting, anaerobic digestion, and incineration Item 14 Attachment E - 2021 GHG Inventory Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 222 Packet Pg. 373 of 406 Attachment F: 1990 vs. 2021 Greenhouse Gas Emissions by Sector and Subsector 2e)1 2e)2e)2e) On-Road Transportation 331,840 293,413 217,279 185,925 -44.0%51.7% Airport Emissions Not Included 2,192 1,664 2,641 n/a 0.7% Off-road Vehicles Not Included 14,634 15,029 18,961 n/a 5.3% Caltrain Commuter Rail Not Included 4,842 4,552 3,876 n/a 1.1% Commercial Energy Not calculated 66,987 53,515 55,676 n/a 15.5% Industrial Energy Not calculated 14,373 11,961 12,176 n/a 3.4% Residential Energy Not calculated 72,149 68,889 67,846 n/a 18.9% Wastewater Biosolid Treatment 2 n/a 812 0 0 n/a 0% Wastewater Treatment and Effluent 8,504 1,385 1,388 1,262 -85.2%0.4% Composting Not Included 731 1,623 1,256 n/a 0.3% Palo Alto Landfill Gas Flaring 3 Not Included 281 316 237 n/a 0.1% Palo Alto Landfill Gas Fugitive 24,325 n/a4 n/a n/a n/a n/a Landfill Waste 30,732 5,519 4,721 5,029 -83.6%1.4% 186,000 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2e) 1 Source: 2016 S/CAP Framework and 2016 Earth Day Report 2 Includes biosolid composting, anaerobic digestion, and incineration 3 2016 Earth Day Report labeled these emissions as biogenic 4 Not included because the landfill was closed Item 14 Attachment F - 1990 vs 2021 GHG Emissions by Sector and Subsector Item 14: Staff Report Pg. 223 Packet Pg. 374 of 406 CITY COUNCIL Staff Report From: City Manager Report Type: INFORMATION REPORTS Lead Department: Administrative Services Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2303-1164 TITLE Fiscal Year 2023 Third Quarter Financial Status Report RECOMMENDATION This report transmits information regarding the City of Palo Alto’s Fiscal Year 2023 Third Quarter Financial Status Report. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The purpose of this report is to provide the Finance Committee with information on the financial status of the City’s General Fund and Enterprise Funds as of the end of the 3rd Quarter of Fiscal Year (FY) 2023 (July 1, 2022 through March 31, 2023). Actuals are preliminary or unaudited balances. The General Fund FY 2023 Adjusted Operating budget was approved with a $224.3 million estimate for revenue sources (excluding Operating Transfers-in). Of this, $150.1 million has been collected to date, 66.9% of the budget estimate. Major tax revenues are $139.3 million, which is higher than FY 2022 Adjusted Budget levels by $28.0 million or 25.2%, from the approximately $111.3 million budgeted. General Fund expenditures for the 3rd quarter are 11.8% higher than prior year and are tracking at 56.3% of the Adjusted Budget. The General Fund Third Quarter Financial Report (Attachment A) contains a line-by-line report of major General Fund revenues by source and expenditures by department for 3rd Quarter Year-to-Date (YTD) as of March 31, 2023, and the comparison between the FY 2023 Adopted Budget and Adjusted Budget. The Adjusted Budget column includes prior year commitments that were carried forward into FY 2023 and the City Council approved amendments to the FY 2023 Adopted Budget YTD. The changes in Adjusted Budget - Revenue and Sources (excluding Operating Transfers-in) is a $9.2 million upward adjustment, a 4.3% increase over the FY 2023 Adopted Budget. Expenses (excluding Operating Transfers-out) were also adjusted from $222.0 million to $259.1 million, a 16.7% increase over the FY 2023 Adopted Budget. The adjusted budget includes $14.5 million in budget amendments authorized by Council (detailed in Attachment A). Actual revenues and Item 15 15 Staff Report Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 375 of 406 expenditures (including encumbrances) are tracking at 66.9% and 63.2%, respectively, with the adjusted budget. ANALYSIS General Fund Revenue Highlights for FY 2023 3rd Quarter Year to Date (YTD) rd Quarter YTD, compared to the same period of the prior year. Revenue for each period is expressed as a percentage of the Adjusted/Final Budget. Item 15 15 Staff Report Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 376 of 406 Table 1 %F %F % P 8 $6 $6 S 1 3 6 2 6 C 2 3 8 2 8 T 8 2 6 8 9 U 1 1 8 1 7 P -9 4 8 5 D -7 4 7 1 A -4 6 4 7 T 1 $6 $7 G F ( 3 A F F $$ 2 1 2 2 1 7 1 1 $$ 4 4 3 8 2 3 Property Tax At the close of the third quarter, property tax revenue receipt was $37.1 million, 61.6% of the adjusted budget, and an increase of 8.8% over the same period in the prior year, due to higher assessed values mainly driven by change in ownership. Property tax is received from the County of Santa Clara during second, third, and fourth quarters of the calendar year. The compound annual growth rate (CAGR) over the 10 years has been approximately 8.4%. The FY 2023 secured property tax assessed value growth rate and unsecured property tax assessed values (AV) growth rates are 6.4 % and - 6.5%, respectively, with a combined rate of 5.8%. At FY 2023 mid-year property tax budget was revised upward by $0.5 million to $60.3 million. The County of Santa Clara’s Finance Agency and Office of the Assessor, the entities responsible for managing the property tax billing, collection, and processing changes (e.g., sales, assessment appeal, etc.) forecasts indicate the upward revised FY 2023 forecast of $60.3 million will be met or exceeded. FY 2022 actual property tax revenue was $59.4 million which included $6.6 million for Education Revenue Augmentation Fund (ERAF) distributions from the County of Santa Clara. Of this $6.6 million receipt, $1.7 million has been set aside for the at-risk amount due to the lawsuit filed in November 2021 by the California School Boards of Association and its Education Legal Alliance against the Controller of the State of California for over the calculation methodology of the Excess ERAF. The County estimates that 20% to 25% of excess ERAF in FY 2022, FY 2023, and beyond are at risk due to this litigation. The FY 2022 disputed amount that has been received has been reserved and the FY 2023 adopted budget excludes this amount ($1.5 million). Though Excess ERAF receipt has steadily grown over the last nine years, excess ERAF is not considered a permanent local revenue source. Item 15 15 Staff Report Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 377 of 406 Sales Tax As of the third quarter, sales tax revenue has seen an increase of $2.9 million or 15.5%, from the same period last year due to combination of continued pandemic recovery and inflation. Due to the timing of the California Department Tax and Fee Administration (CDTFA) sales tax collection and distribution, third quarter sales tax represents seven months of sales tax activity and does not represent sales tax activity for the full three quarters of the fiscal year. Actual performance for this fiscal year will not be known until August/September. At FY 2023 mid-year, this revenue was revised upward by $1.5 million to $34.1 million or 4.6% based on inflation, performance to date, recent consumer trends, and the projected outlook by City’s sale’s tax consultant. Staff expect that the actuals for the year will be higher than the $34.1 million adjusted budget. Transient Occupancy Tax (TOT) TOT revenues reached $14.8 million the end of the third quarter, an increase of 86.9% over the prior year. The current receipts indicate that TOT continues to have significant growth from the unprecedented lows seen during the pandemic. The third quarter results represent 7.5 months of TOT receipts due to the one-month timing delay in receipts. At FY 2023 mid-year, the budget was revised upward by $4.0 million to $22.2 million, or 22.0%. Of this amount, $12.5 million is anticipated to fund General Fund Expenses, while $9.7 million will be transferred to the Capital Improvement Fund to cover costs associated with the remaining 2014 Council Infrastructure Plan capital projects and associated debt service costs. With continued resiliency and growth in travel and tourism it is expected that actuals will be even higher than adjusted budget. As of this writing, receipts as of February 2023 or 8 months of the fiscal year were 88.6% higher, average occupancy was 67.7%, an increase of 18.4%, and average daily room rate was $257, an increase of 41.45%, all from the same period last year. If the current trend continues, receipts are likely to exceed the adjusted budget. Utility User Tax (UUT) The UUT is levied on electric, gas, and water consumption, as well as on telephone usage. As of the third quarter, UUT revenues were $2.1 million or 18.6%, higher than the same period last year. UUT on electric, water, and gas services increased by 27.8% while telephone services decreased by 0.6%. This revenue is showing a combination of pandemic recovery as workers return to the office and commodity prices increase. The purchase commodity price for electricity, gas, and water is increasing the cost to provide utility services due to unprecedented gas and electric prices, higher transmission, operating and maintenance costs, plus inflation. The higher utility costs result in higher UUT revenue. As a result, the outlook is actuals for the year will be substantially higher than the $15.6 million budget. Documentary Transfer Tax Cash receipts total $3.2 million, or 44.5% of the FY 2023 Adjusted Budget and $5.6 million lower than prior year receipts for the same period. The number of transactions is 43% lower compared to the prior year’s third quarter. This revenue source is volatile since it is highly dependent on Item 15 15 Staff Report Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 378 of 406 sales volume and the mix of commercial and residential sales. The prior year had a record receipt due to nine large commercial sales that occurred in FY 2022. Though the housing market continues to intensify as homes are selling faster, the number of homes available for sale continues to tighten. It is expected this revenue will be below budget by year-end based on current trends. Staff continues to monitor these receipts closely due to significant fluctuations that can occur anytime depending on the real estate sales activity. Charges for Services Charges to Stanford for fire services increased $1.3 million due to higher reimbursement level consistent with the negotiated fire agreement. Plan Check Fee increased by $2.8 million mainly driven by higher commercial permit activity. Program and classes increased by $0.9 million due to higher demand for several programs such as ceramic classes and tennis programs. Junior Museum & Zoo (JMZ) increased $0.4 million; this FY 2023 represented the first full year of operations since it opened in October 2021. The increases mentioned above were partially offset by the decrease in golf revenues $0.3 million, or 9.0%, which can be attributed to the several weeks of heavy rains and winter storms. Expenditures Highlights for FY 2023 3rd Quarter Year to Date (YTD) Item 15 15 Staff Report Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 5 Packet Pg. 379 of 406 Table 2 Total expenditures through the first three quarters of the fiscal year were 56.3% of the adjusted budget and represent a $15.3 million, or 11.8 %, increase over last year. The increase is mainly due to salaries and benefit costs and allocated charges. Allocated charges were higher in the current year primarily due to the vehicle equipment maintenance service and replacement charges and Information Technology support and replacement. Through the end of the third quarter, 56.3% of adjusted budget was expended, which is slightly lower than the percent expended through the 3rd quarter in FY 2022, 60.9%. The variance is mainly due to All Other Departments which only expended 24.6% of the adjusted budget. Non- Departmental is in this category and only expended 7.9%, because there is a large unspent reserve of $17.5 million for settlement of claims related to Green v. City of Palo Alto (Santa Clara Superior Court, Case No. 1-16-CV-300760). In addition, a $14.0 million for budget uncertainty reserve was established to offset anticipated shortfalls in FY 2024 and FY 2025. Excluding both these reserves, the percentage of total expenditure to adjusted budget is 64.1%. As a service-driven organization, the largest expenses are salaries and benefits. Salary and Benefit costs through these nine months reflect approximately 74% of the adjusted budget, compared to an average expected of 75%. Total General Fund salary and benefits expenditures through March 2023 are approximately $110.0 million, compared to $97.8 million in the same period in the prior year. The increase in salaries and benefits is mainly due to the following: $4.3 million in regular salaries because of positions added and hired in FY2023, general, merit and market adjustments. $4.0 million in City’s pension contribution. $0.9 million in medical, dental and vision expenses E F F %F %F % P 3$3$1 4$7 4$7 F 3 2 1 4 7 3 7 C 2 1 6 3 5 3 5 P 1 1 1 2 6 2 6 P 1 1 1 2 5 2 5 L 6 6 7 1 6 9 6 A 7 6 1 9 7 9 6 A 1 1 1 6 2 3 3 T 1$1$1 2$5 2$6 G F ( 3 A Item 15 15 Staff Report Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 6 Packet Pg. 380 of 406 $1.1 million pension contribution to Section 115 irrevocable Pension Trust which is based on approximate lower discount rate of 5.8%. Temporary salaries, overtime, paid leave, and workers compensation are also trending higher due to increase in salary rates, vacancies across departments, and increases in workers compensation cases. Police and Fire The total actual expenses for the Police and Fire Departments comprised approximately 46.1% of total General Fund expenditures for the third quarter, which is consistent with prior year trends. The following table highlights Police and Fire salaries and overtime for the third quarter. Net overtime cost analysis for the Police and Fire Departments can be found in Attachment B. Table 3 Police overtime is 36.3% higher than FY 2022 and represents 202.7% of the adjusted budget due to backfilling vacancies, benefited leave or industrial injuries, training is higher than usual due to the volume of new hires and responding to storm-related calls for services in Palo Alto and as mutual aid to the community of Pajaro, Monterey County- to be reimbursed subsequently. As of this writing, the Department has a total of 11.0% of positions vacant: eight positions are police officers, one business analyst, one community service officer, three in records and two dispatchers. Another 4% of staff are unavailable to work due to benefited leave or industrial injury and 9% of filled positions have new staff in training (in-house or at the police academy). Although overtime is tracking higher, overall, the Department is trending within the budget for total salary and benefits and anticipates doing so through the remainder of FY 2023. The Department’s net overtime cost is $0.7 million after deducting the reimbursements and salary savings due to vacancies. Analysis is included in Attachment B. Item 15 15 Staff Report Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 7 Packet Pg. 381 of 406 Fire overtime is 20.6% lower than FY 2022 and 75% of the adjusted budget. Overtime is generated when there are firefighter positions vacant, employees go on leave or call in sick, as well as when entry level firefighters are completing the academy. These situations create shift positions that must be backfilled with overtime. The Department had more shift positions to backfill in FY 2022 mainly due to the timing of hiring and trainings in Fire Academy resulting to a decrease of overtime in FY 2023. In midyear of FY 2023, $1.7M was moved from salary savings into overtime to account for these vacancies and staffing of Fire Station 8. Training typically takes 18 weeks before firefighters can fill positions on engines and ambulances. Overall, the Department is trending within budget for all salary and benefit categories and anticipates doing so through the remainder of FY 2023. The Department’s net overtime cost is $1.6 million after deducting the reimbursements and salary savings due to vacancies. Analysis is included in Attachment B. General Fund Budget Stabilization Reserve (BSR) Balance As a result of budget amendment actions taken in FY 2023, including the FY 2023 Midyear Budget Report1 the Budget Stabilization Reserve (BSR) was $49.2 million at the end of Q3, which is above the City Council recommended 18.5% level of $45.6 million by $3.6 million. The balancing strategy for the FY 2024 Proposed Budget used revised major tax revenue projections for FY 2023 using data available after March 31, 2023. These projections included an additional $3.6 million in major tax revenue, increasing the FY 2023 year-end BCR estimate to $52.9 million. This report serves as a financial status and does not include budgetary adjustments for major tax revenues; budgetary transactions necessary to align FY 2023 activity with the FY 2024 balancing strategy will be brought forward during year-end close. This funding above the 18.5% level has been recommended to be used as part of the FY 2024 Proposed Budget Process to maintain General Fund BSR at 20% of the FY 2024 budgeted expenses. 1 Staff Report 2212-0515 City Council Special Meeting, February 13, 2023, https://recordsportal.paloalto.gov/Weblink/DocView.aspx?id=82219 Item 15 15 Staff Report Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 8 Packet Pg. 382 of 406 Enterprise Funds The following is a summary of changes in net position for each of the Enterprise Funds for the nine months ended March 31, 2023, including a comparison of results from the same period last year. Table 4: Enterprise Funds Change in Net Position Increase FY 2023 FY 2022 (Decrease)% Change Water 2,192$ 4,834$ (2,642)$ -54.7% Electric 677 (7,155)7,832 109.5% Fiber Optic 1,206 1,035 171 16.5% Gas 5,341 1,703 3,638 213.6% Wastewater collection 775 86 689 801.2% Wastewater treatment 4,408 2,260 2,148 95.0% Refuse 3,532 4,866 (1,334)-27.4% Storm Drainage 1,821 2,411 (590)-24.5% Airport 541 2,759 (2,218)-80.4% Total Change in Net Position 20,493$ 12,799$ 7,694$ 60.1% 3rd Quarter YTD Actuals Water Fund decreased $2.6 million, or 54.7%, from the prior year due to overall decrease in revenues and an increase in operating costs. Revenue decreased despite of 8.9 rate increase effective July 1, 2022 due to, up until recent weather events, a voluntary water use reduction caused by drought conditions. The increase in operating costs is primarily from commodity purchases, salaries and benefits and vehicle replacement allocation. San Francisco Public Utilities Commission (SFPUC) commodity rate increased from $4.10 to $4.75, a 15.9% increase due to drought conditions. Electric Fund increased $7.8 million, or 109.5%, due to 5% rate increase effective July 1, 2022 and an increase to the Electric Hydro Rate Adjuster effective January 1, 2023. On December 19, 20222 the Palo Alto City Council approved an increase to the Electric Hydro Rate Adjuster (E-HRA), increasing the current Electric Hydro Rate from $0.013/kWh to $0.048/kWh effective on January 1, 2023. Activation of the E-HRA surcharge creates a temporary rate increase which is approximately a 20% or $17.15 monthly increase for a median electric residential customer. The rate increases were implemented to offset increasing market commodity prices and transmission costs. In addition, the Electric Operations Reserves were at the minimum guideline level at the end of FY2022 and is forecasted to drop below minimum in FY2023, as costs were outpacing 2 CMR 14874 City Council Meeting, December 19, 2022, https://recordsportal.paloalto.gov/Weblink/DocView.aspx?id=2275&dbid=0&repo=PaloAlto Item 15 15 Staff Report Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 9 Packet Pg. 383 of 406 revenues. In FY2021 and FY2022, the utility did not raise rates to mitigate the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on residents and businesses resulting in minimum reserve levels. Gas Fund increased $3.6 million, or 213.6% from the same period prior year due to increase in revenue from customer sales partially offset by higher commodity purchases. The customer sales increased by $25.8 million primarily due to the unprecedented spike in natural gas market price during January 2023 along with the 4% rate increase effective July 1, 2022. The commodity costs are pass-through in nature and offsets extraordinarily high gas prices due to weather, gas production, as well as national and international trade and demand. In addition, revenues are below costs as the utility kept rate increases low during the pandemic while operations and construction costs continue to rise. The extreme gas prices in FY 2023 and unexpected expenses in FY 2022 lowered the gas utility’s reserves below minimum guideline. Wastewater Collection Fund increased $0.7 million, or 801.2%, from prior year due to increase in residential and commercial sales because of 3% rate increase effective July 1, 2022. Wastewater Treatment Fund increased $2.1 million, or 95.0% from prior year due to the timing of the fourth quarter billing which occurred in Q3 for FY 2023 compared to Q4 in FY 2022 and increase in operating expenses. The largest increase in operating expenses were the salaries and benefits as a result of new hires and overtime for both routine and emergency coverage and interdepartmental utility charges. During FY 2023, Wastewater Treatment received $8.8 million reimbursements from the Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) for certain project expenses of the Primary Sedimentation Tank and Secondary Treatment Process. These reimbursements are recorded as a liability as the City is expected to repay the loans following the completion of each project. Refuse Fund decreased $1.3 million, or 27.4%, from prior year due to timing of the February Greenwaste payment amounting to $1.1 million which occurred in March 2023 compared to April 2022 in FY 2022 and an increase in Greenwaste quarterly extra service compensation. Storm Drain Fund decreased $0.6 million, or 24.5% from prior year due to increase in operating and maintenance expenses specifically salaries and benefits. Airport Fund decreased $2.2 million or 80.4% due to higher federal grants received from Federal Aviation Administration in prior year. FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT Item 15 15 Staff Report Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 10 Packet Pg. 384 of 406 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW ATTACHMENTS APPROVED BY: Item 15 15 Staff Report Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 11 Packet Pg. 385 of 406 5/19/202310:36 AM CITY OF PALO ALTO GENERAL FUND THIRD QUARTER FINANCIAL REPORT FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 2023 (in thousands) BUDGET ACTUALS (as of 3/31/2023) Adopted Adjusted Pre % of Adj Categories Budget Budget Encumbr Encumbr Actual Budget* Revenues & Other Sources Sales Tax 32,580 34,080 - - 21,291 62.5% Property Tax 59,770 60,270 - - 37,126 61.6% Transient Occupancy Tax 18,199 22,199 - - 14,756 66.5% Documentary Transfer Tax 7,217 7,217 - - 3,214 44.5% Utility Users Tax 15,579 15,579 - - 13,254 85.1% Motor Vehicle Tax, Penalties & Fines 1,784 1,784 - - 397 22.2% Charges for Services 30,786 30,624 - - 25,678 83.8% Permits & Licenses 9,249 9,828 - - 4,804 48.9% Return on Investment 1,066 1,066 - - 1,347 126.4% Rental Income 15,499 15,499 - - 10,692 69.0% From Other Agencies 9,179 11,493 - - 6,687 58.2% Charges To Other Funds 13,690 13,690 - - 10,331 75.5% Other Revenues 548 973 - - 531 54.6% Total Revenues 215,146 224,303 - - 150,108 66.9% Operating Transfers-In 22,532 21,954 - - 16,466 75.0% Encumbrances and Reappropriation 159 25,661 - - - 0.0% Contribution from Development Services Reserves 399 399 - - - 0.0% Total Sources of Funds 238,236 272,317 - - 166,573 67.6% Expenditures & Other Uses City Attorney 4,234 5,168 - 833 3,099 76.1% City Auditor 979 1,174 450 292 145 75.4% City Clerk 1,429 1,525 15 191 886 71.6% City Council 436 501 8 30 304 68.0% City Manager 4,094 4,331 90 125 3,022 74.7% Administrative Services 9,745 9,992 46 216 7,214 74.8% Community Services 32,866 35,528 344 3,750 20,699 69.8% Fire 40,981 43,092 170 571 31,024 73.7% Human Resources 4,742 4,872 93 251 2,640 61.3% Library 10,211 10,321 186 408 6,711 70.8% Office of Emergency Services 1,342 1,505 120 290 703 74.0% Office of Transporation 1,718 4,095 0 2,065 1,377 84.1% Planning and Development Services 22,615 26,879 221 2,878 14,534 65.6% Police 47,401 48,332 131 449 36,276 76.3% Public Works 20,104 23,078 0 3,286 14,184 75.7% Non-Departmental 19,088 38,710 85 151 3,064 8.5% Total Expenditures 221,986 259,103 1,957 15,787 145,883 63.2% Operating Transfers-Out 4,962 12,431 - - 7,472 60.1% Transfer to Infrastructure 20,400 24,400 - - 18,300 75.0% Total Use of Funds 247,348 295,934 1,957 15,787 171,655 64.0% Net Change to BSR (9,112) (23,618) (5,081) Budget Amendments in the General Fund Authorized by Council thru 3/31/2023 Action to support Downtown Streets Team (06/20/2022) CMR#14526 (167) Action to support Fire Department FireMed Program & equity hiring initiatives (10/24/2022) CMR#14728 (100) Mid-year budget amendments (2/13/2023) staff report# 2212-0515 (11,686) Action to support parklet program (3/13/23) staff report# 2301-0888 (85) Approval of residential winter Gas and Electric Rebate Program (3/27/23) staff report# 2303-1209 (2,468) Total Budget Amendments Authorized by Council (14,506) BSR Balance 63,723 49,217 BSR % of Adopted Total Use of Funds 25.8% 19.9% ATTACHMENT A Item 15 Attachment A - FY2023 Third Quarter Financial Report Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 12 Packet Pg. 386 of 406 Attachment B Q1-Q4 Q3 2021 2022 2023 POLICE DEPARTMENT Overtime Expense Adopted Budget (A)$944,186 $944,186 $972,512 Modified Budget (B)944,186 1,244,186 972,512 Net Overtime Cost - see below 366,045 781,344 676,740 Variance to Budget 578,141 462,842 295,772 Overtime Net Cost Actual Expense $1,431,959 $2,319,043 $2,155,061 Less Reimbursements California OES/FEMA (Strike Teams)- - - Stanford Communications 64,906 107,684 94,996 Utilities Communications Reimbursement 33,191 56,004 48,664 Local Agencies (C)2,412 5,456 3,811 Police Service Fees 467,167 120,411 93,938 Total Reimbursements 567,676 289,556 241,409 Less Department Vacancies (A)498,238 1,248,143 1,236,912 Net Overtime Cost $366,045 $781,344 $676,740 Department Vacancies (number of days)1,494 3,903 3,996 Workers' Compensation Cases 14 11 14 Department Disabilities (number of days)1,007 1,221 607 FIRE DEPARTMENT Overtime Expense Adopted Budget (D)$1,931,121 $1,931,121 $2,124,054 Modified Budget (E)2,971,460 2,703,621 3,801,054 Net Overtime Cost - see below 1,792,228 4,073,011 1,552,685 Variance to Budget 1,026,424 (1,369,390) 2,248,369 Overtime Net Cost Actual Expense $2,840,968 $4,684,796 $2,847,867 Less Reimbursements California OES/FEMA (Strike Teams) 887,531 - - Total Reimbursements 887,531 - - Less Department Vacancies (D)161,208 611,784 1,295,182 Net Overtime Cost $1,792,228 $4,073,011 $1,552,685 Department Vacancies (number of days)1,942 1,717 3,575 Workers' Compensation Cases 14 35 19 Department Disabilities (number of days)387 947 452 NOTES: (A)The FY 2023 Police Department budget was increased by 4.0 Police Officers, 1.0 Business Analyst, and 2.0 Public Safety Dispatcher. (B)Police Department adopted budget has not been adjusted in FY 2023. (C)Includes Animal Control Services contract with Los Altos and Los Altos Hills. (D)The FY 2023 Fire Department budget was increased by 1.0 Deputy Chief, 0.20 40-Hour Captain, 3.0 Fire Fighter Trainee, and 0.05 Fire Marshal Public Safety Departments Overtime Analysis for Fiscal Years 2021 through 2023 Item 15 Attachment B - FY 2023 Q3 Public Safety Overtime Analysis Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 13 Packet Pg. 387 of 406 Attachment B (E)Fire Department adopted budget actions at mid-year: $177,000 County Fire Station 8 overtime reimbursement and $1.5M salary savings transfer to overtime salaries. Item 15 Attachment B - FY 2023 Q3 Public Safety Overtime Analysis Item 15: Staff Report Pg. 14 Packet Pg. 388 of 406 City Council Staff Report From: City Manager Report Type: INFORMATION REPORTS Lead Department: City Manager Meeting Date: June 5, 2023 Report #:2305-1532 TITLE Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 and Police Department Use of Force Report for July - December 2022 RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that the City Council receive this information report including the most recent report from the City’s Independent Police Auditor at OIR Group. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS Since 2006, Palo Alto has utilized an Independent Police Auditor (IPA) to conduct secondary review of certain investigations of uniformed Police Department personnel and provide related services. Since the inception of the independent police auditing program, the City has contracted with the Office of Independent Review (OIR Group), to provide these services. The following report transmits the Independent Police Auditor Report on Investigations Completed as of December 31, 2022. For reference, the prior IPA report was published on September 27, 2022 as an Informational Item, see Item 11 (starts on packet page 162). The Police Department’s website lists all past Independent Police Auditor Reports, here. Attachment A contains the IPA report for investigations completed between July 2022 and December 2022. Per Council direction, the Police Department also shares use of force information through a report provided alongside each IPA report. This report is included here as Attachment B. Item 16 Item 16 Staff Report Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 1 Packet Pg. 389 of 406 Police Department's Response to IPA Recommendations On March 14, 2022, the City Council directed the Police Department to provide written responses to future IPA recommendations1. The first report of Police Department responses to the IPA report after the March City Council action was June 20, 20222. The Police Department responses to the current IPA report are included here as Attachment C. The public can find more information about filing a complaint through the link here: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/Departments/Police/Accountability/Employee-Complaint Complaints may also be directed to the Independent Police Auditor as follows: Contact: Mr. Mike Gennaco Phone: (323) 412-0334 Email: Michael.gennaco@oirgroup.com Or mail to: OIR Group 1443 E. Washington Blvd., #234 Pasadena, CA 91104 Attachment A: Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Attachment B: Police Department Use of Force Report for July - December 2022 Attachment C: Police Department Responses to IPA Report : Ed Shikada, City Manager 1 Minutes: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city- council-agendas-minutes/2022/20220314/20220314amccs.pdf 2 PDF Page 827 for Item 33 Information Report: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas- minutes-reports/agendas-minutes/city-council-agendas-minutes/2022/20220620/20220620pccsm-amended-final- final.pdf Item 16 Item 16 Staff Report Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 2 Packet Pg. 390 of 406 1 INDEPENDENT POLICE AUDITORS’ REPORT Review of Investigations Completed as of January 1, 2023 Presented to the Honorable City Council City of Palo Alto March 2023 Prepared by: Michael Gennaco and Stephen Connolly Independent Police Auditors for the City of Palo Alto Item 16 Attachment A - Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 3 Packet Pg. 391 of 406 2 Introduction Below is the latest installment of a report process that dates back more than fifteen years. As the Independent Police Auditor (“IPA”) for the City of Palo Alto, OIR Group1 is entrusted with the responsibility of providing outside scrutiny of the Palo Alto Police Department ("PAPD") across certain key areas of its operations. These include the handling of civilian complaints and other allegations of officer misconduct, and the review of significant use of force used by officers. Our "inventory" for this latest six-month review cycle (with cases completed as of December 31, 2022) is small. The Report covers only two misconduct allegations from the public, one internally generated investigation into the alleged mishandling of an incident in the field2, and one use of force that met the IPA review criteria (because the subject, who had minor injuries, was treated at th e hospital). As we note, except for the internally generated complaint in which some of the allegations were found to have violated policy, the officers' conduct was found to be consistent with policy in each instance. In our review, which focuses more on the strength of the investigative and review process than the “bottom line” outcome, we found much to commend, especially the thoroughness and thoughtfulness of the administrative review processes that resulted. At the same time, this Report also has a new feature: a brief discussion of three reported instances in which PAPD officers pointed firearms in the context of enforcement activity. (None resulted in a discharge of the weapon.) PAPD has begun tracking these events in keeping with a burgeoning trend throughout the state to categorize pointed weapons as an exercise of police authority that warrants documentation and review , and we were asked expressly by Council to include such events as part of our semi-annual process. We describe the circumstances for each of the incidents at issue, and offer recommendations about how the Department can further standardize its new internal review protocol in ways that are not unduly burdensome. 1 OIR Group is a team of police practices experts that has worked in the field of civilian oversight of law enforcement since 2001. Led by Michael Gennaco, a nationally recognized leader in the field, OIR Group performs a range of services in jurisdictions throughout California a nd in several other states. More information about its projects, including a number of public reports, is available at oirgroup.com. 2 This is the first completed case involving internal allegations within the police department since those types of investigations became expressly included as part of our expanded scope of work. Item 16 Attachment A - Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 4 Packet Pg. 392 of 406 3 PAPD's leadership continues to facilitate our access to the information required for our work as auditors. Just as importantly, it engages with us in an effort to understand our perspective, and it is open to suggestions that are intended to enhance the effectiveness of the processes we review. We appreciate this dynamic, and we are gratified by our continued opportunity to serve in this important role for Palo Alto. External Complaint Investigations Case 1: Third-Party Complaint about Officer Aggression during Detention of Misdemeanor Suspect Factual Overview: Palo Alto dispatch received a call from a manager who claimed that an adult male had walked out on a $140 bill after dining at her restaurant. She described the man and stayed on the phone as she followed him on foot onto a street that was blocked to vehicles and included a number of shops and outdoor dining options. It was during daylight hours, and several members of the public were in the area. Two of these people were a mother and her young adult son, who were having a meal outside and were passed, first by the man, and then by a single Palo Alto police officer who was responding to the call. The officer yelled for the man to stop and had his hand atop his holster as he ran closer to the subject. The man did stop and turned toward the officer, who directed him to turn and face the wall. He refused, saying he had done nothing wrong. The officer then told him to sit on the curb while he attempted to sort out the situation with the restaurant manager, who had caught up to them. Aga in, the man failed to comply, claiming he had left money at his table. He did , however, eventually agree to wait while a backup officer arrived, and he was calm during the thirty-minute detention that ensued – much of which was spent trying to determine the man's identity. The mother and son watched the situation unfold and were immediately concerned about different aspects of the officer's actions. Especially troubling to the son was the idea that the officer had run up with his hand on his weapon – a response that seemed to them to be both unduly aggressive and needlessly endangering to bystanders. They expressed concerns to both the backup officer (who passed them on the way to the encounter and then again as he returned to his vehicle to do a computer check on the subject) and later to a supervisor who came to the scene. Item 16 Attachment A - Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 5 Packet Pg. 393 of 406 4 Meanwhile, the restaurant manager also expressed unhappiness with the initial officer's treatment of the man. She said that she had only been seeking a "mediation" when she called the police (using a non-emergency number) and found the officer's tone and commands to be excessive. She accordingly demurred from pressing charges for any alleged offense at the restaurant; additionally, the mother and son witnesses ultimately paid the bill that was in dispute. The supervisor spoke to the two bystanders for several minutes. He heard their concerns, and also took time to explain the uncertainty officers experience at the outset of any encounter. He cited the fact that an officer from a nearby jurisdiction had recently been shot and wounded in the context of a routine traffic stop. He also explained the complaint procedure options available to them. The mother ultimately did submit a complaint form that reiterated their concerns: that the officer had been too aggressive for the context, that it had been demeaning for him to order the man to get on the ground, and that the officers had overreacted to a minor problem. PAPD Investigation and Outcome This case was handled as a "Supervisory Inquiry Investigation" and was initially reviewed by the supervisor who participated in the service call and had spoken with the two concerned citizens in the field. Based on the body-worn camera recordings, the sergeant was able to determine that no violation of policy had occurred. The first officer to arrive had indeed been elevated in his initial attempts to get the man's attention and g ain compliance. But he adapted quickly upon getting an initial sense of the subject, and did not force the issue in spite of the man's initial recalcitrance. His brief gesture of having his hand near his weapon was judged to be a reasonable exercise of d iscretion as he assessed the situation. And he actually instructed the man to "have a seat" on the curb for safety reasons – as opposed to ordering him to "get on the ground." Each of these elements led the supervisor to believe that no further action was necessary. A lieutenant then evaluated the initial memorandum. He concurred with the findings that no policies had been violated by the officer or his backup. However, he also identified five separate ways that the incident could have been handled differently/better by the three Department members who were involved. These "training points" were later discussed with the relevant officers. They included the importance of being mindful of surroundings and avoiding unnecessary behaviors which might alarm bystanders. The lieutenant also reminded the supervisor to limit speculation and explanation when addressing a potential complaint in the field, and to ensure that responsiveness to a complainant not come at the expense of appr opriate monitoring of the underlying call for service. Finally, the lieutenant noted that the time-consuming Item 16 Attachment A - Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 6 Packet Pg. 394 of 406 5 inquiry into the man's identity was actually peripheral to resolving the call, and that prolonging a contentious call for service should be avoide d where possible. IPA Review and Analysis We concur with the finding that no violations of policy occurred. While the mother and son were very reasonable,3 and while their concerns were understandable, our impression was that the officers were controlled and professional in navigating the situation with the subject. Though the original officer had indeed been slightly elevated at the outset of the contact, his demeanor was far from egregious; on the contrary, we were struck by how quickly he pivoted to a calm, accommodating exchange with a contentious person. And, though he did have his hand on his holster at the outset of the encounter (and rested it near there at times during the detention), the officer never withdrew the gun or treated the subject in a threatening manner. While the complainants were correct about the man's unarmed status and the relatively benign nature of the crime at issue, the officer's low-level precautions were a reaction to initial uncertainty that dissipated quickly. We were also impressed with the lieutenant's careful scrutiny of the incident, as well as his constructive suggestions for improving future performance. Treating a complaint as a learning opportunity is one hallmark of an effective administrative review process. The points that emerged here seemed insightful and worth sharing . And the extra effort to translate observations into actual interventions (in the form of a follow-up discussion with involved personnel) was also commendable. 3 Notably, the two were careful at the scene to acknowledge counterarguments as they politely expressed their concerns, and the written complaint included a paragraph of appreciation for the supervisor's willingness to engage with their perspective and share his own. Item 16 Attachment A - Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 7 Packet Pg. 395 of 406 6 Case 2: Complaint about Failure to Investigate and Other Mistreatment Factual Overview: This case involved two separate calls for service that occurred within several hours of each other, and involved the complainant during h is time at a local hospital.4 The first call involved a report by the complainant that he had been the victim of a sexual assault, with the perpetrator being a police officer from a neighboring jurisdiction. Two PAPD officers went to the hospital to meet with the reporting party and to gather forensic evidence of the alleged crime; he declined to give a detailed statement because of a stated dislike/distrust of the police. Several hours later, the complainant was discharged from the hospital after different conflicts with staff. The process became contentious, and hospital security was needed to escort him from the premises. This led to a physical struggle in which the complainant allegedly bit a security guard. PAPD responded to the scene, arrested the person for battery, and ultimately cited and released him in the field. They left him, seated in a hospital wheelchair, at the bus stop where the hospital staff had first brought h im. Several weeks later, the Department received the first of multiple complaints about these encounters. (The complainant's mother, who lives out of state, also wrote on his behalf.) The core of them was twofold: that the Department had failed to take a ppropriate action regarding his assault allegation, and that the officers had been rude and unresponsive to his various needs when they arrived to address his forcible removal by hospital staff. PAPD Investigation and Outcome This case was handled as a Supervisory Inquiry Investigation. Because some of the involved officers had been supervisors, it was a lieutenant that conducted the review. He was able to rely on body-worn camera videos, other documentation, and his own conversations with the complainant. The lieutenant determined that the officers had acted professionally and in keeping with their duties, and that no further action was required. With regard to the complainant's allegations of assault by a police officer (and subsequent alleged failures of due diligence), the PAPD members who spoke with him handled the 4 There was some ambiguity (and conflict within official records) as to the gender of the involved party, but he apparently self-identified as male. Item 16 Attachment A - Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 8 Packet Pg. 396 of 406 7 intake of his case in an appropriate manner. They spoke with hospital staff, attempted to get a useful statement from the complainant, collected physical evidence, and turned the case over to the agency in the jurisdiction where the alleged crime had occurred. What happened after that was not controlled by, or the responsibility of, the handling officers or PAPD.5 Body-worn camera evidence also refuted the allegations that PAPD officers had mistreated him after he was removed from the hospital by security personnel. The complainant claimed that PAPD officers had failed to help him when he was "tossed" from his wheelchair by security. External evidence showed that this was not accurate. Recordings showed the on-scene officers making repeated offers to assist, and ultimately lifting the complainant back into the chair.6 Similarly, the officers took down his version of the confrontation with security and took other steps in an effort to assist him – all in contravention of the different claims that had been made against PAPD personnel. IPA Review and Analysis We concurred with the Department's findings in this case. While leaving the man at the bus stop at the end of the encounter raised initial concerns in light of his compromised circumstances, the reality was that officers had made appropriate attempts to engage and provide support. (As the lieutenant noted, one supervisor on scene went to some trouble to retrieve a missing folder of paperwork from the hospital at the complainant's request when their investigation was concluded.) And overall, in both of the encounters that the complaint(s) encompassed, the PAPD officers came across as being patient and solicitous with a person who was in emotional turmoil. 5 Per the Department's memo about this complaint review, the neighboring jurisdiction confirmed that it was pursuing the investigation in conjunction with the District Attorney's Office. 6 The complainant claimed to be paralyzed and unable to move his legs, a contention that was disputed by the hospital staff that treated him. Item 16 Attachment A - Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 9 Packet Pg. 397 of 406 8 Internal Complaint Investigations Case 1: Complaint by Employee Regarding Handling of an Investigation Factual Overview A PAPD employee complained about the way that an incident was handled by supervisors. The case stemmed from a confrontation between two civilians. The employee complained that supervisors did not support a robust investigation of the incident and presentation of the matter to the District Attorney. The employee further complained that one supervisor had not been factual in an internal email relating to instructions for the handling of the incident. Appropriately, PAPD made the decision to have the issues handled by an outside investigator, since it involved allegations by a PAPD employee against supervisory PAPD personnel. In addition to the concerns raised by the employee, the investigator was also asked to investigate concerns that the Administration had regarding the conduct of the complaining employee relating to the incident. There was a concern that the employee had failed to follow instructions on the handling of the case and had used derogatory language when referring to supervisory employees. The investigation was extremely thorough and detailed. It found no wrongdoing relating to the supervision of the incident and did not find any basis for a false statement finding against the supervisor. It did, however, find that the complaining employee had improperly failed to follow instruction and had used derogatory language in referencing supervisors. The investigation thoroughly framed and reached a disposition as to the allegations and counter allegations. IPA Review and Analysis The investigative memo did a creditable job of parsing out and addressing the charges and counter charges that were presented. We have no reason to disagree with the outcome reached. We did note one investigative challenge faced by the outside investigator. Apparently, the complaining employee and another employee had used personal emails and text messages from personal cell phones to communicate about this case , including the possible sharing of draft police reports and strategies on how to prepare the eventual report. When the investigator asked the complainant for copies of these records, the complainant’s attorney declined to produce them. As a result, valuable work -related information was inaccessible to the investigator. Item 16 Attachment A - Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 10 Packet Pg. 398 of 406 9 In another context, the California Supreme Court has determined that work -related information by a government employee, even if conveyed over personal email account s, is subject to a California Public Records Act request. City of San Jose v. Superior Court, 2 Cal. 5th 608 (2017). Yet here, the employee was able to successfully forestall access to this work-related information by refusing to simply produce the information. Moreover, in the policing context, work related emails may need to be reviewed in order to meet the Department’s discovery and Brady obligations. We have been advised that even though sworn employees are issued cell phones for work-related business, a number of employees and supervisors continue to use their personal phones for work. Yet current policy prohibits their use for work-related purposes except in “exigent circumstances”. And current policy also advises employees that using personal cell phones subjects employees to a disclosure requirement for such information, even if it is lodged on their personal phone. 702.5 PERSONALLY OWNED PCD […] (e) The device should not be used for work-related purposes except in exigent circumstances (e.g., unavailability of radio communications). (f) Employees are advised and cautioned that the use of a personally owned PCD either on-duty or after duty hours for business-related purposes may subject the employee and the employee's PCD records to civil or criminal discovery or disclosure under applicable public records laws or a lawful order. The Department should enforce current policy. Moreover, the Department should advise internal investigators that if it is learned that information potentially relevant to the investigation is lodged on a personal cell phone, that they should order the empl oyee to surrender the information. If there is a refusal to do so, the employee should be subject to further disciplinary charges for insubordination. RECOMMENDATION 1 PAPD should enforce its current policy prohibiting employees from using personal email accounts or cell phones to conduct police business except in exigent circumstances. Recommendation 2 PAPD should advise internal investigators that employees who have lodged information potentially relevant on a personal cell phone should be ordered to surrender such information or be subject to potential future charges for insubordination. Item 16 Attachment A - Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 11 Packet Pg. 399 of 406 10 Use of Force Case: This case involved officers' efforts to take a young man into custody as he experienced the apparent effects of drug use and was acting erratically in public. His agitation led officers to detain him, and some resistance ensued as the subject became intermittently frantic about his condition and the police presence. In light of the subject's highly agitated state, officers sought the assistance of emergency medical personnel, who ultimately transported him to the hospital. The PAPD involvement began when police received an early morning call for service in a residential neighborhood regarding a young male who had jumped over a fence on to the report party's property and was screaming. (He was accompanied by another young male who seemed calmer.) Another person in the vicinity called separately to report a young man running in the middle of the street with no shirt. Officers quickly spotted the subject and engaged with him; in fact, he quickly approached the driver's side door of an arriving patrol car as the officer emerged, to the point where the officer shoved him backward to create space. He was speaking incoherently and not responding to officer instructions, and they quickly decided to detain him in handcuffs; this process was challenging in light of his heavy perspiration and lack of cooperation. Multiple officers were eventually able to get him to the ground using bodily force (but no weapons or strikes). They had renewed difficulty in trying to get him into the backseat of a car; another officer put a restraint device around his ankles as they awaited the paramedic response. When the medical personnel arrived, they administered a sedative after assessing the subject's condition. He was then transported to the hospital, and released there from police custody based on the determination that the subject was under the influence of psychedelic drugs.7 PAPD Review: The case went through the Department's supervisory review process, which utilizes a detailed template to ensure that relevant evidence is gathered and that compliance with policy is thoroughly evaluated. Here, the assigned supervisor showed due diligence in moving through the relevant investigative steps. These included review of body -worn camera recordings and reports, and follow-up interviews with the subject (whom the supervisor spoke with by phone after he had recovered from his experience) as well as a third-party witness. 7 Officers eventually made contact at the scene with the original companion of the subject, who confirmed the officers' assessment that they had consumed drugs earlier in the evening. Item 16 Attachment A - Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 12 Packet Pg. 400 of 406 11 Though the subject did receive several abrasions in the course of the encounter, he was quick to assure the supervisor that the injuries were minor and that he expected them to heal completely. He expressed appreciation for the officers' interventions during the incident. The reviewing supervisor determined that the force, which was limited to physical restraints and grappling on the parts of different officers, was justified by the circumstances and consistent with policy. IAPD Review and Analysis: We reviewed body-worn camera and reports from this incident, and we concur with the Department's findings. The limited , controlled force was appropriate to the subject's erratic behavior and resistance. We did notice that two supervisors were among the several officers who responded to the scene and went "hands-on" at one or more points in the encounter. As we have noted before, our sense is that the ideal function for supervisors entails monitoring t he situation and providing direction as needed while refraining from being directly engaged.8 Our last report addressed this issue and included a related recommendation: "As needed, PAPD should reinforce to supervisory staff the principle that, barring exigent circumstances, supervisors should refrain from direct physical engagement with subjects, so as to maintain their ability to manage the operation as a whole." PAPD, for its part, concurred with the concept while noting that officer and subject safety must remain the priority, and that circumstances may occasionally dictate a need for more active involvement. They supplemented this point with another relevant observation: that staffing and resource limitations have necessarily made supervisory participation in direct enforcement activity more commonplace in recent months. 8 It is true that one of the supervisors did assert a leadership ro le, which arguably "freed up" the other to provide more direct assistance. Still, there also appeared to be an able cadre of line-level officers to handle the actual grappling with the subject. Item 16 Attachment A - Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 13 Packet Pg. 401 of 406 12 We respect these arguments while reiterating that supervisors should prioritize a strategic detachment where possible so as to maximize the "added value" of their rank and presence in the field. "Pointed Firearm" Incidents PAPD reported three instances in which the Department's officers pointed firearms at a subject. The circumstances varied, but each of these events was found to be consistent with policy and training. The context for the deployments was as follows: • A "real time" suspect in auto burglaries was observed by an officer who attempted to conduct a traffic stop of his vehicle. The subject drove away and was pursued by multiple officers; he eventually collided with a police car in a parking lot before being surrounded. Two officers reported pointing their guns as they gave initial commands to the subject and he emerged from the car. His hands were raised, and he eventually went to the ground as ordered. Officers handcuffed him without further incident. • Multiple officers responded to reports of a man allegedly brandishing a gun at another driver in the context of a possible "road rage" encounter. Of ficers located the subject as he was exiting his vehicle. When he did not comply with their initial commands to stop, one of the officers pointed his firearm as he gave additional direction. He reported that he was concerned by the combination of the sub ject's lack of cooperation and the report of a gun. Officers eventually took the subject to the ground and handcuffed him; the "gun" at issue turned out to be a black power drill. • PAPD SWAT personnel assisted a neighboring agency in the service of a search warrant for a murder suspect, and members pointed their firearms in keeping with their respective assignments during that operation. For this, the first time our process encompasses this category of incident, we offer a few observations. For starters, the heightened accountability expectations that are reflected in this protocol are commendable for PAPD and the City. It is consistent with a larger shift in which traditional deference to law enforcement autonomy is being replaced by a greater degree of transparency and a heightened public interest in police practices. And certain exercises of authority, which once were not even considered reportable, are now subject to new levels of scrutiny. Item 16 Attachment A - Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 14 Packet Pg. 402 of 406 13 As a substantive matter, we reviewed the reports conne cted to these incidents and found the respective use of firearms, and the Department's endorsement of them, to be reasonable in light of the known circumstances. We were also struck by the very small number of events that were reported in the entirety of last year. Assuming that officers are in fact meeting new reporting requirements with appropriate rigor, this reflects a restraint that seems notable in and of itself. At the same time, it seems as if the Department's protocol is still finding its way to some extent. Most obviously, there were initial (and apparently inadvertent) time lags in providing us with information about the earliest of the incidents – and a fourth incident (which is still in process) was belatedly discovered months after its actual occurrence. We have no reason to believe that these minor lapses in process are anything other than the "growing pains" of new procedures, and are confident they have been rectified for the future. The evolution of the process has a substantive component as well. T he incidents were reviewed by supervisors (and reports were approved) in keeping with regular practice . But while a "bottom line" conclusion was forwarded to us along with the relevant documentation, there was not a formal standalone assessment of the tactic that was memorialized in a supervisory memo – unlike, for example, PAPD's standard use of force reviews. This raises the question as to what level of formality and thoroughness makes the most sense for the review of a tactic that is usually of very brief duration, has limited impact, and occurs in the context of a larger police response that is itself subject to standard review. As always, there is a tension between the optimally robust and the realistically attainable. Department leadership has expressed to us its hesitations about over -committing supervisor time and energy in this specific context. We are sympathetic to this and recognize the ways that a lesser standard could potentially suffice for this particular category of accountability. Still, there seems to be room for a "happy medium" of sorts, particularly in light of the low volume of incidents involved. We think, for example, that a simple template would be both beneficial and minimally labor - intensive. It could, for example, capture the supervisor's specific review efforts, include at least a brief analysis in support of any findings, and identify collateral actions items where relevant (such as positioning, or waiting for backup, or communication concerns). We know the Department is considering its options a s it adjusts to this new aspect of its responsibilities, and we welcome further dialogue on the topic. RECOMMENDATION 3 PAPD should develop an efficient, formalized structure for supervisors to review and opine regarding instances in which officers point their firearms at subjects in the context of enforcement activity. Item 16 Attachment A - Independent Police Auditor's (IPA) Report of Review of Investigations Between July and December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 15 Packet Pg. 403 of 406 1 | P a g e DATE: MAY 10, 2023 TO: HONORABLE CITY COUNCIL FROM: CHIEF ANDREW BINDER SUBJECT: USE OF FORCE REPORT SUPPLEMENT TO IPA REPORT DATED MARCH 2023 This memorandum responds to the City Council’s November 2020 direction to provide use of force summary data (which encompasses all use of force incidents in which a “Supervisor’s Report on Use of Force” has been completed by the Police Department) as an attachment to each Independent Police Auditor (IPA) report. Most commonly, a “Supervisor’s Report on Use of Force” is completed after an officer uses some form of force that results in a visible or apparent physical injury to a subject or the subject complains of pain or alleges they were injured. Policy Manual §300 (“Use of Force”) requires that all uses of force by Police Department members “be documented promptly, completely, and accurately in an appropriate report.”1 The policy also requires that a “Supervisor’s Report on Use of Force” be completed by the supervisor, and that report is routed for approval through the chain of command up to and including the Police Chief. Consistent with the IPA’s expanded scope of administrative review established by the City Council in November 2020, the Department forwards the following types of use of force cases to the IPA for review and recommendations: all cases where a subject’s injuries necessitate any treatment beyond minor medical treatment in the field, and all cases where an officer uses a baton, chemical agent, TASER, less- lethal projectile, canine, or firearm. The IPA’s scope of administrative review was further expanded in July 2021 to include cases when a firearm is pointed at a subject. For the first time in this memorandum, the Department is choosing to release the race of the recipient(s) of any force used. This summary covers the period of July 1, 2022 through December 31, 2022. Use of Force Cases From July 1, 2022 through December 31, 2022, the Police Department responded to more than 19,000 calls for service and effected more than 600 arrests. During that time, there was one case where force requiring a “Supervisor’s Report on Use of Force” was used. The IPA’s review of that case appears in the current IPA report before you, and they concurred with the Department’s findings that the use of force was justified by the circumstances and consistent with policy. The race of the subject upon whom force was used was white. 1 The Palo Alto Police Department Policy Manual is updated quarterly and posted online at https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/Departments/Police/Public-Information-Portal/Police-Policy-Manual. Item 16 Attachment B - Police Department Use of Force Report for July - December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 16 Packet Pg. 404 of 406 2 | P a g e Firearm Pointed at Person Cases From July 1, 2022 through December 31, 2022, officers pointed a firearm at a person on two occasions. These two cases were each identified in early 2023 during follow-up investigation stemming from routine internal auditing procedures. That audit also identified another qualifying case from the first half of 2022. As noted in the IPA’s report before you, our protocol in identifying and investigating these cases remains new and the inadvertent time lags in reporting are not expected to continue as a result of new procedures recently put into place (which contributed to identifying these three older cases). These three cases are being sent to the IPA for their review in the near future, and we expect them to be included in the next IPA report The IPA’s review of the three “pointed firearm” cases that appear in the current IPA report before you stem from incidents that occurred during the first half of 2022. The IPA concurred with the Department’s findings that the pointing of the firearms were justified by the circumstances and consistent with policy. The race of the subjects at whom a firearm was pointed in the three cases that appear in the current IPA report before you were Hispanic, white, and Pacific Islander (respectively). July – December 2022 Use of Force Summary Type of Force Number of Cases Status of IPA Review Physical Strength 1 Reviewed in current report Chemical Agent 0 TASER 0 Baton 0 Less-Lethal Projectile 0 Canine 0 Firearm 0 Firearm Pointed at Person 2 Being sent to IPA in the near future for inclusion in their next report Item 16 Attachment B - Police Department Use of Force Report for July - December 2022 Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 17 Packet Pg. 405 of 406 1 | P a g e DATE: MAY 10, 2023 TO: HONORABLE CITY COUNCIL FROM: CHIEF ANDREW BINDER SUBJECT: POLICE DEPT RESPONSE TO MARCH 2023 IPA REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS RECOMMENDATION 1: PAPD should enforce its current policy prohibiting employees from using personal email accounts or cell phones to conduct police business except in exigent circumstances. The Department agrees with this recommendation and will reinforce to all current employees the policy prohibiting employees from using personal email accounts and personal cell phones to conduct police business except in exigent circumstances. In addition, this training will be added to the mandatory in- house training curriculum for new sworn employees. RECOMMENDATION 2: PAPD should advise internal investigators that employees who have lodged information potentially relevant on a personal cell phone should be ordered to surrender such information or be subject to potential discipline for insubordination. The Department agrees with this recommendation and will proactively advise investigators to order employees who have lodged information potentially relevant on a personal cell phone to surrender such information or the employee will be subject to potential discipline for insubordination. RECOMMENDATION 3: PAPD should develop an efficient, formalized structure for supervisors to review and opine regarding instances in which officers point their firearms at subjects in the context of enforcement activity. The Department agrees with this recommendation and has developed a standardized template and instructions for supervisors to review and opine regarding instances in which officers point their firearms at subjects in the context of enforcement activity. Item 16 Attachment C - Police Department Responses to IPA Report Item 16: Staff Report Pg. 18 Packet Pg. 406 of 406